WO2023065959A1 - 一种耳机 - Google Patents

一种耳机 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023065959A1
WO2023065959A1 PCT/CN2022/120669 CN2022120669W WO2023065959A1 WO 2023065959 A1 WO2023065959 A1 WO 2023065959A1 CN 2022120669 W CN2022120669 W CN 2022120669W WO 2023065959 A1 WO2023065959 A1 WO 2023065959A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
section
head beam
earphone
earphone according
vibration
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/120669
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
付峻江
王跃强
崔超杰
钟雷
才志
张莹莹
周伟华
程丕有
Original Assignee
深圳市韶音科技有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 filed Critical 深圳市韶音科技有限公司
Priority to EP22882570.9A priority Critical patent/EP4373130A4/en
Priority to JP2024524005A priority patent/JP2024537457A/ja
Priority to KR1020247012131A priority patent/KR20240069756A/ko
Priority to CN202290000217.0U priority patent/CN221598095U/zh
Publication of WO2023065959A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023065959A1/zh
Priority to US18/389,720 priority patent/US20240137681A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H04R1/1058—Manufacture or assembly
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H04R1/1016—Earpieces of the intra-aural type
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H04R1/1008—Earpieces of the supra-aural or circum-aural type
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H04R1/1041—Mechanical or electronic switches, or control elements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H04R1/105—Earpiece supports, e.g. ear hooks
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H04R1/1058—Manufacture or assembly
    • H04R1/1075—Mountings of transducers in earphones or headphones
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/20—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics
    • H04R1/22—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired frequency characteristic only 
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/20—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics
    • H04R1/22—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired frequency characteristic only 
    • H04R1/28—Transducer mountings or enclosures modified by provision of mechanical or acoustic impedances, e.g. resonator, damping means
    • H04R1/2807—Enclosures comprising vibrating or resonating arrangements
    • H04R1/2811—Enclosures comprising vibrating or resonating arrangements for loudspeaker transducers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/20—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics
    • H04R1/32—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired directional characteristic only
    • H04R1/34—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired directional characteristic only by using a single transducer with sound reflecting, diffracting, directing or guiding means
    • H04R1/345—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired directional characteristic only by using a single transducer with sound reflecting, diffracting, directing or guiding means for loudspeakers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R5/00—Stereophonic arrangements
    • H04R5/027—Spatial or constructional arrangements of microphones, e.g. in dummy heads
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R5/00—Stereophonic arrangements
    • H04R5/033—Headphones for stereophonic communication
    • H04R5/0335—Earpiece support, e.g. headbands or neckrests
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R9/00—Transducers of moving-coil, moving-strip, or moving-wire type
    • H04R9/02—Details
    • H04R9/025—Magnetic circuit
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R9/00—Transducers of moving-coil, moving-strip, or moving-wire type
    • H04R9/02—Details
    • H04R9/04—Construction, mounting, or centering of coil
    • H04R9/045—Mounting
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R9/00—Transducers of moving-coil, moving-strip, or moving-wire type
    • H04R9/02—Details
    • H04R9/04—Construction, mounting, or centering of coil
    • H04R9/046—Construction
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R9/00—Transducers of moving-coil, moving-strip, or moving-wire type
    • H04R9/06—Loudspeakers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R2201/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones covered by H04R1/00 but not provided for in any of its subgroups
    • H04R2201/10—Details of earpieces, attachments therefor, earphones or monophonic headphones covered by H04R1/10 but not provided for in any of its subgroups
    • H04R2201/105—Manufacture of mono- or stereophonic headphone components
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R2400/00—Loudspeakers
    • H04R2400/11—Aspects regarding the frame of loudspeaker transducers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R2460/00—Details of hearing devices, i.e. of ear- or headphones covered by H04R1/10 or H04R5/033 but not provided for in any of their subgroups, or of hearing aids covered by H04R25/00 but not provided for in any of its subgroups
    • H04R2460/13—Hearing devices using bone conduction transducers

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of electronic equipment, in particular to an earphone.
  • Earphones have been widely used in people's daily life, and they can be used in conjunction with electronic devices such as mobile phones and computers, so as to provide users with an auditory feast.
  • electronic devices such as mobile phones and computers
  • they can generally be divided into air conduction earphones and bone conduction earphones; according to the way users wear earphones, they can generally be divided into headphone, earhook earphones and in-ear earphones;
  • the way of interaction with electronic devices can generally be divided into wired earphones and wireless earphones.
  • the earphone includes a support assembly and a movement module connected to the support assembly, the support assembly is used to support the movement module to be worn to the wearing position, and the movement module includes Movement casing, transducer device and vibrating panel, the transducer device is arranged in the accommodating chamber of the movement casing, the vibration panel is connected with the transducer device, and is used to convert the transducer The mechanical vibrations generated by the device are transmitted to the user.
  • the movement module includes a first vibration transmission piece and a connecting piece
  • the transducing device is suspended in the accommodating cavity of the movement casing through the first vibration transmission piece
  • the core casing includes an inner cylinder wall and a first end wall and a second end wall respectively connected to two ends of the inner cylinder wall, the first end wall and the second end wall
  • the vibration direction of the device is respectively located on opposite sides of the transducer device, and is surrounded by the inner cylinder wall to form the accommodating cavity, the first end wall is provided with a mounting hole, and the vibration panel is located on the Outside the movement casing, it is used to contact the user’s skin.
  • One end of the connector is connected to the vibration panel, and the other end extends into the movement casing through the installation hole, and is connected to the energy-transforming Device connection; wherein, viewed along the vibration direction, the area of the vibration panel is larger than the area of the installation hole, and the area of the installation hole is larger than the area of the connecting piece.
  • the first vibration transmitting piece is located in the accommodation cavity.
  • the first vibration transmitting piece is located on a side of the first end wall close to the second end wall.
  • the area of the installation hole is smaller than the area of the first vibration transmitting piece.
  • the cross-section of the inner cylinder wall is any one of circular, elliptical, and polygonal.
  • the accommodating cavity communicates with the outside of the earphone only through a channel, and the channel is a gap between the connecting piece and the wall surface of the installation hole;
  • the accommodating cavity communicates with the outside of the earphone only through a first channel and a second channel, the first channel is the gap between the connecting piece and the wall of the installation hole, and the second channel The channel communicates with the outside of the earphone through an acoustic filter;
  • the accommodating cavity communicates with the outside of the earphone only through a first channel and a second channel, the first channel is the gap between the connecting piece and the wall of the installation hole, and the second channel
  • the ratio of the opening area of the channel to the opening area of the first channel is less than or equal to 10%.
  • the Young's modulus of the first end wall and the second end wall are respectively greater than or equal to 2000 Mpa.
  • the ratio of the area of the installation hole to the area of the first end wall is less than or equal to 0.6.
  • the gap between the connecting piece and the wall surface of the installation hole cooperates with the accommodating cavity to form a Helmholtz resonance cavity, and the peak resonance frequency of the Helmholtz resonance cavity is less than Or equal to 4kHz.
  • the peak resonance frequency of the Helmholtz resonator is less than or equal to 1 kHz.
  • the ratio of the difference between the area of the mounting hole and the area of the connecting member to the area of the mounting hole is greater than 0 and less than or equal to 0.5.
  • the opening shape of the installation hole and the cross-sectional shape of the connecting piece are corresponding polygons, or the opening shape of the installation hole and the cross-sectional shape of the connecting piece are corresponding circular shapes;
  • the gap between the connecting piece and the wall surface of the installation hole is greater than 0 and less than or equal to 2mm.
  • the gap between the connecting piece and the wall of the installation hole is greater than or equal to 0.1 mm and less than or equal to 1 mm.
  • the number of the connecting piece is one, and the connecting piece is connected to the central area of the vibration panel;
  • the number of the connecting parts is multiple, and a plurality of the connecting parts are arranged at intervals around the center line of the vibration panel parallel to the vibration direction, and respectively pass through a corresponding one of the mounting holes and the transducer device connection;
  • the number of the connecting parts is multiple, one of the connecting parts is connected to the central area of the vibration panel, and the remaining connecting parts are arranged at intervals around the connecting parts located in the central area of the vibrating panel , a plurality of the connecting pieces are respectively connected to the transducer device through a corresponding one of the installation holes.
  • the Young's modulus of the vibration panel is greater than or equal to 3000Mpa.
  • the ratio of the area of the vibration panel to the area of the first end wall is between 0.3 and 1.6.
  • the thickness of the vibration panel is between 0.3mm and 3mm; and/or, the gap between the vibration panel and the first end wall is between 0.5 Between mm and 3mm; and/or, the distance between the side of the first end wall facing away from the second end wall and the side of the second end wall facing away from the first end wall is between 6mm and 16mm.
  • the side of the vibrating panel facing away from the transducer device includes a skin contact area for contacting the user's skin and an air conduction enhancing area at least partially not in contact with the user's skin, the vibrating panel The air outside the earphone is driven to vibrate through the air conduction enhanced area to form sound waves.
  • the air conduction enhancement zone in the worn state, is at least partially directed toward the entrance of the external auditory canal of the user's ear, so as to allow the sound waves to be directed toward the entrance of the external auditory canal.
  • the air conduction enhancement zone is at least partially inclined relative to the skin contact zone and extends toward the transducing device, and the inclination angle of the air conduction enhancement zone relative to the skin contact zone is between between 0 and 75°;
  • the width of the orthographic projection of the air conduction enhanced region along the vibration direction is greater than or equal to 1 mm.
  • the vibration panel has a major axis direction and a minor axis direction perpendicular to the vibration direction and orthogonal to each other, and the dimension of the vibration panel in the major axis direction is larger than that of the vibration panel in the The size in the direction of the short axis; wherein, in the wearing state, the direction of the long axis points to the top of the user's head, and the direction of the short axis points to the entrance of the external auditory canal of the user's ear.
  • the vibration panel is arranged in an oval shape, a rectangle with rounded corners, or a racetrack shape.
  • the core casing further includes a surrounding edge connected to an end of the core casing close to the vibration panel, and the surrounding edge surrounds the vibration panel; wherein, in the non-wearing state , the surrounding edge is spaced apart from the vibration panel in a direction perpendicular to the vibration direction, and the side of the vibration panel facing away from the transducer device at least partially protrudes from the surrounding edge in the vibration direction The side facing away from the transducer.
  • the surrounding edge is provided with a communication hole, and the communication hole is used to communicate with the gap between the vibration panel and the movement casing and the outside of the earphone.
  • the number of the communication holes is multiple, and in the wearing state, the opening direction of at least one of the communication holes is away from the top of the user's head, and the angle between the user's vertical axis and the user's vertical axis is between 0 and 10° between.
  • a spacer is disposed between the vibration panel and the first end wall, and the Rockwell hardness of the spacer is smaller than the Rockwell hardness of the first vibration transmitting piece.
  • the movement module further includes an acoustic filter communicated with the accommodating cavity, and the cut-off frequency of the acoustic filter is less than or equal to 5 kHz.
  • the first end wall includes a first sub-end wall and a second sub-end wall arranged at intervals in the vibration direction, and the installation hole passes through the first sub-end along the vibration direction.
  • the wall and the second sub-end wall, the first sub-end wall and the second sub-end wall cooperate with the inner cylinder wall to form the acoustic filter.
  • the gap between the first sub-end wall and the second sub-end wall in the vibration direction of the transducer device is between 0.5 mm and 5 mm.
  • the transducing device includes a bracket, a second vibration-transmitting piece, a magnetic circuit system and a coil, the bracket is connected to the movement casing through the first vibration-transmitting piece, and the second vibration-transmitting piece
  • the vibration transmitting piece connects the support and the magnetic circuit system to suspend the magnetic circuit system in the accommodating cavity, and the coil is connected to the support and extends into the magnetic circuit system along the vibration direction. In the magnetic gap of the circuit system, the vibration panel is connected with the support.
  • the magnetic circuit system and/or the movement casing is provided with a Helmholtz resonance cavity communicating with the accommodating cavity.
  • the frequency response curve of the air conduction sound output to the outside of the earphone through the installation hole has a resonance peak, and the Helmholtz resonant cavity is set to weaken the intensity of the resonance peak; the The peak resonant frequency of the formant is between 500Hz and 4kHz.
  • the Helmholtz resonance cavity is configured to weaken the vibration intensity of the frequency response curve of the air-conduction sound output to the outside of the earphone through the installation hole within a preset frequency range, and the Helmholtz resonance cavity
  • the difference between peaks of intensity is greater than or equal to 3dB.
  • the bracket is provided with communication holes extending along the vibration direction;
  • the magnetic circuit system includes a magnetic permeable cover and a magnet connected to the bottom of the magnetic permeable cover, the magnet is connected to the central area of the second vibration transmission piece, and is connected to the magnetic permeable cover at the The direction perpendicular to the vibration direction is arranged at intervals to form the magnetic gap, the coil extends between the magnet and the magnetic permeable cover, and the magnetic permeable cover is provided with a The communication hole of the external space of the magnetic circuit system.
  • the volume of the movement case is less than or equal to 3 cm 3 .
  • the support assembly is configured as a head beam assembly, and the head beam assembly is used to go around the top of the user's head and make the movement module contact the user's cheek through the vibration panel.
  • the movement module includes a connector
  • the energy transducing device is arranged in the accommodation cavity of the movement casing
  • the movement casing is provided with a mounting hole
  • the vibrating panel is located at Outside the movement casing, it is used to contact the user’s skin.
  • One end of the connector is connected to the vibration panel, and the other end extends into the movement casing through the installation hole, and is connected to the energy-transforming Device connection; wherein, viewed along the vibration direction, the area of the vibration panel is larger than the area of the installation hole, and the area of the installation hole is larger than the area of the connecting piece;
  • the accommodating cavity communicates with the outside of the earphone only through a channel, and the channel is a gap between the connecting piece and the wall surface of the mounting hole;
  • the accommodating cavity communicates with the outside of the earphone only through a first channel and a second channel, the first channel is the gap between the connecting piece and the wall of the installation hole, and the second channel The channel communicates with the outside of the earphone via an acoustic filter.
  • the transducing device includes a bracket, a second vibration-transmitting piece, a magnetic circuit system and a coil, the bracket is connected to the movement casing through the first vibration-transmitting piece, and the second vibration-transmitting piece
  • the vibration transmitting piece connects the support and the magnetic circuit system to suspend the magnetic circuit system in the accommodating cavity, and the coil is connected to the support and extends into the magnetic circuit system along the vibration direction.
  • the vibration panel is connected to the support; wherein, viewed along the vibration direction, the area of the installation hole is smaller than the area of the first vibration transmission piece.
  • the ratio of the difference between the area of the mounting hole and the area of the connecting member to the area of the mounting hole is greater than 0 and less than or equal to 0.5.
  • the movement module includes a first vibration transmission piece and a connecting piece, and the transducing device is suspended in the accommodating cavity of the movement casing through the first vibration transmission piece, so
  • the core casing is provided with a mounting hole, and the core casing surrounds and forms an accommodating cavity that communicates with the outside world only through the mounting hole; the vibration panel is located outside the core casing and is used to communicate with the user.
  • One end of the connecting piece is connected to the vibration panel, and the other end extends into the movement casing through the installation hole and is connected to the transducer device; wherein, the connecting piece is connected to the vibrating panel.
  • the gap between the walls of the installation holes is greater than 0 and less than or equal to 2mm.
  • the gap between the connecting piece and the wall of the installation hole is greater than or equal to 0.1 mm and less than or equal to 1 mm.
  • the transducing device includes a bracket, a second vibration-transmitting piece, a magnetic circuit system and a coil, the bracket is connected to the movement casing through the first vibration-transmitting piece, and the second vibration-transmitting piece
  • the vibration transmitting piece connects the support and the magnetic circuit system to suspend the magnetic circuit system in the accommodating cavity, and the coil is connected to the support and extends into the magnetic circuit system along the vibration direction.
  • the vibration panel is connected to the support; wherein, viewed along the vibration direction, the area of the installation hole is smaller than the area of the first vibration transmission piece.
  • the movement module includes a first vibration transmission piece, and the transducing device is suspended in the accommodation cavity of the movement casing through the first vibration transmission piece; wherein, the The mass of the core casing is greater than or equal to 1g, and the stiffness of the first vibration transmission plate is less than or equal to 7000N/m.
  • the mass of the movement casing is greater than or equal to 1.2 g, and the stiffness of the first vibration transmitting piece is less than or equal to 5000 N/m.
  • the ratio between the mass of the movement casing and the stiffness of the first vibration-transmitting piece is greater than or equal to 0.15s 2 .
  • the ratio between the mass of the movement casing and the stiffness of the first vibration-transmitting piece is greater than or equal to 0.2s 2 .
  • the transducing device includes a bracket, a second vibration-transmitting piece, a magnetic circuit system and a coil, the bracket is connected to the movement casing through the first vibration-transmitting piece, and the second vibration-transmitting piece
  • the vibration transmitting piece connects the support and the magnetic circuit system to suspend the magnetic circuit system in the accommodating cavity, and the coil is connected to the support and extends along the vibration direction of the transducer device.
  • the vibration panel is connected with the support.
  • the stiffness of the second vibration transmitting piece is greater than or equal to 1000 N/m.
  • the frequency response curve of vibration of the vibration panel in the non-wearing state, has a resonance valley generated by the first vibration transmission piece, and the peak resonance frequency of the resonance valley is less than or equal to 400 Hz.
  • the frequency response curve has at least one resonance peak jointly generated by the first vibration transmitting piece and the second vibration transmitting piece within the frequency range of 200 Hz to 2 kHz.
  • the at least one resonance peak includes a first resonance peak and a second resonance peak, the peak resonance frequency of the first resonance peak is between 200 Hz and 400 Hz, and the peak resonance frequency of the second resonance peak is between 200 Hz and 400 Hz. The frequency is greater than the peak resonant frequency of the first resonant peak.
  • the absolute value of the shift of the peak resonance frequency of the second resonance peak is greater than the shift of the peak resonance frequency of the first resonance peak
  • the absolute value of the offset of the peak resonance frequency of the first resonance peak is greater than the absolute value of the offset of the peak resonance frequency of the second resonance peak value
  • the core module further includes a connector
  • the core housing includes an inner cylinder wall and a first end wall and a second end wall respectively connected to two ends of the inner cylinder wall,
  • the first end wall and the second end wall are respectively located on opposite sides of the energy conversion device in the vibration direction of the energy conversion device, and are surrounded by the inner cylinder wall to form the accommodating cavity, the first end wall is provided with a mounting hole, the vibration panel is located outside the core housing, one end of the connector is connected to the vibration panel, and the other end extends into the machine through the mounting hole.
  • the transducer device Inside the core housing, and connected to the transducer device; wherein, viewed along the vibration direction, the area of the vibration panel is larger than the area of the installation hole, and the area of the installation hole is larger than the area of the connecting piece.
  • the movement module includes a first vibration transmission piece, and the transducing device is suspended in the accommodation cavity of the movement casing through the first vibration transmission piece; wherein, the The ratio between the mass of the movement casing and the stiffness of the first vibration transmitting piece is greater than or equal to 0.15s 2 .
  • the movement module includes a first vibration transmission piece, and the transducing device is suspended in the accommodation cavity of the movement casing through the first vibration transmission piece; wherein, the The mass of the core casing is less than or equal to 0.5g, and the stiffness of the first vibration transmission plate is greater than or equal to 80000N/m.
  • the transducing device includes a bracket, a second vibration-transmitting piece, a magnetic circuit system and a coil, the bracket is connected to the movement casing through the first vibration-transmitting piece, and the second vibration-transmitting piece
  • the vibration transmitting piece connects the support and the magnetic circuit system to suspend the magnetic circuit system in the accommodating cavity, and the coil is connected to the support and extends along the vibration direction of the transducer device.
  • the vibration panel is connected with the support.
  • the peripheral area of the second vibration-transmitting piece is connected to the bracket, and the central area of the second vibration-transmitting piece is connected to the magnetic circuit system.
  • the vibration frequency response curve of the vibration panel in the non-wearing state, has a resonance valley generated by the first vibration transmission piece, and the peak resonance frequency of the resonance valley is greater than or equal to 2 kHz.
  • the frequency response curve has a first resonant peak and a second resonant peak jointly generated by the first vibration-transmitting piece and the second vibration-transmitting piece, and the peak of the first resonant peak resonates
  • the frequency is lower than the peak resonance frequency of the resonance valley, and the peak resonance frequency of the second resonance peak is greater than the peak resonance frequency of the resonance valley.
  • the peak resonance frequency of the first resonance peak is between 200 Hz and 400 Hz.
  • the core module further includes a connector
  • the core housing includes an inner cylinder wall and a first end wall and a second end wall respectively connected to two ends of the inner cylinder wall,
  • the first end wall and the second end wall are respectively located on opposite sides of the energy conversion device in the vibration direction of the energy conversion device, and are surrounded by the inner cylinder wall to form the accommodating cavity, the first end wall is provided with a mounting hole, the vibration panel is located outside the core housing, one end of the connector is connected to the vibration panel, and the other end extends into the machine through the mounting hole.
  • the transducer device Inside the core housing, and connected to the transducer device; wherein, viewed along the vibration direction, the area of the vibration panel is larger than the area of the installation hole, and the area of the installation hole is larger than the area of the connecting piece.
  • the accommodating cavity communicates with the outside of the earphone only through a channel, and the channel is a gap between the connecting piece and the wall surface of the installation hole;
  • the accommodating cavity communicates with the outside of the earphone only through a first channel and a second channel, the first channel is the gap between the connecting piece and the wall of the installation hole, and the second channel The channel communicates with the outside of the earphone through an acoustic filter;
  • the accommodating cavity communicates with the outside of the earphone only through a first channel and a second channel, the first channel is the gap between the connecting piece and the wall of the installation hole, and the second channel
  • the ratio of the opening area of the channel to the opening area of the first channel is less than or equal to 10%.
  • the accommodating cavity communicates with the outside of the earphone through a channel
  • the channel is a gap between the connecting piece and the wall of the mounting hole
  • the movement module further includes A sealing membrane that seals the channel.
  • the sealing film includes a first connection part, a fold part and a second connection part integrally connected, and the fold part forms a depression between the first connection part and the second connection part zone, the first connecting portion is connected to the first end wall, and the second connecting portion is connected to the connecting member or the vibration panel.
  • the movement module includes a first vibration transmission piece, and the transducing device is suspended in the accommodation cavity of the movement casing through the first vibration transmission piece; wherein, the The core module is set so that the frequency response curve of the vibrating panel vibration has no effective resonance valley in the frequency range from 400 Hz to 2 kHz in the non-wearing state; the frequency response curve is used to characterize the intensity and vibration of the vibrating panel
  • the change relationship between frequencies, the effective resonance valley is defined as the reference line segment parallel to the horizontal axis of the frequency response curve and the frequency response curve have two intersection points, the intensity corresponding to the reference line segment minus the effective The peak resonance intensity of the resonance valley is equal to 6dB, and the frequency difference between the two ends of the reference line segment is less than or equal to 4 octaves.
  • the mass of the movement casing and/or the stiffness of the first vibration-transmitting piece are set such that the frequency response curve has no effective resonance valley in the frequency range from 400 Hz to 2 kHz.
  • the transducing device includes a bracket, a second vibration-transmitting piece, a magnetic circuit system and a coil, the bracket is connected to the movement casing through the first vibration-transmitting piece, and the second vibration-transmitting piece
  • the vibration transmitting piece connects the support and the magnetic circuit system to suspend the magnetic circuit system in the accommodating cavity, and the coil is connected to the support and extends along the vibration direction of the transducer device.
  • the vibration panel is connected with the support.
  • the mass of the movement casing and/or the stiffness of the first vibration-transmitting piece are set such that the frequency response curve has the effective resonance valley in the frequency range from 200 Hz to 400 Hz.
  • the mass of the movement casing is greater than or equal to 1 g, and the stiffness of the first vibration transmitting piece is less than or equal to 7000 N/m.
  • the frequency response curve has two resonant peaks jointly generated by the first vibration-transmitting piece and the second vibration-transmitting piece within the frequency range of 400 Hz to 2 kHz.
  • the stiffness of the second vibration transmitting piece is greater than or equal to 1000 N/m.
  • the mass of the movement casing and/or the stiffness of the first vibration-transmitting piece are set such that the frequency response curve has the effective resonance valley within the frequency range of 2 kHz to 20 kHz.
  • the mass of the movement casing is less than or equal to 0.5 g, and the stiffness of the first vibration transmitting piece is greater than or equal to 80000 N/m.
  • the mass of the movement casing and/or the stiffness of the first vibration-transmitting piece are set such that the frequency response curve has no effective resonance valley within the frequency range of 200 Hz to 2 kHz.
  • the mass of the movement casing is greater than or equal to 1g, and the stiffness of the first vibration transmitting piece is less than or equal to 2500N/m;
  • the mass of the movement casing is less than or equal to 0.5g, and the stiffness of the first vibration transmission plate is greater than or equal to 80000N/m.
  • the mass of the movement casing and/or the stiffness of the first vibration-transmitting piece are set such that the frequency response curve has no effective resonance valley in the frequency range from 200 Hz to 4 kHz.
  • the mass of the movement casing is greater than or equal to 1g, and the stiffness of the first vibration transmitting piece is less than or equal to 2500N/m;
  • the mass of the movement casing is less than or equal to 0.5g, and the stiffness of the first vibration transmission plate is greater than or equal to 160000N/m.
  • the frequency response curve has at least one resonance peak jointly generated by the first vibration transmitting piece and the second vibration transmitting piece within the frequency range of 200 Hz to 2 kHz.
  • the mass of the movement casing is greater than or equal to 1g, the stiffness of the first vibration transmission piece is less than or equal to 2500N/m, and the stiffness of the second vibration transmission piece is less than or equal to 100000N/m;
  • the mass of the movement casing is less than or equal to 0.5g
  • the stiffness of the first vibration transmission piece is greater than or equal to 80000N/m
  • the stiffness of the second vibration transmission piece is between 1000N/m and 500000N/m .
  • the core module further includes a connector
  • the core housing includes an inner cylinder wall and a first end wall and a second end wall respectively connected to two ends of the inner cylinder wall,
  • the first end wall and the second end wall are respectively located on opposite sides of the energy conversion device in the vibration direction of the energy conversion device, and are surrounded by the inner cylinder wall to form the accommodating cavity, the first end wall is provided with a mounting hole, the vibration panel is located outside the core housing, one end of the connector is connected to the vibration panel, and the other end extends into the machine through the mounting hole.
  • the transducer device Inside the core housing, and connected to the transducer device; wherein, viewed along the vibration direction, the area of the vibration panel is larger than the area of the installation hole, and the area of the installation hole is larger than the area of the connecting piece.
  • the non-wearing state is defined as the earphone is not worn on the user's head, the support assembly is fixed and the movement module is in a cantilever state relative to the support assembly.
  • the movement module includes a first vibration transmission piece
  • the transducing device is suspended in the accommodation cavity of the movement casing through the first vibration transmission piece, and includes a bracket
  • the second vibration transmission piece, the magnetic circuit system and the coil the bracket is connected to the movement casing through the first vibration transmission piece
  • the second vibration transmission piece is connected to the bracket and the magnetic circuit system, to suspend the magnetic circuit system in the accommodating cavity
  • the coil is connected to the bracket, and extends into the magnetic gap of the magnetic circuit system along the vibration direction of the transducer device, and the vibration The panel is connected to the bracket; wherein, in the non-wearing state, the frequency response curve of vibration of the vibrating panel has a first resonance peak and a second resonance peak jointly generated by the first vibration transmission piece and the second vibration transmission piece.
  • the peak resonant frequency of the first resonant peak is less than the peak resonant frequency of the second resonant peak, there is no effective resonant valley between the first resonant peak and the second resonant peak;
  • the frequency response curve It is used to characterize the variation relationship between the vibration intensity and frequency of the vibration panel, and the effective resonance valley is defined as a reference line segment parallel to the horizontal axis of the frequency response curve and the frequency response curve have two intersection points, so The intensity corresponding to the reference line segment minus the peak resonance intensity of the effective resonance valley is equal to 6dB, and the frequency difference between the two ends of the reference line segment is less than or equal to 4 octaves.
  • the mass of the movement case is greater than or equal to 1g
  • the stiffness of the first vibration transmitting piece is less than or equal to 7000N/m
  • the stiffness of the second vibration transmitting piece is greater than or equal to 1000N/m.
  • the mass of the movement case is greater than or equal to 1.2g
  • the stiffness of the first vibration transmission piece is less than or equal to 5000N/m
  • the stiffness of the second vibration transmission piece is greater than or equal to 3000N/m.
  • the stiffness of the second vibration transmitting piece is greater than the stiffness of the first vibration transmitting piece.
  • the absolute value of the shift of the peak resonance frequency of the second resonance peak is greater than the shift of the peak resonance frequency of the first resonance peak
  • the absolute value of the offset of the peak resonance frequency of the first resonance peak is greater than the absolute value of the offset of the peak resonance frequency of the second resonance peak value
  • the peak resonance frequency of the first formant is between 80 Hz and 400 Hz, and the peak resonance frequency of the second formant is between 100 Hz and 2 kHz.
  • the peripheral area of the second vibration-transmitting piece is connected to the bracket, and the central area of the second vibration-transmitting piece is connected to the magnetic circuit system.
  • the core module further includes a connector
  • the core housing includes an inner cylinder wall and a first end wall and a second end wall respectively connected to two ends of the inner cylinder wall,
  • the first end wall and the second end wall are respectively located on opposite sides of the energy conversion device in the vibration direction of the energy conversion device, and are surrounded by the inner cylinder wall to form the accommodating cavity, the first end wall is provided with a mounting hole, the vibration panel is located outside the core housing, one end of the connector is connected to the vibration panel, and the other end extends into the machine through the mounting hole.
  • the transducer device Inside the core housing, and connected to the transducer device; wherein, viewed along the vibration direction, the area of the vibration panel is larger than the area of the installation hole, and the area of the installation hole is larger than the area of the connecting piece.
  • the accommodating cavity communicates with the outside of the earphone through a channel
  • the channel is a gap between the connecting piece and the wall of the mounting hole
  • the movement module further includes A sealing membrane that seals the channel.
  • the sealing film includes a first connection part, a fold part and a second connection part integrally connected, and the fold part forms a depression between the first connection part and the second connection part zone, the first connecting portion is connected to the first end wall, and the second connecting portion is connected to the connecting member or the vibration panel.
  • the movement module includes a first vibration transmission piece
  • the transducing device is suspended in the accommodation cavity of the movement casing through the first vibration transmission piece, and includes a bracket, The second vibration transmission piece, the magnetic circuit system and the coil, the bracket is connected to the movement casing through the first vibration transmission piece, the second vibration transmission piece is connected to the bracket and the magnetic circuit system, to suspend the magnetic circuit system in the accommodating cavity, the coil is connected to the bracket, and extends into the magnetic gap of the magnetic circuit system along the vibration direction of the transducer device, and the vibration The panel is connected to the bracket; wherein, in the non-wearing state, the frequency response curve of the vibration panel vibration has a resonance valley generated by the first vibration-transmitting piece, and a resonance valley generated by the first vibration-transmitting piece and the The first resonant peak and the second resonant peak jointly produced by the second vibration-transmitting piece, the peak resonant frequency of the resonant valley is less than the peak resonant frequency of the first resonant
  • the peak resonance frequency of the resonance valley is greater than or equal to 400 Hz.
  • the mass of the movement case is less than or equal to 1g
  • the stiffness of the first vibration transmission piece is greater than or equal to 7000N/m
  • the stiffness of the second vibration transmission piece is greater than or equal to 1000N/m.
  • the peak resonance frequency of the second resonance peak is less than or equal to 1 kHz.
  • the mass of the movement casing is less than or equal to 1g
  • the stiffness of the first vibration transmission piece is greater than or equal to 7000N/m
  • the stiffness of the second vibration transmission piece is between 20000N/m and 50000N/m between m.
  • the peripheral area of the second vibration-transmitting piece is connected to the bracket, and the central area of the second vibration-transmitting piece is connected to the magnetic circuit system.
  • the core module further includes a connector
  • the core housing includes an inner cylinder wall and a first end wall and a second end wall respectively connected to two ends of the inner cylinder wall,
  • the first end wall and the second end wall are respectively located on opposite sides of the energy conversion device in the vibration direction of the energy conversion device, and are surrounded by the inner cylinder wall to form the accommodating cavity, the first end wall is provided with a mounting hole, the vibration panel is located outside the core housing, one end of the connector is connected to the vibration panel, and the other end extends into the machine through the mounting hole.
  • the transducer device Inside the core housing, and connected to the transducer device; wherein, viewed along the vibration direction, the area of the vibration panel is larger than the area of the installation hole, and the area of the installation hole is larger than the area of the connecting piece.
  • the accommodating cavity communicates with the outside of the earphone only through a channel, and the channel is a gap between the connecting piece and the wall surface of the installation hole;
  • the accommodating cavity communicates with the outside of the earphone only through a first channel and a second channel, the first channel is the gap between the connecting piece and the wall of the installation hole, and the second channel The channel communicates with the outside of the earphone through an acoustic filter;
  • the accommodating cavity communicates with the outside of the earphone only through a first channel and a second channel, the first channel is the gap between the connecting piece and the wall of the installation hole, and the second channel
  • the ratio of the opening area of the channel to the opening area of the first channel is less than or equal to 10%.
  • the accommodating cavity communicates with the outside of the earphone through a channel
  • the channel is a gap between the connecting piece and the wall of the mounting hole
  • the movement module further includes A sealing membrane that seals the channel.
  • the sealing film includes a first connection part, a fold part and a second connection part integrally connected, and the fold part forms a depression between the first connection part and the second connection part zone, the first connecting portion is connected to the first end wall, and the second connecting portion is connected to the connecting member or the vibration panel.
  • the movement module includes a first vibration transmission piece
  • the transducing device is suspended in the accommodation cavity of the movement casing through the first vibration transmission piece, and includes a bracket
  • the second vibration transmission piece, the magnetic circuit system and the coil the bracket is connected to the movement casing through the first vibration transmission piece
  • the second vibration transmission piece is connected to the bracket and the magnetic circuit system, to suspend the magnetic circuit system in the accommodating cavity
  • the coil is connected to the bracket, and extends into the magnetic gap of the magnetic circuit system along the vibration direction of the transducer device, and the vibration The panel is connected to the bracket; wherein, in the non-wearing state, the frequency response curve of the vibration panel vibration has a resonance peak strongly related to the stiffness of the bracket, and the stiffness of the bracket is greater than or equal to 100000N/m, The peak resonance frequency of the resonance peak is greater than or equal to 4kHz.
  • the material of the bracket is any one of polycarbonate, nylon, and plastic titanium;
  • the bracket includes a matrix and a reinforcing body
  • the material of the matrix is any one of polycarbonate, nylon, and plastic titanium
  • the reinforcing body is glass fiber or carbon fiber doped in the matrix
  • the reinforcing body is an aluminum alloy or stainless steel formed on the base by a lamination process.
  • the ratio between the average thickness of the support and the area of the support is greater than or equal to 0.01mm -1 , wherein the area of the support is defined as the orthographic projection of the support along the vibration direction Area, the average thickness of the scaffold is defined as the volume of the scaffold divided by the area of the scaffold.
  • the mass of the movement casing and/or the stiffness of the first vibration-transmitting piece are set such that the frequency response curve has no effective resonance valley in the frequency range from 400 Hz to 2 kHz, and the effective The resonance valley is defined as a reference line segment parallel to the horizontal axis of the frequency response curve and the frequency response curve has two intersection points, and the intensity corresponding to the reference line segment minus the peak resonance intensity of the effective resonance valley is equal to 6dB, so The frequency difference corresponding to the two ends of the reference line segment is less than or equal to 4 octaves.
  • the mass of the movement casing and/or the stiffness of the first vibration-transmitting piece are set such that the frequency response curve has the effective resonance valley in the frequency range from 200 Hz to 400 Hz.
  • the mass of the movement casing is greater than or equal to 1 g, and the stiffness of the first vibration transmitting piece is less than or equal to 7000 N/m.
  • the frequency response curve has two resonant peaks jointly generated by the first vibration-transmitting piece and the second vibration-transmitting piece within the frequency range of 400 Hz to 2 kHz.
  • the stiffness of the second vibration transmitting piece is greater than or equal to 1000 N/m.
  • the core module further includes a connector
  • the core housing includes an inner cylinder wall and a first end wall and a second end wall respectively connected to two ends of the inner cylinder wall,
  • the first end wall and the second end wall are respectively located on opposite sides of the energy conversion device in the vibration direction of the energy conversion device, and are surrounded by the inner cylinder wall to form the accommodating cavity, the first end wall is provided with a mounting hole, the vibration panel is located outside the core housing, one end of the connector is connected to the vibration panel, and the other end extends into the machine through the mounting hole.
  • the transducer device Inside the core housing, and connected to the transducer device; wherein, viewed along the vibration direction, the area of the vibration panel is larger than the area of the installation hole, and the area of the installation hole is larger than the area of the connecting piece.
  • the accommodating cavity communicates with the outside of the earphone only through a channel, and the channel is a gap between the connecting piece and the wall surface of the installation hole;
  • the accommodating cavity communicates with the outside of the earphone only through a first channel and a second channel, the first channel is the gap between the connecting piece and the wall of the installation hole, and the second channel The channel communicates with the outside of the earphone through an acoustic filter;
  • the accommodating cavity communicates with the outside of the earphone only through a first channel and a second channel, the first channel is the gap between the connecting piece and the wall of the installation hole, and the second channel
  • the ratio of the opening area of the channel to the opening area of the first channel is less than or equal to 10%.
  • the support assembly is configured as a head beam assembly, and the head beam assembly is used to go around the top of the user's head and make the movement module contact the user's cheek, and the movement module uses bone conduction
  • the mechanical vibration generated by the transducing device is transmitted in a manner; wherein, the head beam assembly applies a pressing force between 0.4N and 0.8N to press the core module to the user's cheek, and the The contact area between the movement module and the user's cheek is between 400mm 2 and 600mm 2 .
  • the movement module further includes a first vibration transmission piece, the movement casing is connected to the head beam assembly, and the transducer is suspended on the first vibration transmission piece through the first vibration transmission piece.
  • the vibrating panel is connected with the transducer device and is used to contact the user's skin; wherein, the pressing force of the vibrating panel on the user's cheek is smaller than that of the head beam assembly With the pressing force for pressing the movement module against the user's cheek, the contact area between the vibration panel and the user's cheek is smaller than the contact area between the movement module and the user's cheek.
  • the pressing force of the vibration panel on the user's cheek is between 0.1N and 0.7N, and the contact area with the user's cheek is between 180mm 2 and 300mm 2 .
  • the core module further includes a surrounding edge connected to an end of the core casing close to the vibration panel, the surrounding edge surrounds the vibration panel, and is used to contact the user's cheek; Wherein, in the non-wearing state, the surrounding edge is spaced apart from the vibration panel in a direction perpendicular to the vibration direction of the transducer device, and the side of the vibration panel facing away from the transducer device is on the In the vibration direction, at least a part protrudes from the side of the surrounding edge away from the transducer device.
  • the side of the vibrating panel facing away from the transducer device includes a skin contact area for contacting with the user's skin and an edge area connected to the skin contact area, the edge area is located on the The periphery of the skin contact area is arranged at a distance from the skin contact area in the vibration direction, and the surrounding edge includes a connection part connected with the movement casing and a limiting part connected with the connection part, The limiting part is located on the side of the vibration panel away from the transducer device; wherein, viewed along the vibration direction, the limiting part overlaps with the edge area and staggers with the skin contact area, And in the non-wearing state, the skin contact area protrudes in the vibration direction from the side of the limiting part away from the transducer device.
  • the side of the vibrating panel facing away from the transducer device further includes an air conduction enhancement area connected between the skin contact area and the edge area, and the air conduction enhancement area is at least partially free of In contact with the user's skin, the vibration panel drives the air outside the earphone to vibrate through the air conduction enhancement area to form sound waves.
  • the air conduction enhancement zone in the worn state, is at least partially directed toward the entrance of the external auditory canal of the user's ear, so as to allow the sound waves to be directed toward the entrance of the external auditory canal.
  • the air conduction enhancement zone is at least partially inclined relative to the skin contact zone, and the inclination angle of the air conduction enhancement zone relative to the skin contact zone is between 0 and 75°;
  • the width of the orthographic projection of the air conduction enhanced region along the vibration direction is greater than or equal to 1mm.
  • the vibration panel has a major axis direction and a minor axis direction perpendicular to the vibration direction and orthogonal to each other, and the dimension of the vibration panel in the major axis direction is larger than that of the vibration panel in the The size in the direction of the short axis; wherein, in the wearing state, the direction of the long axis points to the top of the user's head, and the direction of the short axis points to the entrance of the external auditory canal of the user's ear.
  • the surrounding edge is provided with a communication hole, and the communication hole is used to communicate with the gap between the vibration panel and the movement casing and the outside of the earphone; wherein, the communication hole The number is multiple, and the opening direction of at least one communication hole is away from the user's head, and the angle between the user's vertical axis and the user's vertical axis is between 0 and 10°.
  • the support assembly is configured as a head beam assembly
  • the head beam assembly includes an arc-shaped head beam and an adapter
  • the arc-shaped head beam is used to go around the top of the user's head
  • the adapter The two ends of the piece are respectively connected with the arc-shaped head beam and the core module, and allow the core module to approach or move away from the arc-shaped head beam in the extending direction of the head beam assembly , the core module transmits the mechanical vibration generated by the transducing device in a bone conduction manner; wherein, the head beam assembly exerts a pressing force between 0.4N and 0.8N to press the core module The set is pressed against the user's cheek.
  • both ends of the arc-shaped head beam are provided with the adapter and the core module, and the head beam assembly is the core module in the first use state.
  • providing a first pressing force, and providing a second pressing force for the movement module in a second use state the absolute value of the difference between the second pressing force and the first pressing force is between Between 0 and 0.1N;
  • the first use state is defined as the use in which each of the adapters has a first extension relative to the arc-shaped head beam and there is a first distance between the two movement modules.
  • the second use state is defined as each of the adapters has a second extension relative to the arc-shaped head beam, and there is a second distance between the two core modules state, the second protrusion amount is greater than the first protrusion amount, and the second distance is greater than the first distance.
  • the first protrusion when the core module is closest to the arc-shaped head beam, the first protrusion takes the minimum value; when the core module is farthest from the arc-shaped head beam When a piece is used, the second protrusion amount takes the maximum value.
  • the adapters at both ends of the arc-shaped head beam are relative to the first reference plane Symmetrically arranged, the second reference plane passes through the line between the two ends of the arc-shaped head beam, and perpendicularly intersects with the first reference plane, when the arc-shaped head beam is in a natural state, and the The arc-shaped head beam and the adapter are projected onto a second reference plane, and when the core module is closest to the arc-shaped head beam, the adapter is used to connect the core model
  • the free end of the set has a first position, and when the movement module is farthest from the arc head beam, the free end has a second position, and the line connecting the first position and the second position is parallel It has a first projection component in the first reference direction of the line connecting the two ends of the arc-shaped head beam, and has a second projection component in the second reference direction perpendicular to the line connecting the two ends of the two ends of the
  • the ratio between the section bending stiffness of the adapter piece and the section bending stiffness of the arc-shaped head beam is less than or equal to 0.9.
  • the earphone further includes an adapter housing that is rotatably connected to the end of the adapter member away from the arc-shaped head beam
  • the movement module further includes an adapter housing that is connected to the adapter housing
  • the core casing that is rotatably connected, the energy conversion device is arranged in the accommodating chamber of the core casing, and the axis of rotation of the core casing relative to the adapter casing is connected with the adapter casing The axis of rotation of the body relative to the adapter part intersects.
  • the adapter housing is provided with a rotating shaft cavity, and the adapter is inserted into the rotating shaft cavity along the axial direction of the rotating shaft cavity, and the earphone further includes a locking member, and the locking A piece is used to limit the adapter piece in the axial direction of the shaft cavity, so that the adapter piece remains in the shaft cavity, and a limiting groove is opened on the outer peripheral wall of the adapter piece.
  • a limiting block is provided on the inner peripheral wall of the rotating shaft cavity, and the limiting block is embedded in the limiting groove to limit the rotation angle of the adapter piece relative to the rotating shaft cavity.
  • the free end of the adapter is provided with a slot, and after the adapter is inserted into the shaft cavity from one end of the shaft cavity, the slot is inserted into the shaft cavity from the other end of the shaft cavity. One end is exposed, the locking piece is locked in the slot, and the radial dimension of the locking piece is larger than the radial dimension of the rotating shaft cavity.
  • the rotation angle is between 5° and 15°.
  • the earphone further includes a battery and a main board coupled to the transducer device
  • the adapter housing includes a middle plate rotatably connected to the adapter and a middle plate connected to the middle plate.
  • the outer shell, the battery or the main board is arranged between the outer shell and the middle plate, the core shell is rotatably connected with the adapter shell, and is located on a side of the middle plate away from the outer shell. side.
  • the movement module further includes a first vibration transmission piece and a vibration panel
  • the transducing device is suspended in the accommodating cavity of the movement casing through the first vibration transmission piece
  • the vibrating panel is connected to the transducer device and is used to contact the user's skin; wherein, the pressing force of the vibrating panel on the user's cheek is smaller than that of the head beam assembly pressing the movement module to the user
  • the pressing force of the cheek, the contact area between the vibration panel and the user's cheek is smaller than the contact area between the movement module and the user's cheek.
  • the support assembly is configured as a head beam assembly
  • the earphone includes an adapter housing rotatably connected to the head beam assembly, a movement module connected to the adapter housing, and a The battery and the main board coupled to the core module, the head beam assembly is used to bypass the top of the user's head, and make the core module contact with the user's cheek
  • the adapter housing includes a The middle plate connected in rotation and the outer shell connected with the middle plate
  • the battery or the main board is arranged between the outer shell and the middle plate
  • the movement module includes a The connected movement casing and the transducer device arranged in the accommodating cavity of the movement casing, the movement casing and the outer casing are respectively located on opposite sides of the middle plate.
  • the movement case rotates around a first axis relative to the adapter case
  • the transfer case rotates around a second axis relative to the head beam assembly
  • the first axis intersects the second axis on a reference plane perpendicular to the vibration direction of the transducer.
  • the movement module further includes a first vibration transmission piece and a vibration panel, and the transducing device is suspended in the accommodating cavity of the movement casing through the first vibration transmission piece, The vibrating panel is connected to the transducer device and configured to contact the user's skin.
  • the core module further includes a connector
  • the core housing includes an inner cylinder wall connected to the adapter housing and a second inner cylinder wall respectively connected to two ends of the inner cylinder wall.
  • An end wall and a second end wall, the first end wall and the second end wall are respectively located on opposite sides of the energy conversion device in the vibration direction of the energy conversion device, and are connected to the inner
  • the accommodating cavity is formed around the cylinder wall, the first end wall is provided with a mounting hole, the vibrating panel is located outside the movement casing, one end of the connector is connected to the vibrating panel, and the other end is connected to the vibrating panel via
  • the installation hole protrudes into the core casing and is connected to the energy-transforming device; wherein, viewed along the vibration direction, the area of the vibration panel is larger than the area of the installation hole, and the area of the installation hole is The area is larger than the area of the connecting piece.
  • the ratio of the area of the installation hole to the area of the first end wall is less than or equal to 0.6.
  • the ratio of the difference between the area of the mounting hole and the area of the connecting member to the area of the mounting hole is greater than 0 and less than or equal to 0.5.
  • the side of the vibrating panel facing away from the transducer device includes a skin contact area for contacting with the user's skin and an edge area connected to the skin contact area, the edge area is located on the The periphery of the skin contact area, and is spaced apart from the skin contact area in the vibration direction of the transducer device, and the core module also includes an end connected to the inner cylinder wall away from the second end wall
  • the surrounding edge, the surrounding edge includes a connecting part connected with the inner cylinder wall and a limiting part connected with the connecting part, and the limiting part is located on the side of the vibrating panel away from the transducer device ; Wherein, viewed along the vibration direction, the limiting portion overlaps with the edge area and staggers with the skin contact area, and in the non-wearing state, the skin contact area is convex in the vibration direction out of the side of the limiting part away from the transducer device.
  • the side of the vibrating panel facing away from the transducer device further includes an air conduction enhancement area connected between the skin contact area and the edge area, and the air conduction enhancement area is at least partially free of In contact with the user's skin, the vibration panel drives the air outside the earphone to vibrate through the air conduction enhancement area to form sound waves.
  • the air conduction enhancement zone is at least partially inclined relative to the skin contact zone, and the inclination angle of the air conduction enhancement zone relative to the skin contact zone is between 0 and 75°;
  • the width of the orthographic projection of the air conduction enhanced region along the vibration direction is greater than or equal to 1mm.
  • the head beam assembly includes an arc-shaped head beam and an adapter, the arc-shaped head beam is used to go around the top of the user's head, and the adapter includes sequentially connected first connecting sections, The middle transition section and the second connecting section, the first connecting section is connected with the arc head beam, the second connecting section is rotatably connected with the middle plate, the first connecting section and the second The connecting sections are respectively bent and extended opposite to the intermediate transition section, so that in the wearing state and viewed along the direction of the coronal axis of the human body, the arc-shaped head beam is located above the user's ear, and the movement The modules are located on the front side of the user's ear.
  • the bending angle of the first connecting section relative to the intermediate transition section is greater than or equal to 90° and less than 180°; and/or, the second connecting section is relative to the intermediate transition section The bending angle is greater than or equal to 90° and less than 180°.
  • the first connecting section in the wearing state and viewed along the direction of the coronal axis of the human body, is parallel to the second connecting section, and the distance between the first connecting section and the second connecting section is The distance between them is between 20mm and 30mm.
  • the earphone includes an adapter housing
  • the core module includes a core housing that is rotatably connected to the adapter housing, and is disposed in an accommodating cavity of the core housing.
  • the flange part viewed along the vibration direction of the transducer device, the flange part is located on the periphery of the movement casing and overlaps with the adapter casing, and in the non-wearing state, with the The axis of rotation of the core housing relative to the adapter housing is the starting point, and the gap between the flange portion and the adapter housing in the vibration direction gradually increases along a reference direction, and the reference direction Defined as a direction perpendicular to the vibration direction and the direction of the axis and away from the axis.
  • the maximum gap between the flange portion and the transition housing in the vibration direction is between 2mm and 5mm.
  • the flange portion is arranged in an arc shape on a side facing the transition housing.
  • the radius of the arc of the flange portion facing the side of the adapter housing is greater than or equal to 50 mm.
  • the movement module further includes a first vibration transmission piece and a vibration panel, and the transducing device is suspended in the accommodating cavity of the movement casing through the first vibration transmission piece,
  • the vibration panel is connected with the transducer device and is used to contact the user's skin, and the surrounding edge surrounds the vibration panel; wherein, in the non-wearing state, the surrounding edge is perpendicular to the vibration direction
  • the direction is spaced apart from the vibration panel, and the side of the vibration panel facing away from the transducer device protrudes at least partially from the side of the surrounding edge facing away from the transducer device in the vibration direction.
  • the side of the vibrating panel facing away from the transducer device includes a skin contact area for contacting with the user's skin and an edge area connected to the skin contact area, the edge area is located on the The periphery of the skin contact area is arranged at a distance from the skin contact area in the vibration direction, and the surrounding edge also includes a limiting part connected with the connecting part, and the limiting part is located away from the vibration panel.
  • the side of the vibrating panel facing away from the transducer device further includes an air conduction enhancement area connected between the skin contact area and the edge area, and the air conduction enhancement area is at least partially free of In contact with the user's skin, the vibration panel drives the air outside the earphone to vibrate through the air conduction enhancement area to form sound waves.
  • the air conduction enhancement zone is at least partially inclined relative to the skin contact zone, and the inclination angle of the air conduction enhancement zone relative to the skin contact zone is between 0 and 75°;
  • the width of the orthographic projection of the air conduction enhanced region along the vibration direction is greater than or equal to 1mm.
  • the earphone further includes a head beam assembly connected to the adapter housing, the head beam assembly is used to go around the top of the user's head, and make the movement module contact the user's cheek, so
  • the head beam assembly includes an arc-shaped head beam and an adapter, the arc-shaped head beam is used to go around the top of the user's head, and the adapter includes a first connecting section, a middle transition section and a second connecting section connected in sequence segment, the first connecting segment is connected to the arc-shaped head beam, the second connecting segment is connected to the adapter housing, and the first connecting segment and the second connecting segment are respectively relative to the
  • the middle transition section is bent and extended in the opposite direction, so that in the wearing state and viewed along the direction of the coronal axis of the human body, the arc-shaped head beam is located above the user's ear, and the movement module is located at the user's ear the front side.
  • the bending angle of the first connecting section relative to the intermediate transition section is greater than or equal to 90° and less than 180°; and/or, the second connecting section is relative to the intermediate transition section The bending angle is greater than or equal to 90° and less than 180°.
  • the first connecting section in the wearing state and viewed along the direction of the coronal axis of the human body, is parallel to the second connecting section, and the distance between the first connecting section and the second connecting section is The distance between them is between 20mm and 30mm.
  • the earphone includes an adapter housing, the adapter housing includes a cylindrical side wall, and the cylindrical side wall is located on the periphery of the movement module, and the movement module includes The movement casing and the transducer device arranged in the accommodating cavity of the movement casing, the movement casing includes a first movement casing, and the first movement casing includes an inner cylinder wall and an outer cylinder wall, the inner cylinder wall is located at the periphery of the energy-transforming device, the outer cylinder wall is located at the periphery of the inner cylinder wall, and is in a direction perpendicular to the vibration direction of the energy-transforming device with the
  • the inner cylinder wall is arranged at intervals, one of the outer cylinder wall and the cylindrical side wall is provided with a shaft hole, and the other is provided with a rotating shaft matched with the shaft hole, and the rotating shaft is embedded in the shaft hole, To allow the movement casing to rotate relative to the adapter casing.
  • the first movement casing further includes a reinforcing column connected between the outer cylinder wall and the inner cylinder wall, and the cylindrical side wall faces the outer cylinder One side of the wall is provided with the rotating shaft, and the reinforcing column is provided with the shaft hole.
  • the first movement casing further includes a transition wall and a cover plate connected between the inner cylinder wall and the outer cylinder wall, and the cover plate and the transition wall are aligned in the vibration direction. set at intervals on the top, and form a Helmholtz resonance cavity surrounding the outer cylinder wall, the inner cylinder wall and the transition wall, and the Helmholtz resonance cavity communicates with the accommodating cavity to The sound energy of the sound wave formed by the air in the accommodating cavity vibrating with the transducer device is absorbed.
  • the frequency response curve of the sound wave has a resonance peak
  • the peak resonance frequency of the resonance peak is between 500 Hz and 4 kHz
  • the Helmholtz resonant cavity communicated with the accommodating cavity The difference between the peak resonance intensity of the resonance peak when the opening is in an open state and the peak resonance intensity of the resonance peak when the opening communicating with the Helmholtz resonant cavity and the accommodating cavity is in a closed state greater than or equal to 3dB.
  • the first movement casing further includes an end wall and a transition wall, the end wall is connected to one end of the inner cylinder wall and surrounds the accommodating cavity, and the transition wall Connected between the inner cylinder wall and the outer cylinder wall, the transition housing further includes a middle plate connected to the cylindrical side wall, the middle plate is located at the end wall away from the accommodating On one side of the cavity, the end wall, the inner cylinder wall, the transition wall and the outer cylinder wall are surrounded by the middle plate and the cylindrical side wall to form an acoustic filter, and the acoustic filter communicated with the accommodating cavity to absorb the sound energy of the sound wave formed by the air in the accommodating cavity vibrating with the transducer device, and the sound wave passes through the cylindrical side wall after being absorbed by the acoustic filter
  • the gap with the outer cylinder wall transmits to the outside of the earphone.
  • the cutoff frequency of the acoustic filter is less than or equal to 5 kHz.
  • the gap between the transition wall and the middle plate in the vibration direction and the gap between the inner cylinder wall and the outer cylinder wall in the direction perpendicular to the vibration direction are both larger than the There is a gap between the cylindrical side wall and the outer cylindrical wall in a direction perpendicular to the vibration direction.
  • the earphone further includes a battery and a main board coupled to the transducer device
  • the adapter case further includes a shell connected to the cylindrical side wall, and the battery or the main board It is arranged on the side of the casing facing the transducer device.
  • the earphone further includes a functional component arranged on the housing and coupled with the battery and the main board, the functional component includes a first circuit board, a second circuit board, an encoder, Tact switches and function keys, the first circuit board and the second circuit board are stacked, the encoder is arranged on the first circuit board, and the tact switch is arranged on the second circuit board and located on the side of the second circuit board facing the first circuit board, the function key includes a keycap and a key rod connected to the keycap, and the keycap is located on the first circuit board On the side away from the second circuit board, the free end of the key rod far away from the key cap is set opposite to the tact switch, and the encoder is sleeved on the key rod; When the key rod is rotated through the key cap, the key rod drives the encoder to generate a first input signal, and when the user presses the key rod through the key cap, the key rod triggers the light touch The switch generates a second input signal.
  • the functional component includes a first circuit board
  • the first input signal is used to control the volume increase/decrease of the earphone; and/or, the second input signal is used to control the earphone play/pause, song switching, pairing equipment , Power on/off any one of them.
  • the earphone further includes a pickup assembly and a switch assembly
  • the pickup assembly includes a pivotal connection block, a connecting rod, and a pickup
  • the pivotal connection block is pivotally connected to the housing
  • the One end of the connecting rod is connected to the pivotal connecting block
  • the pickup is arranged at the other end of the connecting rod
  • a recessed area is arranged on the side of the pivotal connecting block facing away from the housing
  • the switch assembly is arranged on within the recessed area.
  • a boss is provided at the bottom of the recessed area, and an annular groove is formed between the peripheral wall of the boss and the side wall of the recessed area.
  • the switch assembly includes a switch circuit board, an elastic A support, a reinforcing ring and a button, the switch circuit board is arranged on the top of the boss, the elastic support includes an integrally arranged annular fixing part and an elastic supporting part, and the reinforcing ring is arranged along the The circumferential lining is arranged on the annular fixing part, the annular fixing part is fixed in the annular groove through the reinforcing ring, the elastic support part is arranged in a dome shape, and the buttons are arranged on the elastic support department.
  • the movement module includes a first vibration transmission piece and a connecting piece, and the transducing device is suspended in the accommodating cavity of the movement casing through the first vibration transmission piece, so
  • the movement casing includes a first movement casing, a second movement casing and a surrounding edge
  • the first movement casing includes an inner cylinder wall and a first outer cylinder wall
  • the inner cylinder wall is located at the The outer periphery of the transducer device
  • the first outer cylinder wall is located at the periphery of the inner cylinder wall, and is spaced apart from the inner cylinder wall in a direction perpendicular to the vibration direction of the transducer device
  • the movement casing is connected to the inner cylinder wall and has a mounting hole
  • the vibration panel is located outside the movement casing and is used to contact the user's skin
  • one end of the connector is connected to the vibration panel
  • the other end protrudes into the movement casing through the installation hole and is connected with the transducer device, and the surrounding
  • the second movement casing includes a first end wall and a first cylindrical side wall connected to the first end wall, and the first cylindrical side wall is located between the inner cylindrical wall and the first cylindrical side wall. Between the first outer cylinder wall and clamped with the inner cylinder wall, the installation hole is provided on the first end wall.
  • the second movement casing presses the peripheral area of the first vibration-transmitting plate against the inner cylinder wall.
  • the side of the vibrating panel facing away from the transducer device includes a skin contact area for contacting with the user's skin and an edge area connected to the skin contact area, the edge area is located on the The outer periphery of the skin contact area is arranged at a distance from the skin contact area in the vibration direction, and the surrounding edge includes a connection part that is clamped with the first outer cylinder wall and a limiter that is connected with the connection part part, the connecting part is arranged in a cylindrical shape and is located on the periphery of the first outer cylinder wall, the limiting part is located on the side of the vibration panel away from the transducer device, viewed along the vibration direction, The limiting part overlaps with the edge area and is staggered with the skin contact area, and in the non-wearing state, the skin contact area protrudes from the limiting part in the vibration direction away from the switch. side of the device.
  • the side of the vibrating panel facing away from the transducer device further includes an air conduction enhancement area connected between the skin contact area and the edge area, and the air conduction enhancement area is at least partially free of In contact with the user's skin, the vibration panel drives the air outside the earphone to vibrate through the air conduction enhancement area to form sound waves.
  • the air conduction enhancement zone is at least partially inclined relative to the skin contact zone, and the inclination angle of the air conduction enhancement zone relative to the skin contact zone is between 0 and 75°;
  • the width of the orthographic projection of the air conduction enhanced region along the vibration direction is greater than or equal to 1mm.
  • the earphone further includes an adapter housing rotatably connected to the movement housing, and the surrounding edge further includes a flange part connected to the connecting part, and the flange part is at least partially It is spaced apart from the adapter housing in the vibration direction, and viewed along the vibration direction, the flange portion is located on the periphery of the first outer cylinder wall and overlaps with the adapter housing.
  • the flange part and the adapter housing are in the vibration direction
  • the gap above increases gradually along a reference direction, and the reference direction is defined as a direction perpendicular to the vibration direction and the direction of the axis and away from the axis.
  • the maximum gap between the flange portion and the transition housing in the vibration direction is between 2mm and 5mm.
  • the flange portion is arranged in an arc shape on a side facing the transition housing.
  • the first movement casing further includes a second outer cylinder wall and a reinforcing column
  • the second outer cylinder wall is located on the periphery of the inner cylinder wall, and is perpendicular to the transducing device The direction of the vibration direction is spaced apart from the inner cylinder wall, the second outer cylinder wall and the first outer cylinder wall extend oppositely, and the reinforcing column connects the second outer cylinder wall and the inner cylinder wall
  • the transfer case includes a second cylindrical side wall, the second cylindrical side wall is located on the periphery of the second outer cylindrical wall, and the reinforcement column and the second cylindrical side wall One of them is provided with a shaft hole, and the other is provided with a rotating shaft matched with the shaft hole, and the rotating shaft is inserted into the shaft hole to allow the movement casing to rotate relative to the adapter casing.
  • the first movement case further includes a transition wall and a cover plate connected between the inner cylinder wall and the second outer cylinder wall, the cover plate and the transition wall are
  • the vibration direction is arranged at intervals, and is surrounded by the second outer cylinder wall and the inner cylinder wall to form a Helmholtz resonance cavity, and the Helmholtz resonance cavity communicates with the accommodating cavity, The sound energy of the sound waves formed by the air in the accommodating cavity vibrating with the transducer device is absorbed.
  • the second outer cylinder wall is located on the periphery of the first outer cylinder wall and is located on the inner side of the flange portion, so as to allow the flange portion to be connected to the flange portion.
  • the second cylindrical side wall overlaps.
  • the transition wall includes a first sub-transition wall and a second sub-transition wall, the first sub-transition wall connects the inner cylinder wall and the first outer cylinder wall, and the second sub-transition wall The transition wall connects the first outer cylinder wall and the second outer cylinder wall, the second sub-transition wall and the first sub-transition wall are spaced apart in the vibration direction, and the second sub-transition The wall is closer to the vibrating panel than the first sub-transition wall.
  • the earphone includes a connecting wire assembly
  • the connecting wire assembly includes a wire for conducting electricity and an auxiliary wire connected to the wire, and when the wire is deformed under the action of an external force, it will drive The auxiliary wire is then elastically deformed, and the auxiliary wire provides an elastic restoring force after the external force is released, and the elastic restoring force is used to drive the wire to return to the shape before deformation.
  • the wire is divided into a stretchable segment and a natural segment located at both ends of the stretchable segment, and the elastic coefficient of the stretchable segment is between the elastic coefficient of the natural segment and the elastic coefficient of the auxiliary wire .
  • the telescopic section is a part where the wire extends helically around at least part of the auxiliary wire.
  • the ratio between the length of the telescopic section and the length of the wire is between 0.1 and 0.5.
  • the auxiliary thread includes an elastic body and loops located at both ends of the elastic body, each of the loops is respectively sleeved on the corresponding natural section, and is connected at the back of the telescopic section.
  • the elastic direction is stopped by the limit structure on the natural section.
  • the limiting structure is a protrusion integrally connected with the insulating layer of the wire, or a knot formed by knotting the natural segment.
  • the support assembly is configured as a head beam assembly
  • the head beam assembly includes an arc-shaped head beam, an adapter, and the connecting wire assembly
  • the arc-shaped head beam is used to bypass the user
  • the two ends of the adapter are respectively connected with the arc-shaped head beam and the movement module, and can extend or retract the arc-shaped head beam under the action of external force, so as to allow the
  • the core module is close to or away from the arc-shaped head beam in the extending direction of the head beam assembly
  • the connecting wire assembly extends along the arc-shaped head beam and follows the extension of the adapter stretching or rebounding when the adapter is retracted, the wire is electrically connected to the movement module.
  • the wire is divided into a telescopic section and a natural section located at both ends of the telescopic section, and the middle area of the telescopic section is fixed to the arc-shaped head beam.
  • the head beam assembly further includes a holding part that is engaged with the arc-shaped head beam, and the holding part presses the middle area of the telescopic section on the arc-shaped head beam on file.
  • the clamping member includes a clamping portion and clamping portions located at both ends of the clamping portion, each of the clamping portions is bent relative to the clamping portion, and two of the clamping portions
  • the clamping part extends in the same direction toward one side of the holding part and can approach each other under the action of an external force.
  • the arc-shaped head beam is clamped.
  • the movement module includes a first vibration transmission piece
  • the transducing device is suspended in the accommodation cavity of the movement casing through the first vibration transmission piece, and includes a bracket
  • the second vibration transmission piece, the magnetic circuit system and the coil the support is connected with the movement casing through the first vibration transmission piece
  • the second vibration transmission piece is connected with the first vibration transmission through the support
  • the magnetic circuit system is connected to the central area of the second vibration-transmitting sheet, so as to suspend the magnetic circuit system in the accommodating cavity, and the coil extends along the vibration direction of the transducer Into the magnetic gap of the magnetic circuit system, the magnetic gap surrounds the position where the magnetic circuit system is connected to the second vibration transmission piece, and the vibration panel is connected to the bracket.
  • the magnetic circuit system includes a magnetically permeable cover and a magnet connected to the bottom of the magnetically permeable cover, the magnet is connected to the central area of the second vibration-transmitting piece, and is connected to the magnetically permeable cover.
  • the side walls of the cover are arranged at intervals in a direction perpendicular to the vibration direction to form the magnetic gap, and the side walls of the magnetic permeable cover and the second vibration-transmitting piece are arranged at intervals in the direction of vibration to form A passage connecting the magnetic gap with the outside of the magnetic circuit system.
  • the magnet includes a first magnetic part, a magnetic permeable part and a second magnetic part stacked along the vibration direction, and the second magnetic part is closer to the first magnetic part than the first magnetic part.
  • the second vibration transmission piece, the magnetization directions of the first magnetic part and the second magnetic part are different, and the side wall of the magnetic permeable cover is projected to the outer periphery of the magnet in a direction perpendicular to the vibration direction When facing at least overlaps with the magnetic permeable part.
  • the coil when the coil is orthographically projected onto the outer peripheral surface of the magnet along a direction perpendicular to the vibration direction, it at least overlaps with the magnetic conducting member.
  • the bracket includes a first bracket and a second bracket, the first bracket is connected to the central area of the first vibration transmission piece, the second bracket is connected to the second vibration transmission piece The peripheral area is connected, the second support and the vibration panel are respectively connected to the first support, and the coil is connected to the second support.
  • the transducing device further includes a suspension, the suspension is connected to the central area of the second vibration-transmitting sheet, the second bracket is located at the periphery of the suspension, and is perpendicular to The vibration direction is spaced apart from the suspension, and the magnetic circuit system is connected with the suspension.
  • first bracket and the first vibration transmitting piece are integrally formed through a metal insert injection molding process
  • second bracket and the second vibration transmitting piece are integrally formed through a metal insert injection molding process
  • One of the first bracket and the second bracket is provided with a socket hole
  • the other is provided with a socket post embedded in the socket hole, and the socket post extends into the socket inside the hole.
  • the core casing includes an inner cylinder wall and a first end wall and a second end wall respectively connected to two ends of the inner cylinder wall, the first end wall and the second end wall
  • the end walls are respectively located on opposite sides of the transducer device in the vibration direction, and are surrounded by the inner cylinder wall to form the accommodating cavity, the first end wall is provided with a mounting hole, the The vibration panel is located outside the core housing, and the core module also includes a connector, one end of the connector is connected to the vibration panel, and the other end extends into the core housing through the mounting hole, And connected with the support; wherein, viewed along the vibration direction, the area of the vibration panel is larger than the area of the installation hole, and the area of the installation hole is larger than the area of the connecting piece.
  • the accommodating cavity communicates with the outside of the movement module only through a channel, and the channel is a gap between the connecting piece and the wall surface of the installation hole;
  • the accommodating cavity communicates with the outside of the movement module only through a first channel and a second channel, the first channel is a gap between the connecting piece and the wall surface of the mounting hole, so The second channel communicates with the outside of the core module through an acoustic filter;
  • the accommodating cavity communicates with the outside of the movement module only through a first channel and a second channel, the first channel is a gap between the connecting piece and the wall surface of the mounting hole, so The ratio of the opening area of the second channel to the opening area of the first channel is less than or equal to 10%.
  • the accommodating cavity communicates with the outside of the core module through a channel
  • the channel is the gap between the connecting piece and the wall of the installation hole
  • the core module The set also includes a sealing membrane that seals the channel.
  • the sealing film includes a first connection part, a fold part and a second connection part integrally connected, and the fold part forms a depression between the first connection part and the second connection part zone, the first connecting portion is connected to the first end wall, and the second connecting portion is connected to the connecting member or the vibration panel.
  • the ratio of the difference between the area of the mounting hole and the area of the connecting member to the area of the mounting hole is greater than 0 and less than or equal to 0.5.
  • the gap between the connecting piece and the wall of the installation hole is greater than or equal to 0.1 mm and less than or equal to 1 mm.
  • the earphone includes a support assembly and a movement module connected to the support assembly, the support assembly is used to support the movement module to be worn to the wearing position, and the movement module includes Movement casing, transducer device and vibrating panel, the transducer device is arranged in the accommodating chamber of the movement casing, the vibration panel is connected with the transducer device, and is used to convert the transducer
  • the mechanical vibration generated by the device is transmitted to the user.
  • the center of the side of the vibration panel facing the wearing position is larger than the movement shell in the direction of the sagittal axis of the human body.
  • the center of the body facing the side of the wearing position is closer to the external auditory canal of the user's ear.
  • the vibration panel is orthographically projected to the center of the core housing along the vibration direction of the transducer device and the transduction device is orthographically projected to the core housing along the vibration direction coincides with the center, and the center of the positive projection of the transducer device along the vibration direction to the center of the core casing does not coincide with the center of the core casing on the side facing the transducer device in the vibration direction .
  • the center of the core housing is orthographically projected along the vibration direction of the energy conversion device to the center of the core housing and the core housing faces the energy conversion device in the vibration direction.
  • the center of one side coincides, and the center of the orthographic projection of the vibrating panel to the core housing along the vibration direction does not coincide with the center of the orthographic projection of the transducing device to the core housing along the vibration direction.
  • the earphone further includes an adapter housing connecting the core housing and the support assembly, the adapter housing includes a cylindrical side wall located on the periphery of the core housing, The orthographic projections of the movement casing and the cylindrical sidewall on a reference plane perpendicular to the vibration direction of the transducer have a first center and a second center respectively, and in the wearing state, the first The center is closer to the external auditory canal of the user's ear than the second center.
  • the movement case rotates around a first axis relative to the adapter case, and the first center and the second center are spaced apart along the direction of the first axis.
  • the first center and the second center are on the first axis.
  • the adapter housing rotates relative to the support assembly about a second axis that intersects the first axis.
  • the earphone further includes a battery and a main board coupled to the transducer device
  • the adapter housing further includes a middle plate connected to the inner side of the cylindrical side wall and a middle plate connected to the cylindrical side wall.
  • the battery or the main board is arranged between the outer shell and the middle plate, and the core housing is located on the side of the middle plate away from the outer shell.
  • the support assembly is configured as a head beam assembly, and the head beam assembly is used to go around the top of the user's head and make the vibration panel contact the user's cheek.
  • the head beam assembly and The top of the user's head forms a first contact point
  • the vibrating panel forms a second contact point with the user's cheek
  • the distance between the second contact point and the first contact point in the direction of the sagittal axis of the human body is between 20mm and 30mm between.
  • the head beam assembly includes an arc-shaped head beam and an adapter
  • the arc-shaped head beam is used to go around the top of the user's head
  • the adapter includes a first connecting section, a middle transition section and a second connection section
  • the intermediate transition section connects the first connection section and the second connection section
  • the first connection section and the second connection section are respectively bent relative to the intermediate transition section and Extending in the opposite direction
  • the first connecting section is connected to the arc-shaped head beam
  • the second connecting section is connected to the adapter housing; wherein, viewed along the direction of the coronal axis of the human body, the intermediate transition section Tilt relative to the vertical axis of the body.
  • the support assembly is configured as a head beam assembly, and the head beam assembly is used to go around the top of the user's head and make the movement module contact the user's cheek, thereby allowing the movement module to
  • the mechanical vibration generated by the core module is transmitted by bone conduction.
  • the head beam assembly forms a first contact point with the top of the user's head, and the core module forms a second contact point with the user's cheek.
  • the head beam assembly also forms a third contact point with the user's head, and the third contact point is located between the first contact point and the second contact point in the direction of the vertical axis of the human body.
  • the head beam assembly when the head beam assembly forms the third contact point with the user's head, at least part of the head beam assembly between the first contact point and the second contact point is in contact with the user. No head contact.
  • the head beam assembly forms the third contact points with two sides of the user's head respectively.
  • two ends of the head beam assembly are respectively connected to one core module, and each core module forms the second contact point with the user's cheek.
  • the earphone in the wearing state, applies pressing force directed to the user's head at the first contact point, the second contact point and the third contact point respectively.
  • the pressing force at the second contact point is between 0.2N and 2N, and the pressing force at the third contact point is between 0.3N and 2N.
  • the head beam assembly includes an arc-shaped head beam and two auxiliary parts connected with the arc-shaped head beam, the arc-shaped head beam is used to go around the top of the user's head, and the machine The core module is connected to the arc-shaped head beam.
  • the two auxiliary parts In the wearing state, the two auxiliary parts respectively form the third contact points with the two sides of the user's head.
  • the auxiliary part has elasticity, so that when the earphone is worn by users with different sizes of heads, the auxiliary part will undergo different degrees of elastic deformation to make the second contact point
  • the change amount of the pressing force is less than or equal to 0.2N.
  • the head beam assembly further includes an adapter for connecting the arc-shaped head beam and the movement module, and the adapter allows the movement module to be placed on the head beam
  • the extension direction of the component is close to or away from the arc-shaped head beam, and the arc-shaped head beam provides the first pressing force for the movement module in the first use state, and in the second use state providing a second pressing force for the movement module, and the auxiliary member is arranged so that the absolute value of the difference between the second pressing force and the first pressing force is between 0 and 0.1N;
  • the first use state is defined as that each of the adapters has a first extension relative to the arc-shaped head beam, and there is a gap between the movement modules at both ends of the head beam assembly.
  • the use state of the first distance, the second use state is defined as each of the adapters has a second extension relative to the arc-shaped head beam, and the movement at both ends of the head beam assembly In the use state where there is a second distance between the modules, the second protrusion is greater than the first protrusion, and the second distance is greater than the first distance.
  • the first pressing force and the second pressing force are respectively between 0.4N and 0.8N.
  • the first protrusion when the core module is closest to the arc-shaped head beam, the first protrusion takes the minimum value; when the core module is farthest from the arc-shaped head beam When a piece is used, the second protrusion amount takes the maximum value.
  • the head beam assembly in a natural state, has a first reference plane and a second reference plane that are orthogonal to each other, and the two auxiliary members are arranged symmetrically with respect to the first reference plane, and the The second reference plane passes through the highest point and two end points of the arc-shaped head beam, and the arc-shaped head beam and the auxiliary member are projected to the second reference plane, within the second reference plane , the line between the fixed end and the free end of the auxiliary member has a first projected component in a first reference direction parallel to the line connecting the two end points, and a projected component perpendicular to the line connecting the two end points
  • the second reference direction of the line has a second projected component, the ratio between the second projected component and the first projected component is between 1 and 5; and/or, the equivalent elasticity of the auxiliary member
  • the coefficient is between 100N/m and 180N/m.
  • the arc-shaped head beam in the natural state, is projected onto the second reference plane, and a Cartesian coordinate system is established in the second reference plane, and the Cartesian coordinate system is based on the highest
  • the point is the origin of coordinates
  • the x-axis is the straight line passing through the origin of coordinates and parallel to the line connecting the two endpoints
  • the y-axis is the straight line passing through the origin of coordinates and perpendicular to the x-axis
  • the arc The curve of the shaped head beam from any of the endpoints to the highest point satisfies the following relationship:
  • the thickness of the auxiliary part is less than or equal to 4 mm, and the gap between the auxiliary part and the arc-shaped head beam is greater than or equal to 10 mm.
  • each of the auxiliary parts is respectively fixed to one end of the arc-shaped head beam, and the line between any of the end points of the arc-shaped head beam and the highest point is at There is a third projection component in the first reference direction parallel to the line connecting the two end points, and there is a fourth projection component in the second reference direction perpendicular to the line connecting the two end points, the second A ratio between the projection component and the fourth projection component is between 0.1 and 0.5.
  • each of the auxiliary members is cantilevered relative to the arcuate head beam member.
  • the pressing force at the first contact point forms a first resistance moment relative to the second contact point
  • the pressing force at the third contact point forms a first resistance moment relative to the
  • the second contact point forms a second resistance moment
  • the pressing force at the second contact point is formed when the headgear assembly includes the auxiliary part relative to the contact surface of the movement module with the user's cheek
  • the third resistance moment, the pressing force at the second contact point forms a fourth resistance moment relative to the contact surface of the movement module and the user's cheek when the head beam assembly does not include the auxiliary part
  • the resultant torque formed by the first resistance torque, the second resistance torque and the third resistance rectangle is greater than the resultant moment formed by the first resistance torque and the fourth resistance rectangle.
  • the head beam assembly in a natural state, has a first reference plane and a second reference plane that are orthogonal to each other, and the two auxiliary parts are arranged symmetrically with respect to the first reference plane, so
  • the second reference plane passes through the highest point and two end points of the arc-shaped head beam, and the arc-shaped head beam and the auxiliary member are projected onto the second reference plane, and on the second reference plane
  • the distance between the fixed end of the auxiliary part connected to the arc-shaped head beam part and the core module adjacent to the auxiliary part is at the second point perpendicular to the line connecting the two end points.
  • the projection components in the two reference directions are between 40mm and 120mm.
  • the auxiliary member extends toward the middle region of the arc-shaped head beam member.
  • the head beam assembly has a first reference plane and a second reference plane orthogonal to each other, and the two The auxiliary part is arranged symmetrically with respect to the first reference plane, and the second reference plane passes through the highest point and two end points of the arc-shaped head beam part, connecting the arc-shaped head beam part and the auxiliary part Projected to the second reference plane, in the second reference plane, the fixed end of the auxiliary member connected to the arc-shaped head beam is in the reference direction perpendicular to the line connecting the two end points and There is a first distance between the highest points, the position where the movement module is connected to the head beam assembly has a second distance from the highest point in the reference direction, and the first distance is the same as A ratio between the second distances is between 1/3 and 1/2.
  • the auxiliary member extends toward the end of the arc-shaped head beam member.
  • the head beam assembly has a first reference plane and a second reference plane that are orthogonal to each other.
  • the two auxiliary parts are arranged symmetrically with respect to the first reference plane, the second reference plane passes through the highest point and two end points of the arc-shaped head beam, and connects the arc-shaped head beam and the auxiliary
  • the projected part is projected onto the second reference plane, and in the second reference plane, the fixed end of the auxiliary part connected to the arc-shaped head beam part is in the reference direction perpendicular to the line connecting the two end points
  • There is a third distance from the highest point the position where the movement module is connected to the head beam assembly has a fourth distance from the highest point in the reference direction, and the third distance
  • the ratio to the fourth distance is between 1/5 and 1/3.
  • the auxiliary part includes a fixing part, a first extension part connected to the fixing part and a second extension part connected to the first extension part, the fixing part and the arc head
  • the beam is connected, the first extension part and the second extension are located on the side of the arc-shaped head beam facing the user's head in the wearing state, and are connected to the arc-shaped head beam in a natural state.
  • the width of the second extension part is greater than the width of the first extension part, and the second extension part is used to form the third contact point with the user's head in the wearing state.
  • the auxiliary member is detachably connected to the arc-shaped head beam member.
  • an area of the second extension in contact with the user's head is between 2 cm 2 and 8 cm 2 .
  • the coefficient of friction of the second extension is greater than the coefficient of friction of the first extension.
  • the second extensions of the two auxiliary parts approach each other toward the back of the user's head.
  • the head beam assembly in a natural state, has a first reference plane and a second reference plane that are orthogonal to each other, and the two auxiliary members are arranged symmetrically with respect to the first reference plane, and the The second reference plane passes through the highest point and two end points of the arc-shaped head beam, and the angle between the average normal of the second extension of each of the auxiliary parts and the second reference plane is between Between 5 degrees and 10 degrees.
  • the support assembly is configured as a head beam assembly, and the head beam assembly is used to go around the top of the user's head and make the movement module contact the user's cheek, thereby allowing the movement module to
  • the mechanical vibration generated by the core module is transmitted through bone conduction.
  • the core module forms a first contact point with the user's cheek and applies a first pressing force to the user's head.
  • the head beam assembly forms a second contact point with the user's head, and exerts a second pressing force on the user's head. The second contact point is closer to the top of the user's head than the first contact in the direction of the vertical axis of the human body. .
  • the head beam assembly when the head beam assembly exerts the second pressing force on the user's head at the second contact point, the head beam assembly between the second contact point and the top of the user's head At least partially out of contact with the user's head.
  • the pressing force at the first contact point is between 0.2N and 2N, and the pressing force at the second contact point is between 0.3N and 2N.
  • the head beam assembly includes an arc-shaped head beam and two auxiliary parts connected with the arc-shaped head beam, the arc-shaped head beam is used to go around the top of the user's head, and the machine
  • the core module is connected to the arc-shaped head beam.
  • the two auxiliary parts respectively form the second contact points with the two sides of the user's head.
  • the auxiliary parts are elastic, so as to When the earphone is worn by users with heads of different sizes, the auxiliary member undergoes different degrees of elastic deformation, so that the change amount of the first pressing force is less than or equal to 0.2N.
  • the second pressing force forms a first resistance moment relative to the first contact point
  • the pressing force at the first contact point is relative to the core mold
  • a set of contact surfaces that are in contact with the user's cheeks form a second resistance moment when the headgear assembly includes the auxiliary member, and the pressing force at the first contact point is relative to that of the movement module that is in contact with the user's cheeks.
  • the contact surface forms a third resistance moment when the head beam assembly does not include the auxiliary member, and the resultant moment formed by the first resistance moment and the second resistance rectangle is greater than the third resistance moment.
  • the core module includes a surrounding edge, the surrounding edge is connected with the movement casing, and the projection of the surrounding edge in a reference plane surrounds the vibration panel at the reference plane.
  • the periphery of the projection in the plane, the reference plane is perpendicular to the vibration direction of the transducer device; wherein, the side of the core casing close to the vibration panel is surrounded by the vibration panel and the surrounding edge A cavity is formed, and the surrounding edge is provided with a communication hole connecting the cavity and the outside of the core module, so that in the wearing state, the cavity communicates with the core module through the communication hole external connectivity.
  • At least part of the surrounding edge contacts the user's skin together with the vibrating panel.
  • the target frequency range within the frequency range of 500 Hz to 4 kHz, there is a target frequency range with an interval length of at least 1/3 octave, and within the target frequency range, when the communication hole is in an open state, the The sound leakage generated by the earphone in the wearing state is weaker than the sound leakage generated by the earphone in the wearing state when the communicating hole is in the closed state.
  • the target frequency range is 1 kHz to 2 kHz.
  • the number of the communicating holes is multiple, and the opening ratio of the communicating holes on the surrounding edge is greater than or equal to 30%.
  • the surrounding edge is made of plastic, and the wall thickness of the surrounding edge is between 0.2 mm and 1 mm.
  • the surrounding edge is made of plastic, and the wall thickness of the portion of the surrounding edge that is used to contact the user's skin is greater than 1 mm.
  • the surrounding edge is a plastic part
  • the plastic part is molded on a metal frame through injection molding process.
  • the surrounding edge is made of metal, so as to allow the opening ratio of the communication hole on the surrounding edge to be greater than or equal to 60%.
  • the perimeter is a wire mesh.
  • the movement casing is a first plastic part, and the surrounding edge is connected with the movement casing through a second plastic part, so The second plastic part and the metal part are integrally formed by injection molding.
  • the movement module includes a first vibration transmission piece and a connecting piece
  • the transducer device is suspended in the accommodating cavity through the first vibration transmission piece
  • the movement casing It includes an inner cylinder wall, and a first end wall and a second end wall respectively connected to both ends of the inner cylinder wall, and the first end wall and the second end wall are respectively located at the two ends of the vibration direction.
  • the first end wall is provided with a mounting hole
  • the vibration panel is located outside the core casing, so One end of the connector is connected to the vibrating panel, the other end extends into the movement casing through the installation hole, and is connected to the transducer device, and the surrounding edge is connected to the first end wall, And form the cavity surrounded by the first end wall and the vibration panel; wherein, viewed along the vibration direction, the area of the vibration panel is larger than the area of the installation hole, and the area of the installation hole greater than the area of the connector.
  • the ratio of the difference between the area of the mounting hole and the area of the connecting member to the area of the mounting hole is greater than 0 and less than or equal to 0.5.
  • the accommodating cavity communicates with the outside of the core module through a channel
  • the channel is the gap between the connecting piece and the wall of the installation hole
  • the core module The set also includes a sealing membrane that seals the channel.
  • the sealing film includes a first connection part, a fold part and a second connection part integrally connected, and the fold part forms a depression between the first connection part and the second connection part zone, the first connecting portion is connected to the first end wall, and the second connecting portion is connected to the connecting member or the vibration panel.
  • the core module includes a surrounding edge, the surrounding edge is connected with the movement casing, and the projection of the surrounding edge in a reference plane surrounds the vibration panel at the reference plane.
  • the periphery of the projection in the plane, the reference plane is perpendicular to the vibration direction of the transducer device; wherein, the side of the core casing close to the vibration panel is surrounded by the vibration panel and the surrounding edge A cavity is formed, and the outer surface of the skirt facing the user's skin in the worn state has an uneven area, so that the skirt does not completely fit when it comes into contact with the user's skin, thereby allowing the The cavity communicates with the outside of the movement module.
  • a groove is provided on the outer surface of the surrounding edge, and the cavity communicates with the outside of the movement module through the groove.
  • the projection of the surrounding edge in the reference plane has a long axis direction and a short axis direction orthogonal to each other, and the dimension of the surrounding edge in the long axis direction is larger than that of the surrounding edge in the reference plane.
  • the size in the direction of the short axis, the number of the grooves is multiple, and the multiple grooves are divided into four groups, wherein two groups of the grooves are arranged at intervals along the long axis direction, and the other two groups
  • the grooves are respectively arranged at intervals along the direction of the minor axis, and the number of the grooves arranged at intervals in each group along the direction of the major axis is greater than the number of grooves arranged at intervals in each group along the direction of the minor axis quantity.
  • a protrusion is provided on the outer surface of the surrounding edge, and the protrusion makes a gap between the surrounding edge and the user's skin in the wearing state, and the cavity passes through the The gap communicates with the outside of the movement module.
  • the number of the protrusions is multiple, and a plurality of the protrusions make the gaps in a grid shape.
  • the outer surface of said enclosure within the frequency range of 500 Hz to 4 kHz there is a target frequency range having a length of at least 1/3 octave, within said target frequency range, said outer surface of said enclosure.
  • the target frequency range is 1 kHz to 2 kHz.
  • the height difference of the uneven region is between 0.5 mm and 5 mm.
  • the surrounding edge is provided with a communication hole connecting the cavity and the outside of the movement module, so that in the wearing state, the cavity is further connected to the movement through the communication hole.
  • Module's external connectivity is provided.
  • the number of the communicating holes is multiple, and the opening ratio of the communicating holes on the surrounding edge is greater than or equal to 30%.
  • the movement module includes a first vibration transmission piece and a connecting piece
  • the transducer device is suspended in the accommodating cavity through the first vibration transmission piece
  • the movement casing It includes an inner cylinder wall, and a first end wall and a second end wall respectively connected to both ends of the inner cylinder wall, and the first end wall and the second end wall are in the vibration direction of the transducer device are respectively located on opposite sides of the transducer device, and are surrounded by the inner cylinder wall to form the accommodation cavity
  • the first end wall is provided with installation holes
  • the vibration panel is located on the core Outside the casing
  • one end of the connecting piece is connected to the vibration panel, the other end extends into the core casing through the installation hole, and is connected to the transducer device
  • the surrounding edge is connected to the first
  • the end wall is connected and surrounded by the first end wall and the vibration panel to form the cavity; wherein, viewed along the vibration direction, the area of the vibration panel is larger than the area of the installation hole, and the The area of the mounting hole is
  • the ratio of the difference between the area of the mounting hole and the area of the connecting member to the area of the mounting hole is greater than 0 and less than or equal to 0.5.
  • the accommodating cavity communicates with the outside of the core module through a channel
  • the channel is the gap between the connecting piece and the wall of the installation hole
  • the core module The set also includes a sealing membrane that seals the channel.
  • the sealing film includes a first connection part, a fold part and a second connection part integrally connected, and the fold part forms a depression between the first connection part and the second connection part zone, the first connecting portion is connected to the first end wall, and the second connecting portion is connected to the connecting member or the vibration panel.
  • the core module includes a surrounding edge, the surrounding edge is connected with the movement casing, and the projection of the surrounding edge in a reference plane surrounds the vibration panel at the reference plane.
  • the periphery of the projection in the plane, the reference plane is perpendicular to the vibration direction of the transducer device; wherein, the side of the core casing close to the vibration panel is surrounded by the vibration panel and the surrounding edge A cavity is formed, and a porous structure is provided on the side of the surrounding edge facing the user's skin in the wearing state, so that in the wearing state, the porous structure at least partially contacts the user's skin together with the vibration panel, and allows The cavity communicates with the outside of the movement module.
  • the core module within the frequency range of 500 Hz to 4 kHz, there is a target frequency range with an interval length of at least 1/3 octave, and within the target frequency range, the core module has the porous
  • the sound leakage generated by the earphone in the wearing state is weaker than the sound leakage generated by the earphone in the wearing state when the core module does not have the porous structure.
  • the target frequency range is 1 kHz to 2 kHz.
  • the porous structure includes a fixed layer and a porous body layer connected to the fixed layer, the porous structure is connected to the surrounding edge through the fixed layer, and the porous structure is connected to the porous body through the porous body.
  • the layer communicates the cavity with the outside of the movement module.
  • the fixing layer is detachably connected to the skirt.
  • connection between the fixing layer and the surrounding edge is any one of a magnetic suction type, a buckle type, and an adhesive type.
  • the fixing layer is cured glue
  • the porous structure includes a protective layer covering the porous body layer, and the porous structure contacts the user's skin through the protective layer.
  • the protective layer is configured as a textile or steel mesh.
  • the porous body layer has a porosity greater than or equal to 60%.
  • the porous body layer is foam.
  • the surrounding edge is provided with a communication hole connecting the cavity and the outside of the movement module, so that in the wearing state, the cavity is further connected to the movement through the communication hole.
  • Module's external connectivity is provided.
  • the number of the communicating holes is multiple, and the opening ratio of the communicating holes on the surrounding edge is greater than or equal to 30%.
  • the movement module includes a first vibration transmission piece and a connecting piece
  • the transducer device is suspended in the accommodating cavity through the first vibration transmission piece
  • the movement casing It includes an inner cylinder wall, and a first end wall and a second end wall respectively connected to both ends of the inner cylinder wall, and the first end wall and the second end wall are in the vibration direction of the transducer device are respectively located on opposite sides of the transducer device, and are surrounded by the inner cylinder wall to form the accommodation cavity
  • the first end wall is provided with installation holes
  • the vibration panel is located on the core Outside the casing
  • one end of the connecting piece is connected to the vibration panel, the other end extends into the core casing through the installation hole, and is connected to the transducer device, and the surrounding edge is connected to the first
  • the cavity is surrounded by the end wall and the vibration panel; wherein, viewed along the vibration direction, the area of the vibration panel is larger than the area of the installation hole, and the area of the installation hole is larger than that of the connecting piece area.
  • the ratio of the difference between the area of the mounting hole and the area of the connecting member to the area of the mounting hole is greater than 0 and less than or equal to 0.5.
  • the accommodating cavity communicates with the outside of the core module through a channel
  • the channel is the gap between the connecting piece and the wall of the installation hole
  • the core module The set also includes a sealing membrane that seals the channel.
  • the sealing film includes a first connection part, a fold part and a second connection part integrally connected, and the fold part forms a depression between the first connection part and the second connection part zone, the first connecting portion is connected to the first end wall, and the second connecting portion is connected to the connecting member or the vibration panel.
  • the earphone includes a movement module, and a battery and a mainboard coupled with the movement module, and the movement module includes a movement casing and a The transducer device in the accommodating cavity, and transmits the mechanical vibration generated by the transducer device in the form of bone conduction, the battery is configured to supply power to the motherboard, and the motherboard is configured to control the transducer device to The signal is converted into mechanical vibration.
  • the core module further includes a first vibration transmitting piece and a vibrating panel, the transducing device is suspended in the accommodating cavity through the first vibration transmitting piece, and the vibrating panel and The transducing device is attached and configured to make contact with the user's skin.
  • the earphone further includes a head beam assembly and an adapter housing
  • the head beam assembly is used to go around the top of the user's head, and make the movement module as a whole located on the front side of the user's ear
  • the adapter housing is formed with an accommodating space for accommodating electronic components
  • the core housing and the adapter housing form an elastic connection
  • the core housing or the adapter housing is connected to the head Beam components.
  • the transducing device includes a magnetic circuit system and a coil, and the coil forms a rigid connection with the movement case, so that the coil drives the movement case to vibrate.
  • the transducer device further includes a bracket and a second vibration transmission piece, the bracket is rigidly connected to the movement casing, and the second vibration transmission piece connects the bracket to the magnetic circuit system, so as to suspend the magnetic circuit system in the accommodating cavity, and the coil is connected with the support and extends into the magnetic gap of the magnetic circuit system along the vibration direction.
  • a side of the movement housing away from the adapter housing forms a contact surface for contacting the user's skin.
  • the adapter housing is stacked with the core housing along the vibration direction of the transducer device, and is located on the side of the core housing away from the vibration panel;
  • the adapter case has a first projected area on a reference plane perpendicular to the vibration direction
  • the movement case has a second projected area on the reference plane
  • the first projected area is the same as the The ratio between the second projected areas is between 0.2 and 1.5;
  • the gap between the movement housing and the adapter housing is between 1 mm and 10 mm.
  • the battery or the main board is supported and fixed by the adapter housing, and is located on a side of the adapter housing facing the transducer device.
  • the earphone further includes a head beam assembly, the head beam assembly is used to go around the top of the user's head, and make the movement module as a whole located on the front side of the user's ear, and the head beam assembly applies The pressing force between 0.4N and 0.8N presses the movement module to the user's cheek.
  • the earphone further includes a head beam assembly and a support connected to the head beam assembly, the head beam assembly is used to go around the top of the user's head, and make the core module integrally positioned on the user's ear
  • the front side of the part, the battery or the main board is arranged in the support member.
  • the support member and the movement module are arranged at intervals along the sagittal axis of the human body.
  • the movement module is closer to the front side of the user's head than the support member.
  • the support member and the movement module are arranged at intervals along the vertical axis of the human body, and the movement module is farther away from the top of the user's head than the support member.
  • the movement module includes a movement casing, a transducer, a first vibration transmission piece and a vibrating panel, and the transducer is suspended on the movement through the first vibration transmission
  • the vibration panel is connected to the energy-transforming device and is used to contact the user's skin
  • the earphone also includes a battery electrically connected to the energy-transforming device, and the battery Set apart from the energy-transforming device in the vibration direction of the energy-transforming device, the ratio between the capacity of the battery and the sum of the weights of the movement casing and the battery is between 11mAh/g and 24.5 between mAh/g.
  • the earphone includes an adapter housing connected to the core housing, the battery is arranged in the adapter housing, and the capacity of the battery is the same as that of the core housing and the adapter housing.
  • the ratio between the sum of the weights of the shells is between 55mAh/g and 220mAh/g.
  • the capacity of the battery is greater than or equal to 200mAh, and the sum of the weight of the movement case and the adapter case is between 1g and 4g.
  • the ratio between the capacity of the battery and the area of the vibrating panel in contact with the user's skin is between 0.37 mAh/mm 2 and 0.73 mAh/mm 2 .
  • the earphone further includes a head beam assembly connected to the core module, the head beam assembly is used to go around the top of the user's head, and make the core module be located in front of the user's ear side; wherein, in the wearing state, the head beam assembly forms a first contact point with the top of the user's head, the movement module forms a second contact point with the user's cheek, and the second contact point is in contact with the first contact point
  • the distance between the points in the direction of the sagittal axis of the human body is between 20mm and 30mm.
  • the head beam assembly includes an arc-shaped head beam and an adapter, the arc-shaped head beam is used to go around the top of the user's head, and the adapter includes a first connecting section, a middle transition section and a second connection section, the intermediate transition section connects the first connection section and the second connection section, the first connection section and the second connection section are respectively bent relative to the intermediate transition section and Extending in the opposite direction, the first connecting section is connected to the arc-shaped head beam, and the second connecting section is connected to the movement module; wherein, viewed along the direction of the coronal axis of the human body, the intermediate transition section Tilt relative to the vertical axis of the body.
  • the core casing includes an inner cylinder wall and a first end wall and a second end wall connected to one end of the inner cylinder wall, the first end wall and the second end wall They are respectively located on opposite sides of the transducer device in the vibration direction, and are surrounded by the inner cylinder wall to form the accommodating cavity, the first end wall is provided with a mounting hole, and the vibration panel It is located outside the core casing and is used to contact the user's skin.
  • the core module also includes a connecting piece, one end of which is connected to the vibration panel, and the other end extends into the vibration panel through the installation hole. In the core housing, and connected with the transducer device; wherein, viewed along the vibration direction, the area of the vibration panel is larger than the area of the installation hole, and the area of the installation hole is larger than that of the connecting piece area.
  • the accommodating cavity communicates with the outside of the earphone only through a channel, and the channel is a gap between the connecting piece and the wall surface of the installation hole;
  • the accommodating cavity communicates with the outside of the earphone only through a first channel and a second channel, the first channel is the gap between the connecting piece and the wall of the installation hole, and the second channel The channel communicates with the outside of the earphone via an acoustic filter.
  • the ratio of the area of the installation hole to the area of the first end wall is less than or equal to 0.6.
  • the ratio of the difference between the area of the mounting hole and the area of the connecting member to the area of the mounting hole is greater than 0 and less than or equal to 0.5.
  • the earphone includes a head beam assembly, the head beam assembly is used to go around the top of the user's head, and make the movement module be located on the front side of the user's ear; wherein, in the wearing state, the The head beam assembly forms a first contact point with the top of the user's head, the core module forms a second contact point with the user's cheek, and the second contact point is in the direction of the sagittal axis of the human body from the first contact point.
  • the spacing is between 20mm and 30mm.
  • the head beam assembly is at least partially inclined relative to the vertical axis of the human body.
  • the head beam assembly includes an arc-shaped head beam and an adapter, the arc-shaped head beam is used to go around the top of the user's head, and the adapter includes a first connecting section, a middle transition section and a second connection section, the intermediate transition section connects the first connection section and the second connection section, the first connection section and the second connection section are respectively bent relative to the intermediate transition section and Extending in the opposite direction, the first connecting section is connected to the arc-shaped head beam, and the second connecting section is connected to the movement module; wherein, viewed along the direction of the coronal axis of the human body, the intermediate transition section Tilt relative to the vertical axis of the body.
  • the bending angle of the first connecting section relative to the intermediate transition section is greater than or equal to 90° and less than 180°; and/or, the second connecting section is relative to the intermediate transition section The bending angle is greater than or equal to 90° and less than 180°.
  • the first connecting section in the wearing state and viewed along the direction of the coronal axis of the human body, is parallel to the second connecting section, and the distance between the first connecting section and the second connecting section is The distance between them is between 20mm and 30mm.
  • first connection section and the second connection section are respectively provided with a wiring cavity
  • the intermediate transition section is provided with a slot
  • the slot is used to communicate with the first connection section and the second connection section.
  • the wiring cavity of the second connection section allows the wiring of the earphone to extend from the movement module to the arc-shaped head beam through the adapter, and the head beam assembly also A seal embedded in the slot is included, the seal covers the trace.
  • the material of the adapter is metal, and the material of the curved head beam is plastic.
  • the first connecting section can extend or retract the arc-shaped head beam under the action of external force.
  • both ends of the arc-shaped head beam are provided with the adapter and the core module, and the head beam assembly is the core module in the first use state.
  • providing a first pressing force, and providing a second pressing force for the movement module in a second use state the absolute value of the difference between the second pressing force and the first pressing force is between Between 0 and 0.1N;
  • the first use state is defined as the use in which each of the adapters has a first extension relative to the arc-shaped head beam and there is a first distance between the two movement modules.
  • the second use state is defined as each of the adapters has a second extension relative to the arc-shaped head beam, and there is a second distance between the two core modules state, the second protrusion amount is greater than the first protrusion amount, and the second distance is greater than the first distance.
  • the pressing force of the movement module on the user's cheek is between 0.4N and 0.8N.
  • the earphone includes an adapter housing
  • the core housing includes a first core housing connected to the adapter housing
  • the first core housing includes an inner cylinder wall , an outer cylinder wall and a transition wall
  • the inner cylinder wall is located at the periphery of the transducer device
  • the outer cylinder wall is located at the periphery of the inner cylinder wall, and in a direction perpendicular to the vibration direction of the transducer device
  • the upper part is spaced apart from the inner cylinder wall
  • the transition wall is connected between the inner cylinder wall and the outer cylinder wall
  • an acoustic cavity is formed around the outer cylinder wall, the inner cylinder wall and the transition wall , the acoustic cavity communicates with the accommodating cavity to absorb the sound energy of the sound wave formed by the air in the accommodating cavity vibrating with the transducer device.
  • the frequency response curve of the sound wave has a resonance peak
  • the acoustic cavity is a Helmholtz resonant cavity, so as to weaken the peak resonance intensity of the resonance peak.
  • the peak resonance frequency of the resonance peak is between 500 Hz and 4 kHz, and the peak value of the resonance peak when the opening communicating between the Helmholtz resonant cavity and the accommodating cavity is in an open state
  • the difference between the resonance intensity and the peak resonance intensity of the resonance peak when the opening communicating between the Helmholtz resonance cavity and the accommodating cavity is in a closed state is greater than or equal to 3dB.
  • the first movement casing further includes a cover plate connected between the inner cylinder wall and the outer cylinder wall, the cover plate and the transition wall are spaced apart in the vibration direction , and form the Helmholtz resonance cavity surrounded by the outer cylinder wall, the inner cylinder wall and the transition wall.
  • the acoustic cavity is an acoustic filter, and the cut-off frequency of the acoustic filter is less than or equal to 5 kHz.
  • the first housing further includes an end wall, the end wall is connected to one end of the inner cylinder wall, and surrounds and forms the accommodating cavity
  • the transition housing includes a middle plate and a cylindrical side wall connected to the middle plate, the middle plate is located on the side of the end wall away from the accommodating cavity, the cylindrical side wall is located on the periphery of the outer cylinder wall, and the end wall wall, the inner cylinder wall, the transition wall and the outer cylinder wall, the middle plate and the cylindrical side wall form the acoustic filter, and the sound wave is absorbed by the acoustic filter It is transmitted to the outside of the earphone through the gap between the cylindrical side wall and the outer cylindrical wall.
  • the gap between the transition wall and the middle plate in the vibration direction and the gap between the inner cylinder wall and the outer cylinder wall in the direction perpendicular to the vibration direction are both larger than the There is a gap between the cylindrical side wall and the outer cylindrical wall in a direction perpendicular to the vibration direction.
  • the first movement case further includes a reinforcement column, the reinforcement column connects the inner cylinder wall and the outer cylinder wall, and one of the reinforcement column and the cylindrical side wall One is provided with a shaft hole, and the other is provided with a rotating shaft matched with the shaft hole, and the rotating shaft is inserted into the shaft hole to allow the movement casing to rotate relative to the adapter casing.
  • the earphone further includes a head beam assembly connected to the core module, the head beam assembly is used to go around the top of the user's head, and make the core module contact the user's cheek, so
  • the head beam assembly includes an arc-shaped head beam and an adapter, the arc-shaped head beam is used to go around the top of the user's head, and the adapter includes a first connecting section, a middle transition section and a second connecting section connected in sequence segment, the first connecting segment is connected to the arc-shaped head beam, the second connecting segment is connected to the adapter housing, and the first connecting segment and the second connecting segment are respectively relative to the
  • the middle transition section is bent and extended in the opposite direction, so that in the wearing state and viewed along the direction of the coronal axis of the human body, the arc-shaped head beam is located above the user's ear, and the movement module is located at the user's ear the front side.
  • the bending angle of the first connecting section relative to the intermediate transition section is greater than or equal to 90° and less than 180°; and/or, the second connecting section is relative to the intermediate transition section The bending angle is greater than or equal to 90° and less than 180°.
  • the first connecting section in the wearing state and viewed along the direction of the coronal axis of the human body, is parallel to the second connecting section, and the distance between the first connecting section and the second connecting section is The distance between them is between 20mm and 30mm.
  • the earphone includes a first circuit board, a second circuit board, an encoder, a tact switch and a function key, the first circuit board and the second circuit board are stacked, and the encoder It is arranged on the first circuit board, the light touch switch is arranged on the second circuit board, and is located on the side of the second circuit board facing the first circuit board, and the function keys include keys A cap and a key rod connected with the key cap, the key cap is located on the side of the first circuit board away from the second circuit board, the free end of the key rod away from the key cap and the light
  • the touch switch is set directly opposite, and the encoder is sleeved on the key rod; wherein, when the user rotates the key rod through the keycap, the key rod drives the encoder to generate a first input signal, When the user presses the key rod through the key cap, the key rod triggers the tact switch to generate a second input signal.
  • the first input signal is used to control the volume increase/decrease of the earphone; and/or, the second input signal is used to control the earphone play/pause, song switching, pairing equipment , Power on/off any one of them.
  • the earphone further includes a casing and an adapter ring
  • the casing includes a first barrel
  • the first circuit board and the second circuit board are arranged along the axis of the first barrel.
  • the adapter ring is sleeved on the periphery of the first cylinder, the adapter ring is limited along the axial direction of the first cylinder, and can The axial rotation of the first cylinder, the key cap is fixedly arranged on the adapter ring, and the key rod is inserted into the first cylinder along the axial direction of the first cylinder.
  • a first buckle is provided on the outer peripheral wall of the first cylinder
  • the adapter ring includes a second cylinder
  • a second buckle is provided on the inner peripheral wall of the second cylinder
  • the first buckle and the second buckle are engaged with each other, so as to limit the movement of the adapter ring in a direction opposite to the insertion direction of the key rod relative to the first barrel.
  • a first flange is further provided on the peripheral wall of the first cylinder, and a second flange is further provided on the peripheral wall of the second cylinder, and the first flange is used for The second flange is supported to limit the movement of the adapter ring along the insertion direction of the key rod relative to the first barrel.
  • the keycap includes a third cylinder and an end plate, the third cylinder is sleeved on the periphery of the second cylinder, and one end of the third cylinder is supported on the The second flange is away from the side of the first flange, the end plate is disposed on the other end of the third cylinder, and the key rod is disposed on the end plate.
  • the material of the function key is plastic, and the material of the adapter ring is metal.
  • the earphone further includes a head beam assembly.
  • the head beam assembly is used to go around the top of the user's head, and make the movement module be located on the front side of the user's ear; wherein, in the wearing state, the The head beam assembly forms a first contact point with the top of the user's head, the core module forms a second contact point with the user's cheek, and the second contact point is in the direction of the sagittal axis of the human body from the first contact point.
  • the spacing is between 20mm and 30mm.
  • the head beam assembly includes an arc-shaped head beam and an adapter, the arc-shaped head beam is used to go around the top of the user's head, and the adapter includes a first connecting section, a middle transition section and a second connection section, the intermediate transition section connects the first connection section and the second connection section, the first connection section and the second connection section are respectively bent relative to the intermediate transition section and Extending in the opposite direction, the first connecting section is connected to the arc-shaped head beam, and the second connecting section is connected to the movement module; wherein, viewed along the direction of the coronal axis of the human body, the intermediate transition section Tilt relative to the vertical axis of the body.
  • the core module includes a first vibration transmission plate, a vibration panel and a connecting piece
  • the core housing is connected to the head beam assembly, and the energy transducing device passes through the first transmission
  • the vibrating piece is suspended in the accommodating cavity of the core casing
  • the core casing includes an inner cylinder wall and a first end wall and a second end wall respectively connected to two ends of the inner cylinder wall, so The first end wall and the second end wall are respectively located on opposite sides of the energy conversion device in the vibration direction of the energy conversion device, and are surrounded by the inner cylinder wall to form the accommodating cavity
  • the first end wall is provided with a mounting hole
  • the vibration panel is located outside the movement casing, and is used to contact the user's skin
  • one end of the connecting piece is connected to the vibration panel, and the other end is connected to the vibration panel through the
  • the installation hole extends into the core housing and is connected to the transducer device; wherein, viewed along the vibration direction, the area of the vibration panel is larger than that of the installation hole, and
  • the earphone includes a housing, a pickup assembly and a switch assembly
  • the pickup assembly includes a pivot connection block, a connecting rod, and a pickup
  • the pivot connection block is used to pivot with the casing Shaft connection, one end of the connecting rod is connected to the pivotal connection block, the pickup is arranged on the other end of the connecting rod, wherein a recessed area is provided on the side of the pivotal connection block away from the housing;
  • the switch assembly is disposed in the recessed area.
  • a boss is provided at the bottom of the recessed area, and an annular groove is formed between the peripheral wall of the boss and the side wall of the recessed area.
  • the switch assembly includes a switch circuit board, an elastic A support and a button, the switch circuit board is arranged on the top of the boss, the elastic support includes an annular fixing part and an elastic supporting part, wherein the annular fixing part is fixed in the annular groove, the The elastic supporting part is arranged in a dome shape and is connected with the annular fixing part, and the button is arranged on the elastic supporting part.
  • the annular fixing part and the elastic support part are integrally provided, and the earphone further includes a reinforcing ring, and the reinforcing ring is lined on the annular fixing part along the circumferential direction of the annular fixing part, and Connect with the pivot connection block.
  • the reinforcement ring is sleeved on the periphery of the annular fixing part, and the outer peripheral wall of the reinforcement ring is fixedly connected to the side wall of the recessed area.
  • the reinforcing ring is a metal piece.
  • the key comprises a key cap, a key rod and an annular flange, the key rod and the annular flange are connected on the same side of the key cap, and the annular flange surrounds the The key rod, the key rod and the annular flange are embedded in the elastic support part, and when the key rod is projected onto the switch circuit board along the pressing direction of the key, it is convex with the switch circuit board. The switching elements from the overlap.
  • the protrusion height of the annular flange is equal to the protrusion height of the key rod.
  • the earphone further includes a head beam assembly, the head beam assembly is used to go around the top of the user's head, and make the movement module be located on the front side of the user's ear; wherein, in the wearing state, The head beam assembly forms a first contact point with the top of the user's head, the core module forms a second contact point with the user's cheek, and the second contact point and the first contact point are in the direction of the sagittal axis of the human body
  • the pitch is between 20mm and 30mm.
  • the head beam assembly includes an arc-shaped head beam and an adapter, the arc-shaped head beam is used to go around the top of the user's head, and the adapter includes a first connecting section, a middle transition section and a second connection section, the intermediate transition section connects the first connection section and the second connection section, the first connection section and the second connection section are respectively bent relative to the intermediate transition section and Extending in the opposite direction, the first connecting section is connected to the arc-shaped head beam, and the second connecting section is connected to the movement module; wherein, viewed along the direction of the coronal axis of the human body, the intermediate transition section Tilt relative to the vertical axis of the body.
  • the core module includes a first vibration transmission plate, a vibration panel and a connecting piece
  • the core housing is connected to the head beam assembly, and the energy transducing device passes through the first transmission
  • the vibrating piece is suspended in the accommodating cavity of the core casing
  • the core casing includes an inner cylinder wall and a first end wall and a second end wall respectively connected to two ends of the inner cylinder wall, so The first end wall and the second end wall are respectively located on opposite sides of the energy conversion device in the vibration direction of the energy conversion device, and are surrounded by the inner cylinder wall to form the accommodating cavity
  • the first end wall is provided with a mounting hole
  • the vibration panel is located outside the movement casing, and is used to contact the user's skin
  • one end of the connecting piece is connected to the vibration panel, and the other end is connected to the vibration panel through the
  • the installation hole extends into the core housing and is connected to the transducer device; wherein, viewed along the vibration direction, the area of the vibration panel is larger than that of the installation hole, and
  • the earphone includes a head beam assembly
  • the head beam assembly includes an arc-shaped head beam, an adapter and a connecting wire assembly
  • the arc-shaped head beam is used to go around the top of the user's head
  • the The adapter is connected to the arc-shaped head beam, and can extend or retract the arc-shaped head beam under the action of an external force
  • the connecting wire assembly includes a wire extending along the arc-shaped head beam, The wire is divided into a positioning section and a natural section located at both ends of the positioning section, the positioning section is fixed to the arc-shaped head beam, and the natural section is connected to the arc-shaped head beam to allow all
  • the wires are elongated following the extension of the adapter or rebounded when the adapter is retracted.
  • the head beam assembly further includes a holding member clamped with the arc-shaped head beam, and the holding member presses the positioning section on the arc-shaped head beam.
  • the clamping member includes a clamping portion and clamping portions located at both ends of the clamping portion, each of the clamping portions is bent relative to the clamping portion, and two of the clamping portions
  • the clamping part extends toward one side of the pressing part in the same direction and can approach each other under the action of an external force.
  • the shape head beam is clamped.
  • the arc-shaped head beam includes an inner compartment body and an outer cover connected to the inner compartment body, the inner compartment body is used to contact the user's head, and the wire is located in the inner compartment body. Between the bin body and the outer cover, the holding member is engaged with the outer cover.
  • the arc-shaped head beam further includes an inner cover, the inner cover and the inner compartment body are connected to the same side of the outer cover, and the inner cover and the outer cover The cover clamps the adapter.
  • the guide wire is further divided into a telescopic section located between the positioning section and the natural section, and the elastic coefficient of the telescopic section is greater than that of any one of the positioning section and the natural section. modulus of elasticity.
  • the connecting wire assembly further includes an auxiliary wire connected to the two natural segments, and the elastic coefficient of the auxiliary wire is greater than that of the telescopic segment, so as to be used when the wire is pulled. Provides elastic recovery when stretched.
  • the auxiliary thread includes an elastic body and loops located at both ends of the elastic body, each of the loops is respectively sleeved on the corresponding natural section, and is connected at the back of the telescopic section.
  • the elastic direction is stopped by the limit structure on the natural section.
  • the limiting structure is a protrusion integrally connected with the insulating layer of the wire, or a knot formed by knotting the natural segment.
  • both ends of the arc-shaped head beam are respectively connected to a core module through an adapter, and the battery is connected to one of the two core modules,
  • the main board is connected to the other of the two movement modules, and the battery and the main board are electrically connected through the wires.
  • the earphone includes a head beam assembly
  • the head beam assembly includes an arc-shaped head beam, an adapter, and a damper
  • the arc-shaped head beam is used to go around the top of the user's head
  • the head beam assembly includes an inner A bin body, an inner cover body and an outer cover body
  • the inner bin body is used for contacting the user's head
  • the inner cover body and the inner bin body are connected to the same side of the outer cover body
  • the inner cover body The body and the outer cover clamp the adapter
  • the outer cover is provided with a first guide groove for guiding the movement of the adapter relative to the outer cover
  • the damper is arranged on the
  • the adapter part faces one side of the inner cover and protrudes out of the first guide groove, and the damper further abuts against the inner cover so that when the adapter part is extended or retracted, Provides resistance during return of the curved head beam member.
  • a receiving groove is provided at one end of the adapter near the inner bin body, and the damping member is disposed in the receiving groove and partially protrudes from the adapter.
  • a slider is provided at an end of the adapter close to the inner compartment, and a stopper is provided at an end of the outer cover away from the inner compartment at the end of the first guide groove, The stop portion is used to stop the slider, and the receiving groove is provided on the slider.
  • the inner cover is provided with a second guide groove for guiding the damping element when the adapter element extends or retracts the arc-shaped head beam.
  • the earphone further includes a connecting wire assembly disposed between the inner compartment body and the outer cover, the connecting wire assembly includes a wire, and the adapter includes a first connecting section, an intermediate transition section and a second connecting section, the intermediate transition section connects the first connecting section and the second connecting section, and the first connecting section and the second connecting section are respectively opposite to the intermediate transition section Bending and extending in reverse, the slider is arranged on the first connecting section, the first connecting section and the second connecting section are respectively provided with wiring cavities, and the intermediate transition section is provided with slots, The slot is used to communicate with the wiring cavity of the first connection section and the second connection section, so as to allow the wire to be further passed through the adapter.
  • the connecting wire assembly includes a wire
  • the adapter includes a first connecting section, an intermediate transition section and a second connecting section, the intermediate transition section connects the first connecting section and the second connecting section, and the first connecting section and the second connecting section are respectively opposite to the intermediate transition section Bending and extending in reverse, the slider is arranged on the first connecting section
  • the wire is divided into a telescopic section and a natural section located at both ends of the telescopic section, the elastic coefficient of the telescopic section is greater than that of the natural section, and the natural section is connected to the transition part, so as to allow the wire to extend following the extension of the adapter part or to rebound when the adapter part is retracted.
  • the connecting wire assembly further includes an auxiliary wire connected to the two natural segments, and the elastic coefficient of the auxiliary wire is greater than that of the telescopic segment, so as to be used when the wire is pulled. Provides elastic recovery when stretched.
  • the auxiliary thread includes an elastic body and loops located at both ends of the elastic body, each of the loops is respectively sleeved on the corresponding natural section, and is connected at the back of the telescopic section.
  • the elastic direction is stopped by the limit structure on the natural section.
  • the limiting structure is a protrusion integrally connected with the insulating layer of the wire, or a knot formed by knotting the natural segment.
  • both ends of the arc-shaped head beam are respectively connected to a core module through an adapter, and the battery is connected to one of the two core modules,
  • the main board is connected to the other of the two movement modules, and the battery and the main board are electrically connected through the wires.
  • the earphone includes a headgear assembly
  • the headgear assembly includes an arc-shaped headgear for going around the top of the user's head
  • the arc-shaped headgear includes an inner compartment, an inner cover, and an outer Cover body
  • the inner compartment body has elasticity and is used to contact the user's head
  • the inner cover body and the inner compartment body are respectively connected to the same side of the outer cover body
  • the end of the inner compartment body protruding between the inner cover and the outer cover and during the process that the two ends of the head beam assembly are gradually pulled apart along the direction away from each other, the inner bin can be separated from the inner cover The part between the body and the outer cover is withdrawn.
  • the inner cover and the outer cover are integrally formed structural parts.
  • a through hole is provided at the end of the inner bin, and a column extending into the through hole is provided on the side of the inner cover facing the outer cover, and the radial direction of the column is The size is smaller than the radial size of the through hole, so that when the two ends of the head beam assembly are gradually pulled apart in a direction away from each other, the inner compartment body is separated from the inner cover body and the outer cover body. The part between the bodies exits and is stopped by the uprights.
  • the through hole is a waist-shaped hole whose length direction is arranged along the extending direction of the arc-shaped head beam.
  • the number of the through holes and the uprights are both two, the two through holes are arranged at intervals in the direction perpendicular to the extension direction of the head beam assembly, and the two uprights are respectively into one of said through holes.
  • the head beam assembly further includes an adapter, the inner cover and the outer cover clamp the adapter, and the adapter can extend or shrink under the action of external force. Back the curved head beam piece.
  • the earphone further includes a connecting wire assembly disposed between the inner compartment body and the outer cover, the connecting wire assembly includes a wire, and the adapter includes a first connecting section, an intermediate transition section and a second connecting section, the intermediate transition section connects the first connecting section and the second connecting section, and the first connecting section and the second connecting section are respectively opposite to the intermediate transition section Bending and extending in reverse, the first connecting section and the second connecting section are respectively provided with a wiring cavity, and the intermediate transition section is provided with a slot, and the slot is used to communicate with the first connecting section and the wiring cavity of the second connection section, so as to allow the wire to be further passed through the adapter.
  • the connecting wire assembly includes a wire
  • the adapter includes a first connecting section, an intermediate transition section and a second connecting section, the intermediate transition section connects the first connecting section and the second connecting section, and the first connecting section and the second connecting section are respectively opposite to the intermediate transition section Bending and extending in reverse, the first connecting section and the second connecting section are respectively provided with a wiring
  • the wire is divided into a telescopic section and a natural section located at both ends of the telescopic section, the elastic coefficient of the telescopic section is greater than that of the natural section, and the natural section is connected to the transition part, so as to allow the wire to extend following the extension of the adapter part or to rebound when the adapter part is retracted.
  • the connecting wire assembly further includes an auxiliary wire connected to the two natural segments, and the elastic coefficient of the auxiliary wire is greater than that of the telescopic segment, so as to be used when the wire is pulled. Provides elastic recovery when stretched.
  • the auxiliary thread includes an elastic body and loops located at both ends of the elastic body, each of the loops is respectively sleeved on the corresponding natural section, and is connected at the back of the telescopic section.
  • the elastic direction is stopped by the limit structure on the natural segment, the limit structure is a protrusion integrally connected with the insulating layer of the wire, or the limit structure is formed by knotting the natural segment knot.
  • both ends of the arc-shaped head beam are respectively connected to a core module through an adapter, and the battery is connected to one of the two core modules,
  • the main board is connected to the other of the two movement modules, and the battery and the main board are electrically connected through the wires.
  • the headset includes a head beam assembly
  • the head beam assembly includes an arc-shaped head beam for going around the top of the user's head, and the arc-shaped head beam is divided into a middle section and a middle section connected to the middle section.
  • the two ends of the end section are respectively connected, and the arc length of the end section is smaller than the arc length of the middle section; wherein, when the two ends of the head beam assembly are gradually pulled apart along the direction away from each other, the two The end segments are deflected in directions away from each other relative to the intermediate segment.
  • the earphone includes a housing, a pickup assembly and a damper
  • the pickup assembly includes a pivotal connection block, a connecting rod, and a pickup, and one of the pivotal connection block and the housing
  • one end of the connecting rod is connected to the pivot connection block
  • the pickup is arranged at the other end of the connecting rod, so
  • the damper is located in the area where the pivotal connection block and the casing overlap in the axial direction of the pivot hole, and the damper and one of the pivotal connection block and the casing connected, and abut against the other of the pivotal connection block and the housing, so as to provide resistance when the sound pickup assembly rotates relative to the housing.
  • the damping element is disposed in the accommodation groove of the housing and protrudes out of the accommodation groove.
  • the damper is arc-shaped and arranged concentrically with the pivot hole.
  • damping elements there are multiple damping elements, and the plurality of damping elements are arranged at intervals around the pivot hole.
  • the side of the pivotal connection block facing the housing forms the pivot
  • the side of the pivotal connection block facing away from the housing is provided with a recessed area
  • the earphone further includes A switch assembly arranged in the recessed area.
  • a boss is provided at the bottom of the recessed area, and an annular groove is formed between the peripheral wall of the boss and the side wall of the recessed area.
  • the switch assembly includes a switch circuit board, an elastic A support and a button, the switch circuit board is arranged on the top of the boss, the elastic support includes an annular fixing part and an elastic supporting part, wherein the annular fixing part is fixed in the annular groove, the The elastic supporting part is arranged in a dome shape and is connected with the annular fixing part, and the button is arranged on the elastic supporting part.
  • the annular fixing part and the elastic support part are integrally provided, and the earphone further includes a reinforcing ring, and the reinforcing ring is lined on the annular fixing part along the circumferential direction of the annular fixing part, and Connect with the pivot connection block.
  • the reinforcement ring is sleeved on the periphery of the annular fixing part, and the outer peripheral wall of the reinforcement ring is fixedly connected to the side wall of the recessed area.
  • the earphone further includes a head beam assembly
  • the core module is connected to the head beam assembly through the housing, the head beam assembly is used to go around the top of the user's head, and make the The movement module is located on the front side of the user's ear; wherein, in the wearing state, the head beam assembly forms a first contact point with the top of the user's head, and the movement module forms a second contact point with the user's cheek.
  • the distance between the second contact point and the first contact point in the direction of the sagittal axis of the human body is between 20 mm and 30 mm.
  • the head beam assembly includes an arc-shaped head beam and an adapter, the arc-shaped head beam is used to go around the top of the user's head, and the adapter includes a first connecting section, a middle transition section and a second connection section, the intermediate transition section connects the first connection section and the second connection section, the first connection section and the second connection section are respectively bent relative to the intermediate transition section and Extending in the opposite direction, the first connecting section is connected to the arc-shaped head beam, and the second connecting section is connected to the movement module; wherein, viewed along the direction of the coronal axis of the human body, the intermediate transition section Tilt relative to the vertical axis of the body.
  • the earphone includes a shell, a sound pickup assembly, a wire and a partition
  • the sound pickup assembly includes a pivot connection block, a connecting rod, and a pickup
  • the pivot connection block extends into the casing In the pivot hole, and allow the sound pickup assembly to rotate relative to the housing, one end of the connecting rod is connected to the pivotal connection block, and the pickup is arranged at the other end of the connecting rod, so
  • the wire extends through the pivotal connection block and the inside of the connecting rod to be electrically connected to the pickup, and the partition is fixed in the housing so that the pivotal connection block and the wire remain interval.
  • the partition covers a part of the pivot connection block in the circumferential direction of the pivot hole, and partially protrudes into the pivot hole.
  • the pivotal connection block is configured to be stopped by the partition after the sound pickup assembly rotates an angle relative to the housing.
  • the pivot connection block includes a pivot, and a barb portion and an operating portion respectively connected to two ends of the pivot, the pivot is located in the pivot hole, and the barb The hook portion and the operating portion are located on opposite sides of the housing to lock the pivot connection block and the housing in the axial direction of the pivot hole, the connecting rod and the housing
  • the operating part is connected
  • the partition includes a fixed part connected with the housing and an arc-shaped extension part connected with the fixed part, the fixed part covers a part of the barb part, and The hole is spaced apart from the barb portion in the axial direction, the arc-shaped extension extends into the pivot shaft, and is spaced apart from the pivot shaft in the radial direction of the pivot hole, and the wire is passed through
  • the pivot hole it is built on the arc extension part and the fixing part, and the barb part is stopped by the fixing part after the sound pickup assembly rotates an angle relative to the housing .
  • the earphone further includes a circuit board fixed in the casing, a heat-melt post is provided on the case, and the fixing part and the circuit board are sleeved on the heat-melt post , the pickup is electrically connected to the circuit board through the wire.
  • a recessed area is provided on a side of the pivotal connection block away from the housing, and the earphone further includes a switch assembly disposed in the recessed area.
  • a boss is provided at the bottom of the recessed area, and an annular groove is formed between the peripheral wall of the boss and the side wall of the recessed area.
  • the switch assembly includes a switch circuit board, an elastic A support and a button, the switch circuit board is arranged on the top of the boss, the elastic support includes an annular fixing part and an elastic supporting part, wherein the annular fixing part is fixed in the annular groove, the The elastic supporting part is arranged in a dome shape and is connected with the annular fixing part, and the button is arranged on the elastic supporting part.
  • the annular fixing part and the elastic support part are integrally provided, and the earphone further includes a reinforcing ring, and the reinforcing ring is lined on the annular fixing part along the circumferential direction of the annular fixing part, and Connect with the pivot connection block.
  • the earphone further includes a head beam assembly
  • the core module is connected to the head beam assembly through the housing, the head beam assembly is used to go around the top of the user's head, and make the The movement module is located on the front side of the user's ear; wherein, in the wearing state, the head beam assembly forms a first contact point with the top of the user's head, and the movement module forms a second contact point with the user's cheek.
  • the distance between the second contact point and the first contact point in the direction of the sagittal axis of the human body is between 20 mm and 30 mm.
  • the head beam assembly includes an arc-shaped head beam and an adapter, the arc-shaped head beam is used to go around the top of the user's head, and the adapter includes a first connecting section, a middle transition section and a second connection section, the intermediate transition section connects the first connection section and the second connection section, the first connection section and the second connection section are respectively bent relative to the intermediate transition section and Extending in the opposite direction, the first connecting section is connected to the arc-shaped head beam, and the second connecting section is connected to the movement module; wherein, viewed along the direction of the coronal axis of the human body, the intermediate transition section Tilt relative to the vertical axis of the body.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application
  • Fig. 2 is a structural schematic diagram of an embodiment of the relative positional relationship between the connector and the vibrating panel in the earphone provided by the present application;
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a vibrating panel provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic structural view of an embodiment of a vibrating panel provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a vibrating panel provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 13 is a schematic structural view of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application in a wearing state
  • Fig. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application in a wearing state
  • Fig. 15 is a schematic structural view of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application in a wearing state
  • Fig. 16 is a schematic structural view of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application in a wearing state
  • Fig. 17 is a schematic structural view of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application in a wearing state
  • Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of the mechanical model of the bending deformation of the cantilever beam provided by the application.
  • Fig. 19 is a schematic diagram of a mechanical model of an embodiment of the head beam assembly provided by the application.
  • Fig. 20 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure of an embodiment of the earphone in Fig. 12;
  • Fig. 21 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure from another perspective of the earphone in Fig. 20;
  • Fig. 22 is a schematic diagram of a partially enlarged structure of the area of the adapter E1 in Fig. 20;
  • Fig. 23 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure of an embodiment of the earphone in Fig. 12;
  • Fig. 24 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure of an embodiment of the earphone in Fig. 12;
  • Fig. 25 is a schematic structural view of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application in a wearing state
  • Fig. 26 is a schematic structural view of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application in a wearing state
  • Fig. 27 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of an embodiment of the earphone in Fig. 12;
  • Fig. 28 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of another viewing angle of the earphone in Fig. 27;
  • Fig. 29 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of another viewing angle of the earphone in Fig. 27;
  • Fig. 30 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 31 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 32 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of an embodiment of the earphone in Fig. 12;
  • Fig. 33 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of another viewing angle of the earphone in Fig. 32;
  • Fig. 34 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 35 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 36 is a schematic diagram of an equivalent model of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 37 is the frequency response curve of the vibration of the vibration panel in the non-wearing state of an embodiment of the earphone provided by the present application;
  • Fig. 38 is the frequency response curve of the vibration of the vibration panel when the earphone provided by the present application is in the non-wearing state and the first vibration-transmitting pieces have different stiffnesses;
  • Fig. 39 is the frequency response curve of the vibration of the vibration panel when the earphone provided by the present application is in the non-wearing state and the second vibration-transmitting pieces have different stiffnesses;
  • Fig. 40 is the frequency response curve of the vibration of the vibrating panel when the earphone provided by the present application is in the non-wearing state and the core housing has different masses;
  • Fig. 41 is the frequency response curve of the vibration of the vibration panel when the earphone provided by the present application is in the non-wearing state and the first vibration transmission piece and the second vibration transmission piece have different stiffnesses;
  • Fig. 42 is the frequency response curve of sound leakage of two earphone embodiments provided by the present application in the non-wearing state;
  • Fig. 43 is a schematic structural view of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application on the side facing the user's skin;
  • Fig. 44 is a schematic structural view of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application on the side facing the user's skin;
  • Fig. 45 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 46 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 47 is a schematic structural view of an embodiment of the bracket in Fig. 46;
  • Fig. 48 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of the earphone in Fig. 12 facing the user's head;
  • Fig. 49 is a schematic diagram of the mechanical model of the earphone provided by the present application in different wearing modes
  • Fig. 50 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 51 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 52 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 53 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure of an embodiment of an arc-shaped head beam provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 54 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of an embodiment of the arc-shaped head beam in Fig. 53;
  • Fig. 55 is a schematic diagram of a partially exploded structure of an embodiment of the head beam assembly provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 56 is a partial structural schematic view of an embodiment of the head beam assembly provided by the present application in different states;
  • Fig. 57 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure of an embodiment of the connecting wire assembly provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 58 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 59 is a structural schematic diagram of another viewing angle of the earphone in Fig. 58;
  • Fig. 60 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 61 is the frequency response curves of sound leakage in the non-wearing state of two earphone embodiments provided by the present application;
  • Fig. 62 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of an embodiment of the earphone in Fig. 27 .
  • the earphone 10 may include a core module 11, which is configured to at least generate bone conduction sound, and to contact the user's skin (such as the cheek) in the wearing state, so as to allow the external auditory canal of the user's ear to open".
  • the earphone 10 can also generate air-conducted sound, which will be exemplarily described later.
  • the sound generated by the earphone 10 can be dominated by the bone conduction sound, supplemented by the air conduction sound, that is, the air conduction sound enhances the bone conduction sound, thereby improving the sound quality of the earphone 10 .
  • the mechanical vibration generated by the bone conduction sound finger movement module 11 described in this application is mainly transmitted through media such as the user's skull
  • the mechanical vibration generated by the air conduction sound finger movement module 11 described in this application Vibration is mainly transmitted through media such as air.
  • two core modules 11 described in this application can be provided, and both core modules 11 can convert electrical signals into mechanical vibrations, so that the earphone 10 can realize stereo sound effect. Therefore, in some other application scenarios that do not require particularly high stereo sound, such as hearing aids for hearing patients, live teleprompters by hosts, etc., the headset 10 can also be equipped with only one movement module 11, and the canceled movement module 11 may be replaced by a structural member that assists the earphone 10 to be worn.
  • the core module 11 may include a core housing 111 and a transducing device 112 disposed in the accommodating cavity 100 of the core housing 111 , and the transducing device 112 is configured to convert electrical signals into mechanical vibrations.
  • the movement module 11 can mainly transmit the mechanical vibration generated by the transducer device 112 through bone conduction, thereby forming bone conduction sound.
  • the movement module 11 in the wearing state, can be in direct contact with the user's skin through the movement casing 111, that is, the movement module 11 directly passes through the movement casing 111 to transmit the energy generated by the transducer device 112. of mechanical vibration.
  • the earphone 10 may not include structural components such as the first vibration transmitting sheet 113 and the vibration panel 114 mentioned later.
  • the movement casing 111 will also drive the air outside the earphone 10 to vibrate, thereby generating sound leakage.
  • a through hole (which can be defined as a "sound leakage reduction hole") that communicates with the accommodating cavity 100 and the outside of the earphone 10 can be provided on the movement casing 111, so as to allow the sound leakage through the sound leakage reduction hole
  • the sound waves output to the outside of the earphone 10 and the leakage sound produced by the movement shell 111 vibrating with the transducing device 112 are antiphase-phase-cancelled in the far field (commonly known as "perforating a hole to reduce sound leakage").
  • the movement module 11 may further include a first vibration transmitting piece 113 and a vibration panel 114 .
  • the transducer device 112 can be suspended in the accommodating cavity 100 through the first vibrating plate 113, and the vibrating panel 114 can be at least partly located outside the accommodating cavity of the movement casing 11 and connected with the transducing device 112 for The mechanical vibration generated by the transducer device 112 is transmitted to the user.
  • the end of the movement casing 111 close to the vibrating panel 114 is an open structure.
  • the core module 11 can contact the user's skin through the vibrating panel 114 , that is, the core module 11 transmits the mechanical vibration generated by the transducing device 112 through the vibrating panel 114 .
  • the mechanical vibration generated by the transducer device 112 can be less or even not transmitted to the core casing 111, so as to avoid the core casing 111 from driving the external vibration of the earphone 10 as much as possible.
  • the air vibrates, thereby reducing the sound leakage of the earphone 10 .
  • the sound leakage of the earphone 10 can also be further reduced by punching holes to reduce sound leakage.
  • the core module 11 also transmits the mechanical vibration generated by the transducing device 112 through the vibrating panel 114, the difference is that the end of the core housing 111 close to the vibrating panel 114 is not an open structure , that is, other parts except the mounting hole 1111 mentioned later may be a closed structure.
  • the movement casing 111 itself can reduce the sound leakage of the earphone 10 based on the acoustic dipole, and there is less or even no need to provide additional sound leakage reduction holes on the movement casing 111 .
  • the frequency response curve 42_1 and the frequency response curve 42_2 in Figure 42 respectively represent the sound leakage of the earphone 10 when the end of the movement housing 111 close to the vibration panel 114 is an open structure and the end of the movement housing 111 close to the vibration panel 114 is closed Sound leakage of earphone 10 during structure.
  • the sound leakage of the earphone 10 is significantly reduced when the end of the movement shell 111 close to the vibrating panel 114 is in a closed structure.
  • the core module 11 may further include a connecting piece 115 connecting the vibrating panel 114 and the transducing device 112 , and the core housing 111 is provided with a mounting hole 1111 for installing the connecting piece 115 .
  • the vibrating panel 114 is located outside the movement casing 111 to be in contact with the user's skin; one end of the connector 115 is connected to the vibrating panel 114, and the other end extends into the movement casing 111 through the mounting hole 1111, and is connected with the replacement capable device 112 connection.
  • the area of the vibration panel 114 is larger than the area of the installation hole 1111 , and the area of the installation hole 1111 is larger than the area of the connecting piece 115 .
  • the mechanical vibration generated by the transducer device 112 is prevented from being transmitted to the movement casing 111 through the connecting piece 115 , thereby further reducing the sound leakage of the earphone 10 .
  • the gap between the connecting piece 115 and the wall surface of the mounting hole 1111 and the accommodating cavity 100 cooperate to form a Helmholtz resonant cavity
  • the resonant frequency of the Helmholtz resonant cavity may be less than or equal to 4 kHz, preferably less than Or equal to 2kHz, more preferably less than or equal to 1kHz.
  • the movement housing 111 may include an inner cylinder wall 1112 and a first end wall 1113 and a second end wall 1114 respectively connected to two ends of the inner cylinder wall 1112, and the inner cylinder wall 1112 is located at the end of the transducer device 112.
  • the first end wall 1113 and the second end wall 1114 are respectively located on opposite sides of the transducer device 112 in the vibration direction of the transducer device 112 , and surround the inner cylinder wall 1112 to form the accommodating cavity 100 .
  • the cross-section of the inner cylinder wall 1112 is any one of circular, elliptical, racetrack-shaped, polygonal, etc., of course, the whole or part may also be irregular.
  • the first end wall 1113 is closer to the user's skin than the second end wall 1114 .
  • the first end wall 1113 is provided with a mounting hole 1111 .
  • the movement casing 111 may not include the first end wall 1113 and/or the second end wall 1114,
  • the side of the transducer device 112 away from the vibrating panel 114 may be protected by other structural components (such as the adapter housing 13 mentioned later).
  • the movement casing 111 can directly contact the user's skin through the first end wall 1113 .
  • the frequency response curve 61_1 and the frequency response curve 61_2 in Figure 61 respectively indicate that the movement housing 111 has a larger volume and the movement housing 111 has a smaller volume.
  • the movement casing 111 has a smaller volume than the movement casing 111 has a larger volume, the sound leakage of the earphone 10 is significantly reduced.
  • the sound leakage in the frequency range of 1kHz-2kHz is obviously smaller, and the sound leakage in the frequency range of 3kHz-4kHz is obviously smaller.
  • the sound leakage in the 1kHz-2kHz frequency range contains more human voice components, which has a greater impact on the user's subjective perception. Therefore, maintaining the sound leakage in this frequency range at a low level can make the earphone 10 more marketable.
  • Competitiveness Based on this, under the condition that the movement casing 111 accommodates the transducer device 112 , the volume of the movement casing 111 may be less than or equal to 3 cm 3 , so as to reduce the sound leakage of the earphone 10 . Wherein, the volume of the movement casing 111 can be measured by pouring water into it.
  • the volume of the core casing 111 can be changed in other ways, for example, under the condition that the transducer device 112 does not collide with the core casing 111 during the vibration process, the aforementioned radial dimension or the aforementioned radial gap can be as small as possible, Thereby reducing the sound leakage of the earphone 10; in addition, the impact resistance of the earphone 10 can also be increased, because the smaller aforementioned radial dimension or the aforementioned radial gap makes the transducer device 112 have a With a smaller movement stroke, the deformation of structural components such as the first vibration transmission piece 113 and the second vibration transmission piece 1122 is smaller, and plastic deformation or breakage is less likely
  • the transducer device 112 is suspended in the accommodating cavity 100 through the first vibration-transmitting piece 113, for example, the transducer device 112 is connected to the central area of the first vibration-transmitting piece 113 and the periphery of the first vibration-transmitting piece 113 The area is connected to the movement casing 111, but the relative position of the first vibration transmitting piece 113 can be reasonably adjusted according to actual needs.
  • the first vibration transmitting piece 113 is located in the accommodating cavity 100 ; specifically, the first vibration transmitting piece 113 is located on a side of the first end wall 1113 close to the second end wall 1114 .
  • the area of the mounting hole 1111 can be smaller than the area of the first vibration transmitting piece 113; here, the area of the first vibration transmitting piece 113 can be defined as the first vibration transmitting piece 113 along the transducer.
  • the first vibration transmitting piece 113 is located in the installation hole 1111; or, a part of the first vibration transmitting piece 113 is located in the accommodating cavity 100, and the other part is located in the installation hole 1111; or, a part of the first vibration transmitting piece 113 is located in the housing Placed in the chamber 100 , a part is located in the installation hole 1111 , and the other part is located outside the movement casing 111 .
  • the present application takes the first vibration-transmitting plate 113 located in the accommodation cavity 100 as an example for an exemplary description, so that the movement housing 111 itself can reduce the sound leakage of the earphone 10 based on the acoustic dipole. .
  • the first vibration transmission piece 113 located in the accommodating cavity 100 can enable the earphone 10 to obtain a better sound leakage reduction effect. This is mainly because: since the area of the first vibration transmission piece 113 along the vibration direction of the transducer device 112 is larger than the area of the connecting piece 115 along the vibration direction of the transducer device 112, the first vibration transmission piece 113 is located in the installation hole 1111 The area of the first end wall 1113 along the vibration direction of the transducer device 112 will be greatly reduced, which will easily lead to a large difference in stiffness between the first end wall 1113 and the second end wall 1114, which is not conducive to the formation of sound by the two. dipole.
  • the accommodating cavity 100 may communicate with the outside of the earphone 10 only through the first channel, which is a gap between the connecting member 115 and the wall of the installation hole 1111 .
  • the first channel which is a gap between the connecting member 115 and the wall of the installation hole 1111 .
  • no sound leakage holes are provided on the movement casing 111 .
  • the sound leakage generated by the earphone 10 through the first end wall 1113 and the second end wall 1114 is reversed and eliminated in the far field to reduce the sound leakage.
  • the movement casing 111 may be provided with a communication channel connecting the accommodating cavity 100 and the Helmholtz resonance cavity 200 .
  • the through hole can be opened on the inner cylinder wall 1112 and/or the second end wall 1114 .
  • the Helmholtz resonance cavity 200 communicates with the accommodating cavity 100 only through the above-mentioned through hole, and does not communicate with the outside of the earphone 10 through other channels, it can still be considered that the accommodating cavity 100 only communicates with the accommodating cavity 100 through the first channel.
  • the earphone 10 is connected externally.
  • the accommodating cavity 100 communicates with the outside of the earphone 10 only through the first channel and the second channel, and the aforementioned first channel is a connecting piece 115 and the wall of the mounting hole 1111 , the aforementioned second channel communicates with the outside of the earphone 10 through the acoustic filter 300 .
  • the movement casing 111 is also provided with a through hole communicating with the accommodating chamber 100 and the acoustic filter 300, the function of the through hole is also different from that of the sound leakage reduction hole. , the two should not be confused.
  • the accommodating cavity 100 may communicate with the outside of the earphone 10 only through the first channel and the second channel.
  • the ratio of the opening area of the channel to the opening area of the aforementioned first channel may be less than or equal to 10%.
  • the aforementioned second channel can be used as a sound leakage reduction hole to further adjust or optimize the sound leakage of the earphone 10 in addition to the acoustic dipole sound leakage reduction method.
  • the opening area of the aforementioned second channel can therefore be compared
  • the opening area of the sound leakage reduction hole opened only by punching the sound leakage reduction hole is much smaller, which is conducive to meeting the waterproof and dustproof requirements of the earphone 10 .
  • the aforementioned second channel can also not be used as an acoustic hole such as a leak-reducing sound hole;
  • a microphone is provided inside and a microphone hole is provided on its core casing 111, and the other core module 11 is not provided with a microphone but its core casing 111 is provided with an appearance hole corresponding to the aforementioned microphone hole; or only It is a through hole for no other purpose provided on the movement casing 111 .
  • the core module 11 can achieve a better fit when the core module 11 contacts the user's skin through the vibrating panel 114 .
  • the first vibration transmission piece 113 has certain elasticity, and the transducer device 112, vibration panel 114, etc. are suspended in the accommodating cavity 100 through the first vibration transmission piece 113.
  • the sheet 113 allows the vibrating panel 114 to deflect at a certain angle relative to the movement housing 111 according to the skin contour when the vibrating panel 114 is in contact with the user's skin, so that the vibrating panel 114 can fit the user's skin more closely, which is conducive to reducing the vibration of the vibrating panel 114.
  • the mechanical vibration of the transducer device 112 is transmitted to the loss of media such as the user's skull, thereby enhancing the bone conduction sound. Furthermore, the vibrating panel 114 will also vibrate the air outside the earphone 10 during the process of vibrating with the transducer device 112, and the phases on the opposite sides of the vibrating panel 114 are opposite. leaking sound.
  • the resonant frequency f of the structure, the stiffness K of the structure and the mass m of the structure satisfy the relationship: f ⁇ (K/m).
  • the rigidity may also be referred to as a modulus of elasticity, a modulus of stiffness, or the like.
  • the stiffness K of the structure is related to its material (specifically expressed as Young's modulus E), specific structural form and other factors.
  • the stiffness K of the structure and the Young's modulus E of the material, the thickness t of the structure, and the area S of the structure satisfy the relationship: K ⁇ (E ⁇ t)/S.
  • the smaller the area S of the structure the greater the stiffness K of the structure; the greater the thickness t of the structure, the greater the stiffness K of the structure. Therefore, increasing the Young’s modulus E of the material, increasing the thickness t of the structure, and reducing the area S of the structure, etc., or any combination thereof are conducive to increasing the stiffness K of the structure, which in turn is beneficial to increasing the resonance frequency of the structure. And reduce the higher-order modes when the structure vibrates.
  • the Young's modulus of the first end wall 1113 and the second end wall 1114 can be greater than or equal to 2000Mpa, preferably greater than or equal to 3000Mpa; and/or, the thickness of the first end wall 1113 and the second end wall 1114 may be between 0.3mm and 3mm, preferably between 0.5mm and 2.5mm; and/or, the areas of the first end wall 1113 and the second end wall 1114 may be between 200mm and 500mm respectively Between, preferably between 300mm 2 and 400mm 2 , so that the rigidity of both can be large enough.
  • the high-order modes of the first end wall 1113 and the second end wall 1114 can be as few as possible when they vibrate, and the resonant frequencies of the sound leakage generated by the two can also be shifted to the high frequency band as much as possible, for example, greater than or equal to 4kHz , making the user insensitive to sound leakage.
  • the difference between the rigidity of the first end wall 1113 and the rigidity of the second end wall 1114 can be small, so that the resonant frequencies of the sound leakage generated by the first end wall 1113 and the second end wall 1114 can be as close as possible , so as to make the two better in the far field in anti-phase cancellation, so as to reduce the sound leakage of the earphone 10 .
  • the Young's modulus of the vibration panel 114 can be greater than or equal to 3000Mpa, preferably greater than or equal to 4000Mpa; and/or, the thickness of the vibration panel 114 can be between 0.3mm and 3mm, preferably between 0.5mm and Between 2.5mm; And/or, the area of vibration panel 114 can be between 130mm 2 and 400mm 2 , preferably between 140mm 2 and 300mm 2 , so that the rigidity of vibration panel 114 is large enough, and then makes The high-order modes can be as few as possible when the vibrating panel 114 vibrates.
  • the ratio between the area of the installation hole 1111 and the area of the first end wall 1113 may be less than or equal to 0.6, preferably less than or equal to 0.5.
  • the rigidity of the first end wall 1113 is as close as possible to the rigidity of the second end wall 1114, so that the first end wall 1113 and the second end wall 1114 are respectively
  • the resonant frequencies of the resulting leaks are as close as possible.
  • the ratio of the difference between the area of the mounting hole 1111 and the area of the connecting member 115 to the area of the mounting hole 1111 may be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 0.5, preferably greater than 0 and Less than or equal to 0.4.
  • the gap between the connecting piece 115 and the first end wall 1113 is as small as possible to avoid the accommodating cavity 100
  • the sound waves formed by the air vibrating with the transducer device 112 are too much transmitted to the outside of the earphone 10 through the mounting hole 1111 to form sound leakage, that is, the acoustic cavity effect is suppressed, thereby reducing the sound leakage of the earphone 10 .
  • the phase of the sound wave transmitted to the outside of the earphone 10 through the installation hole 1111 can be opposite to the phase of one of the leakage sounds generated by the first end wall 1113 and the second end wall 1114 respectively, so that the sound wave transmitted to the earphone through the installation hole 1111
  • the sound waves outside the headphone 10 can also further adjust the anti-phase cancellation in the far field of the sound leakage generated by the first end wall 1113 and the second end wall 1114 , thereby reducing the sound leakage of the earphone 10 .
  • the opening shape of the installation hole 1111 and the cross-sectional shape of the connecting piece 115 may be the same regular shape.
  • the opening shape of the mounting hole 1111 and the cross-sectional shape of the connector 115 are corresponding polygons such as regular polygons, that is, when the cross-sectional shape of the connector 115 is a square, a regular hexagon, etc.
  • the opening shape of the mounting hole 1111 It also corresponds to a square, a regular hexagon, etc.
  • the opening shape of the installation hole 1111 and the cross-sectional shape of the connecting piece 115 are corresponding circles, ovals, etc. FIG.
  • the gap between the connector 115 and the first end wall 1113 may be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 2 mm, preferably greater than 0 and less than or equal to 1 mm, more preferably greater than or equal to 0.1 mm and less than or equal to 1 mm, so that the gap between the connecting part 115 and the first end wall 1113 is as small as possible when the mounting hole 1111 allows the connecting part 115 and the vibrating panel 114 to move relative to the movement housing 111 .
  • the gap between the connectors 115 and the walls of the mounting holes 1111 It is defined as the sum of the gaps formed between the plurality of connecting pieces 115 and the wall surface of a corresponding installation hole 1111 .
  • the opening shape of the installation hole 1111 and the cross-sectional shape of the connecting piece 115 may also be different regular shapes.
  • the opening shape of the mounting hole 1111 can also be correspondingly circular; otherwise, when the cross-sectional shape of the connecting piece 115 is circular, the installation The opening shape of the hole 1111 may also correspond to a regular polygon such as a square or a regular hexagon. In some other embodiments, the opening shape of the installation hole 1111 and the cross-sectional shape of the connecting piece 115 may also be other irregular structural shapes. Wherein, with reference to FIG. 2 , the present application takes a circular cross-sectional shape of the connecting member 115 as an example for illustration; correspondingly, the opening shape of the installation hole 1111 is also circular.
  • the connecting piece 115 may be connected to the central area of the vibrating panel 114 .
  • the number of the installation hole 1111 may also be one, and the connecting member 115 is passed through the installation hole 1111 .
  • the communication area between the installation hole 1111 and the outside of the movement casing 111 can be minimized, and then the sound waves formed by the air in the accommodation cavity 100 vibrating with the transducer device 112 can be suppressed to the greatest extent from passing through the installation hole 1111. transmitted to the outside of the earphone 10 to form leakage sound.
  • the centerlines of the directions are arranged at intervals.
  • the number of mounting holes 1111 may also be multiple, and the plurality of connecting pieces 115 are respectively connected to the transducer device 112 through a corresponding one of the mounting holes 1111 .
  • the centers of the plurality of connectors 115 may fall on the same circle (that is, co-circle), and the center of the circle (such as shown by O in FIG.
  • a plurality of connecting pieces 115 may be evenly arranged at intervals around the center line of the vibrating panel 114 parallel to the vibrating direction of the transducer device 112 .
  • the number of connecting parts 115 can be multiple, such as four, five, etc., wherein one connecting part 115 is connected with the central area of the vibrating panel 114, and the remaining The connecting pieces 115 are arranged at intervals around the connecting pieces 115 located in the central area of the vibrating panel 114 .
  • the number of mounting holes 1111 may also be multiple, and the plurality of connecting pieces 115 are respectively connected to the transducer device 112 through a corresponding one of the mounting holes 1111 . In this way, it is also beneficial to improve the reliability of connecting the vibration panel 114 and the transducer device 112 by the connecting member 115 .
  • FIG. 2 can simply be regarded as an orthographic projection of the vibration panel 114 and the connecting member 115 along the vibration direction of the transducer device 112 .
  • the accommodating cavity 100 communicates with the outside of the earphone 10 through a channel, and the aforementioned channel is a gap between the connecting member 115 and the wall of the installation hole 1111 .
  • the core module 11 can include a sealing film 118, which is used to seal the aforementioned passage, that is, the gap between the connecting piece 115 and the wall of the mounting hole 1111 can be sealed by the sealing film 118, so as to avoid the accommodating cavity.
  • the air-conducted sound wave formed in the earphone 100 propagates to the outside of the earphone 10 through the aforementioned channel to form sound leakage.
  • the sealing film 118 may be made of rubber, silica gel, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polycarbonate (PC), poly(ether-ether-ketone), PEEK.
  • the sealing film 118 may include a first connecting portion 1181 , a folded portion 1182 and a second connecting portion 1183 integrally connected, and the folded portion 1182 is between the first connecting portion 1181 and the second connecting portion 1182 A recessed area is formed.
  • the first connecting portion 1181 may be connected to the first end wall 1113
  • the second connecting portion 1183 may be connected to the connecting piece 115 or the vibrating panel 114 .
  • this non-planar film structure with rings is conducive to increasing the elasticity of the sealing film 118, which is beneficial to avoid
  • the mechanical vibration generated by the transducer device 112 is excessively transmitted to the movement casing 111 through the sealing film 118, which is also beneficial to avoid the sealing film 118 being damaged by the relative movement between the connecting piece 115 or the vibration panel 114 and the movement casing 111. If the amplitude is too large, it will be "broken” or “shattered” due to too high or too low sound pressure in the accommodating cavity 100, or fatigue failure will occur due to an excessive change in the sound pressure in the accommodating cavity 100.
  • a pressure relief hole may be provided on the movement casing 111, and the aforementioned pressure relief hole is used to balance the sound pressure in the accommodating cavity 100, so that it is maintained at a level that does not change much relative to the atmospheric pressure, so as to prolong the sound pressure.
  • the area of the pressure relief hole may be less than or equal to 4mm 2 .
  • the setting of the sealing film 118 is beneficial to increase the gap between the connecting piece 115 and the wall surface of the mounting hole 1111, that is, the opening area of the mounting hole 1111 can be set larger than the cross-sectional area of the connecting piece 115, Thereby, it is beneficial to avoid unnecessary abrasion between the connecting member 115 and the movement casing 111 , thereby prolonging the service life of the movement module 11 .
  • the sealing film 118 can only be connected to the first end wall 1113, that is, there can be a gap between the sealing film 118 and the connecting piece 115, but the gap is smaller than the connecting piece 115 and the installation
  • the gap between the walls of the hole 1111 can not only reduce the communication area between the accommodating cavity 100 and the outside of the earphone 10, but also help to balance the sound pressure in the accommodating cavity 100, so that it can be maintained at a level with little change relative to the atmospheric pressure. level.
  • the core housing 111 (specifically, the first end wall 1113 and the second end wall 1114) and the vibrating panel 114 can further form multiple sets of sound
  • the dipoles that is, two pairs with opposite phases cancel each other, thereby reducing the sound leakage of the earphone 10 .
  • the ratio between the absolute value of the difference between the stiffness of the vibrating panel 114 and the stiffness of the first end wall 1113 and the greater of the stiffness of the vibrating panel 114 and the stiffness of the first end wall 1113 may be between 0 and 0.4 between, preferably between 0 and 0.3; and/or, between the absolute value of the difference between the stiffness of the vibrating panel and the stiffness of the second end wall and the greater of the stiffness of the vibrating panel and the stiffness of the second end wall
  • the ratio of is between 0 and 0.4, preferably between 0 and 0.3.
  • the resonant frequency of the leaked sound generated by the vibrating panel 114 and the resonant frequency of the leaked sound generated by the first end wall 1113 and/or the second end wall 1114 can be as close as possible, so that the two can better reflect each other in the far field. cancel each other out, thereby reducing the sound leakage of the earphone 10 .
  • the ratio between the area of the vibrating panel 114 and the area of the first end wall 1113 may be between 0.3 and 1.6, preferably between 0.5 and 1.2 .
  • the area of the vibrating panel 114 and the area of the first end wall 1113 can be slightly different, so that the stiffness of the vibrating panel 114 is as close as possible to the stiffness of the first end wall 1113 .
  • the area of the vibrating panel 114 is too small, which may affect the mechanical vibration generated by the transducing device 112 through the vibrating panel 114, thereby affecting the intensity of the bone conduction sound generated by the earphone 10, and may also cause the user's skin to contact the movement.
  • the contact surface between the modules 11 is too small to cause wearing discomfort, which in turn affects the wearing comfort of the earphone 10; the area of the vibration panel 114 is too large, which may affect the stiffness of the vibration panel 114, thereby affecting the sound quality of the earphone 10, or may As a result, the vibrating panel 114 is too much affected by the contour of the skin, making it difficult to closely fit the user's skin, thereby affecting the intensity of the bone conduction sound generated by the earphone 10 .
  • the distance between two monopoles with opposite phases the more obvious the effect of antiphase and phase cancellation, that is, the smaller the sound pressure in the far field; correspondingly, for earphones 10, the sound leakage in the far field is also smaller.
  • the structural strength of the vibrating panel 114 the structural interference between the vibrating panel 114 and the core housing 111 during the vibration process of the transducing device 112 and the space requirements for setting the structural components such as the transducing device 112 in the core housing 111 , the distance between two monopoles is also difficult to be zero.
  • the thickness of the vibrating panel 114 can be between 0.3mm and 3mm, preferably between 0.5mm and 2.5mm. and/or, the gap between the vibrating panel 114 and the first end wall 1113 can be between 0.5mm and 3mm, preferably between 1mm and 2mm, the gap is too small to easily cause the vibrating panel 114 and Movement housing 111 collides to form broken sound; and/or, the distance between the side of first end wall 1113 away from second end wall 1114 and the side of second end wall 1114 away from first end wall 1113 can be Between 6mm and 16mm.
  • the core module 11 can also include a surrounding edge 116 connected to an end of the core housing 111 close to the vibrating panel 114, for example, the surrounding edge 116 is connected to an end of the inner cylinder wall 1112 away from the second end wall 1114, and then For example, the surrounding edge 116 is connected to the first end wall 1113 , and the surrounding edge 116 can surround the vibrating panel 114 to prevent the vibrating panel 114 from falling off.
  • the surrounding edge 116 is connected with the movement housing 111 , and the projection of the surrounding edge 116 in a reference plane perpendicular to the vibration direction of the transducer device 112 surrounds the periphery of the projection of the vibrating panel 114 in the aforementioned reference plane.
  • the surrounding edge 116 is spaced apart from the vibrating panel 114 in a direction perpendicular to the vibration direction of the transducer device 112, so as to prevent the surrounding edge 116 from hindering the vibrating panel 114 from vibrating with the transducer device 112; and the vibrating panel
  • the side 114 facing away from the transducer device 112 protrudes at least partly from the side of the transducer device 112 in the vibration direction of the transducer device 112. 10
  • the surrounding edge 116 may also be in contact with the user's skin, that is, at least part of the surrounding edge 116 and the vibrating panel 114 are in contact with the user's skin to share
  • the pressing force exerted by part of the movement module 11 on the user's skin enables the vibrating panel 114 to vibrate with the transducer device 112 , thereby improving the sound quality of the earphone 10 , especially in the low frequency range.
  • the core module 11 is provided with a surrounding edge 116, which is beneficial to balance wearing stability, comfort and sound quality.
  • the pressing force of the vibrating panel 114 on the user's cheek can be smaller than the pressing force of the head beam assembly 12 mentioned later to press the core module 11 to the user's cheek, and the contact area between the vibrating panel 114 and the user's cheek can also be Smaller than the contact area between the movement module 11 and the user's cheek.
  • the pressing force of the core module 11 on the user's cheek can be equal to the pressing force of the vibrating panel 114 on the user's cheek and the pressing force of the surrounding edge 116 on the user's cheek.
  • the sum of the tightening force, the contact area between the core module 11 and the user's cheek can be equal to the contact area between the vibration panel 114 and the user's cheek and the contact area between the surrounding edge 116 and the user's cheek; when the core module 11 is not provided with the surrounding edge 116 And only when the vibrating panel 114 is in contact with the user's cheek, the pressing force of the movement module 11 on the user's cheek can be equal to the pressing force of the vibrating panel 114 on the user's cheek, and the contact area between the movement module 11 and the user's cheek It may be equal to the contact area between the vibration panel 114 and the user's cheek.
  • the head beam assembly 12 mentioned later can apply a pressing force between 0.4N and 0.8N to press the movement module 11 to the user's cheek, and the pressing force of the vibrating panel 114 on the user's cheek can be Between 0.1N and 0.7N; the contact area between the movement module 11 and the user's cheek can be between 400mm 2 and 600mm 2 , preferably between 450mm 2 and 550mm 2 ; the vibration panel 114 and the user's cheek The contact area may be between 180mm 2 and 300mm 2 , preferably between 160mm 2 and 280mm 2 .
  • the side of the movement housing 111 close to the vibrating panel 114 can be surrounded by the vibrating panel 114 and the surrounding edge 116 to form a cavity 400, for example, the surrounding edge 116 and the first end wall 1113 and the vibrating panel 114 are surrounded to form a cavity
  • the body 400 and the surrounding edge 116 can be provided with a communication hole 1161 connecting the cavity 400 and the outside of the movement module 11, so that the cavity 400 communicates with the outside of the movement module 11 through the communication hole 1161 in the wearing state.
  • the surrounding edge 116 can be provided with a communication hole 1161, and the communication hole 1161 is used to communicate with the gap between the vibration panel 114 and the movement housing 111 (such as the first end wall 1113) and the outside of the earphone 10, so that the first end wall
  • the sound leakage generated by 1113 and the sound leakage generated by the second end wall 1114 are anti-phase cancellation in the far field, that is, the sound leakage generated on the opposite sides of the movement shell 111 can be anti-phase cancellation in the far field to better Satisfy the requirement of the earphone 10 for sound leakage reduction.
  • the number of communication holes 1161 can be multiple, for example, a plurality of communication holes 1161 are arranged at intervals around the connector 115, and for example, the opening ratio of the communication holes 1161 on the surrounding edge 116 is greater than or equal to 30%, so that the first end The sound leakage generated by the wall 1113 propagates out more and cancels the sound leakage generated by the second end wall 1114 in the far field in antiphase.
  • the aforementioned opening ratio may refer to the product of the area of a single communication hole 1161 and the number of communication holes 1161 divided by the area of the surrounding edge 116 .
  • the communication hole 1161 can be opened on the side of the surrounding edge 116; with reference to FIG. 27 or FIG.
  • the avoidance hole, the communication hole 1161 can also be opened in the part of the limiting part 1164 that does not contact the user's skin; referring to Figure 52, the communication hole 1161 can be opened in the part of the surrounding edge 116 that does not contact the user's skin.
  • the cavity 400 and the communication hole 1161 can also form a Helmholtz resonance cavity, increasing the opening ratio of the communication hole 1161 on the surrounding edge 116 is beneficial to the resonant peak frequency of the cavity 400 when it resonates.
  • the higher frequency band offset makes the sound leakage that users can feel less.
  • the opening direction of at least one communication hole 1161 can be away from the top of the user's head, for example, the angle between the opening direction of the communication hole 1161 and the vertical axis of the user is between 0 and 10°, So that liquid such as user's sweat can also stay out through the communication hole 1161 , that is to prevent sweat and the like from stagnating in the movement module 11 .
  • the sound leakage generated by the first end wall 1113 can also be transmitted through the gap between the surrounding edge 116 and the vibrating panel 114 in the direction perpendicular to the vibration direction of the transducer device 112, and then the sound leakage generated by the second end wall 1114 Inversion and phase cancellation in the far field will be described exemplarily later.
  • the aforementioned target frequency range may be 1 kHz to 2 kHz. It should be noted that: the aforementioned communication hole 1161 being in a closed state may refer to blocking the communication hole 1161 .
  • the area of a single communication hole 1161 may also be relatively large.
  • the surrounding edge 116 can be made of plastic, and the wall thickness of the surrounding edge 116 can be between 0.2 mm and 1 mm. Wherein, if the wall thickness of the surrounding edge 116 is too small, it is easy to cause insufficient structural strength; if the wall thickness of the surrounding edge 116 is too large, it is easy to cause the surrounding edge 116 to contact the user's skin before the vibrating panel 114, and then cause the vibrating panel 114 to be difficult to contact with the user's skin.
  • the part of the surrounding edge 116 that is used to contact the user's skin can be thicker than other parts, for example, the part of the surrounding edge 116 that is used to contact the user's skin.
  • the wall thickness is greater than 1mm, so as to prevent the surrounding edge 116 from being squeezed and collapsed in the wearing state.
  • the surrounding edge 116 is a plastic part
  • the plastic part can be molded on a metal frame by injection molding process, so as to reinforce the surrounding edge 116 structurally.
  • the surrounding edge 116 can be made of metal, so that the opening ratio of the communicating hole 1161 on the surrounding edge 116 can be greater than or equal to 60%, mainly because the structural strength of the metal part can be higher than that of plastic.
  • the pieces are higher.
  • the surrounding edge 116 is a steel wire mesh with a mesh number (that is, the number of holes per inch) between 5 and 508.
  • the core casing 111 can be a first plastic part, and the surrounding edge 116 can be connected to the core casing 111 through a second plastic part, and the second plastic part and a metal part can be formed through an injection molding process. Formed integrally, the communication hole 1161 can be opened on the aforementioned metal parts.
  • the outer surface of the surrounding edge 116 facing the user's skin in the wearing state may have uneven areas, so that the surrounding edge 116 does not completely fit when it contacts the user's skin, that is, There is a gap between the surrounding edge 116 and the user's skin, thereby allowing the cavity 400 to communicate with the outside of the movement module 11 .
  • the sound leakage produced by the opposite sides of the movement housing 111 (for example, the first end wall 1113 and the second end wall 1114 ) can also be reversed and canceled in the far field, thereby meeting the requirement of the earphone 10 for reducing sound leakage.
  • the height difference of the aforementioned uneven area may be between 0.5mm and 5mm, so that there is enough communication gap between the cavity 400 and the outside of the movement module 11 .
  • a groove 1165 may be provided on the outer surface of the skirt 116 , and the cavity 400 communicates with the outside of the movement module 11 through the groove 1165 in the wearing state.
  • parameters such as the number and depth of the groove 1165 will affect the area of the cavity 400 communicating with the outside of the movement module 11 .
  • the projection of the surrounding edge 116 in a reference plane perpendicular to the vibration direction of the transducer device 112 has a long-axis direction and a short-axis direction orthogonal to each other, and the size of the surrounding edge 116 in the long-axis direction is greater than that of the surrounding edge 116.
  • the number of grooves 1165 can be multiple, and the plurality of grooves 1165 can be divided into four groups, wherein two groups of grooves 1165 are arranged at intervals along the major axis direction, and the other two groups of grooves 1165 are respectively arranged along the direction of the major axis.
  • the short axis direction is arranged at intervals, and the number of grooves 1165 arranged at intervals along the long axis direction in each group may be greater than the number of grooves 1165 arranged at intervals in each group along the short axis direction.
  • the area where the groove 1165 is located in FIG. 43 is filled with grids, that is, the area where a grid is located can simply be regarded as a groove 1165 .
  • the depth of the groove 1165 may be between 0.5 mm and 5 mm.
  • a protrusion 1166 may be provided on the outer surface of the skirt 116.
  • the protrusion 1166 makes a gap between the skirt 116 and the user's skin in the wearing state, and the cavity 400 passes through the aforementioned gap. It communicates with the outside of the movement module 11.
  • parameters such as the number and height of the protrusions 1166 will also affect the communication area between the cavity 400 and the outside of the movement module 11 .
  • the number of protrusions 1166 is multiple, and the plurality of protrusions 1166 makes the aforementioned gaps in a grid shape.
  • the area where the protrusion 1166 is located in FIG. 44 is filled with a grid, that is, the area where a grid is located can simply be regarded as a protrusion 1166 .
  • the height of the protrusion 1166 may be between 0.5 mm and 5 mm.
  • the aforementioned target frequency range may be 1 kHz to 2 kHz.
  • the aforesaid no uneven areas on the outer surface of the surrounding edge 116 may refer to filling up the uneven areas on the outer surface of the surrounding edge 116 .
  • glue is filled in the groove 1165 or between the plurality of protrusions 1166 , after the glue is cured, it can simply be regarded as having no uneven areas on the outer surface of the surrounding edge 116 .
  • the side of the surrounding edge 116 facing the user's skin in the wearing state can be provided with a porous structure 1167, so that in the wearing state, the porous structure 1167 at least partially contacts the user's skin together with the vibration panel 114, and allows the cavity 400 communicates with the outside of the movement module 11 .
  • the sound leakage produced by the opposite sides of the movement housing 111 (for example, the first end wall 1113 and the second end wall 1114 ) can also be reversed and canceled in the far field, thereby meeting the requirement of the earphone 10 for reducing sound leakage.
  • the porous structure 1167 may include a fixed layer and a porous body layer connected to the fixed layer, the porous structure 1167 is connected to the surrounding edge 116 through the fixed layer, and the porous structure 1167 communicates with the cavity 400 and the movement module 11 through the porous body layer.
  • the porosity of the aforementioned porous main body layer may be greater than or equal to 60%, for example, the aforementioned porous main body layer is sponge or foam.
  • the fixed layer of the porous structure 1167 can be detachably connected to the surrounding edge 116 , and the connection between the two can be any one of magnetic attraction, buckle, and adhesive.
  • the aforementioned adhesive type can be realized by any one of Velcro, single-sided tape and double-sided tape.
  • the fixing layer of the porous structure 1167 may be cured glue, that is, the porous structure 1167 is fixed on the surrounding edge 116 by glue.
  • the porous structure 1167 may include a protective layer covering the porous body layer of the porous structure 1167, and the porous structure 1167 contacts the user's skin through the aforementioned protective layer. touch.
  • the aforementioned protective layer can be configured as a textile or a steel mesh.
  • the aforementioned target frequency range is 1 kHz to 2 kHz. It should be noted that: the aforementioned core module 11 not having the porous structure 1167 may refer to removing the porous structure 1167 from the surrounding edge 116 .
  • the porous structure 1167 when the porous structure 1167 is detachably connected to the surrounding edge 116, the porous structure 1167 can be removed; when the porous structure 1167 is fixed on the surrounding edge 116 by glue, the porous structure 1167 can be scraped off with a knife.
  • the surrounding edge 116 can also be provided with a communication hole connecting the cavity 400 and the outside of the movement module 11 1161 , so that in the wearing state, the cavity 400 is further communicated with the outside of the movement module 11 through the communication hole 1161 .
  • the number of the communication holes 1161 may be multiple, and the opening ratio of the communication holes 1161 on the surrounding edge 116 may be greater than or equal to 30%.
  • a washer 117 may be provided between the vibrating panel 114 and the first end wall 1113 , and the Rockwell hardness of the washer 117 is smaller than that of the first vibration transmitting piece 113 .
  • the spacer 117 can also be called a soft spacer.
  • the spacer 117 can be viscous, such as foam glue, to connect the vibrating panel 114 and the first end wall 1113 , and also prevent the vibrating panel 114 from falling off.
  • the inventors of the present application have found in long-term research that adding a surround 116 to the movement module 11 is conducive to shifting the sound leakage to the middle and high frequency bands; and adding a gasket 117 to the movement module 11 has It is beneficial to shift the sound leakage to the middle and low frequency bands, which is conducive to improving the sound leakage.
  • the frequency range corresponding to the low frequency band may be 20-150 Hz
  • the frequency range corresponding to the middle frequency band may be 150-5 kHz
  • the frequency range corresponding to the high frequency band may be 5k-20 kHz.
  • the frequency range corresponding to the middle and low frequency bands may be 150-500 Hz
  • the frequency range corresponding to the middle and high frequency bands may be 500-5 kHz.
  • the side of the vibration panel 114 facing away from the transducer device 112 may include a skin contact area 1141 for contact with the user's skin and an air conduction enhancement area 1142 at least partially not in contact with the user's skin.
  • 114 can drive the air outside the earphone 10 to vibrate through the air conduction enhanced area 1142 to form sound waves.
  • the movement module 11 generates both bone conduction sound and air conduction sound through the vibrating panel 114 , and the phases of the two are the same, so as to allow the air conduction sound to enhance the bone conduction sound, thereby improving the sound quality of the earphone 10 .
  • the air conduction enhancement zone 1142 can be at least partially inclined relative to the skin contact zone 1141, and extends toward the transducer device 112, and the inclination angle of the air conduction enhancement zone 1142 relative to the skin contact zone 1141 (such as ⁇ in FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 shown) can be between 0 and 75°, preferably between 0 and 60°; and/or, the width of the orthographic projection of the air conduction enhancement region 1142 along the vibration direction of the transducer device 112 (for example, FIG. 5 shown by W in FIG. 7 ) may be greater than or equal to 1 mm, preferably greater than or equal to 2 mm.
  • the size of the air conduction enhancement area 1142 is increased, thereby increasing the enhancement effect of the air conduction sound on the bone conduction sound.
  • the air conduction enhanced region 1142 can be set as a curved surface (such as shown in FIG. 5 ), or can be set as a plane (such as shown in FIG. 6 ).
  • the air conduction enhancement zone 1142 may all be inclined relative to the skin contact zone 1141 and extend toward the transducing device 112 .
  • a part of the air conduction enhancement zone 1142 can be inclined relative to the skin contact zone 1141 (that is, ⁇ 0), and extend toward the transducer device 112 , and the other part can vibrate when the transducer device 112 vibrates
  • the surrounding edge 116 when the movement case 111 is provided with a surrounding edge 116, viewed along the vibration direction of the transducer device 112, the surrounding edge 116 can partially overlap with the air conduction enhancement area 1142, and can overlap with the skin contact area 1141 Staggered to allow the surrounding edge 116 to stop the vibrating panel 114 in the vibrating direction of the transducer device 112 .
  • the air conduction enhancement area 1142 is at least partially directed to the entrance of the external auditory canal of the user's ear, so as to allow the sound wave generated by the vibrating panel 114 to point to the entrance of the external auditory canal, thereby increasing the air conduction sound effect.
  • the enhancement effect of bone conduction sound As an example, the vibrating panel 114 has a major axis direction and a minor axis direction perpendicular to the vibration direction of the transducer device 112 and orthogonal to each other. Dimensions in the direction, for example, viewed along the vibration direction, the vibration panel 114 is arranged in an oval shape, a rectangle with rounded corners, or a racetrack shape.
  • the long-axis direction points to the top of the user's head
  • the short-axis direction points to the entrance of the external auditory canal of the user's ear.
  • the core module 11 can be closer to the external auditory canal as a whole in the wearing state, so that the core module 11 can transmit the mechanical vibration generated by the transducer device 112 in the form of bone conduction and at the same time can cause more air in the external auditory canal. Vibration (aka air conduction sound), which in turn increases the volume of the sound heard by the user.
  • the movement module 11 can be provided with an acoustic cavity communicating with the accommodation cavity 100 , and the acoustic cavity is used to absorb the sound energy of the sound wave formed by the air in the accommodation cavity 100 vibrating with the transducer device 112 .
  • the aforementioned sound wave can be output to the outside of the earphone 10 through the installation hole 1111 to form an air conduction sound.
  • the frequency response curve of the above-mentioned sound wave has a resonance peak
  • the above-mentioned acoustic cavity can be a Helmholtz resonant cavity 200, so as to weaken the intensity of the aforementioned resonance peak (specifically, it can be the peak resonance intensity) , that is, the sudden increase of the peak resonance intensity is suppressed, so that the sound quality of the earphone 10 is more balanced.
  • the peak resonance frequency of the aforementioned resonance peak may be between 500 Hz and 4 kHz, preferably between 1 kHz and 2 kHz.
  • the Helmholtz resonance cavity 200 may be disposed on the movement casing 111, for example, on the side of the second end wall 1114 away from the transducer device 112; and/or, the Helmholtz resonance cavity 200 may be disposed On the transducer device 112 (such as its magnetic circuit system).
  • the Helmholtz resonator 200 can be set to weaken the vibration intensity of the frequency response curve of the aforementioned air-conduction sound within a preset frequency band.
  • the frequency band may not cover the aforementioned formant.
  • the strength of the aforementioned resonance peak when the opening of the Helmholtz resonance cavity 200 communicating with the accommodation cavity 100 is in the open state is the same as the intensity of the aforementioned resonance peak when the opening communicating with the accommodation cavity 100 of the Helmholtz resonance cavity 200 is in the closed state.
  • the difference between the intensities of the peaks can be greater than or equal to 3dB, and the corresponding frequency response curve can be measured under the condition that the excitation voltage is 1V.
  • the above-mentioned acoustic cavity can be an acoustic filter 300, and the cut-off frequency of the acoustic filter 300 can be less than or equal to 5kHz, preferably less than or equal to 4kHz, to attenuate the Frequency bands of sound energy.
  • the acoustic filter 300 may be located on the side of the transducer device 112 away from the vibrating panel 114 , that is, the rear acoustic filter. Referring to FIG.
  • the acoustic filter 300 may be located on the side of the transducer device 112 facing the vibrating panel 114 , that is, the front acoustic filter.
  • the first end wall 1113 may include a first sub-end wall 11131 and a second sub-end wall 11132 arranged at intervals in the vibration direction of the transducer device 112, and the installation hole 1111 runs through the first sub-end wall along the vibration direction of the transducer device 112.
  • the end wall 11131 and the second sub-end wall 11132 , the first sub-end wall 11131 and the second sub-end wall 11132 cooperate with the inner cylinder wall 1112 to form the acoustic filter 300 .
  • the gap between the first sub-end wall 11131 and the second sub-end wall 11132 in the vibration direction of the transducer device 112 may be between 0.5 mm and 5 mm, preferably between 1 mm and 3 mm.
  • the transducing device 112 may include a bracket 1121 , a second vibration-transmitting piece 1122 , a magnetic circuit system and a coil 1123 , the bracket 1121 is connected to the movement housing 111 through the first vibration-transmitting piece 113 , and the second vibration-transmitting piece 1122
  • the bracket 1121 is connected with the magnetic circuit system to suspend the magnetic circuit system in the accommodating cavity 100 .
  • the coil 1123 is connected with the bracket 1121 and extends into the magnetic gap of the magnetic circuit system along the vibration direction of the transducer device 112 .
  • the vibrating panel 114 may be connected to the bracket 1121 through the connecting piece 115 .
  • the peripheral area of the first vibration transmitting piece 113 can be connected with the movement casing 111, the central area of the first vibration transmitting piece 113 can be connected with the bracket 1121; the peripheral area of the second vibration transmitting piece 1122 can be connected with the bracket 1121, the central area of the second vibration transmitting piece 1122 can be connected with the magnetic circuit system.
  • the peripheral area of the second vibration transmitting piece 1122 can be connected with the magnetic circuit system, and the central area of the second vibration transmitting piece 1122 can be connected with the bracket 1121 .
  • the magnetic circuit system may be connected to the peripheral area of the second vibration transmitting piece 1122 through a cylindrical connecting member.
  • the foregoing magnetic circuit system may include a magnetic permeable cover 1124 and a magnet 1125 connected to the bottom of the magnetic permeable cover 1124, and the number of magnets 1125 may be set to one or at least two as required;
  • the central area is connected and spaced apart from the magnetic permeable cover 1124 in a direction perpendicular to the vibration direction of the transducer device 112 to form the aforementioned magnetic gap.
  • the coil 1123 extends between the magnet 1125 and the magnetic permeable cover 1124 .
  • the inner side of the magnetic permeable cover 1124 is provided with a ring magnet surrounding the magnet 1125, although the magnetic gap is specifically formed between the ring magnet and the magnet 1125, the magnetic gap is still located in the magnetic permeable cover 1124 Between the magnet 1125 and the magnet 1125 , it can still be regarded as a magnetic gap formed by the magnet 1125 and the magnetic permeable cover 1124 arranged at intervals in a direction perpendicular to the vibration direction of the transducer device 112 .
  • the central area of the first vibration transmitting piece 113 can be nested on the support 1121 , and the peripheral area of the first vibration transmitting piece 113 can be pressed inside by the first end wall 1113 On the cylinder wall 1112; the central area of the second vibration transmission piece 1122 can be nested on the bracket 1121, and is farther away from the vibration panel 114 than the first vibration transmission piece 113, and the peripheral area of the second vibration transmission piece 1122 can be fixed On a cylindrical connector; the side wall of the magnetic permeable cover 1124 of the magnetic circuit system can be connected to the aforementioned cylindrical connector, so that the magnetic circuit system is connected to the bracket 1121 through the second vibration transmission piece 1122; the coil 1123 is connected to the bracket 1121 The side away from the first vibration transmission piece 113 and the second vibration transmission piece 1122 is connected and extends into the magnetic gap between the magnetic permeable cover 1124 and the magnet 1125 .
  • the side wall of the magnetic permeable cover 1124 is connected to the second vibration-transmitting piece 1122 through a cylindrical connector, a cavity is formed inside the transducer device 112, and the cavity can be closed without any other structural improvements. Only the hollow area on the second vibration transmitting piece 1122 communicates with the accommodating cavity 100 , causing the transducer device 112 to have a relatively serious acoustic cavity effect during the vibration process, thereby causing relatively large sound leakage.
  • the bracket 1121 can be connected to the movement casing 111 through the first vibration transmission piece 113
  • the second vibration transmission piece 1122 can be connected to the first vibration transmission piece 113 through the bracket 1121
  • the magnetic circuit system can be connected to the central area of the second vibration transmitting piece 1122 to suspend the magnetic circuit system in the accommodating cavity, and the coil 1123 extends into the magnetic gap of the magnetic circuit system along the vibration direction of the transducer device 112 .
  • the aforementioned magnetic gap surrounds the position where the magnetic circuit system is connected to the second vibration transmitting piece 1122 .
  • the magnetic circuit system since the magnetic circuit system is connected to the central area of the second vibration-transmitting piece 1122, the magnetic circuit system does not need to be provided with a cylindrical connecting piece connected to the peripheral area of the second vibration-transmitting piece 1122, that is, the above-mentioned cylindrical connecting piece can be cancelled. , so that the inside and outside of the transducer device 112 are allowed to have a larger communication area, which is beneficial to suppress the above-mentioned acoustic cavity effect, thereby improving the sound leakage of the earphone 10 .
  • the magnet 1125 of the magnetic circuit system is connected to the central area of the second vibration transmission piece 1122, and the side wall of the magnetic permeable cover 1124 can therefore be spaced apart from the second vibration transmission piece 1122 in the vibration direction of the transducer device 112, so as to A channel connecting the aforementioned magnetic gap with the outside of the magnetic circuit system is formed, thereby increasing the area of communication between the inside and outside of the transducer device 112 .
  • the bracket 1121 may include a first bracket 11212 and a second bracket 11213, the first bracket 11212 may be connected to the central area of the first vibration transmitting piece 113, and the second bracket 11213 may be connected to the second bracket 11213.
  • the peripheral area of the second vibration piece 1122 is connected.
  • the second bracket 11213 and the vibrating panel 114 may be connected to the first bracket 11212 respectively, and the coil 1123 may be connected to the second bracket 11213 .
  • the magnetic gap can surround the central area where the magnetic circuit system is connected to the second vibration transmitting piece 1122 .
  • the first bracket 11212 and the first vibration transmitting piece 113 can be integrally formed through a metal insert injection molding process
  • the second bracket 11213 and the second vibration transmitting piece 1122 can also be integrally formed through a metal insert injection molding process.
  • first bracket 11212 and the second bracket 11213 may be provided with a socket hole, and the other may be provided with a socket post embedded in the socket hole, and the socket post extends into the socket hole , so that the first bracket 11212 and the second bracket 11213 are connected.
  • first support 11212 and the second support 11213 are respectively provided with the socket hole 11215 and the socket post 11216 as an example for exemplary description.
  • the transducer device 112 may include a suspension 11214, the suspension 11214 is connected to the central area of the second vibration transmitting sheet 1122, the second bracket 11213 is located on the periphery of the suspension 11214, and is perpendicular to the vibration direction of the transducer device 112 The direction is spaced apart from the suspension 11214, and the magnet 1125 of the magnetic circuit system can be connected with the suspension 11214. In this way, the magnetic gap between the magnetic permeable cover 1124 and the magnet 1125 surrounds the central area where the magnet 1125 is connected to the second vibration transmitting piece 1122 .
  • the magnet 1125 can be a permanent magnet, and can also include a first magnetic piece 11251, a magnetically permeable piece 11252 and a second magnetic piece 11253 stacked along the vibration direction of the transducer device 112, and the second magnetic piece 11253 is compared to
  • the first magnetic part 11251 is closer to the second vibration transmitting piece 1122 , for example, the first magnetic part 11251 is connected to the bottom of the magnetic permeable cover 1124 .
  • the magnetization directions of the first magnetic member 11251 and the second magnetic member 11253 are different, for example, the magnetization directions of the two are opposite to each other.
  • the sidewall of the magnetically permeable cover 1124 when the sidewall of the magnetically permeable cover 1124 is orthographically projected onto the outer peripheral surface of the magnet 1125 in a direction perpendicular to the vibration direction of the transducer device 112, it may at least overlap with the magnetically permeable member 11252, so that the magnetic field formed by the magnet 1125 is more Concentrated in the aforementioned magnetic gap, thereby reducing sound leakage.
  • the coil 1123 is orthographically projected onto the outer peripheral surface of the magnet 1125 in a direction perpendicular to the vibration direction of the transducer device 112, it may at least overlap with the magnetic permeable member 11252, so that more of the magnetic field formed by the magnet 1125 passes through the coil 1123, Thereby increasing the utilization rate of the magnetic field.
  • the magnetic permeable cover 1124 may be provided with a communication hole 11241 connecting the aforementioned magnetic gap and the external space of the magnetic circuit system, so as to increase the communication area of the transducer device 112 inside and outside, thereby weakening the acoustic cavity effect.
  • the bracket 1121 may also be provided with a communication hole 11211 extending along the vibration direction of the transducer device 112, and the above-mentioned cylindrical connector may also be provided with a through hole extending in a direction perpendicular to the vibration direction of the transducer device 112. , so as to further increase the communication area of the transducer device 112 inside and outside, thereby weakening the acoustic cavity effect.
  • the transducer device 112 will compress or expand the air on opposite sides in the vibration direction, that is, form positive and negative sound pressures; and the aforementioned communication holes can make the transducer device 112 The air on opposite sides communicates, and then reverses phase and cancels phase.
  • the frequency response curve of the vibration panel 114 has a resonance valley, a first resonance peak and a second resonance peak in the frequency range from 80 Hz to 2 kHz
  • the resonance valley, the first resonance peak and the peak frequencies of the second harmonic peak are defined as f0, f1 and f2 in turn, and satisfy the relationship: f0 ⁇ f1 ⁇ f2.
  • the frequency response curve of vibration of the vibration panel 114 has only one resonance peak in the frequency range from 80 Hz to 2 kHz.
  • the peak frequency of the aforementioned resonance peak is between 100 Hz and 2 kHz.
  • the vibration frequency response curve of the vibration panel 114 in the non-wearing state, has a first resonance peak and a second resonance peak in the frequency range from 80 Hz to 2 kHz, and has no resonance valley.
  • the peak frequency of the first resonance peak is between 80 Hz and 400 Hz
  • the peak frequency of the second resonance peak is between 100 Hz and 2 kHz.
  • the frequency response curve of the vibration panel 114 has a resonance valley, a first resonance peak and a second resonance peak in the frequency range from 80 Hz to 200 Hz, the resonance valley, the first resonance peak and the peak frequencies of the second harmonic peak are defined as f0, f1 and f2 in turn, and satisfy the relationship: f0 ⁇ f2, f1 ⁇ f2.
  • the mass of the movement casing 111 is greater than or equal to 1.2g, preferably greater than or equal to 1.5g; and/or, the stiffness of the first vibration transmitting piece 113 is less than or equal to 2500N/m. Further, the mass of the magnetic circuit system is greater than or equal to 3g, preferably greater than or equal to 5g; and/or, the stiffness of the second vibration transmitting piece 1122 is greater than or equal to 3000N/m, preferably greater than or equal to 5000N/m.
  • the mass of the movement housing 111 is less than or equal to 0.5g, preferably less than or equal to 0.3g; and/or, the stiffness of the first vibration transmitting piece 113 is greater than or equal to 2000N/m, preferably greater than or equal to Equal to 5000N/m.
  • the frequency response curve of the vibration panel 114 has a resonance peak, the resonance peak is strongly related to the stiffness of the bracket 1121, and the peak frequency of the resonance peak is greater than or equal to 4 kHz, preferably greater than or equal to 4 kHz. equal to 5kHz.
  • the stiffness of the bracket 1121 is greater than or equal to 10 5 N/m, preferably greater than or equal to 5 ⁇ 10 5 N/m.
  • the earphone 10 can also include a head beam assembly 12 connected to the core module 11 , the head beam assembly 12 is used to go around the top of the user's head, and can make the core module 11 located in front of the user's ear as a whole.
  • the movement module 11 may also be located entirely behind the user's ear or at other positions, and may also be partially located at the front or back of the user's ear. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG.
  • the movement module 11 can be in contact with the cheek of the user through the movement casing 111 (specifically, the first end wall 1113 ), that is, the movement casing 111 is away from the adapter casing 13
  • One side of the body forms a contact surface for contact with the user's skin.
  • the movement module 11 can be in contact with the user's cheek through the vibrating panel 114 .
  • the movement module 11 can be in contact with the user’s cheek through the vibration panel 114 and the surrounding edge 116 , and for example in FIG. 45 , the movement module 11 can pass through the vibration panel 114 and the surrounding edge 116
  • the porous structure 1167 on the top is in contact with the user's cheek.
  • the core module 11 can be connected with other types of support components.
  • the aforementioned support components are used to support the core module 11 to be worn to the wearing position.
  • the user wears the headset 10 .
  • the aforementioned support assembly includes a rear hanging structure and an ear hanging structure respectively connected to two ends of the rear hanging structure. It is hung on the left and right ears of the user in the wearing state.
  • the aforementioned wearing position may be a position where the user's cheek is close to the ear or the user's ear is away from the front side of the head.
  • the head beam assembly 12 and the top of the user's head may form a first contact point (such as shown in CP1 in FIGS. 13 to 17 ), and the movement module 11 forms a second contact point with the user's cheek ( For example, as shown in CP2 in Fig. 13 to Fig. 17), the distance between the second contact point and the first contact point in the direction of the sagittal axis of the human body (as shown in W in Fig. 13 to Fig.
  • the movement module 11 can be naturally Wear it on the user's cheek close to the ear, and the core module 11 vibrates at the above-mentioned wearing position to generate sound waves, which can transmit the sound waves to the user's central nervous system through the shortest path, so that the transmission efficiency of the sound waves is higher. Less artifacts.
  • the first contact point may be located directly above the user's ear, and the second contact point may be located directly in front of the user's ear.
  • the head beam assembly 12 may include an arc-shaped head beam 121 and an adapter 122, the arc-shaped head beam 121 is used to go around the top of the user's head, and the two ends of the adapter 122 are connected to the arc-shaped head beam 121 and Movement module 11 is connected.
  • the arc-shaped head beam 121 may be located above the user's ear, and form a first contact point with the top of the user's head.
  • the material of the arc-shaped head beam 121 may be plastic, and the material of the adapter 122 may be metal; of course, the materials of both may also be plastic or metal.
  • the core module 11 when the core module 11 is set to be able to approach or move away from the arc-shaped head beam 121 in the extension direction of the head beam assembly 12, for example, the end of the adapter 122 away from the core and the first connecting section 1221) can extend or retract the arc-shaped head beam 121, and the matching part of the arc-shaped head beam 121 and the adapter 122 can also be set as a metal piece to locally strengthen the wear resistance of the two sex.
  • Fig. 13 to Fig. 17 only illustrate the contact points formed between the earphone 10 and the user's head on one side
  • the earphone 10 is generally arranged in a left-right symmetrical structure, such as the head beam assembly 12 shown in Fig. 12
  • the two ends of the earphone 10 are respectively connected to a movement module 11, so that each movement module 11 forms a second contact point with the user's cheek, that is, the earphone 10 and the user's head can actually form a first contact point and two contact points.
  • the center of the side of the vibrating panel 114 facing the above-mentioned wearing position (such as shown by CP2 in Figure 48) is in the direction of the sagittal axis of the human body It is closer to the external auditory canal of the user's ear than the center of the side of the movement housing 111 facing the aforementioned wearing position (such as shown by CP0 in FIG. 48 ).
  • the vibrating panel 114 is set to be offset relative to the core housing 111, so that when the core module 11 vibrates at the aforementioned wearing position to generate sound waves , the sound wave can be transmitted to the user's central nervous system in the shortest path, so that the transmission efficiency of the sound wave is higher and the sound loss is less.
  • the vibrating panel 114 is closer to the external auditory canal when worn, so that the core module 11 can transmit the mechanical vibration generated by the transducer device 112 in the form of bone conduction and at the same time can cause more air in the external auditory canal to vibrate accordingly ( That is, air conduction sound), which in turn increases the volume of the sound heard by the user. It is worth noting that: in the embodiment where the movement module 11 includes the surrounding edge 116 , the vibrating panel 114 is offset relative to the surrounding edge 116 , that is, the centers of the two sides facing the wearing position do not coincide.
  • the orthographic projection of the vibration panel 114 to the center of the movement housing 111 along the vibration direction of the transducer device 112 coincides with the center of the orthographic projection of the transducer device 112 to the movement casing 111 along the aforementioned vibration direction, that is The vibration panel 114 is not biased relative to the transducer device 112, for example, the position where the bracket 1121 is connected to the vibration panel 114 is at the center of the vibration panel 114; and the transducer device 112 is positively projected to the center of the core housing 111 along the aforementioned vibration direction It does not coincide with the center of the core housing 111 on the side facing the transducer device 112 in the aforementioned vibration direction, that is, the transducer device 112 is offset relative to the core housing 111 as a whole.
  • the center of the positive projection of the transducer device 112 onto the core casing 111 along its vibration direction coincides with the center of the core casing 111 on the side facing the transducer device 112 in the aforementioned vibration direction.
  • the energy device 112 as a whole is not biased with respect to the core casing 111; while the vibrating panel 114 is positively projected to the center of the core casing 111 along the aforementioned vibration direction and the energy conversion device 112 is positively projected to the core shell along the aforementioned vibration direction
  • the center of the body 111 does not coincide, that is, the vibrating panel 114 is offset relative to the transducer device 112, for example, the position where the bracket 1121 is connected to the vibrating panel 114 is not at the center of the vibrating panel 114, so that the vibrating panel 114 is relative to the movement casing.
  • Body 111 is biased.
  • the earphone 10 may include an adapter housing 13 connecting the movement housing 111 and the support assembly (such as the head beam assembly 12 ).
  • the adapter housing 13 may include a cylindrical side wall 134 located on the periphery of the movement housing 111 , and the cylindrical side wall 134 may be connected to the head beam assembly 12 .
  • the orthographic projections of the movement housing 111 and the cylindrical side wall 134 on a reference plane perpendicular to the vibration direction of the transducer device 112 have a first center and a second center respectively. Wherein, in the wearing state, the first center may be closer to the external auditory canal of the user's ear than the second center.
  • the core housing 111 when the structure of the support assembly and the core module 11 is fixed, the core housing 111 is set to be offset relative to the adapter housing 13, so that the core module 11 Vibration at the aforementioned wearing position generates sound waves, which can be transmitted to the central nervous system of the user through the shortest path, so that the transmission efficiency of the sound waves is higher and the sound loss is less.
  • the core housing 111 can be set to rotate around the first axis (such as shown by A1 in FIG. 48 ) relative to the adapter housing 13, so that the core module 11 is more Fits well to the wearing position.
  • the first center and the second center are spaced apart along the direction of the first axis.
  • the above-mentioned first center and the second center may be on the above-mentioned first axis, that is, the movement module 11 only translates a distance along the above-mentioned first axis.
  • the head beam assembly 12 in the wearing state and viewed along the direction of the coronal axis of the human body, is at least partially inclined relative to the vertical axis of the human body, for example, extending obliquely toward the front of the user, so as to facilitate A first contact point and a second contact point are formed.
  • the adapter 122 may be configured in a rod shape or a sheet shape.
  • the arc-shaped head beam 121 is inclined relative to the vertical axis of the human body, and the adapter 122 is parallel to the vertical axis of the human body.
  • the adapter 122 may be connected to the side of the movement module 11 facing the top of the user's head.
  • the arc-shaped head beam 121 is inclined relative to the vertical axis of the human body, and the adapter 122 is also inclined relative to the vertical axis of the human body. same.
  • the adapter 122 may be connected to the side of the movement module 11 away from the user's cheek. Another example: referring to FIG.
  • the arc-shaped head beam 121 is inclined relative to the vertical axis of the human body, and part of the adapter 122 is inclined relative to the vertical axis of the human body, and the other part is parallel to the vertical axis of the human body.
  • the adapter 122 may be connected to the side of the movement module 11 away from the user's ear. Another example: referring to FIG.
  • the arc-shaped head beam 121 is parallel to the vertical axis of the human body, and part of the adapter 122 is inclined relative to the vertical axis of the human body, and the other part is parallel to the vertical axis of the human body.
  • the adapter 122 may be connected to the side of the movement module 11 facing the top of the user's head.
  • the adapter 122 can be arranged in a ring shape.
  • the arc-shaped head beam 121 can be parallel to the vertical axis of the human body, and the adapter 122 can be sleeved on the periphery of the user's ear, which can also form the first contact point and the second point of contact.
  • the adapter 122 may be in a continuous closed ring shape, or in a discontinuous ring shape (such as a C-shape or a U-shape).
  • the sagittal plane refers to the section perpendicular to the ground along the front and rear directions of the body, which divides the human body into left and right parts
  • the coronal plane refers to the section perpendicular to the ground along the left and right directions of the body, which divides the human body into front and rear Two parts
  • the horizontal plane refers to the section parallel to the ground along the up and down direction of the body, which divides the human body into upper and lower parts.
  • the sagittal axis refers to the axis vertically passing through the coronal plane along the front-back direction of the body
  • the coronal axis refers to the axis vertically passing through the sagittal plane along the left-right direction of the body
  • the vertical axis refers to the axis vertically passing through the horizontal plane along the up-down direction of the body.
  • the adapter 122 may include a first connection section 1221 , a middle transition section 1222 and a second connection section 1223 , and the middle transition section 1222 connects the first connection section 1221 and the second connection section 1223 .
  • the second connection section 1223 .
  • the first connecting section 1221 and the second connecting section 1223 are respectively bent relative to the intermediate transition section 1222 and extend in opposite directions.
  • the first connecting section 1221 can be connected with the arc-shaped head beam 121
  • the second connecting section 1223 can be connected with the movement module 11 .
  • the intermediate transition section 1222 is inclined relative to the vertical axis of the human body, so as to form the first contact point and the second contact point.
  • the bending angle of the first connecting section 1221 relative to the intermediate transition section 1222 may be greater than or equal to 90° and less than 180°; and/or, the second connecting section 1223 is The bending angle of the transition section 1222 (such as shown by ⁇ 2 in FIG. 16 ) may be greater than or equal to 90° and less than 180°.
  • the transition piece 122 is connected to the curved head beam 121 and the movement module 11 more smoothly.
  • the first connecting section 1221 in the wearing state and viewed along the direction of the coronal axis of the human body, the first connecting section 1221 may be parallel to the second connecting section 1223 .
  • the distance between the first connecting section 1221 and the second connecting section 1223 (such as shown by W in FIG. 16 ) may be between 20mm and 30mm, preferably between 22mm and 28mm.
  • the adapter 122 may also have a curved arc at other viewing angles (for example, viewed along the direction of the sagittal axis of the human body), for example, the adapters 122 at both ends of the arc-shaped head beam 121 are in the same direction. Extending close to facilitate the earphone 10 to better contact the user's head, and also facilitate the head beam assembly 12 to provide pressing force for the movement module 11 .
  • the first connecting section 1221 and the second connecting section 1223 can be respectively provided with wiring cavities, for example, they are respectively arranged in a hollow tubular shape, and the intermediate transition section 1222 can be provided with a slot 1224, and the slot 1224
  • the wiring cavity for connecting the first connecting section 1221 and the second connecting section 1223 allows the wiring of the earphone 10 to extend from the core module 11 to the curved head beam 121 through the adapter 122 .
  • the wiring of the earphone 10 may be set as a wire, a flexible circuit board, or the like.
  • the head beam assembly 12 may further include a sealing member embedded in the slot 1224 , and the sealing member covers the wiring, which is beneficial to improving the waterproof and dustproof of the earphone 10 and also helps to improve the appearance of the earphone 10 .
  • the sealing member may be cured colloid, or a cover plate.
  • the wiring of the earphone 10 may also be exposed to the adapter 122; correspondingly, the adapter 122 may be configured as a solid structure.
  • the inventors of the present application found in long-term research that: when the head beam assembly 12 exerts a pressing force between 0.4N and 0.8N to press the movement module 11 against the user's cheek, that is, in the wearing state,
  • the pressing force of the core module 11 on the user's cheek can be between 0.4N and 0.8N, preferably between 0.5N and 0.6N, and the user can obtain excellent wearing stability and comfort as well as good sound quality .
  • the pressing force can be measured by means of a clamp testing machine (FL-86161A, Bowen Instruments).
  • the earphone 10 is clamped on both sides of the parallel plate of the clamp testing machine, and supported on the middle fork of the clamp testing machine; then, the parallel plates of the clamp testing machine make the two movement modules 11 are away from each other and have a test distance (for example, the average head width of a person is 145 mm), thereby simulating that the user wears the earphone 10 .
  • the corresponding pressing force can be measured by reading the value displayed on the clamp testing machine.
  • the size of the head is different (such as "big head” and "small head”). Therefore, the head beam assembly 12 can be set to have an adjustable arc length, so as to meet the wearing requirements of different users for the earphone 10 . Further, the present application hopes that when different users wear the earphone 10 , they can obtain consistent pressing force.
  • the first connecting section 1221 can extend or retract the arc-shaped head beam 121 under the action of an external force, so as to allow the movement module 11 to approach or move away from the arc-shaped head beam in the extending direction of the head beam assembly 12 121, thereby adjusting the arc length of the head beam assembly 12.
  • the second connecting section 1223 can also extend or retract the movement module 11 under the action of an external force, and can also adjust the arc length of the head beam assembly 12 .
  • both ends of the arc-shaped head beam 121 can be provided with adapters 122 and movement modules 11 .
  • the head beam assembly 12 provides a first pressing force for the movement module 11 in the first use state, and provides a second pressing force for the movement module 11 in the second use state, and the second pressing force
  • the absolute value of the difference from the first pressing force may be between 0 and 0.1N, preferably between 0 and 0.05N.
  • the head beam assembly 12 makes the compression force applied by the core module 11 to the user's cheek There is little difference in power, which further increases the adaptability of the earphone 10 to different users.
  • the first use state can be defined as the use state in which each adapter 122 has a first extension relative to the arc-shaped head beam 121 and there is a first distance between the two movement modules 11
  • the second use state can be defined as a use state in which each adapter 122 has a second extension relative to the arc-shaped head beam 121 and there is a second distance between the two movement modules 11 .
  • the second protrusion amount is greater than the first protrusion amount
  • the second distance is greater than the first distance.
  • the first use state may favor users with small heads wearing the earphone 10
  • the second use state may favor users with large heads wearing the earphone 10 . Therefore, when the core module 11 is closest to the arc-shaped head beam 121, the first amount of protrusion can take the minimum value; can take the maximum value.
  • the inventors of the present application have found in long-term research that: under the same conditions, parameters such as the stiffness and bending degree of the arc-shaped head beam 121 and the adapter 122 have a certain influence on the pressing force that the head beam assembly 12 can provide. Qualitative analysis of this.
  • the cantilever beam will produce bending deformation under the action of loads such as concentrated force and distributed load, and its maximum deflection w max occurs at the free end of the cantilever beam.
  • EI is the section bending stiffness
  • M(x) is the section bending moment.
  • E is the Young's modulus of the material
  • I is the moment of inertia of the section.
  • variable-section cantilever beams For variable-section cantilever beams, combined with (b) in Figure 18, since the properties of the variable-section beam section will change, the segmental stiffness method can be used to analyze the displacement of its free end. That is to say, the variable cross-section cantilever beam is regarded as composed of multiple cantilever beams with equal cross-section. When calculating the deformation, the cantilever beam segments except the studied cantilever beam segment can be regarded as rigid bodies. Finally, the displacement and deformation under the same load condition are superimposed. This method is commonly used for outrigger or variable cross-section cantilever beams. Correspondingly, the deflection of the free end satisfies the following relationship (2).
  • the left and right sides of the headset 10 can be simplified into a symmetrical structure, so one side can be selected for force analysis.
  • the moment balance equation that is, the following relationship (3).
  • M is the bending moment value of the earphone 10 at the top fulcrum (such as the first contact point CP1)
  • F is the pressing force provided by the head beam assembly 12 for the core module 11 in a certain use state
  • L is The moment arm from the equivalent concentrated action point of the movement module 11 (for example, the second contact point CP2 ) to the overhead fulcrum.
  • the earphone 10 is respectively adjusted from the initial The free state is opened to the final state of the corresponding spacing (for example, the average head width of 145mm); now assume that in the critical state, the pressing force of the two is the same, that is, whether it is a contracted state or an elongated state, the head beam assembly 12 can be
  • the core module 11 provides the same or similar pressing force.
  • the head beam assembly 12 can be simply regarded as a cantilever beam with constant cross-section (that is, the arc segment S 1 where the arc-shaped head beam member 121 is located), and the deflection at its free end is the formula ( 1), integrate along the arc segment S 1 to get the following relationship (4).
  • E 1 I 1 is the section bending stiffness of the arc segment S 1
  • L 1 (s) is the moment arm function of the concentrated force F on the section of the arc segment S 1 .
  • the beam assembly 12 can be simply regarded as a variable-section cantilever beam (that is, the arc segment S 1 where the arc-shaped head beam 121 is located and the arc segment S 2 where the adapter 122 is located) , from the deflection of its free end, that is, formula (2), respectively integrated along the arc segment S 1 and arc segment S 2 and summed to obtain the following relational formula (5).
  • E 2 I 2 is the section bending stiffness of the arc segment S 2
  • L 2 (s) is the moment arm function of the concentrated force F on the section of the arc segment S 2
  • the first two items on the right side of the equation are the deformation amount of the arc segment S1
  • the third item is the deformation amount of the arc segment S2
  • l is the component of the arc segment S2 in the vertical direction.
  • h is the component of the arc segment S 2 in the horizontal direction, and the relationship (4) and (5) are substituted into the relationship (6), and the critical state of the same pressing force under the above two working conditions h is denoted as h cr , then the relationship (7) is obtained.
  • Relational formula (7) actually gives the change law of the pressing force of the earphone 10 in the extended state or contracted state when the head width is the same.
  • the actual design value h of the arc segment S 2 in the horizontal direction satisfies the following relationship (8).
  • the adapters 122 at both ends of the arc-shaped head beam 121 are relative to the first reference
  • the plane (such as shown in RP1 in Figure 19) is symmetrically arranged, and the second reference plane (such as the plane where the paper surface is located) passes through the line between the two ends of the arc-shaped head beam 121 (such as shown in RP2 in Figure 19), and is connected with The first reference planes intersect perpendicularly.
  • the first reference plane may be parallel to the sagittal plane of the human body
  • the second reference plane may be parallel to the coronal plane of the human body.
  • the free end has a second position (such as shown in L2 in Figure 19) .
  • the line connecting the first position and the second position has a first projected component (such as shown by h in FIG.
  • a second projection component such as shown in 1 in FIG. 19 ) in the second reference direction of the line connecting the two ends of the arc-shaped head beam 121 , and the ratio of the second projection component to the first projection component can be greater than or equal to 2.
  • the ratio of the section bending stiffness of the adapter piece 122 to the section bending stiffness of the arc-shaped head beam 121 may be less than or equal to 0.9.
  • the adapter 122 is designed to be soft and straight, which can ensure that when the distance between the two movement modules 11 is the same, the compression force in the contracted state is greater than that in the extended state; The greater the force, the smaller the distance between the two movement modules 11 and the smaller the distance between the two movement modules 11, the greater the clamping force when the distance between the two movement modules 11 is larger and the smaller the distance between the two movement modules 11. And the clamping force is the same or similar when it is in the stretched state (that is, the user with a "big head" wears the earphone 10).
  • the inventors of the present application have found in long-term research that: under the same conditions, the number and distribution of contact points formed between the headphone 10 and the user's head in the wearing state have a greater impact on the stability of wearing. For example: in the state of bowing the head, affected by the gravity of the earphone 10, the earphone 10 may slip or rotate relative to the user's head with the core module 11 as the rotating shaft, thereby affecting the reliability of the earphone 10 in terms of wearing.
  • the head beam assembly 12 may form a first contact point with the top of the user's head, and the movement module 11 may form a second contact point with the user's cheek.
  • the earphone 10 can be respectively at the first contact point and the second contact point. Apply a compressive force directed at the user's head at the point.
  • the movement module 11 in the state of bowing the head, the movement module 11 generates a resistance torque under the action of friction due to contact with the user's cheek, and the head beam assembly 12 generates another resistance under the action of friction due to the contact with the top of the user's head moment
  • the resultant moment of the aforementioned two resistance moments may be greater than or equal to the gravity moment of the earphone 10 relative to the gravity moment of the movement module 11, that is, to overcome the gravity moment of the earphone 10 in the state of bowing the head, thereby helping to prevent the earphone 10 from slipping or falling.
  • the core module 11 is used as the rotating shaft to rotate relative to the user's head.
  • the head beam assembly 12 in addition to the head beam assembly 12 forming a first contact point with the top of the user's head and the movement module forming a second contact point with the user's cheek, the head beam assembly 12 can also form a third contact point with the user's head.
  • the third contact point is between the aforementioned first contact point and the aforementioned second contact point in the direction of the vertical axis of the human body.
  • Point and the third point of contact apply a compressive force directed towards the user's head.
  • the movement module 11 generates a resistance torque under the action of friction due to contact with the user's cheek
  • the head beam assembly 12 generates another resistance under the action of friction due to the contact with the top of the user's head moment
  • the head beam assembly 12 generates another resistance moment under the action of friction due to contact with other places other than the top of the user's head
  • the resultant moment of the aforementioned three resistance moments can be greater than the resultant moment of the above two resistance moments, so that It is easier to overcome the gravitational moment of the earphone 10 in the state of bowing the head, thereby improving the reliability of the earphone 10 in terms of wearing.
  • the two ends of the head beam assembly 12 can be respectively connected to a core module 11, and each core module 11 can form a second contact point with the user's cheek; correspondingly, the head beam assembly
  • the component 12 and the two sides of the user's head may also respectively form third contact points.
  • the earphone 10 and the user's head can actually form one first contact point, two second contact points and two third contact points, referred to as "five-point wearing".
  • the number of the third contact point can be multiple.
  • the head beam assembly 12 forms a third contact point with the user's head, at least part of the head beam assembly 12 is not in contact with the user's head between the first contact point and the second contact point, that is, the head beam assembly 12 Not all of them are in contact with the user's head and form a corresponding pressing force, so as to maintain little change in the pressing force at the movement module 11 .
  • Figure 49 is a schematic diagram of the mechanical model observed along the direction of the sagittal axis of the human body when the user does not bow his head in the case of three-point wearing
  • Figure 49 is the direction along the coronal axis of the human body when the user bows his head in the case of three-point wearing
  • Schematic diagram of the observed mechanical model
  • Figure 49 is a schematic diagram of the mechanical model observed along the direction of the sagittal axis of the human body when the user does not bow his head in the case of five-point wearing
  • Figure 49 is a schematic diagram of the user in the case of five-point wearing Schematic diagram of the mechanical model observed along the direction of the coronal axis of the human body when the head is lowered.
  • the pressing force F2 provided by the head beam assembly 12 remains unchanged in both cases, then, for the above-mentioned three-point wearing, the pressing force provided by the head beam assembly 12 mainly acts on the second contact point, so that the movement The pressing force of the module 11 on the user's cheek is F2; for the above-mentioned five-point wearing, the pressing force provided by the head beam assembly 12 not only acts on the second contact point, but also acts on the third contact point, so that the movement module 11, the pressing force on the user's cheek is less than F2, wherein assuming that the pressing force of the head beam assembly 12 on the user's head at the third contact point is F3, then the pressing force of the movement module 11 on the user's cheek is (F2 -F3).
  • the movement module 11 For the above-mentioned three-point wearing, in the state of bowing the head, for example, the user’s head is tilted forward by an angle ⁇ , the movement module 11 generates a resistance torque under the action of friction due to contact with the user’s cheek, and the head beam assembly 12 is due to contact with the user’s cheek. The top of the head contacts to generate another resistance torque under the action of friction force.
  • the combined torque of the above two resistance torques can be M1; for the above-mentioned five-point wearing, in the state of lowering the head, for example, the user's head also tilts forward by an angle ⁇ , the movement module 11 generates a resistance torque under the action of friction due to contact with the user's cheek, and the head beam assembly 12 generates another resistance torque under the action of friction due to the contact with the top of the user's head.
  • the resultant torque of the aforementioned three resistance torques can be M2, and can be greater than the above two resistance torques
  • the resultant moment M1 the resultant moment M1, the resultant moment M2 and the gravitational moment G ⁇ L ⁇ sin ⁇ satisfy the following relationship:
  • the distance h is much larger than the equivalent force arm r, and the difference between the friction coefficients ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 is smaller than the difference between the distance h and the equivalent force arm r, that is, h/r> ⁇ 1/ ⁇ 2 or ⁇ 2 • h- ⁇ 1 •r>0, such that M2-M1>0.
  • the five-point wearing is more conducive to maintaining the wearing state of the earphone 10 in the head-down state.
  • the pressing force at the second contact point can be between 0.2N and 2N
  • the pressing force at the third contact point can be between 0.2N and 2N. between 0.3N and 2N, so that the user can obtain good wearing stability and comfort, and the earphone 10 exhibits good sound quality.
  • the pressing force of the second contact point is too small, the mechanical vibration transmitted to the user by the core module 11 is likely to be reduced, thereby affecting the listening effect of the earphone 10; if the pressing force of the second contact point is too large , It is easy to cause users to wear uncomfortable.
  • the pressing force of the third contact point is too small, it is not conducive to improving the reliability of the earphone 10 in terms of wearing; if the pressing force of the third contact point is too large, it is easy to cause the pressing force at the second contact point insufficient.
  • the head beam assembly 12 may include an auxiliary part 125 connected with the arc-shaped head beam part 121, for example, the auxiliary part 125 is connected with the inner cover 1214 mentioned later, so that in the wearing state, the two The auxiliary part 125 respectively forms third contact points with two sides of the user's head.
  • one end of the auxiliary part 125 can be connected with the arc-shaped head beam part 121, and the other end can not be connected with the arc-shaped head beam part 121, that is, a cantilever beam structure is formed; the two ends of the auxiliary part 125 can also be respectively connected with the arc-shaped head beam part 121 , with a local bulge in the middle between the two ends.
  • the present application takes the cantilever arrangement of each auxiliary part 125 relative to the arc-shaped head beam part 121 as an example for illustration.
  • the third contact point may also be formed when the arc-shaped head beam 121 contacts the user's head, for example, the arc-shaped head beam 121 partially protrudes to form the third contact point, that is, Head beam assembly 12 does not include accessory 125 .
  • the arc-shaped head beam 121 can form a first contact point with the top of the user's head.
  • the pressing force at the first contact point forms a first resistance torque relative to the second contact point
  • the pressing force at the third contact point forms a second resistance moment relative to the second contact point.
  • the pressing force at the second contact point forms a third resistance moment when the head beam assembly 12 includes the auxiliary part 125 relative to the contact surface of the movement module 11 in contact with the user's cheek
  • the pressing force at the second contact point The force forms a fourth resistance moment relative to the contact surface of the movement module 11 with the user's cheek when the headgear assembly 12 does not include the auxiliary part 125 .
  • the resultant torque formed by the first resistance torque, the second resistance torque and the third resistance rectangle is greater than the resultant moment formed by the first resistance torque and the fourth resistance rectangle.
  • the auxiliary part 125 is provided on the head beam assembly 12 to introduce another resistance moment, which is beneficial to overcome the gravity moment of the earphone 10 in the state of bowing the head, thereby improving the reliability of the earphone 10 in terms of wearing.
  • the auxiliary part 125 is set to be elastic, so that when the earphone 10 is worn by users with heads of different sizes, the auxiliary part 125 undergoes different degrees of elastic deformation to change the amount of pressing force at the second contact point. Less than or equal to 0.2N. In this way, when different users use the earphone 10, the auxiliary part 125 can exert a pressing force on the user's head to improve the stability of the earphone 10 in wearing, especially when the head is bowed, and the movement The pressing force of the module 11 on the user's cheek does not change much, so as to maintain the acoustic performance of the earphone 10 .
  • the auxiliary part 125 is also set so that the above-mentioned second pressing force is the same as the above-mentioned first pressing force.
  • the absolute value of the difference of the tightening force is between 0 and 0.1N, so that the pressing force of the movement module 11 on the user's cheek does not change much.
  • the aforementioned first pressing force and the second pressing force may be respectively between 0.4N and 0.8N.
  • the head beam assembly 12 in the natural state, has a first reference plane and a second reference plane orthogonal to each other, and the two auxiliary parts 125 are relative to the first reference plane (such as in FIG. 50 and FIG. 51 RP1 ) are arranged symmetrically, and the second reference plane (for example, the plane on which the paper is located) passes through the highest point and two end points of the arc-shaped head beam 121 .
  • the arc-shaped head beam member 121 and the auxiliary member 125 are projected onto the second reference plane, and in the second reference plane, the connection line between the fixed end and the free end of the auxiliary member 125 is parallel to the arc-shaped head beam member 121
  • the first reference direction of the line connecting the two end points of 121 has a first projected component (such as shown by x1 in Figure 50 and Figure 51), and is perpendicular to the first projection component of the line connecting the two end points of the arc-shaped head beam 121.
  • There is a second projection component in the two reference directions for example, as shown by y1 in FIG. 50 and FIG. 51 ).
  • the ratio (eg y1/x1) between the aforementioned second projection component and the first projection component may be between 1 and 5; and/or, the equivalent elastic coefficient of the auxiliary member 125 may be between 100N/m Between and 180N/m.
  • the aforementioned ratio is too small, it is easy to cause the pressing force of the third contact point to be too small, which is not conducive to improving the reliability of earphone 10 in wearing; if the aforementioned ratio is too large, it is easy to cause the pressing force of the third contact point to be too large. Large, which in turn leads to insufficient pressing force at the second contact point, for example, the movement module 11 is supported by the auxiliary part 125 .
  • the equivalent elastic coefficient of the auxiliary part 125 is too small, it is easy to cause the pressing force of the third contact point to be too small, which is not conducive to improving the reliability of the earphone 10 in wearing; if the equivalent elastic coefficient of the auxiliary part 125 is too large If it is too large, it is easy to cause the pressing force of the third contact point to be too large, and then cause the pressing force at the second contact point to be insufficient, for example, the movement module 11 is supported by the auxiliary part 125 .
  • the arc-shaped head beam 121 in the natural state, is projected onto the above-mentioned second reference plane, and a Cartesian coordinate system is established in the second reference plane.
  • point is the origin of coordinates
  • the straight line passing through the origin of coordinates and parallel to the two end points of the arc-shaped head beam 121 is the x-axis
  • the straight line passing through the origin of coordinates and perpendicular to the x-axis is the y-axis
  • the arc The curve of the shape head beam member 121 from any end point to the highest point can satisfy the following relational expression:
  • x ⁇ (-2.63472525 10 15 y 10 +1.41380284 10 12 y 9 -3.25586957 10 10 y 8 +4.2058788 10 8 y 7 -3.34381129 10 6 y 6 +1.69016414 10 4 y 5 -5.42625713 10 3 y 4 +1.07794891 10 1 y 3 -1.27679777 y 2 +9.70381438 y+2.61).
  • the thickness of the auxiliary part 125 can be less than or equal to 4 mm, so that when the earphone 10 is worn by a user with a larger head, the auxiliary part 125 can provide corresponding pressing force;
  • the gap can be greater than or equal to 10 mm, so that the auxiliary part 125 can provide corresponding pressing force when the earphone 10 is worn by a user with a small head.
  • the thickness of the auxiliary part 125 is too large, when the earphone 10 is worn by a user with a large head, the auxiliary part 125 is likely to directly abut against the arc-shaped head beam 121, resulting in insufficient pressing force at the second contact point.
  • the movement module 11 is supported by the auxiliary part 125; if the gap between the auxiliary part 125 and the arc-shaped head beam part 121 is too small, the auxiliary part 125 may be difficult to match the user's body when the earphone 10 is worn by a user with a small head. The heads abut, resulting in too little compression force at the third contact point.
  • each auxiliary piece 125 can be respectively fixed on one end of the arc-shaped head beam 121, and the line between any end point of the arc-shaped head beam 121 and the highest point is parallel to the two end points.
  • the first reference direction of the connecting line has a third projection component (such as shown by x2 in Fig. 50 and Fig. 51), and has a second reference direction perpendicular to the connecting line of the two end points of the arc-shaped head beam 121
  • the fourth projection component (for example, shown as y2 in FIG. 50 and FIG. 51 ). Based on this, the ratio (eg y1/y2) between the second projection component and the fourth projection component may be between 0.1 and 0.5.
  • the movement module 11 and the curved head beam 121 are supported by the auxiliary part 125, which is also not conducive to improving the reliability of the earphone 10 in terms of wearing.
  • the auxiliary part 125 is not necessarily fixed to the end of the arc-shaped head beam part 121, the fixed end of the auxiliary part 125 connected with the arc-shaped head beam part 121 is connected to the movement module adjacent to the auxiliary part 125
  • the projected component of the distance between 11 in the second reference direction perpendicular to the line connecting the two end points of the arc-shaped head beam 121 may be between 40 mm and 120 mm.
  • the aforementioned distance is too small, it is easy to cause insufficient pressing force at the second contact point, for example, the movement module 11 is supported by the auxiliary part 125; if the aforementioned distance is too large, it is easy to cause the pressing force at the first contact point. Insufficient force, for example, the arc-shaped head beam part 121 is supported by the auxiliary part 125 .
  • the auxiliary part 125 may extend toward the middle area of the arc-shaped head beam part 121 .
  • the fixed end of the auxiliary part 125 connected to the arc-shaped head beam 121 is connected to the arc-shaped head beam 121 in the reference direction perpendicular to the line connecting the two ends of the arc-shaped head beam 121.
  • There is a first distance between the highest points (such as shown in y3 in FIG. 50 )
  • the position where the movement module 11 is connected to the head beam assembly 12 has a second distance between the aforementioned reference direction and the aforementioned highest point (such as shown in FIG. shown in y4 in 50).
  • the aforementioned ratio between the first distance and the second distance may be between 1/3 and 1/2.
  • the aforementioned ratio is too small, it is easy to cause insufficient pressing force of the first contact point, for example, the arc-shaped head beam 121 is supported by the auxiliary piece 125; if the aforementioned ratio is too large, it is easy to cause the pressing force of the second contact point to be insufficient. Insufficient, for example, the movement module 11 is supported by the auxiliary part 125 .
  • the auxiliary part 125 may extend toward the end of the arc-shaped head beam part 121 .
  • the fixed end of the auxiliary part 125 connected to the arc-shaped head beam 121 is connected to the arc-shaped head beam 121 in the reference direction perpendicular to the line connecting the two ends of the arc-shaped head beam 121.
  • There is a third distance between the highest points (such as shown in y3 in FIG. 51 )
  • the position where the movement module 11 is connected to the head beam assembly 12 has a fourth distance between the aforementioned reference direction and the aforementioned highest point (such as shown in FIG. 51 shown in y4).
  • the ratio (eg y3/y4) between the aforementioned third distance and the fourth distance may be between 1/5 and 1/3.
  • the aforementioned ratio is too small, it is easy to cause insufficient pressing force of the first contact point, for example, the arc-shaped head beam 121 is supported by the auxiliary piece 125; if the aforementioned ratio is too large, it is easy to cause the pressing force of the second contact point to be insufficient. Insufficient, for example, the movement module 11 is supported by the auxiliary part 125 .
  • the auxiliary part 125 may include a fixing part 1251, a first extension part 1252 connected with the fixing part 1251 and a second extension part 1253 connected with the first extension part 1252, and the fixing part 1251 may be connected with the arc Shaped head beam 121 is connected.
  • the first extension part 1252 and the second extension part 1253 are located on the side of the arc-shaped head beam 121 facing the user's head in the wearing state, and are spaced apart from the arc-shaped head beam 121 in the natural state, so as to facilitate Member 125 forms a third point of contact with the user's head.
  • the width of the second extension part 1253 may be greater than the width of the first extension part 1252, and the second extension part 1253 is used to form a third contact point with the user's head in the wearing state.
  • the auxiliary part 125 is generally arranged in a T-shaped structure, the relatively slender first extension part 1252 facilitates the deformation of the auxiliary part 125, and the relatively short and wide second extension part 1253 facilitates the auxiliary part 125 to better match the user's body. head contact.
  • the second extensions 1253 of the two auxiliary parts 125 approach each other towards the back of the user's head, so that they can hook the head at the back of the user's head. part, it is beneficial to improve the reliability of wearing the earphone 10, especially in the state of bowing the head.
  • the head beam assembly 12 has a first reference plane and a second reference plane orthogonal to each other, the two auxiliary parts 125 are arranged symmetrically with respect to the first reference plane, and the second reference plane passes through the arc-shaped head beam The highest point and two endpoints of piece 121.
  • the aforementioned first reference plane may be parallel to the sagittal plane of the human body
  • the aforementioned second reference plane may be parallel to the coronal plane of the human body.
  • the included angle between the average normal of the second extension portion 1253 of each auxiliary member 125 and the aforementioned second reference plane may be between 5 degrees and 10 degrees.
  • the normal is further defined as an average normal.
  • the calculation formula of the aforementioned average normal can be:
  • the contact area of the second extension part 1253 with the user's head may be between 2 cm 2 and 8 cm 2 .
  • the above-mentioned area is large, it is easy to cause wearing discomfort; if the above-mentioned area is too large, it is easy to cause the overall appearance of the earphone 10 to deteriorate.
  • the aforementioned area is large, it is not conducive to the auxiliary member 125 to generate sufficient resistance torque.
  • the friction coefficient of the second extension portion 1253 may be greater than that of the first extension portion 1252 , so that the auxiliary member 125 mainly forms a corresponding resistance moment through the second extension portion 1253 .
  • auxiliary part 125 and the arc-shaped head beam part 121 can be detachably connected to facilitate replacement or the user can choose whether to use the auxiliary part 125 according to actual needs.
  • the head beam assembly 12 may not form a contact point with the top of the user's head in the wearing state and produce corresponding compression force.
  • the core module 11 can form a first contact point with the user's cheek, and apply a first pressing force to the user's head;
  • the head beam assembly 12 can form a second contact point with the user's head, And apply a second pressing force to the user's head.
  • the aforementioned second contact point is closer to the top of the user's head than the aforementioned first contact point in the direction of the vertical axis of the human body.
  • the earphone 10 and the user's head can actually form two first contact points and two contact points, referred to as "four-point wearing".
  • the number of the second contact point can be multiple.
  • the head beam assembly 12 forms a second contact point with the user's head, at least part of the head beam assembly 12 does not contact the user's head between the second contact point and the top of the user's head, that is, the head beam assembly 12 is not all Contact with the user's head and form a corresponding pressing force, so as to keep the pressing force at the core module 11 from changing much.
  • the second pressing force forms a first resistance moment relative to the first contact point
  • the pressing force at the first contact point is relative to the movement module 11 and the user.
  • the contact surface of the cheek contact forms a second resistance moment when the head beam assembly 12 includes the auxiliary part 125, and the pressing force at the first contact point is different from the contact surface of the movement module 11 with the user's cheek in the head beam assembly 12.
  • the inclusion of the auxiliary element 125 creates a third resistive moment. Wherein, the resultant torque formed by the first resistance torque and the second resistance rectangle is greater than the third resistance torque.
  • the auxiliary part 125 is provided on the head beam assembly 12 to introduce another resistance moment, which is beneficial to overcome the gravity moment of the earphone 10 in the state of bowing the head, thereby improving the reliability of the earphone 10 in terms of wearing.
  • the compression force at the first contact point can be between 0.2N and 2N, and the compression force at the second contact point can be between 0.3N and 2N, so that The user obtains good wearing stability and comfort, and the earphone 10 exhibits good sound quality.
  • the two auxiliary parts 125 connected to the arc-shaped head beam part 121 respectively form second contact points with both sides of the user's head; the auxiliary parts 125 are arranged to have elasticity , so that when the earphone 10 is worn by users with heads of different sizes, the auxiliary member 125 is elastically deformed to different degrees so that the change amount of the aforementioned first pressing force can be less than or equal to 0.2N.
  • the auxiliary part 125 can exert a pressing force on the user's head to improve the stability of the earphone 10 in wearing, especially when the head is bowed, and the movement
  • the pressing force of the module 11 on the user's cheek does not change much, so as to maintain the acoustic performance of the earphone 10 .
  • the arc-shaped head beam 121 may include an inner compartment body 1211 and an outer cover body 1212 connected with the inner compartment body 1211, the inner compartment body 1211 is used to contact the user's head, for example, to form the above-mentioned first contact point and at least one of a third point of contact.
  • the inner compartment body 1211 can be a groove-shaped structure with a certain depth
  • the outer cover body 1212 can be a long strip structure with a certain thickness. Electrically connected via corresponding wires 1271 therein.
  • the structural strength of the outer cover body 1212 can be greater than that of the inner bin body 1211, so that the head beam assembly 12 provides the required pressing force for the movement module 11; the material of the inner bin body 1211 can be higher than that of the outer bin body.
  • the cover body 1212 is softer so that the head beam assembly 12 fits better with the user's head and increases the wearing stability.
  • the arc-shaped head beam 121 may include a reinforcing body 1213 connected with the inner compartment body 1211, the inner compartment The body 1211 is connected to the outer cover body 1212 through a reinforcing body 1213 .
  • the material of the reinforcing body 1213 can be the same as or similar to that of the outer cover 1212; The connection is detachable.
  • the arc-shaped head beam 121 may include an inner cover 1214 , and the inner cover 1214 and the inner compartment 1211 are respectively connected to the same side of the outer cover 1212 .
  • the end of the inner compartment body 1211 protrudes between the inner cover body 1214 and the outer cover body 1212, and when the two ends of the head beam assembly 12 are gradually pulled apart along the direction away from each other, it is equivalent to the user wearing earphones.
  • the two ends of the head beam assembly 12 will be stretched by the user's head, and the inner compartment body 1211 can partially withdraw from between the inner cover body 1214 and the outer cover body 1212 .
  • the inner bin body 1211 and the inner lid body 1214 in this embodiment are arranged to be able to move relative to each other. It is beneficial to release the stress of the inner bin body 1211 during the stretching process of the head beam assembly 12 , especially at the end of the inner bin body 1211 , so as to prevent the inner bin body 1211 from being torn due to excessive deformation. Referring to (a) in FIG.
  • the end of the inner bin body 1211 extends between the inner cover body 1214 and the outer cover body 1212; in combination with FIG. 56 (b), after the two ends of the head beam assembly 12 are pulled apart for a certain distance along the direction away from each other, the end of the inner compartment body 1211 partially withdraws from between the inner cover body 1214 and the outer cover body 1212 .
  • the inner cover 1214 and the outer cover 1212 may be two separate structural members.
  • the end of the inner bin body 1211 can be provided with a through hole 12111
  • the side of the inner cover body 1214 facing the outer cover body 1212 can be provided with a column 12141 extending into the through hole 12111, and the radial dimension of the column 12141 is smaller than the through hole
  • the radial dimension of 12111 is such that when the two ends of the head beam assembly 12 are gradually pulled apart along the direction away from each other, the inner bin body 1211 not only partly withdraws from between the inner cover body 1214 and the outer cover body 1212, but also is drawn
  • the upright column 12141 stops to prevent the end of the inner bin body 1211 from completely withdrawing from between the inner lid body 1214 and the outer lid body 1212, that is, the inner bin body 1211 can always be partly located between the inner lid body 1214 and the outer lid body 1212 , so that the inner bin body 1211 can be better inserted between the inner cover body 1214 and the outer cover body
  • the through hole 12111 can be a waist-shaped hole whose length direction is arranged along the extending direction of the arc-shaped head beam 121 , so as to provide a stroke space for the inner bin body 1211 to move relative to the inner cover body 1214 .
  • the number of the through holes 12111 and the uprights 12141 can be two, the two through holes 12111 are arranged at intervals in the direction perpendicular to the extending direction of the head beam assembly 12, and the two uprights 12141 can respectively extend into one through hole 12111 Inside.
  • the inner cover 1214 and the outer cover 1212 may be integrally formed structural members.
  • the end of the inner compartment body 1211 can be inserted between the inner cover body 1214 and the outer cover body 1212 .
  • the insertion depth of the inner bin body 1211 can be greater than the maximum withdrawal distance of the inner bin body 1211 in the process of the head beam assembly 12 being stretched, that is, the inner bin body 1211 can always be partially positioned between the inner cover body 1214 and the outer cover body 1212 between, so that the inner bin body 1211 can be better inserted between the inner cover body 1214 and the outer cover body 1212 during the rebounding process of the head beam assembly 12 .
  • the structural strength of the inner cover 1214 can be higher than that of the inner cover 1214.
  • the bin body 1211 is larger so that the inner cover 1214 and the outer cover 1212 clamp the adapter 122 together.
  • the inner cover 1214 and the outer cover 1212 may be two separate structural parts, so as to facilitate the assembly of the adapter 122 .
  • the inner cover 1214 can also be greater than that of the inner compartment body 1211 , so that the inner cover body 1214 and the outer cover body 1212 form a space for accommodating the end of the inner compartment body 1211 .
  • the inner cover 1214 and the outer cover 1212 may be integrally formed as a structural member, or the inner cover 1214, the outer cover 1212 and the adapter 122 may be integrally formed as a structural member.
  • the arc-shaped head beam 121 can be divided into a middle section and an end section respectively connected to two ends of the middle section, and the arc length of the end section is smaller than the arc length of the middle section.
  • the two end sections are deflected along the directions away from each other relative to the middle section, which is conducive to releasing the tension of the ends of the middle section near the end sections. stress.
  • the aforementioned middle section may include an inner bin body 1211
  • the aforementioned end section may include an inner cover body 1214 , and the two may be pivotally connected by a rotating shaft.
  • an outer cover body 1212 is provided on the same side of the inner bin body 1211 and the inner cover body 1214 to play a supporting role.
  • the end of the inner bin body 1211 extends between the inner lid body 1214 and the outer lid body 1212 , and the inner bin body 1211 and the inner cover body 1214 basically form a smooth curve, and the angle between the two is approximately equal to 0°; in combination with (b) in FIG. , the angle between the inner bin body 1211 and the inner lid body 1214 is greater than 0°, which means that the end of the inner bin body 1211 partially exits from between the inner lid body 1214 and the outer lid body 1212 .
  • the adapter 122 can extend or retract the arc-shaped head beam 121 under the action of an external force, so as to The arc length of the head beam assembly 12 is adjusted.
  • the head beam assembly 12 may include a damping member 126 for providing a damped feel when the user adjusts the arc length of the head beam assembly 12 , and when the user adjusts the arc length of the head beam assembly 12 . After reaching the required arc length, the relative position between the adapter piece 122 and the arc-shaped head beam member 121 is maintained, that is, the arc length of the head beam assembly 12 is maintained.
  • the outer cover 1212 may be provided with a first guide groove 12121 for guiding the movement of the adapter 122 relative to the outer cover 1212, so that the guide of the adapter 122 in the first guide groove 12121
  • the arc-shaped head beam 121 is extended or retracted downward.
  • the damping piece 126 can be arranged on the side of the adapter piece 122 facing the inner cover 1214 and protrudes from the first guide groove 12121 , the damping piece 126 is further abutted against the inner cover 1214 so that the adapter 122 Resistance is provided during the process of extending or retracting the arc-shaped head beam 121 , which is simple and reliable.
  • the end of the adapter 122 close to the inner compartment body 1211 can be provided with a receiving groove, for example, the receiving groove is provided at the end of the first connecting section 1221 away from the second connecting section 1223, and the damping member 126 can be arranged in the receiving groove of the adapter 122 and partially protrude from the adapter 122 so that the damping member 126 abuts against the inner cover 1214 to provide corresponding resistance. In this way, it is beneficial to maintain the relative position between the damping element 126 and the adapter element 122 .
  • the end of the adapter 122 close to the inner compartment body 1211 can be provided with a slider 1227 , for example, the slider 1227 is arranged at the end of the first connecting section 1221 away from the second connecting section 1223 , and the above-mentioned receiving groove can be provided on the slider 1227 .
  • the width of the slider 1227 can be greater than the width of the first connecting section 1221;
  • One end may be provided with a stopper 12122, and the stopper 12122 is used to stop the slider 1227, so as to prevent the adapter 122 from being separated from the arc-shaped head beam 121 due to "overdrawing".
  • the inner cover 1214 can be provided with a second guide groove 12142 for guiding the damper 126 when the adapter 122 extends or retracts the arc-shaped head beam 121 , the second guide groove 12142 is in common with the first guide groove 12121 Guide the adapter 122 to make it more reliable.
  • the damping member 126 can abut against the bottom of the second guiding groove 12142 .
  • the two ends of the head beam assembly 12 can be respectively connected to a core module 11, and the left and right sides of the earphone 10 can be respectively provided with a battery 14 and a main board 15, as well as electronics such as a stick microphone assembly 16 and a functional assembly 17. Components, they need to be electrically connected through corresponding wires, flexible circuit boards, etc.
  • the wires 1271 for electrically connecting the battery 14 and the main board 15 are passed through the head beam assembly 12 to prevent the wires 1271 from being exposed.
  • the head beam assembly 12 may include an arc-shaped head beam 121 and an adapter 122, the adapter 122 is used to connect the arc-shaped head beam 121 and the corresponding movement module 11, and the adapter 122 is configured as
  • the arc-shaped head beam 121 can be extended or retracted to adjust the arc length of the head beam assembly 12 , so that users with different sizes of heads can wear the earphone 10 .
  • the wire 1271 passing through the head beam assembly 12 needs to leave a certain margin.
  • at least a part of the wire 1271 is folded in the head beam assembly 12 to expand with the elongation of the head beam assembly 12, thereby avoiding The wire is torn off when the user adjusts the arc length of the head beam assembly 12 .
  • the wire 1271 should also be restored to its original shape as much as possible, for example folded, so as to follow the elongation of the head beam assembly 12 and unfold again next time. .
  • the connecting wire assembly 127 may include a wire 1271 for conducting electricity and an auxiliary wire 1272 connected to the wire 1271, and when the wire 1271 is deformed under an external force, the auxiliary wire is driven 1272 is then elastically deformed, and the auxiliary wire 1272 provides an elastic restoring force after the external force is released, and the aforementioned elastic restoring force is used to drive the wire 1271 to return to the shape before deformation.
  • the auxiliary wire 1272 can assist the wire 1271 to return to the shape before the elongation, so that the wire 1271 can be extended again.
  • the connecting wire assembly 127 can be arranged in the head beam assembly 12, for example, the wire 1271 and the auxiliary wire 1272 are located between the inner bin body 1211 and the outer cover body 1212, and the wire 1271 is further passed through the adapter 122, so as to
  • the arc-shaped head beam 121 extends and stretches following the extension of the adapter 122 or rebounds when the adapter 122 is retracted, and the electronic components such as the core module 11, the battery 14 and the main board 15 can pass through the wires. 1271 electrically connected.
  • the connecting wire assembly 127 is extended following the extension of the adapter 122, so that the lead wire 1271 and the auxiliary line 1272 are deformed together; the user shortens the head beam assembly 12
  • the connecting wire assembly 127 rebounds following the retraction of the adapter piece 122 , so that the auxiliary wire 1272 returns to the original shape together with the wire 1271 .
  • the wire 1271 can be divided into an elastic section 12711 and a natural section 12712 located at both ends of the elastic section 12711, the elastic coefficient of the elastic section 12711 is between the elastic coefficient of the natural section 12712 and the elastic coefficient of the auxiliary line 1272, for example
  • the telescopic section 12711 is the part where the wire 1271 extends spirally around at least part of the auxiliary line 1272 , and for example, the telescopic section 12711 is the part where the wire 1271 extends in a folded shape along at least part of the auxiliary line 1272 .
  • the wire 1271 has a certain degree of elasticity at the telescopic section 12711 , and the wire 1271 has a margin for elongation following the elongation of the head beam assembly 12 .
  • the ratio between the length of the telescopic section 12711 and the length of the wire 1271 may be between 0.1 and 0.5.
  • the aforementioned ratio is too small, it is easy to cause the wire 1271 to follow the elongation of the head beam assembly 12 and the margin of elongation is small; if the aforementioned ratio is too large, it is easy to cause the length of the wire 1271 to be too large after being completely elongated, which is not conducive to The cost of the connecting wire assembly 127 is reduced.
  • the wire 1271 can be divided into a telescopic section 12711 and a natural section 12712 located at both ends of the telescopic section 12711. Allowance for elongation.
  • the telescopic section 12711 may not be arranged in a helical shape, but may also be arranged in a folded shape.
  • the auxiliary wire 1272 may include an elastic body 12721 and loops 12722 located at both ends of the elastic body 12721.
  • Each loop 12722 may be sleeved on a corresponding natural section 12712, and connected to the telescopic section 12711.
  • the springback direction is stopped by the limit structure 12713 on the natural section 12712, so that the auxiliary wire 1272 and the wire 1271 can return to the original shape together.
  • the elastic body 12721 can be threaded in the helically extended telescopic section 12711 .
  • the limiting structure 12713 can be a protrusion integrally connected with the insulating layer of the wire 1271 , or a knot formed by knotting the natural segment 12712 .
  • the telescopic section 12711 is the helically extending part of the wire 1271, that is, the telescopic section 12711 has a helical structure similar to a spring, if the elastic coefficient of the telescopic section 12711 follows the head beam assembly when the wire 1271 12 is stretched and can return to its original shape after stretching, then the auxiliary line 1272 cannot be provided.
  • the head beam assembly 12 may include a head beam 121, an adapter 122 and a wire 1271.
  • the arc-shaped head beam 121 is used to go around the top of the user's head, and the adapter 122 is connected to the arc-shaped head beam 121, and the Under the action, the arc-shaped head beam 121 can be extended or retracted, the wire 1271 is arranged in the head beam assembly 12, a part of the wire 1271 is arranged in a helical structure, and the end of the wire 1271 is connected to the adapter 122 to follow
  • the extension of the adapter 122 is elongated, and the helical structure of the wire 1271 allows the wire 1271 to rebound following the retraction of the adapter 122 .
  • the connecting wire assembly 127 when the connecting wire assembly 127 is applied to the head beam assembly 12, the natural section 12712 can be connected to the adapter 122 to allow the wire 1271 to follow the extension of the adapter 122 to extend or the adapter 122 retract and rebound. Further, since the two ends of the arc-shaped head beam 121 can be respectively connected with an adapter 122, the connecting wire assembly 127 can also be divided into two, for example, the middle area of the telescopic section 12711 is fixed on the arc-shaped head beam 121 In order to prevent the two parts of the telescopic section 12711 from being affected by each other when the user retracts the adapter 122 separately.
  • the wire 1271 can be divided into a positioning segment 12714 and a natural segment 12712 located at both ends of the positioning segment 12714, the positioning segment 12714 is fixed on the arc head beam 121, the natural segment 12712 is connected to the adapter 122 , and the wire 1271 is configured to be able to elongate following the extension of the adapter 122 or rebound when the adapter 122 is retracted. It is set so that when the user retracts and retracts the adapters 122 at both ends of the arc-shaped head beam 121, the wires 1271 on both sides of the positioning section 12714 will not be affected by each other.
  • the head beam assembly 12 may include a holding member 128 clamped with the arc-shaped head beam 121 , and the holding member 128 presses the positioning section 12714 on the arc-shaped head beam 121 .
  • the holding member 128 may include a holding portion 1281 and clamping portions 1282 located at both ends of the holding portion 1281, each clamping portion 1282 is bent relative to the holding portion 1281, and the two clamping portions 1282 are pressed toward One side of the portion 1281 extends in the same direction and can approach each other under the action of an external force.
  • the pressing portion 1281 is used to press the positioning section 12714
  • the engaging portion 1282 is used to engage with the arc-shaped head beam 121 .
  • the holding part 1281 of the pressing part 128 presses the positioning section 12714 of the wire 1271 on the outer cover body 1212 of the arc-shaped head beam part 121, and the clamping part 1282 of the pressing part 128 is engaged with the outer cover body 1212 .
  • the positioning section 12714 of the wire 1271 can also be glued directly to the outer cover 1212 of the arc-shaped head beam 121 by glue.
  • the wire 1271 can be provided with a helical or folded telescopic segment 12711 between the positioning segment 12714 and the natural segment 12712, or the wire 1271 is not provided with a helical or folded extension between the positioning segment 12714 and the natural segment 12712 but the length of the wire 1271 between the positioning section 12714 and the natural section 12712 is greater than or equal to the stretching amount of the adapter 122.
  • the wire 1271 when the wire 1271 is further divided into stretchable segments 12711 located between the positioning segment 12714 and the natural segment 12712 , the elastic coefficient of the stretchable segment 12711 is greater than that of any one of the positioning segment 12714 and the natural segment 12712 .
  • the wire 1271 can be deformed with the assistance of the auxiliary wire 1272, that is, the auxiliary wire 1272 is used to provide elastic restoring force when the wire 1271 is stretched.
  • the earphone 10 may further include an adapter housing 13 connecting the movement module 11 and the head beam assembly 12 .
  • the movement housing 111 can rotate around the first axis (such as shown by the dotted line A1 in FIG. 20 shown by the dotted line A2), to increase the degree of freedom of the movement module 11 relative to the head beam assembly 12 in three-dimensional space.
  • the movement module 11 and the head beam assembly 12 can better adapt to the contour of the user's head, thereby increasing the stability and comfort of wearing the earphone 10, and the movement module 11 can also better fit the user's skin .
  • the first axis of rotation of the movement housing 111 relative to the adapter housing 13 and the second axis of rotation of the adapter housing 13 relative to the head beam assembly 12 are in a direction perpendicular to the vibration direction of the transducer device 112 intersection on the reference plane.
  • the first axis and the second axis may be orthogonal to each other.
  • the first axis in the wearing state, is parallel to the sagittal axis of the human body; and/or the second axis is parallel to the vertical axis of the human body.
  • the first axis and the second axis can be coplanar or different in three-dimensional space.
  • the adapter housing 13 is rotatably connected to the end of the adapter 122 away from the arc-shaped head beam 121 (for example, the second connecting section 1223 ).
  • the second connecting section 1223 may extend along the direction of the second axis.
  • the adapter housing 13 is provided with a shaft cavity 131, and the adapter 122 is inserted into the shaft cavity 131 along the axis of the shaft cavity 131 (for example, the direction of the second axis).
  • the head beam assembly 12 may further include a locking piece 123 for limiting the adapter piece 122 along the axial direction of the shaft cavity 131 so that the adapter piece 122 is kept in the shaft cavity 131 .
  • the free end of the adapter 122 (such as the second connecting section 1223) is provided with a slot 1225, after the adapter 122 is inserted into the shaft cavity 131 from one end of the shaft cavity 131, The locking slot 1225 is exposed from the other end of the rotating shaft cavity 131, and the locking piece 123 is locked in the locking slot 1225, and the radial dimension of the locking piece 123 is larger than the radial dimension of the rotating shaft cavity 131, so that the rotating shaft can be inserted into the adapter 122 The opposite direction of the insertion direction of the cavity 131 is locked.
  • a limiting groove 1226 is provided on the outer peripheral wall of the adapter 122 (such as the second connecting section 1223), and a limiting block 132 is provided on the inner peripheral wall of the rotating shaft cavity 131, and the limiting block 132 is embedded in the limiting groove 1226, so as to The rotation angle of the adapter 122 relative to the rotating shaft cavity 131 is limited.
  • the rotation angle of the adapter housing 13 relative to the head beam assembly 12 can be between 5° and 15°, which not only facilitates the headset 10 to adapt to the contour of the user's head, but also facilitates the user to wear it.
  • the earphone 10 can also include a battery 14 and a main board 15 coupled with the core module 11 (specifically, the energy conversion device 112), the battery 14 is set to supply power to the main board 15, and the main board 15 is set to control the switching The energy device 112 converts electrical signals into mechanical vibrations.
  • the capacity of the battery 14 can be greater than or equal to 200mAh, so as to increase the battery life of the earphone 10 .
  • the adapter housing 13 can be used to set the battery 14 or the main board 15 , for example, the battery 14 and the main board 15 are respectively located in the adapter housing 13 on the left side and the right side of the earphone 10 .
  • the battery 14 is connected to one of the two core modules 11
  • the main board 15 is connected to the other of the two core modules 11 .
  • the total weight of the core module 11 can be reduced to improve the sound quality of the earphone 10
  • the total weight of the left and right sides of the earphone 10 can be shared to improve the stability and comfort of the earphone 10 when worn.
  • the adapter housing 13 may include a middle plate 133 connected to the adapter piece 122, a cylindrical side wall 134 surrounding the middle plate 133, and a shell 135 buckled with the cylindrical side wall 134, so that the shell 135 It is connected with the middle plate 133, and the three can also be surrounded to form an accommodating space.
  • the adapter housing 13 can form a housing space for accommodating electronic components, and the electronic components can be the battery 14 or the main board 15, or the switch assembly 162 and/or the functional assembly 17, or other components such as LEDs. Light source or its light guide column.
  • the battery 14 or the main board 15 can be supported and fixed by the adapter case 13, and can be located on the side of the transfer case 13 facing the energy conversion device 112, for example, the battery 14 or the main board 15 is arranged between the shell 135 and the middle board 133 .
  • the core casing 111 and the shell 135 can be located on opposite sides of the middle plate 133 respectively, and the battery 14 or the main board 15 can be spaced apart from the core casing 111 in the vibration direction of the transducer device 112, that is, the battery 14 or the main board 15 and the core module 11 are stacked inside and outside.
  • the adapter case 13 does not include the casing 135
  • the battery 14 or the main board 15 and the movement case 111 may be located on the same side of the middle board 133 .
  • the rotating shaft cavity 131 can be disposed on the cylindrical side wall 134 and the middle plate 133
  • the adapter 122 can also be rotatably connected to the middle plate 133
  • the movement case 111 can be rotatably connected to the cylindrical side wall 134 .
  • the inventors of the present application have found in the long-term research and development process: with reference to Fig. 23 and Fig. 32, when the battery 14 and the transducer device 112 are arranged together at intervals in the vibration direction of the transducer device 112, the capacity of the battery 14 and the machine
  • the ratio between the sum of the weights of the core housing 111 and the battery 14 can be between 11mAh/g and 24.5mAh/g, which is beneficial to take into account the integration of the earphone 10 into the core module 11 while prolonging the battery life of the earphone 10. weight at.
  • the earphone 10 includes an adapter housing 13 connected to the core housing 111
  • the battery 14 needs to drive the two housings Vibration consumes more electricity, so the battery 14 needs a larger capacity.
  • the battery 14 is arranged in the adapter housing 13, and the ratio between the capacity of the battery 14 and the sum of the weights of the movement housing 111 and the adapter housing 13 can be between 55mAh/g and 220mAh/g , which is conducive to extending the battery life of the earphone 10 while taking into account the weight of the earphone 10 at the movement module 11 .
  • the capacity of the battery 14 can be greater than or equal to 200mAh
  • the sum of the weights of the core housing 111 and the battery 14 can be between 9g and 20g
  • the sum of the weights of the core housing 111 and the adapter housing 13 can be between 9g and 20g. Between 1g and 4g.
  • the transducer device 112 mainly transmits mechanical vibrations to the user through the vibration panel 114, when the capacity of the battery 14 is constant, the larger the contact area between the vibration panel 114 and the user's skin, the greater the efficiency of the vibration panel 114 in transmitting mechanical vibrations.
  • the ratio between the capacity of the battery 14 and the contact area of the vibration panel 114 with the user's skin may be between 0.37mAh/mm 2 and 0.73/mm 2 .
  • the contact area of the vibrating panel 114 with the user's skin may be between 300 mm 2 and 600 mm 2 .
  • the transducer device 112 can be rigidly connected to the movement casing 111, for example, the coil 1123 forms a rigid connection with the movement casing 111, and for example, the coil 1123 is connected to the bracket 1121 and the bracket 1121 is connected to the movement casing 111 constitutes a rigid connection, that is, the transducer device 112 does not form an elastic connection with the movement casing 111 through the first vibration transmitting piece 113 .
  • the coil 1123 drives the movement casing 111 to vibrate, that is, the movement casing 111 vibrates following the transducer device 112 , and then transmits the mechanical vibration generated by the transducer device 112 to the user's skin through the movement casing 111 .
  • the core housing 111 and the adapter housing 13 form an elastic connection, for example, the core housing 111 is connected to the cylindrical side wall 134 through an elastic connector 137, and the core housing 111 or the adapter housing 13 is connected to
  • the head beam assembly 12 is used to weaken the vibration of the adapter shell 13 and the transducer device 112 , thereby reducing the sound leakage of the earphone 10 .
  • the adapter housing 13 is stacked with the core housing 111 along the vibration direction of the transducer device 112, and is located on the side of the core housing 111 away from the vibrating panel 114.
  • the adapter housing 13 is perpendicular to the vibration direction.
  • first projected area on the reference plane such as the area of the middle plate 133
  • second projected area on the aforementioned reference plane such as the area of the second end wall 1114
  • the ratio between 0.2 and 1.5 may be between 0.2 and 1.5, preferably between 0.2 and 1, more preferably between 0.2 and 0.5, so as to weaken the baffle effect, thereby reducing the sound leakage of the earphone 10 .
  • the gap between the movement housing 111 and the adapter housing 13 can be between 1mm and 10mm, preferably between 2mm and 8mm, so as to weaken the acoustic cavity effect , thereby reducing the sound leakage of the earphone 10 .
  • the core housing 111 and the adapter housing 13 is an irregular structure, for example, the core housing 111 faces the side of the adapter housing 13 and the adapter housing 13 faces towards the core housing.
  • Either one of the sides of 111 is a non-planar structure, or the side of the movement housing 111 facing the adapter housing 13 and the side of the adapter housing 13 facing the movement housing 111 are planar structures but both When they are not parallel, the gap between the movement case 111 and the adapter case 13 can be defined as the minimum gap between the movement case 111 and the transfer case 13 .
  • the baffle effect is that the adapter housing 13 will change the propagation direction of the sound leakage on the side of the movement housing 111 away from the vibrating panel 114. sound; the sound cavity effect is that the gap between the adapter housing 13 and the movement housing 111 will form a sound cavity, and the air conduction resonance of the sound cavity will cause sound leakage, and this application does not want to produce a larger sound leakage .
  • the earphone 10 may not rotate relative to the head beam assembly 12 or the core module 11 only rotates around one axis (such as the second axis A2), the earphone 10 may not
  • the adapter housing 13 is included, for example, the adapter 122 is fixedly or rotationally connected to the movement housing 111 .
  • the battery 14 or the main board 15 can also be arranged in other positions outside the area where the movement module 11 is located.
  • the earphone 10 may further include a support 124 connected to the head beam assembly 12 , and the battery 14 or the main board 15 may be disposed in the support 124 .
  • the supporting member 124 can be used as a part of the head beam assembly 12 , and of course the battery 14 or the main board 15 can also be directly arranged in the head beam assembly 12 (such as the arc-shaped head beam 121 ).
  • the support member 124 and the core module 11 are arranged at intervals along the sagittal axis of the human body, that is, the battery 14 or the main board 15 and the core module 11 are stacked front and back, for example, the core module 11 is relatively
  • the support 124 is closer to the front side of the user's head.
  • the support 124 and the movement module 11 are arranged at intervals along the vertical axis of the human body, for example, the movement module 11 is farther away from the top of the user's head than the support 124 .
  • the movement case 111 can rotate around the first axis A1 relative to the adapter case 13, and the surrounding edge 116 can be separated from the movement case 111 away from the transition case 13.
  • One end is connected, that is, the surrounding edge 116 can be connected with the end of the movement casing 111 close to the vibrating panel 114 .
  • the surrounding edge 116 may include a connecting portion 1162 connected with the movement casing 111 and a flange portion 1163 connected with the connecting portion 1162, and the flange portion 1163 is at least partly connected to the adapter casing in the vibration direction of the transducer device 112.
  • the flange portion 1163 is located on the periphery of the movement housing 111 and overlaps with the adapter housing 13 (eg, the cylindrical side wall 134 ).
  • the rotation angle of the core module 11 relative to the adapter housing 13 can be limited within a certain angle range, for example, between 5° and 15°, which facilitates the earphone 10 to adapt to the contour of the user's head , and easy for users to wear.
  • the flange portion 1163 and the adapter housing 13 are in the position of the transducer device 112
  • the gap in the vibration direction gradually increases along a reference direction, which is defined as a direction perpendicular to the vibration direction and the direction of the first axis and away from the first axis.
  • the aforementioned reference direction may be parallel to the second axis direction A2.
  • the maximum gap between the flange portion 1163 and the adapter housing 13 in the vibration direction of the transducer device 112 can be between 2mm and 5mm, preferably between 2.5 Between mm and 4mm, the minimum gap (such as shown by W in FIG. 28 ) can be zero or close to zero, just allowing the movement housing 111 to rotate relative to the adapter housing 13 .
  • the side of the flange portion 11 facing the adapter housing 13 may be arranged in an arc shape, so as to The appearance quality of the earphone 10 is increased.
  • the radius of the arc of the flange portion 1163 toward the side of the adapter housing 13 is greater than or equal to 50 mm, so that the degree of curvature of the flange portion 1163 is not abnormally large, that is, the flange portion 1163 bends and extends relatively smoothly, Furthermore, the appearance quality of the earphone 10 is improved.
  • the movement casing 111 may include a first movement casing 111a, a second movement casing 111b and a surrounding edge 116, and the second movement casing 111b and the surrounding edge 116 may be connected to the first movement casing respectively.
  • the case 111a is connected.
  • the first movement housing 111a may include an inner cylinder wall 1112 and a first outer cylinder wall 1115, the inner cylinder wall 1112 is located at the periphery of the transducing device 112, the first outer cylinder wall 1115 is located at the periphery of the inner cylinder wall 1112, and It is spaced apart from the inner cylinder wall 1112 in a direction perpendicular to the vibration direction of the transducer device 112 .
  • the second movement casing 111b is connected to the inner cylinder wall 1112
  • the surrounding edge 116 is connected to the first outer cylinder wall 1115 and surrounds the vibrating panel 114 .
  • the installation hole 1111 may be opened in the second movement casing 111b.
  • the energy transducing device 112 and the first vibration transmission piece 113 can be installed in the inner cylinder wall 1112 first, and then the second core casing 111b is connected to the inner cylinder wall 1112, and then the vibration is transmitted through the connecting piece 115.
  • the panel 114 is connected to the transducer device 112 , and finally the surrounding edge 116 is connected to the first outer cylinder wall 1115 .
  • the second movement housing 111b may include a first end wall 1113 and a cylindrical side wall 1116 connected to the first end wall 1113, the cylindrical side wall 1116 is located between the inner cylinder wall 1112 and the first outer cylinder between the walls 1115 and snapped to the inner cylinder wall 1112 .
  • one of the inner cylinder wall 1112 and the cylindrical side wall 1116 is provided with a buckle groove, and the other is provided with an undercut that cooperates with the buckle groove, so that the second movement shell 111b can be connected with the first movement
  • the housing 111a is buckled and clipped.
  • the second movement casing 111b may also only include the first end wall 1113 , the first end wall 1113 covers the end surface of the inner cylinder wall 1112 , and the two may be connected by a heat-melt column. Further, when the second movement case 111b is fastened with the first movement case 111a, it can also press the peripheral area of the first vibration transmission piece 113 to the end surface of the inner cylinder wall 1112, of course the first vibration transmission piece The sheet 113 itself can also be clamped or glued to the inner cylinder wall 1112 .
  • one of the connecting portion 1162 and the first outer cylinder wall 1115 is provided with a buckle groove, and the other is provided with an undercut that fits with the buckle groove, so that the surrounding edge 116 can be connected with the first movement.
  • the housing 111a is buckled and clipped.
  • the connecting portion 1162 can be arranged in a cylindrical shape and can be located on the periphery of the first outer cylinder wall 1115 ; the flange portion 1163 is also correspondingly located on the periphery of the first outer cylinder wall 1115 .
  • the side of the vibrating panel 114 away from the transducer device 112 may include an edge region 1143 connected to the skin contact region 1141, the edge region 1143 is located at the periphery of the skin contact region 1141, and is in contact with the skin in the vibration direction of the transducer device 112.
  • the contact areas 1141 are arranged at intervals, for example, the plane where the edge area 1143 is located is parallel to the plane where the skin contact area 1141 is located.
  • the surrounding edge 116 may further include a limiting portion 1164 connected to the connecting portion 1162 , and the limiting portion 1164 is located on a side of the vibrating panel 114 away from the transducer device 112 .
  • the limiting portion 1164 overlaps with the edge area 1143 and staggers with the skin contact area 114 .
  • the surrounding edge 116 does not affect the vibrating panel 114 to vibrate with the transducer device 112 , and can prevent the vibrating panel 114 from falling off, thereby increasing the reliability of the earphone 10 .
  • the skin contact area 1141 may protrude from the side of the limiting portion 1164 away from the transducer device 112 in the vibration direction of the transducer device 112 .
  • the side of the vibrating panel 114 facing away from the transducer device 112 may further include an air conduction enhancement area 1142 , and the air conduction enhancement area 1142 may be connected between the skin contact area 1141 and the edge area 1143 .
  • the edge area 1143 may not be in contact with the user's skin, at least the part of the edge area 1143 that is not blocked by the limiting portion 1164 can also be used as the air conduction enhanced area 1142, thereby increasing the size of the air conduction enhanced area 1142 to Improve the enhancement effect of air conduction sound on bone conduction sound.
  • the connecting piece 115 may include a first connecting piece 1151 connected to the transducer device 112 and a second connecting piece 1152 connected to the vibration panel 114, for example, the first connecting piece 1151 and the bracket 1121 are integrally formed structural members,
  • the second connecting member 1152 is connected to the vibrating panel 114 as an integrated structural member.
  • one of the first connecting piece 1151 and the second connecting piece 1152 can be set as a cylindrical structure, and the other can be set as a rod-shaped structure, and the rod-shaped structure is embedded in the cylindrical structure, so that the connecting piece 115 is connected to the other.
  • Energy device 112 and vibrating panel 114 can be set as a cylindrical structure, and the other can be set as a rod-shaped structure, and the rod-shaped structure is embedded in the cylindrical structure, so that the connecting piece 115 is connected to the other.
  • Energy device 112 and vibrating panel 114 can be set as a cylindrical structure, and the other can be set as a rod-shaped structure, and the rod-shaped structure is embedded in
  • the first movement casing 111a may also include a second outer cylinder wall 1117, the second outer cylinder wall 1117 is located on the periphery of the inner cylinder wall 1112, and is connected to the inner cylinder wall 1112 in a direction perpendicular to the vibration direction of the transducer device 112.
  • the cylinder walls 1112 are arranged at intervals.
  • the second outer cylinder wall 1117 and the first outer cylinder wall 1115 extend in opposite directions, so as to connect the two to the adapter housing 13 and the surrounding edge 116 respectively;
  • the second outer cylinder wall 1117 is located inside the flange portion 1163, so as to The flange portion 1163 is allowed to overlap the cylindrical side wall 134 in the vibration direction of the transducer device 112 .
  • the cylindrical side wall 134 can be located at the periphery of the second outer cylindrical wall 1117, and one of the cylindrical side wall 134 and the second outer cylindrical wall 1117 can be provided with a shaft hole, and the other can be provided with a shaft hole.
  • a rotating shaft matched with the hole, the rotating shaft is inserted into the shaft hole to allow the movement housing 111 to rotate relative to the adapter housing 13 .
  • the shaft hole is preferably opened on the second outer cylindrical wall 1117 , and the rotating shaft is correspondingly provided on the cylindrical sidewall 134 .
  • the first movement case 111a may also include a reinforcement column 1118, which may connect the second outer cylinder wall 1117 and the inner cylinder The wall 1112, and then partially strengthen the second outer cylinder wall 1117, so as to open the shaft hole.
  • a reinforcement column 1118 may connect the second outer cylinder wall 1117 and the inner cylinder The wall 1112, and then partially strengthen the second outer cylinder wall 1117, so as to open the shaft hole.
  • the cylindrical side wall 134 is provided with a rotating shaft 136
  • the reinforcing post 1118 is provided with a shaft hole
  • the rotating shaft 136 extends into the shaft hole of the reinforcing post 1118 .
  • the movement module 11 can be provided with an acoustic cavity communicated with the accommodation cavity 100, and the acoustic cavity is used to absorb the air in the accommodation cavity 100 as the transducer 112 vibrates.
  • the sound energy of the formed sound wave can be output to the outside of the earphone 10 through the installation hole 1111 to form an air conduction sound.
  • the second outer cylinder wall 1117, the inner cylinder wall 1112 and the transition wall 1119 can surround and form the aforementioned acoustic cavity.
  • the first movement casing 111a itself can be surrounded to form an acoustic cavity, such as the Helmholtz resonance cavity 200; the first movement casing 111a can also be surrounded by the adapter casing 13 to form an acoustic cavity, For example acoustic filter 300 .
  • the first movement housing 111a may also include a transition wall 1119 and a cover plate 1120 connected between the inner cylinder wall 1112 and the second outer cylinder wall 1117, the transition wall 1119 and the cover plate 1120 are connected between the transducing device 112 are arranged at intervals in the vibration direction, so as to form a Helmholtz resonant cavity 200 surrounded by the inner cylinder wall 1112 and the second outer cylinder wall 1117 .
  • a communication hole for communicating the Helmholtz resonance cavity 200 with the accommodating cavity 100 may be provided on the inner cylinder wall 1112 .
  • transition wall 1119 can also be connected between the first outer cylinder wall 1115 and the inner cylinder wall 1112, that is, the second outer cylinder wall 1117 and the first outer cylinder wall 1115 are respectively located on opposite sides of the transition wall 1119, and Reverse extension.
  • transition wall 1119 and the cover plate 1120 can be far away from each other in the vibration direction of the transducer device 112, so as to increase the volume of the Helmholtz resonant cavity 200, which is beneficial for the Helmholtz resonant cavity 200 to operate in a wider frequency band.
  • the sound energy is absorbed, that is, the frequency response curve is flatter in a wider frequency band, so that the sound quality of the earphone 10 is more balanced.
  • the cover plate 1120 can be flush with the second end wall 1114 to enlarge the Helmholtz resonance cavity 200 in the vibration direction of the transducer device 112; the second outer cylinder wall 1117 can be positioned on the first outer cylinder wall 1115 In order to enlarge the Helmholtz resonant cavity 200 in the direction perpendicular to the vibration direction of the transducer device 112 , the movement module 11 has a more compact structure.
  • the second outer cylinder wall 1117 can also be located inside the first outer cylinder wall 1115 , or in the same direction as the first outer cylinder wall 1115 in the vibration direction of the transducer device 112 Walls 1115 overlap.
  • the transition wall 1119 may include a first sub-transition wall 11191 and a second sub-transition wall 11192, the first sub-transition wall 11191 connects the inner cylinder wall 1112 and the first outer cylinder wall 1115, and the second sub-transition wall 11192 connects the first outer cylinder wall 1115 and the second outer cylinder wall 1117 .
  • the second sub-transition wall 11192 and the first sub-transition wall 11191 are arranged at intervals in the vibration direction of the transducer device 112, and the second sub-transition wall 11192 is farther away from the middle plate 133 than the first sub-transition wall 11191, and also That is, it is closer to the vibrating panel 114 to make full use of the peripheral area where the flange portion 1163 of the surrounding edge 116 is located and the fastening positions where the surrounding edge 116 and the second housing 111b are respectively snapped to the first housing 111a are located on the transducer device 112
  • the height difference in the vibration direction of the transducer device 112 further increases the height difference of the Helmholtz resonant cavity 200 in the vibration direction of the transducer device 112 .
  • the first movement case 111a may not include the cover plate 1120, and the Helmholtz resonance cavity 200 is close to One end of the second end wall 1114 may be sealed by the middle plate 133 .
  • the acoustic cavity is set as the acoustic filter 300, referring to FIG.
  • the first movement casing 111a may not include the cover plate 1120, so as to allow the air in the accommodation cavity 100 to vibrate with the transducer device 112
  • the formed sound wave is transmitted to the outside of the earphone 10 through the gap between the second outer cylinder wall 1117 and the cylindrical sidewall 134 or other paths (the path shown by the dotted line in FIG. 32 ).
  • the acoustic filter 300 described in the present application can be formed by surrounding the second end wall 1114, the inner cylinder wall 1112, the transition wall 1119, the second outer cylinder wall 1117, the middle plate 133 and the cylindrical side wall 134, and the sound wave is
  • the acoustic filter 300 is absorbed and transmitted to the outside of the earphone 10 through the gap between the cylindrical side wall 134 and the second outer cylindrical wall 1117 .
  • a communication hole for communicating the acoustic filter 300 with the accommodating cavity 100 may be provided on the inner cylinder wall 1112 .
  • the gap between the middle plate 133 and the second end wall 1114 in the vibration direction of the transducer device 112 may be larger than the gap between the cylindrical side wall 134 and the second outer cylinder wall 1117 in the direction perpendicular to the vibration direction of the transducer device 112 gap, so that the sound wave formed by the air in the accommodation cavity 100 vibrating with the transducer device 112 is transmitted to the outside of the earphone 10 through the gap between the second outer cylinder wall 1117 and the cylindrical sidewall 134, and an acoustic filter 300 is added. volume to absorb sound energy over a wider frequency band.
  • the gap between the second outer cylinder wall 1117 and the inner cylinder wall 1112 in the direction perpendicular to the vibration direction of the transducer device 112 may be greater than the gap between the middle plate 133 and the second end wall 1114 in the vibration direction of the transducer device 112, so that The volume of the acoustic filter 300 is increased by utilizing the space around the inner cylinder wall 1112 .
  • the first movement casing 111a may not include a cover plate 1120
  • the transition wall 1119 can also be a discontinuous structure, which only needs to meet the connection between the first outer cylinder wall 1115 , the second outer cylinder wall 1117 and the inner cylinder wall 1112 .
  • the second outer cylinder wall 1117 can also be located inside the first outer cylinder wall 1115, or overlap with the first outer cylinder wall 1115 in the vibration direction of the transducer device 112, so that the structure of the core module 11 is more compact. compact.
  • the earphone 10 may further include a stick microphone assembly 16 connected to a casing, and the stick microphone assembly 16 may also rotate relative to the casing.
  • the housing when the earphone 10 is not provided with the adapter housing 13, the housing may be the core housing 111; when the earphone 10 is provided with the adapter housing 13, the housing may be the core housing 111 or the Connect to the housing 13.
  • the shell is taken as the shell 135 as an example for illustration, that is, the stick-mic component 16 is connected with the shell 135 and can rotate relatively.
  • the stick microphone assembly 16 may include a pickup assembly 161 and a switch assembly 162 , and the switch assembly 162 may be arranged on the pickup assembly 161 to expand the functions of the earphone 10 .
  • the pickup assembly 161 may include a pivotal connection block 1611, a connecting rod 1612 and a pickup 1613, the pivotal connection block 1611 is used to pivotally connect with the housing (such as the shell 135), for example, the pivotal connection block 1611 part Embedded in the pivot hole of the housing 135 , one end of the connecting rod 1612 is connected to the pivotal connecting block 1611 , for example, the two are locked by a locking member 1616 , and the pickup 1613 is disposed at the other end of the connecting rod 1612 .
  • the number of the pickup 1613 can be one, and used to collect the user's voice; or two, one is used to collect the user's voice, and the other is used for noise reduction.
  • a recessed area may be provided on the side of the pivotal connection block 1611 away from the housing, and the switch assembly 162 may be disposed in the recessed area, so that the earphone 10 is more compact in structure.
  • the side of the switch assembly 162 away from the housing may be (approximately) flush with the pivotal connection block 1611 .
  • the sound pickup assembly 161 can also include a seal ring 1614, the seal ring 1614 can be located at the periphery of the pivot hole of the housing 135, and be arranged between the end face of the pivot connection block 1611 facing the housing 135 and the housing 135 facing the pivot connection block Between the end surfaces of 1611, the sealing ring 1614 can be compressed when the stick microphone assembly 16 is assembled and connected with the shell 135, which is simple and reliable.
  • a boss 1615 is provided at the bottom of the recessed area, and an annular groove is formed between the peripheral wall of the boss 1615 and the side wall of the recessed area.
  • the switch assembly 162 may include a switch circuit board 1621, an elastic support member 1622 and a button 1623.
  • the switch circuit board 1621 is coupled to the main board 15 and may be arranged on the top of the boss 1615.
  • the elastic support member 1622 is connected to the pivotal connection block
  • the side wall and/or bottom of the recessed area on 1611 are connected, and are used to support the button 1623.
  • the button 1623 can be arranged opposite to the switch circuit board 1621 (such as the tact switch on it) in the preset pressing direction, so as to receive the user's application.
  • the pressing force triggers the switch circuit board 1621 through the elastic support member 1622 .
  • the elastic supporting part 1622 may include an annular fixing part 1624 and an elastic supporting part 1625, the annular fixing part 1624 is fixed in the annular groove, and the elastic supporting part 1625 is connected with the annular fixing part 1624, and may be arranged in a dome shape to facilitate elastic
  • the supporting part 1625 is deformed relative to the annular fixing part 1624 under the action of external force, and then moves close to the switch circuit board 1621 to generate a displacement.
  • the button 1623 can be disposed on the elastic supporting portion 1625 .
  • the key 1623 may include a key cap and a key rod connected with the key cap, the key cap is supported on the elastic support part 1625 , and the key rod is inserted into a preset blind hole of the elastic support part 1625 .
  • the inventors of the present application found in the long-term research and development process that in the embodiment shown in FIG. When the edge of the keycap of the button 1623 is pressed, the technical problem that the button 1623 and the inner wall of the pivotal connection block 1611 are stuck due to leverage occurs; The bomb effect is poor. For this reason, with reference to FIG.
  • the key 1623 can include a keycap 16231, a key rod 16232 and an annular flange 16233, the key rod 16232 and the annular flange 16233 are connected on the same side of the key cap 16231, and the annular flange 16233 surrounds the key.
  • the key rod 16232 and the annular flange 16233 are embedded in the elastic support part 1625, for example, they are respectively embedded in the preset blind holes of the elastic support part 1625; It overlaps with the protruding switch element on the switch circuit board 1621 , so as to trigger the switch circuit board 1621 when the user presses the button 1623 .
  • the protrusion height of the annular flange 16233 is equal to the protrusion height of the key rod 16232, so as to prevent the annular flange 16233 from being too short to play a corresponding role.
  • the protrusion height of the key rod 16232 is less than or equal to the protrusion height of the switch element on the switch circuit board 1621 , which is beneficial to reduce the thickness of the elastic support part 1625 , thereby increasing the rebound effect after the user presses the key 1623 .
  • the ring-shaped fixing part 1624 and the elastic supporting part 1625 can be integrally provided, such as a silicone piece.
  • the switch assembly 162 may further include a reinforcement ring 1626 , which is lined on the ring-shaped fixing portion 1624 along the circumferential direction of the ring-shaped fixing portion 1624 and fixedly connected to the pivotal connection block 1611 .
  • the reinforcing ring 1626 is sheathed on the periphery of the annular fixing portion 1624, and the outer peripheral wall of the reinforcing ring 1626 is fixedly connected (for example snapped) to the side wall of the recessed area.
  • the surrounding area of the elastic supporting portion 1625 can be deformed evenly relative to the ring-shaped fixing portion 1624 , thereby increasing the reliability and pressing feel of the switch assembly 162 .
  • the reinforcing ring 1626 can be a metal part, or a hard plastic part.
  • the area of the bottom of the annular groove is also limited. It is beneficial to improve the reliability of the connection between the two.
  • the elastic support member 1622 can also be directly connected to the bottom of the annular groove without the reinforcement ring 1626 .
  • the switch component 162 can also be directly set on a shell of the headset 10 (such as the movement shell 111 or the casing 135 ).
  • the switch assembly 162 may also include a hard gasket 1627 connected to the elastic support 1622, for example, the hard gasket 1627 is a hard plastic part such as PET and connected to the elastic support 1625, so that the elastic support 1622 passes through The hard washer 1627 triggers the tact switch, thereby preventing the tact switch on the switch circuit board 1621 from piercing the elastic support 1622 , so as to increase the reliability of the switch assembly 162 .
  • the hard gasket 1627 is a hard plastic part such as PET and connected to the elastic support 1625, so that the elastic support 1622 passes through
  • the hard washer 1627 triggers the tact switch, thereby preventing the tact switch on the switch circuit board 1621 from piercing the elastic support 1622 , so as to increase the reliability of the switch assembly 162 .
  • the inventors of the present application found in the long-term research and development process that: during the process of mechanical vibration generated by the transducer device 112, the elastic support 1622 connected to the casing (such as the movement casing 111 or the casing 135) will be driven to vibrate, thereby driving the The connected button 1623 and the hard spacer 1627 etc. vibrate together thereupon, generally including multiple vibration modes such as up and down vibration, rocking vibration and the like.
  • the hard gasket 1627 may directly collide with the light touch switch on the switch circuit board 1621 to generate noise;
  • the relative sliding friction causes up-and-down vibration, and generates harmonic sound that is an integer multiple of the vibration frequency of the transducer device 112 , that is, noise.
  • the present application proposes the following embodiments to improve the noise problem of the earphone 10 .
  • the gap between the hard washer 1627 and the tact switch on the switch circuit board 1621 in the pressing direction can be greater than that of the key assembly following.
  • the vibration amplitude of the transducer device 112 is used to prevent the hard pad 1627 from colliding with the tact switch to generate noise, thereby increasing the reliability of the earphone 10 .
  • the button assembly described in this application may include an elastic support 1622 and a hard washer 1627 connected thereto, and may also include a button 1623 connected thereto.
  • the gap between the hard washer 1627 and the tact switch in the pressing direction may be greater than or equal to 0.1 mm, and of course may also be between 0.05 mm and 0.1 mm.
  • the tact switch on the switch circuit board 1621 keeps moving with the key assembly, that is, hard It is difficult for the quality gasket 1627 to have relative sliding friction with the tact switch, so as to avoid noise caused by the rocking vibration of the button assembly, thereby increasing the reliability of the earphone 10 .
  • the tact switch on the switch circuit board 1621 can partially extend into the preset blind hole of the hard gasket 1627 to prevent relative sliding friction between the hard gasket 1627 and the tact switch.
  • the inner surface of the blind hole can be set as a rough surface; and/or, the outer surface of the tact switch in contact with the inner surface of the blind hole can also be set as a rough surface to increase static friction or dynamic friction and also improve noise .
  • the key assembly can be arranged in a non-circular structure, so as to avoid the key assembly from swinging and vibrating with the transducer device 112 .
  • the earphone 10 can include a pickup assembly 161, and the pickup assembly 161 can be set to rotate relative to a casing such as the adapter casing 13 (specifically, the casing 135) or the movement casing 111, so as to Adjusting the position of the sound pickup assembly 161 relative to the user's physiological features such as the mouth in the wearing state is conducive to improving the sound pickup effect of the sound pickup assembly 161 .
  • the earphone 10 may include a damping member 163 disposed between the sound pickup assembly 161 and the aforementioned housing. The damping member 163 is used to provide a damping feel when the user adjusts the position of the sound pickup assembly 161. And maintain the relative position between the sound pickup assembly 161 and the aforementioned housing after the user adjusts the position of the sound pickup assembly 161 to a desired position.
  • one of the pivot connection block 1611 and the housing forms a pivot hole, and the other forms a pivot extending into the pivot hole, that is, both pivots connected so as to facilitate the rotation of the pickup assembly 161 relative to the aforementioned housing.
  • the aforementioned casing forms a pivot hole 1354
  • the side of the pivot connection block 1611 facing the aforementioned casing forms a pivot shaft 16111 extending into the pivot hole 1354 .
  • the damping member 163 may be located in the area where the pivotal connection block 1611 and the aforementioned casing overlap in the axial direction of the pivot hole 1354, and the damping member 163 is connected to one of the pivotal connection block 1611 and the aforementioned casing, And abut against the other one of the pivotal connection block 1611 and the aforementioned housing, so as to provide resistance when the sound pickup assembly 161 rotates relative to the aforementioned housing.
  • the damping member 163 is disposed in the accommodating groove of the housing and protrudes out of the aforesaid accommodating groove to abut against the pivotal connection block 1611 .
  • the damping member 163 may be located on the end surface of the aforementioned casing facing the pivotal connection block 1611 in the axial direction of the pivot hole 1354 .
  • the damping member 163 may also be located on the side of the housing facing the pivot 16111 in the circumferential direction of the pivot hole 1354 .
  • the damping member 163 may be arc-shaped and concentric with the pivot hole 1354 so as to make the sound pickup assembly 161 rotate more smoothly.
  • the number of damping elements 163 can be multiple, and the plurality of damping elements 163 are arranged at intervals around the pivot hole 1354 , so that the resistance provided by the damping elements 163 is more uniform, and the rotation of the pickup assembly 161 is more stable.
  • the end of the pickup assembly 161 is provided with a pickup 1613, so that the pickup 1613 needs to be electrically connected to a circuit board such as the main board 15 through a wire 164, for example, the wire 164 extends through the pivot connection block 1611 and the connecting rod 1612 The inside is electrically connected to the pickup 1613 to prevent the wire 164 from being exposed.
  • the wire 164 is at risk of being worn to a certain extent.
  • the earphone 10 includes a partition 165 fixed in a housing such as the adapter housing 13 (specifically, the housing 135) or the movement housing 111, and the partition 165 makes the pivot
  • the connection block 1611 (specifically, the pivot 16111 ) is spaced from the wire 164 to prevent the wire 164 from being worn during the rotation of the pickup assembly 161 , thereby increasing the reliability of the wire 164 .
  • the partition 165 covers a part of the pivot connection block 1611 (specifically, the pivot 16111) in the circumferential direction of the pivot hole 1354, and partly extends into the pivot hole 1354, so as to better connect the wire 164 with the pivot 16111 separated.
  • the pivotal connection block 1611 can be configured to be stopped by the partition plate 165 after the sound pickup assembly 161 rotates an angle relative to the housing.
  • the aforementioned angle may be between 90° and 180°.
  • one of the initial position and the final position of the pickup assembly 161 can be that the connecting rod 1612 is substantially parallel to the head beam assembly 12 , and the other can be that the pickup 1613 points to the user's mouth.
  • the pivot connection block 1611 may include a pivot 16111 located in the pivot hole 1354, and a barb 16112 and an operating part 16113 respectively connected to two ends of the pivot 16111, and the barb 16112 and the operating
  • the part 16113 is located on opposite sides of the above-mentioned housing, so as to lock the pivot connection block 1611 and the above-mentioned housing in the axial direction of the pivot hole 1354 .
  • the connecting rod 1612 is connected with the operating part 16113 .
  • the partition 165 may include a fixed portion 1651 connected to the housing and an arc-shaped extension 1652 connected to the fixed portion 1651.
  • the fixed portion 1651 may cover a part of the barb portion 16112, and be connected to the pivot hole.
  • 1354 is spaced apart from the barb portion 16112 in the axial direction, and the arc extension portion 1652 can extend into the pivot shaft 16111, and is spaced apart from the pivot shaft 16111 in the radial direction of the pivot hole 1354, so as to allow the pivot connection block 1611 to rotate relative to the pivot shaft 16111.
  • the aforementioned housing and the partition 165 connected thereto rotate.
  • the wire 164 can be laid on the arc-shaped extension portion 1652 and the fixing portion 1651 when passing through the pivot hole 1354 , so as to separate the wire 164 from the pivotal connection block 1611 .
  • the barb portion 16112 can be stopped by the fixing portion 1651 after the sound pickup assembly 161 rotates an angle relative to the aforementioned housing.
  • the earphone 10 may include a circuit board 166 fixed in the housing, the pickup 1613 may be electrically connected to the circuit board 166 through a wire 164, for example, the end of the wire 164 away from the pickup 1613 is welded on the circuit board 166, and the circuit board 166 and The main board 15 can be buckled in a board-to-board connection.
  • the above-mentioned casing (such as the shell 135 ) may be provided with a heat-melt column 1355 , and the fixing part 1651 and the circuit board 166 are sleeved on the heat-melt column 1355 , which is simple and reliable.
  • a recessed area is provided on the side of the pivotal connection block 1611 facing away from the housing, that is, the aforementioned recessed area is provided on the operating part 16113, and the earphone 10 may also include a switch assembly 162 arranged in the aforementioned recessed area. This will not be repeated here.
  • the stick-mic assembly 16 may also include other electronic components, so that the wire 164 can also be used for The electrical connection between the switch assembly 162 and other electronic components and the main board 15 can also be separated by the partition 165 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the earphone 10 may further include a functional component 17 connected to the casing, and the user may control the earphone 10 through the functional component 17 .
  • the housing when the earphone 10 is not provided with the adapter housing 13, the housing may be the core housing 111; when the earphone 10 is provided with the adapter housing 13, the housing may be the core housing 111 or the Connect to the housing 13.
  • the shell is taken as the shell 135 as an example for illustration, and the functional component 17 can be installed in the groove area of the shell 135 .
  • the functional component 17 may include a first circuit board 171, a second circuit board 172, an encoder 173, a tact switch 174 and a function key 175, the first circuit board 171 and the second circuit board 172 are stacked, and Respectively coupled with the main board 15, the encoder 173 is arranged on the first circuit board 171, the tact switch 174 is arranged on the second circuit board 172, and is located on the side of the second circuit board 172 facing the first circuit board 171, the function
  • the key 175 can include a keycap 1751 and a key rod 1752 connected with the key cap 1751.
  • the key cap 1751 is located on the side of the first circuit board 171 away from the second circuit board 172.
  • the free end of the key rod 1752 is away from the key cap 1751 and lightly touch
  • the switch 174 is set facing, and the encoder 173 is sleeved on the key rod 1752 .
  • the key shaft 1752 drives the encoder 173 to generate the first input signal; Two input signals.
  • the first input signal is used to control the volume increase/decrease of the earphone 10; and/or, the second input signal is used to control any one of the earphone 10’s play/pause, song switching, device pairing, and power on/off .
  • the housing (such as the housing 135 ) may include a first cylinder 1351 , and the first circuit board 171 and the second circuit board 172 are along the axial direction of the first cylinder 1351 (parallel to the preset pressing direction of the function key 175 ). ) are stacked in the first cylinder 1351. Wherein, the side of the keycap 1751 away from the key rod 1752 may be (approximately) flush with the first barrel 1351 .
  • the functional assembly 17 may also include an adapter ring 176 sleeved on the periphery of the first cylinder 1351 , the adapter ring 176 is limited along the axial direction of the first cylinder 1351 , and can be wound around the first cylinder 1351 Axial rotation.
  • the keycap 1751 can be fixedly arranged on the adapter ring 176 , and the key rod 1752 can be inserted into the first cylinder 1351 along the axial direction of the first cylinder 1351 , so that the function key 175 can realize two operations of rotation and pressing.
  • the bottom of the first cylindrical body 1351 can be provided with a plurality of spaced spacing columns along the rotation direction of the function key 175 (that is, around the pressing direction of the function key 175), the first circuit board 171 and the second circuit board 171
  • the circuit boards 172 are sequentially sleeved on the limit posts at intervals, so as to prevent the user from further driving the first circuit board 171 to rotate when the user rotates the key rod 1752 through the keycap 1751 and then drives the encoder 173 to rotate, that is, to keep the first circuit board 171 in a functional state. Relative static in the direction of rotation of the key 175.
  • the limiting column may include a first limiting section and a second limiting section integrally connected, the first limiting section is farther away from the bottom of the first cylinder 1351 than the second limiting section, and the first limiting section
  • the radial dimension of the position segment is smaller than the radial dimension of the second limit segment, so that a bearing surface is formed on the limit post, and the first circuit board 171 is supported on the bearing surface, so as to prevent the user from pressing the key rod through the keycap 1751
  • the first circuit board 171 is driven to move toward the second circuit board 172, that is, the first circuit board 171 is kept relatively stationary in the pressing direction of the function key 175, thereby maintaining the first circuit board 171 and the second circuit board 172 in the same direction.
  • the pitch in the pressing direction of the function keys 175 is provided to move toward the second circuit board 172, that is, the first circuit board 171 is kept relatively stationary in the pressing direction of the function key 175, thereby maintaining the first circuit board 171 and the second circuit board 172 in the
  • a first buckle 1352 is provided on the outer peripheral wall of the first cylinder 1351
  • the adapter ring 176 may include a second cylinder 1761
  • a second buckle 1762 is provided on the inner peripheral wall of the second cylinder 1761.
  • the first buckle 1352 and the second buckle 1762 are engaged with each other to limit the movement of the adapter ring 176 along the direction opposite to the insertion direction of the key rod 1752 relative to the first barrel 1351 , thereby preventing the adapter ring 176 from moving from the first barrel 1351 falling off, increasing the reliability of the earphone 10.
  • the first cylinder 1351 and the first buckle 1352 on the first cylinder 1351 are discontinuous in the circumferential direction of the first cylinder 1351, as shown in Figure 32 and Figure 33, part of the first cylinder 1351 has The other part and the first buckle 1352 connected to it have no hatching, so that when the adapter ring 176 is clamped with the housing 135, the first buckle 1352 gathers toward the center of the first cylinder 1351 to allow the second The second buckle 1762 and the first buckle 1352 pass over each other, and then engage with each other.
  • a first flange 1353 may be provided on the peripheral wall of the first cylinder 1351
  • a second flange 1763 may be provided on the peripheral wall of the second cylinder 1761
  • the first flange 1353 is used to support the first flange 1353.
  • Two flanges 1763 are used to limit the movement of the adapter ring 176 along the insertion direction of the key rod 1752 relative to the first barrel 1351, that is, to control the travel of the user pressing the key rod 1752 through the keycap 1751, thereby preventing the key rod 1752 from touching the tact switch 174 is crushed to increase the reliability of the earphone 10 .
  • the keycap 1751 may include a third barrel 1753 and an end plate 1754 connected with the third barrel 1753 .
  • the third cylindrical body 1753 can be sleeved on the periphery of the second cylindrical body 1761, and one end of the third cylindrical body 1753 is supported on the side of the second flange 1763 away from the first flange 1353, so as to increase the connection between the keycap 1751 and the rotation.
  • the reliability of the connection of the adapter ring 176 is disposed on the other end of the third cylinder 1753 , and the key rod 1752 is disposed on the end plate 1754 .
  • the vibration equation of the earphone 10 can be expressed as:
  • m d represents the mass of the movement casing 111
  • m 02 represents the sum of the mass m 0 of the coil 1123 and the support 1121 and the mass m 2 of the vibrating panel 114
  • m 1 represents the magnetic circuit system (for example, including magnetic conduction cover 1124 and the quality of the magnet 1125) that is connected with the bottom of the magnetic permeable cover 1124
  • r 5 represents the damping of the support assembly
  • r d represents the damping of the first vibration transmission piece 113
  • r 1 represents the damping of the second vibration transmission piece 1122
  • k 5 represents the stiffness of the support assembly (such as the head beam assembly 12)
  • k d represents the stiffness of the first vibration transmission piece 113
  • k 1 represents the stiffness of the second vibration transmission piece 1122
  • x d represents the displacement of the movement housing 111
  • x 02 represents the displacement of the coil 1123 , the bracket 1121 and the vibrating panel 114 as a whole
  • x 1 represents the
  • the frequency response curve of the earphone 10 can be obtained, so as to design and optimize relevant structural parameters in the earphone 10 to improve the acoustic performance of the earphone 10 .
  • the vibration displacement (that is, the amplitude) of the vibration panel 114 can also be measured based on the laser triangulation method in the non-wearing state, and the vibration displacement of the vibration panel 114 can be converted into the acceleration of the vibration panel 114, and then converted into The magnitude of the vibration of the vibration panel 114 is used to obtain the frequency response curve of the vibration of the vibration panel 114 (for example, as shown in FIG. 37 ).
  • the frequency response curve of the vibrating panel 114 can be used to characterize the variation relationship between the vibration magnitude and the frequency of the vibrating panel 114 .
  • the horizontal axis of the frequency response curve may represent frequency, and its unit is Hz; the vertical axis may represent the vibration magnitude of the vibrating panel 114 , and its unit is dB.
  • the peak resonance frequency and peak resonance intensity corresponding to the resonance peak or resonance valley on the frequency response curve will affect the acoustic performance of the earphone 10 to a certain extent.
  • the frequency response curve For audio signals such as speech, the frequency response curve generally tends to be flatter in the frequency range of 300Hz to 3.4kHz; for audio signals such as music, the frequency response curve generally tends to be flat in the frequency range of 20Hz to 20kHz, So that the earphone 10 has good acoustic performance.
  • the non-wearing state described in this application can be defined as that the earphone 10 is not worn by the user, for example, the earphone 10 is not worn on the user's head; the support assembly is fixed, for example, the head beam assembly 12 is fixed on the laser measurement On the fixed platform of the vibrator, and the core module 11 is in a cantilever state relative to the fixed point of the support assembly. At this time, the vibrating panel 114 is not in contact with other media (such as the user's skin) except for the connection or contact with the structure of the movement module 11 itself.
  • the present application can measure the vibration displacement of the vibration panel 114 based on the laser triangulation method, and then obtain the frequency response curve of the vibration of the vibration panel 114 .
  • the laser vibrometer can emit a first laser signal to a test point on the vibration panel 114 such as the center of mass and the geometric center, and the first laser signal can include a frequency sweep generated by the distortion analyzer in the frequency range of 20-20000 Hz signal, the first laser signal can be focused on the aforementioned test point at a first angle (for example, 90°); the laser vibrometer can image the laser spot formed on the aforementioned test point at a second angle, that is, the first laser signal is passed through The second laser signal formed after reflection or scattering by the vibrating panel 114 can be collected by a laser receiver such as a CCD.
  • the relative position of the aforementioned test point will change during the vibration process of the vibrating panel 114, that is, the relative position of the laser spot will change, so that the second angle will change accordingly, and the laser spot will
  • the imaging position on the receiver changes accordingly, and the vibration displacement of the vibrating panel 114 at different moments is calculated, and then the frequency response curve of the vibrating panel 114 is obtained.
  • the vibrating panel 114 can vibrate under the drive of the transducer device 112 to transmit the mechanical vibration generated by the transducer device 112 to the user in the wearing state.
  • the vibration frequency response curve of the vibrating panel 114 may have at least one resonant peak jointly generated by the first vibration transmitting piece 113 and the second vibration transmitting piece 1122 , for example, two resonant peaks.
  • the two resonance peaks can be further defined as a first resonance peak P1 and a second resonance peak P2, and the peak resonance frequency of the second resonance peak P2 is higher than that of the first resonance peak P1.
  • the aforementioned frequency response curve may also have only one vibration transmission piece 113 and the second vibration transmission piece 1122. generated resonance peaks.
  • the movement casing 111 will resonate with the first vibration transmitting plate 113 , so that the movement casing 111 vibrates with a large amplitude, resulting in almost no vibration of the vibration panel 114 .
  • the vibration frequency response curve of the vibration panel 114 will have a resonance valley V0 (which can be called "intermediate frequency valley") generated by the first vibration transmission piece 113 in the frequency range from 200 Hz to 1 kHz. , for example, the mid-frequency valley appears around 300Hz.
  • the vibrating panel 114 hardly vibrates at the frequency corresponding to the mid-frequency trough (it may be called "mid-frequency missing"), which is fatal to the acoustic performance of the earphone 10, for example, the user cannot effectively hear the sound. Because, for audio signals such as speech, the lack of intermediate frequency will affect the call quality to a certain extent; and for audio signals such as music, the absence of intermediate frequency will also affect the playback quality to a certain extent. Therefore, an original intention of the invention of the present application may be to improve the mid-frequency loss of the earphone 10 .
  • the inventive concept of the present application may include the following two: one, shifting the mid-frequency valley to a lower or higher frequency band, so that it is not within a specific frequency range, such as the mid-frequency valley of an audio signal such as voice It is not within the frequency range of 300Hz to 3.4kHz; second, weaken the mid-frequency valley, such as reducing the amplitude corresponding to the mid-frequency valley (that is, the peak resonance strength), and for example, reducing the half-amplitude width corresponding to the mid-frequency valley.
  • the inventors of the present application found in the long-term research and development work: based on the above vibration equation, the peak resonance frequency of the first resonance peak P1 is strongly related to the stiffness of the second vibration transmission piece 1122, and the peak resonance frequency of the second resonance peak P2 is closely related to the stiffness of the second resonance peak P2.
  • the stiffness of the first vibration transmission piece 113 is strongly related, and the peak resonance frequency of the resonance valley V0 is strongly related to the stiffness of the first vibration transmission piece 113 and the mass of the movement casing 111 .
  • the strong correlation mentioned in this application may refer to that when the stiffness of the first vibration transmitting piece 113 changes, for example, when the first vibration transmitting piece 113 is connected to the transducer device 112 and the movement casing 111, the first vibration transmitting piece 113 is damaged or interrupted.
  • the peak resonance frequency of the second resonant peak P2 and the resonance valley V0 become significantly larger or smaller; when the stiffness of the second vibration transmission piece 1122 changes, for example, when the second vibration transmission piece 1122 When the magnetic circuit system and the bracket 1121 are connected, the local structure of the second vibration-transmitting piece 1122 is destroyed or interrupted, and the peak resonance frequency of the first resonance peak P1 becomes significantly larger or smaller; , such as applying and curing glue on the movement casing 111 , the peak resonance frequency of the resonance valley V0 becomes significantly larger or smaller.
  • the absolute value of the offset of the peak resonance frequency of the second resonance peak P2 is greater than the absolute value of the offset of the peak resonance frequency of the first resonance peak P1;
  • the absolute value of the shift of the peak resonance frequency of the first resonance peak P1 is greater than the absolute value of the shift of the peak resonance frequency of the second resonance peak P2.
  • the peak resonance frequencies of the first resonance peak P1 and the second resonance peak P2 are only related to the stiffness of the second vibration transmission piece 1122 and the first vibration transmission piece 113 respectively, for example, the peak value of the first resonance peak P1
  • the resonance frequency is also related to parameters such as the stiffness of the first vibration transmission piece 113 and the quality of the magnetic circuit system.
  • the peak resonance frequency of the second resonance peak P2 is also related to the stiffness of the second vibration transmission piece 1122, the quality of the magnetic circuit system, and the like. Parameters such as the quality of the movement casing 111 are related.
  • the frequency response curve of the vibration of the vibration panel 114 varies greatly with the stiffness of the first vibration transmitting piece 113 .
  • the reference signs K1-2, K1-1, K1_0, K1+1 and K1+2 represent the stiffness of the first vibration transmitting piece 113 respectively, and the values increase sequentially.
  • the peak resonant frequency of the first resonant peak P1 is substantially different change, the peak resonant frequencies of the second resonant peak P2 and the resonant valley V0 become significantly larger, that is, the second resonant peak P2 and the resonant valley V0 shift to a higher frequency band; gradually becomes smaller (such as K1_0 ⁇ K1-1 ⁇ K1-2), the peak resonance frequency of the first resonance peak P1 becomes slightly smaller, and the peak resonance frequency of the second resonance peak P2 and resonance valley V0 becomes significantly smaller, that is, the second The resonant peak P2 and the resonant valley V0 are shifted to the lower frequency band.
  • the peak resonance frequency of the second resonance peak P2 and the resonance valley V0 obviously change with the
  • the first resonance peak P1 As the stiffness of the first vibration transmitting piece 113 gradually increases (eg K1_0 ⁇ K1+1 ⁇ K1+2), the first resonance peak P1, the second resonance The peak resonance intensity of the peak P2 and the resonance valley V0 is basically unchanged; and as the stiffness of the first vibration-transmitting piece 113 gradually decreases (for example, K1_0 ⁇ K1-1 ⁇ K1-2), the second resonance peak P2 and the resonance valley V0
  • the peak resonance intensity of the first resonance peak P1 becomes smaller obviously, and the peak resonance intensity of the first resonance peak P1 is basically unchanged at first and then obviously decreases.
  • the frequency response curve of the vibration of the vibration panel 114 varies greatly with the stiffness of the second vibration transmitting piece 1122 .
  • the reference signs K2-2, K2-1, K2_0, K2+1 and K2+2 represent the stiffness of the second vibration transmitting piece 1122 respectively, and the values increase sequentially.
  • the peak resonance frequency of the resonance valley V0 is basically unchanged,
  • the peak resonance frequencies of the first resonance peak P1 and the second resonance peak P2 become significantly larger, that is, the first resonance peak P1 and the second resonance peak P2 shift to a higher frequency band; and with the second vibration transmission plate 1122
  • the stiffness of the first resonance peak gradually decreases (for example, K2_0 ⁇ K2-1 ⁇ K2-2), and the peak resonance frequency of the first resonance peak P1 becomes significantly smaller, that is, the first resonance peak P1 shifts to a lower frequency band, and the second resonance peak P1
  • the peak resonance frequencies of the peak P2 and the resonance valley V0 are basically unchanged.
  • the peak resonance frequency of the first resonance peak P1 changes significantly with the stiffness of the second vibration-transmitting piece 1122, and the peak resonance frequency of the second resonance peak P2 also changes. It changes with the change of the stiffness of the second vibration transmitting piece 1122, but the amount of change is limited.
  • the peak resonance intensity of the first resonance peak P1 As the stiffness of the second vibration transmitting piece 1122 gradually increases (eg K2_0 ⁇ K2+1 ⁇ K2+2), the peak resonance intensity of the first resonance peak P1
  • the peak resonance intensity of the second resonance peak P2 becomes slightly larger, and the peak resonance intensity of the resonance valley V0 remains basically unchanged; and as the stiffness of the second vibration transmission piece 1122 gradually decreases (for example, K2_0 ⁇ K2-1 ⁇ K2-2), the peak resonance strengths of the first resonance peak P1, the second resonance peak P2 and the resonance valley V0 are basically unchanged.
  • the frequency response curves of the vibration of the vibrating panel 114 are quite different under different masses of the movement casing 111 .
  • the reference signs M1-2, M1-1, M1_0, M1+1 and M1+2 represent the mass of the movement casing 111 respectively, and the values increase sequentially.
  • the first resonance peak P1 and the second resonance peak P2 compared with the reference mass (such as M1_0), as the mass of the movement casing 111 gradually increases (such as M1_0 ⁇ M1+1 ⁇ M1+2), the first resonance peak P1 and the second resonance peak P2
  • the peak resonance frequency is slightly smaller, and the peak resonance frequency of the resonance valley V0 is significantly smaller, that is, the resonance valley V0 shifts to a frequency band with a lower frequency; and as the quality of the movement shell 111 gradually decreases (for example, M1_0 ⁇ M1 -1 ⁇ M1-2), the peak resonance frequency of the first resonance peak P1 becomes slightly larger, and the peak resonance frequencies of the second resonance peak P2 and resonance valley V0 become significantly larger, that is, the resonance valley V0 shifts to a higher frequency band shift.
  • the peak resonance frequency of the resonance valley V0 varies significantly with the mass of the random core housing 111 compared to the peak resonance frequencies of the first and second resonance peaks P1 and P2 .
  • the peak resonance intensity of the first resonance peak P1 is obvious becomes smaller, the peak resonance intensity of the second resonance peak P2 remains basically unchanged, and the peak resonance intensity of the resonance valley V0 becomes significantly larger; and as the quality of the movement casing 111 gradually decreases (for example, M1_0 ⁇ M1-1 ⁇ M1- 2), the peak resonance intensity of the first resonance peak P1 is basically unchanged, the peak resonance intensity of the second resonance peak P2 is basically unchanged at first and then obviously decreases, and the peak resonance intensity of the resonance valley V0 is obviously smaller.
  • the first vibration transmission piece 113 needs to suspend structures such as the transducer device 112 and the vibration panel 114 in the movement casing 111
  • the second vibration transmission piece 1122 needs to suspend the transducer device 112 Structures such as the magnetic circuit system are suspended in the movement casing 111 .
  • the total weight to be carried by the first vibration transmission piece 113 is greater than the total weight to be carried by the second vibration transmission piece 1122 .
  • the stiffness of the first vibration-transmitting piece 113 is generally greater than that of the second vibration-transmitting piece 1122 , so that they respectively meet corresponding suspension requirements.
  • the stiffness of the first vibration transmission piece 113 can be reduced, and the stiffness of the second vibration transmission piece 1122 can also be increased to adjust the resonance peak or The peak resonance frequency and peak resonance intensity corresponding to the resonance valley make the frequency response curve as flat as possible within the audible frequency range of the human ear.
  • the stiffness of the second vibration transmitting piece 1122 may be greater than that of the first vibration transmitting piece 113 .
  • the vibration frequency response curve of the vibrating panel 114 is quite different under different stiffnesses of the first vibration transmitting piece 113 and the second vibration transmitting piece 1122 .
  • the stiffness of the first vibration transmitting piece 113 and/or the stiffness of the second vibration transmitting piece 1122 are continuously optimized, for example, the stiffness of the first vibration transmitting piece 113 gradually decreases and the second
  • the peak resonance frequency of the resonance valley V0 can gradually decrease, that is, the resonance valley V0 can be shifted to a lower frequency band, which is beneficial to improve the lack of intermediate frequency.
  • the peak resonance intensity of the resonance valley V0 can also be gradually reduced, which is beneficial to eliminate the mid-frequency valley, makes the frequency response curve flatter, and is beneficial to improving the acoustic performance of the earphone 10 . It is worth noting that the resonant peaks jointly produced by the first vibration transmitting piece 113 and the second vibration transmitting piece 1122 and the resonance valley produced by the first vibration transmitting piece 113 are extremely large on the frequency response curves shown in Fig. 37 to Fig.
  • the stiffness not only makes it more efficient to shift the resonance valley V0 to a lower frequency band, but also helps to weaken the resonance valley V0.
  • the mass of the movement housing 111 can be greater than or equal to 1g, and the stiffness of the first vibration-transmitting piece 113 can be less than or equal to 7000N/m, so as to reduce the peak resonance frequency of the resonance valley V0, for example, the resonance valley V0
  • the peak resonance frequency is less than or equal to 400Hz, which shifts the resonance valley V0 to a lower frequency band, which is beneficial to improve the lack of intermediate frequency.
  • the mass of the core housing 111 can be greater than or equal to 1g, and the stiffness of the first vibration transmission plate 113 can be less than or equal to 7000N/m; more preferably, the mass of the core housing 111 can be greater than or equal to 1.2g,
  • the stiffness of the first vibration transmission piece 113 can be less than or equal to 5000N/m, so as to reduce the peak resonance frequency of the resonance valley V0 more, for example, the peak resonance frequency of the resonance valley V0 is less than or equal to 200Hz, so that the resonance valley V0 is more Shifting to a lower frequency band is beneficial to improve the lack of intermediate frequency.
  • the resonance valley V0 is shifted to a lower frequency band, so that the vibration of the vibrating panel 114 in the low frequency band is weakened, and it is also beneficial to reduce the tingling sensation in the low frequency band.
  • the ratio between the mass of the movement casing 111 and the stiffness of the first vibration-transmitting piece 113 may be greater than or equal to 0.15s 2 ; The ratio between can be greater than or equal to 0.2s 2 . In this way, when one of the quality of the movement housing 111 and the stiffness of the first vibration transmission piece 113 is determined, the other of the quality of the movement casing 111 and the stiffness of the first vibration transmission piece 113 is determined or optimized. Or, so that the peak resonance frequency of the resonance valley V0 is shifted to a lower frequency band as much as possible, thereby improving the lack of intermediate frequency.
  • the frequency response curve of the vibrating panel 114 vibration may also have at least one of the first vibration transmitting piece 113 and the second vibration transmitting piece 1122 in the frequency range of 200Hz to 2kHz.
  • Co-generated resonance peaks such as the first resonance peak P1 and the second resonance peak P2.
  • the peak resonant frequency of the first resonant peak P1 may be between 200 Hz and 400 Hz
  • the peak resonant frequency of the second resonant peak P2 is higher than the peak resonant frequency of the first resonant peak P1.
  • the earphone 10 can obtain a higher sensitivity at least in the middle and low frequency bands, that is, the volume of the middle and low frequencies will not be too low, so as to improve the acoustic performance of the earphone 10 .
  • the frequency response curve may also have only one resonance peak in the frequency range from 200 Hz to 2 kHz, such as the second resonance peak P2.
  • the stiffness of the second vibration transmitting piece 1122 can be greater than or equal to 1000N/m, so as to reduce the peak resonance intensity of the first resonance peak P1, thereby weakening the first resonance peak P1, so that the overall frequency response curve is flatter.
  • the peak resonant frequency of the first resonant peak P1 will also increase slightly, that is, the first resonant peak P1 is slightly shifted to a higher frequency band; and the resonance valley V0 is shifted to a lower frequency band,
  • the peak resonance frequency of the first resonance peak P1 may be greater than the peak resonance frequency of the resonance valley V0.
  • the earphone 10 can obtain a higher sensitivity at least in the middle and high frequency bands, that is, the volume in the middle and high frequency bands will not be too low, so as to improve the acoustic performance of the earphone 10 .
  • the mass of the movement housing 111 can be less than or equal to 0.5g, and the stiffness of the first vibration-transmitting piece 113 can be greater than or equal to 80000N/m, so as to increase the peak resonance frequency of the resonance valley V0, such as the resonance valley
  • the peak resonance frequency of V0 is greater than or equal to 2kHz, so that the resonance valley V0 shifts to a higher frequency band, which is beneficial to improve the lack of intermediate frequency.
  • the mass of the movement housing 111 can be less than or equal to 0.5g, and the stiffness of the first vibration transmission piece 113 can be greater than or equal to 160000N/m, so as to increase the peak resonance frequency of the resonance valley V0 more, for example, the resonance valley
  • the peak resonance frequency of V0 is greater than or equal to 4kHz, so that the resonance valley V0 shifts more to the frequency band with higher frequency, which is beneficial to improve the lack of intermediate frequency.
  • the vibration frequency response curve of the vibration panel 114 may also have at least one resonance peak jointly generated by the first vibration transmission piece 113 and the second vibration transmission piece 1122, for example, the first vibration transmission piece 113 and the second vibration transmission piece 1122.
  • the peak resonance frequency of the first resonance peak P1 is smaller than the peak resonance frequency of the resonance valley V0, for example, the peak resonance frequency of the first resonance peak P1 is between 200 Hz and 400 Hz; the peak resonance frequency of the second resonance peak P2 is greater than the resonance valley
  • the peak resonance frequency of V0 for example, the peak resonance frequency of the second resonance peak P2 is greater than or equal to 4kHz.
  • the earphone 10 can obtain a higher sensitivity at least in the middle and low frequency bands, that is, the volume of the middle and low frequencies will not be too low, and the overall frequency response curve is also flatter, so as to improve the acoustic performance of the earphone 10 .
  • the movement module 11 can be set such that the frequency response curve of the vibration panel 114 in the non-wearing state has no effective resonance valley in the frequency range from 400 Hz to 2 kHz, so as to improve the lack of mid-frequency.
  • the effective resonance valley described in this application is defined as the reference line segment parallel to the horizontal axis of the aforementioned frequency response curve having two intersection points with the aforementioned frequency response curve, and the intensity corresponding to the aforementioned reference line segment minus the peak resonance intensity of the aforementioned effective resonance valley is equal to 6dB, and the difference between the frequencies corresponding to the two ends of the aforementioned reference line segment is less than or equal to 4 octaves.
  • the vibration displacement of the vibrating panel 114 by means of laser triangulation, and then select a frequency response point on the frequency response curve that is suspected to be an effective resonance valley (generally the position where the frequency response curve sinks) and Read the peak resonance intensity of the frequency response point, subtract 6dB from the peak resonance intensity to get a reference point, and then draw a reference line parallel to the horizontal axis of the frequency response curve through the reference point, if the reference line is consistent with the frequency response curve two intersection points, further calculate and judge whether the frequency difference between the two intersection points is less than or equal to 4 octaves, if the frequency difference is less than or equal to 4 octaves, then the frequency response point is defined in this application effective resonance valley.
  • the frequency response curve of the earphone 10 is not flat enough, but as long as this small local bulge or sag does not have a substantial adverse effect on the acoustic performance of the earphone 10, we still allow the existence of such resonance peaks or resonance valleys to take into account The cost of movement module 11.
  • the resonance valley and the effective resonance valley mentioned in this application are two different standards for evaluating the flatness of the frequency response curve. , but the resonance valley does not necessarily meet the definition of an effective resonance valley in this application.
  • the peak resonance frequency of the effective resonance valley is related to parameters such as the stiffness of the first vibration transmitting piece 113 and the mass of the movement casing 111 .
  • the mass of the movement casing 111 and/or the stiffness of the first vibration-transmitting piece 113 can be set such that the frequency response curve has no effective resonance valley in the frequency range from 400 Hz to 2 kHz, so as to improve the lack of mid-frequency.
  • the frequency response curve has no effective resonance valley in the frequency range of 400Hz to 2kHz, which may refer to the sunken position on the frequency response curve such as the resonance valley that does not meet the definition of the effective resonance valley in this application, and may also refer to the frequency response curve such as the resonance valley
  • the frequency response curve of the vibration of the vibration panel 114 may have at least one frequency generated by the first vibration transmission piece 113 and the second vibration transmission piece 1122 in the frequency range of 200Hz to 2kHz.
  • the resonance peak of the earphone 10 is conducive to improving the acoustic performance of the earphone 10 so that the volume of the mid-frequency band will not be too low.
  • the mass of the movement housing 111 may be greater than or equal to 1g
  • the stiffness of the first vibration transmitting piece 113 may be less than or equal to 2500N/m
  • the stiffness of the second vibration transmitting piece 1122 may be less than or equal to 100000N/m .
  • the mass of the movement housing 111 can be less than or equal to 0.5g
  • the stiffness of the first vibration transmission piece 113 can be greater than or equal to 80000N/m
  • the stiffness of the second vibration transmission piece 1122 can be between 1000N/m Between m and 500000N/m.
  • the mass of the movement casing 111 and/or the stiffness of the first vibration-transmitting piece 113 can be set so that the frequency response curve has no effective resonance valley in the frequency range from 200 Hz to 2 kHz, so that the frequency response curve has no effective resonance valley in a wider frequency range. Improve midrange loss.
  • the frequency response curve has no effective resonance valley in the frequency range of 200Hz to 2kHz, which may mean that the sunken position on the frequency response curve such as the resonance valley does not meet the definition of the effective resonance valley in this application, or it may refer to the frequency response curve such as the resonance valley
  • the mass of the movement housing 111 can be greater than or equal to 1g, and the stiffness of the first vibration-transmitting piece 113 can be less than or equal to 2500N/m, so as to further reduce the peak resonance frequency of the effective resonance valley, for example
  • the peak resonance frequency of the effective resonance valley is less than or equal to 200 Hz, so that the effective resonance valley is more shifted to a lower frequency band, which is beneficial to improve the lack of intermediate frequency.
  • the mass of the movement housing 111 may be less than or equal to 0.5g, and the stiffness of the first vibration transmitting piece 113 may be greater than or equal to 80000N/m, so as to increase the peak resonance frequency of the effective resonance valley, for example, the effective The peak resonance frequency of the resonance valley is greater than or equal to 2kHz, so that the effective resonance valley is shifted to a higher frequency band, which is beneficial to improve the lack of intermediate frequency.
  • the quality of the movement casing 111 and/or the stiffness of the first vibration-transmitting piece 113 can be set so that the frequency response curve has no effective resonance valley in the frequency range from 200 Hz to 4 kHz, so as to improve the vibration performance in a wider frequency range. Midrange missing.
  • the frequency response curve has no effective resonance valley in the frequency range of 200Hz to 4kHz, which may mean that the sunk position on the frequency response curve such as a resonance valley does not meet the definition of an effective resonance valley in this application, or it may refer to a frequency response curve such as a resonance valley.
  • the sag position of satisfies the definition of the effective resonance valley in this application, but its peak resonance frequency is not within the frequency range of 200Hz to 4kHz.
  • the mass of the movement housing 111 can be greater than or equal to 1g, and the stiffness of the first vibration-transmitting piece 113 can be less than or equal to 2500N/m, so as to further reduce the peak resonance frequency of the effective resonance valley, for example
  • the peak resonance frequency of the effective resonance valley is less than or equal to 200 Hz, so that the effective resonance valley is more shifted to a lower frequency band, which is beneficial to improve the lack of intermediate frequency.
  • the mass of the movement housing 111 may be less than or equal to 0.5g, and the stiffness of the first vibration transmitting piece 113 may be greater than or equal to 160000N/m, so as to increase the peak resonance frequency of the effective resonance valley, for example, the effective The peak resonance frequency of the resonance valley is greater than or equal to 4kHz, so that the effective resonance valley is shifted to a higher frequency band, which is beneficial to improve the lack of intermediate frequency.
  • the mass of the movement casing 111 and/or the stiffness of the first vibration-transmitting piece 113 can be set so that the frequency response curve has an effective resonance valley in the frequency range of 200 Hz to 400 Hz, which is beneficial to avoid the occurrence of the effective resonance valley at The middle frequency band, thereby improving the lack of mid-frequency.
  • the mass of the movement housing 111 can be greater than or equal to 1g
  • the stiffness of the first vibration transmission piece 113 can be less than or equal to 7000N/m, so as to reduce the peak resonance frequency of the effective resonance valley, for example, the effective resonance valley
  • the peak resonance frequency is less than or equal to 400Hz, so that the effective resonance valley shifts to the lower frequency band, which is beneficial to improve the lack of intermediate frequency.
  • the effective resonance valley is shifted to a lower frequency band, so that the vibration of the vibration plate in the low frequency band is weakened, and it is also beneficial to reduce the itching sensation in the low frequency band.
  • the frequency response curve of the vibration of the vibration panel 114 can have two vibrations generated jointly by the first vibration transmission piece 113 and the second vibration transmission piece 1122 in the frequency range from 400 Hz to 2 kHz.
  • the resonant peaks that is, the peak resonant frequencies of the two resonant peaks may be respectively greater than the peak resonant frequencies of the effective resonant valley.
  • the stiffness of the second vibration transmitting piece 1122 may be greater than or equal to 1000 N/m, so as to reduce the peak resonance intensity of the first resonant peak, thereby weakening the first resonant peak, so that the overall frequency response curve is flatter.
  • the peak resonant frequency of the first resonant peak will also increase slightly, that is, the first resonant peak is slightly shifted to a higher frequency band; and the effective resonance valley is shifted to a lower frequency band, making the second
  • the peak resonant frequency of a resonant peak may be greater than the peak resonant intensity of the effective resonant valley. In this way, the earphone 10 can obtain a higher sensitivity at least in the middle and low frequency bands, that is, the volume of the middle and low frequencies will not be too low, so as to improve the acoustic performance of the earphone 10 .
  • the quality of the movement housing 111 and/or the stiffness of the first vibration-transmitting piece 113 can be set so that the frequency response curve has an effective resonance valley in the frequency range of 2 kHz to 20 kHz, which is beneficial to avoid the occurrence of the effective resonance valley at The middle frequency band, thereby improving the lack of mid-frequency.
  • the mass of the movement housing 111 can be less than or equal to 0.5g, and the stiffness of the first vibration-transmitting piece 113 can be greater than or equal to 80000N/m, so as to increase the peak resonance frequency of the effective resonance valley, for example, the effective resonance valley
  • the peak resonance frequency is greater than or equal to 2kHz, which makes the effective resonance valley shift to the higher frequency band, which is beneficial to improve the lack of intermediate frequency.
  • the vibration frequency response curve of the vibrating panel 114 may have a first resonant peak and a second resonant peak jointly generated by the first vibration transmitting piece 113 and the second vibration transmitting piece 1122 , the second resonance peak
  • the peak resonant frequency of a resonant peak is lower than the peak resonant frequency of the second resonant peak, and there is no effective resonant valley between the first resonant peak and the second resonant peak.
  • it beneficial to increase the flatness of the frequency response curve between two resonance peaks but it is also beneficial to avoid the problem that a certain frequency point or frequency band is missing between the two resonance peaks of the frequency response curve.
  • the peak resonance frequency of the first resonance peak may be between 80Hz and 400Hz
  • the peak resonance frequency of the second resonance peak may be between 100Hz and 2kHz.
  • the peak resonance frequency of the first resonance peak may be between 200 Hz and 400 Hz
  • the peak resonance frequency of the second resonance peak may be between 400 Hz and 2 kHz.
  • the mass of the movement housing 111 can be greater than or equal to 1g
  • the stiffness of the first vibration transmission piece 113 can be less than or equal to 7000N/m
  • the stiffness of the second vibration transmission piece 1122 can be greater than or equal to 1000N/m
  • the mass of the movement housing 111 may be greater than or equal to 1.2g
  • the stiffness of the first vibration transmitting piece 113 may be less than or equal to 5000N/m
  • the stiffness of the second vibration transmitting piece 1122 may be greater than or equal to 3000N/m.
  • the frequency response curve of the vibration of the vibration panel 114 may have a resonance valley V0 generated by the first vibration transmission piece 113, and a resonance valley V0 generated by the first vibration transmission piece 113 and the second vibration transmission piece.
  • the first resonance peak P1 and the second resonance peak P2 jointly produced by 1122, the peak resonance frequency of the resonance valley V0 is lower than the peak resonance frequency of the first resonance peak P1, and the peak resonance frequency of the first resonance peak P1 is lower than that of the second resonance peak P2 peak resonant frequency.
  • the peak resonance frequency of the resonance valley V0 may be greater than or equal to 400 Hz.
  • the mass of the movement housing 111 may be less than or equal to 1g
  • the stiffness of the first vibration transmission piece 113 may be greater than or equal to 7000N/m
  • the stiffness of the second vibration transmission piece 1122 may be greater than or equal to 1000N/m.
  • the peak resonance frequency of the second resonance peak P2 may be less than or equal to 1 kHz.
  • the mass of the movement housing 111 can be less than or equal to 1g
  • the stiffness of the first vibration transmission piece 113 can be greater than or equal to 7000N/m
  • the stiffness of the second vibration transmission piece 1122 can be between 20000N/m and 50000N /m between.
  • the vibration frequency response curve of the vibration panel 114 may also have a resonance peak strongly related to the stiffness of the bracket 1121, and this resonance peak may be defined as the third resonance peak P3 .
  • the stiffness of the bracket 1121 can be greater than or equal to 100000N/m, so that the peak resonance frequency of the third resonance peak P3 is greater than or equal to 4kHz, so that the frequency response curve of the middle and high frequency bands and above frequency bands is as flat as possible, which is beneficial The acoustic performance of the earphone 10 is improved.
  • the material of the bracket 1121 can be any one of polymer materials such as polycarbonate, nylon, plastic titanium, etc., so that the bracket 1121 has sufficient rigidity, thereby making the third resonance peak P3 as low as possible. Higher band offset.
  • the bracket 1121 may include a matrix and a reinforcement.
  • the material of the matrix may be any polymer material such as polycarbonate, nylon, plastic titanium, etc., and the reinforcement may be glass doped in the matrix.
  • the fiber or carbon fiber, or the reinforcing body can be aluminum alloy or stainless steel molded on the base by the casting process, so as to further increase the rigidity of the bracket 1121, so that the third resonance peak P3 can be shifted to a higher frequency band as much as possible.
  • the ratio between the average thickness of the bracket 1121 and the area of the bracket 1121 may be greater than or equal to 0.01 mm -1 to increase the stiffness of the bracket 1121 so that the third resonance peak P3 is shifted to a higher frequency band as much as possible.
  • the area of the support 1121 can be defined as the area of the orthographic projection of the support 1121 along the vibration direction of the transducer device 112, and the average thickness of the support 1121 can be defined as the volume of the support 1121 divided by the area of the support 1121; and the area of the support 1121 and volume can be measured.
  • the stiffness of the first vibration-transmitting piece 113 described in the present application can be measured in the following manner: first, the edge of the first vibration-transmitting piece 113 is fixed on a fixed platform of a tester such as a gram-force meter, and then Align the probe of the gram-force meter with the test points on the first vibration-transmitting piece 113, such as the center of mass and the geometric center, and then input multiple displacement values on the control panel of the gram-force meter, and record the force, displacement and other parameters of the probe The corresponding relationship between them can be drawn into a displacement-force curve (the horizontal axis and the vertical axis respectively represent displacement and force), and finally calculate the slope of the inclined straight line segment in the curve to obtain the stiffness of the first vibration transmitting piece 113.
  • a displacement-force curve the horizontal axis and the vertical axis respectively represent displacement and force
  • each displacement can represent the distance that the probe moves, and the movement of the probe can cause the first vibration transmitting piece 113 to produce a deformation amount, and the deformation amount of the first vibration transmitting piece 113 caused by each displacement can not exceed the first vibration transmitting piece 113.
  • the maximum deformation of sheet 113 since the deformation of the first vibration-transmitting piece 113 lags behind the movement of the probe, the displacement-force curve will have a section of curve almost parallel to the horizontal axis, and this section of curve parallel to the horizontal axis will be used in the calculation of the first transmission
  • the stiffness of the vibrating plate 113 may not be considered. Hence, the stiffness of structures such as the second vibration transmitting piece 1122 and the bracket 1121 can also be measured in the same or similar manner, and will not be repeated here.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Acoustics & Sound (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Otolaryngology (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Headphones And Earphones (AREA)
  • Apparatuses For Generation Of Mechanical Vibrations (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Telephone Set Structure (AREA)
  • Details Of Audible-Bandwidth Transducers (AREA)

Abstract

本申请主要是涉及一种耳机，包括支撑组件和与支撑组件连接的机芯模组，支撑组件用于支撑机芯模组佩戴至佩戴位，机芯模组包括机芯壳体、换能装置和振动面板，换能装置设置在机芯壳体的容置腔内，振动面板与换能装置连接，并用于将换能装置产生的机械振动传递至用户。

Description

一种耳机
本申请要求于2021年10月22日提交中国专利局、申请号为2021112326083、发明名称为“一种耳机”的中国专利申请的优先权，其相关内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及电子设备的技术领域，具体是涉及一种耳机。
背景技术
耳机已广泛地应用于人们的日常生活，其可以与手机、电脑等电子设备配合使用，以便于为用户提供听觉盛宴。其中，按照耳机的工作原理，一般可以分为气导式耳机和骨导式耳机；按照用户佩戴耳机的方式，一般又可以分为头戴式耳机、耳挂式耳机和入耳式耳机；按照耳机与电子设备之间的交互方式，一般还可以分为有线式耳机和无线式耳机。
发明内容
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机包括支撑组件和与所述支撑组件连接的机芯模组，所述支撑组件用于支撑所述机芯模组佩戴至佩戴位，所述机芯模组包括机芯壳体、换能装置和振动面板，所述换能装置设置在所述机芯壳体的容置腔内，所述振动面板与所述换能装置连接，并用于将所述换能装置产生的机械振动传递至用户。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组包括第一传振片和连接件，所述换能装置通过所述第一传振片悬挂在所述机芯壳体的容置腔内，所述机芯壳体包括内筒壁以及与所述内筒壁的两端分别连接的第一端壁和第二端壁，所述第一端壁和所述第二端壁在所述换能装置的振动方向上分别位于所述换能装置的相背两侧，并与所述内筒壁围设形成所述容置腔，所述第一端壁设有安装孔，所述振动面板位于所述机芯壳体外，并用于与用户的皮肤接触，所述连接件的一端与所述振动面板连接，另一端经由所述安装孔伸入所述机芯壳体内，并与所述换能装置连接；其中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述振动面板的面积大于所述安装孔的面积，所述安装孔的面积大于所述连接件的面积。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一传振片位于所述容置腔内。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一传振片位于所述第一端壁靠近所述第二端壁的一侧。
在一些实施方式中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述安装孔的面积小于所述第一传振片的面积。
在一些实施方式中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述内筒壁的横截面呈圆形、椭圆形、多边形中的任意一种。
在一些实施方式中，所述容置腔仅通过一通道与所述耳机的外部连通，所述通道为所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙；
或者，所述容置腔仅通过第一通道和第二通道与所述耳机的外部连通，所述第一通道为所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙，所述第二通道经一声滤波器与所述耳机的外部连通；
或者，所述容置腔仅通过第一通道和第二通道与所述耳机的外部连通，所述第一通道为所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙，所述第二通道的开口面积与所述第一通道的开口面积之间的比值小于或者等于10％。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一端壁和所述第二端壁的杨氏模量分别大于或者等于2000Mpa。
在一些实施方式中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述安装孔的面积与所述第一端壁的面积之间的比值小于或者等于0.6。
在一些实施方式中，所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙和所述容置腔配合形成一亥姆霍兹共振腔，所述亥姆霍兹共振腔的峰值谐振频率小于或者等于4kHz。
在一些实施方式中，所述亥姆霍兹共振腔的峰值谐振频率小于或者等于1kHz。
在一些实施方式中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述安装孔的面积和所述连接件的面积之差与所述安装孔的面积之间的比值大于0且小于或者等于0.5。
在一些实施方式中，所述安装孔的开口形状与所述连接件的横截面形状为对应的多边形，或者所述安装孔的开口形状与所述连接件的横截面形状为对应的圆形；
其中，所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙大于0且小于或者等于2mm。
在一些实施方式中，所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙大于或者等于0.1mm且小于或者等于1mm。
在一些实施方式中，所述连接件的数量为一个，且所述连接件与所述振动面板的中心区域连接；
或者，所述连接件的数量为多个，多个所述连接件绕所述振动面板平行于所述振动方向的中心线间隔设置，并分别通过相应的一个所述安装孔与所述换能装置连接；
或者，所述连接件的数量为多个，其中一个所述连接件与所述振动面板的中心区域连接，剩余的所述连接件绕位于所述振动面板的中心区域的所述连接件间隔设置，多个所述连接件分别通过相应的一个所述安装孔与所述换能装置连接。
在一些实施方式中，所述振动面板的杨氏模量大于或者等于3000Mpa。
在一些实施方式中，所述振动面板的刚度和所述第一端壁的刚度之差的绝对值与所述振动面板的刚度和所述第一端壁的刚度中较大者之间的比值小于或者等于0.4；和/或，所述振动面板的刚度和所述第二端壁的刚度之差的绝对值与所述振动面板的刚度和所述第二端壁的刚度中较大者之间的比值小于或者等于0.4。
在一些实施方式中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述振动面板的面积与所述第一端壁的面积之间的比值介于0.3与1.6之间。
在一些实施方式中，在所述振动方向上，所述振动面板的厚度介于0.3mm与3mm之间；和/或，所述振动面板与所述第一端壁之间的间隙介于0.5mm与3mm之间；和/或，所述第一端壁背离所述第二端壁的一侧与所述第二端壁背离所述第一端壁的一侧之间的间距介于6mm与16mm之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述振动面板背离所述换能装置的一侧包括用于与用户的皮肤接触的皮肤接触区和至少部分不与用户的皮肤接触的气导增强区，所述振动面板通过所述气导增强区带动所述耳机外部的空气振动形成声波。
在一些实施方式中，在佩戴状态下，所述气导增强区至少部分指向用户耳部的外耳道入口，以允许所述声波指向所述外耳道入口。
在一些实施方式中，所述气导增强区至少部分相对于所述皮肤接触区倾斜，并朝向所述换能装置延伸，且所述气导增强区相对于所述皮肤接触区的倾斜角介于0与75°之间；
和/或，所述气导增强区沿所述振动方向的正投影的宽度大于或者等于1mm。
在一些实施方式中，所述振动面板具有垂直于所述振动方向且彼此正交的长轴方向和短轴方向，所述振动面板在所述长轴方向上的尺寸大于所述振动面板在所述短轴方向上的尺寸；其中，在佩戴状态下，所述长轴方向指向用户头顶，所述短轴方向指向用户耳部的外耳道入口。
在一些实施方式中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述振动面板呈椭圆形或者圆角矩形或者跑道形设置。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯壳体还包括与所述机芯壳体靠近所述振动面板的一端连接的围边，所述围边环绕所述振动面板；其中，在非佩戴状态下，所述围边在垂直于所述振动方向的方向上与所述振动面板间隔设置，所述振动面板背离所述换能装置的一侧在所述振动方向上至少部分凸出所述围边背离所述换能装置的一侧。
在一些实施方式中，所述围边设有连通孔，所述连通孔用于连通所述振动面板与所述机芯壳体之间的间隙和所述耳机的外部。
在一些实施方式中，所述连通孔的数量为多个，在佩戴状态下，至少一个所述连通孔的开口方向背离用户头顶，且与用户垂直轴之间的夹角介于0与10°之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述振动面板与所述第一端壁之间设置一垫片，所述垫片的洛氏硬度小于所述第一传振片的洛氏硬度。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组还包括与所述容置腔连通的声滤波器，所述声滤波器的截止频率小于或者等于5kHz。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一端壁包括在所述振动方向上间隔设置的第一子端壁和第二子端壁，所述安装孔沿所述振动方向贯穿所述第一子端壁和所述第二子端壁，所述第一子端壁和所述第二子端壁与所述内筒壁配合形成所述声滤波器。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一子端壁与第二子端壁在所述换能装置的振动方向上的间隙介于0.5mm与5mm之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述换能装置包括支架、第二传振片、磁路系统和线圈，所述支架通过所述第一传振片与所述机芯壳体连接，所述第二传振片连接所述支架与所述磁路系统，以将所述磁路系统悬挂在所述容置腔内，所述线圈与所述支架连接，并沿所述振动方向伸入所述磁路系统的磁间隙内，所述振动面板与所述支架连接。
在一些实施方式中，所述磁路系统和/或所述机芯壳体设有与所述容置腔连通的亥姆霍兹共振腔。
在一些实施方式中，经所述安装孔输出至所述耳机外部的气导声的频响曲线具有一谐振峰，所述亥姆霍兹共振腔设置成减弱所述谐振峰的强度；所述谐振峰的峰值谐振频率介于500Hz与4kHz之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述亥姆霍兹共振腔设置成减弱经所述安装孔输出至所述耳机外部的气导声的频响曲线在一预设频段内的振动强度，所述亥姆霍兹共振腔与所述容置腔连通的开口处于打开状态时的所述振动强度的峰值与所述亥姆霍兹共振腔与所述容置腔连通的开口处于关闭状态时的所述振动强度的峰值之间的差值大于或者等于3dB。
在一些实施方式中，所述支架设有沿所述振动方向延伸的连通孔；
和/或，所述磁路系统包括导磁罩和与所述导磁罩的底部连接的磁体，所述磁体与所述第二传振片的中心区域连接，并与所述导磁罩在垂直于所述振动方向的方向上间隔设置以形成所述磁间隙，所述线圈伸入所述磁体与所述导磁罩之间，所述导磁罩设有连通所述磁间隙与所述磁路系统的外部空间的连通孔。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯壳体的容积小于或者等于3cm 3。
在一些实施方式中，所述支撑组件设置成头梁组件，所述头梁组件用于绕过用户头顶，并使得所述机芯模组通过所述振动面板与用户脸颊接触。
一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组包括连接件，所述换能装置设置在所述机芯壳体的容置腔内，所述机芯壳体设有安装孔，所述振动面板位于所述机芯壳体外，并用于与用户的皮肤接触，所述连接件的一端与所述振动面板连接，另一端经由所述安装孔伸入所述机芯壳体内，并与所述换能装置连接；其中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述振动面板的面积大于所述安装孔的面积，所述安装孔的面积大于所述连接件的面积；
其中，所述容置腔仅通过一通道与所述耳机的外部连通，所述通道为所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙；
或者，所述容置腔仅通过第一通道和第二通道与所述耳机的外部连通，所述第一通道为所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙，所述第二通道经一声滤波器与所述耳机的外部连通。
在一些实施方式中，所述换能装置包括支架、第二传振片、磁路系统和线圈，所述支架通过所述第一传振片与所述机芯壳体连接，所述第二传振片连接所述支架与所述磁路系统，以将所述磁路系统悬挂在所述容置腔内，所述线圈与所述支架连接，并沿所述振动方向伸入所述磁路系统的磁间隙内，所述振动面板与所述支架连接；其中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述安装孔的面积小于所述第一传振片的面积。
在一些实施方式中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述安装孔的面积和所述连接件的面积之差与所述安装孔的面积之间的比值大于0且小于或者等于0.5。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组包括第一传振片和连接件，所述换能装置通过所述第一传振片悬挂在所述机芯壳体的容置腔内，所述机芯壳体上设置有安装孔，所述机芯壳体围绕形成为仅通过所述安装孔与外界连通的容置腔；所述振动面板位于所述机芯壳体外，并用于与用户的皮肤接触，所述连接件的一端与所述振动面板连接，另一端经由所述安装孔伸入所述机芯壳体内，并与所述换能装置连接；其中，所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙大于0且小于或者等于2mm。
在一些实施方式中，所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙大于或者等于0.1mm且小于或者等于1mm。
在一些实施方式中，所述换能装置包括支架、第二传振片、磁路系统和线圈，所述支架通过所述第一传振片与所述机芯壳体连接，所述第二传振片连接所述支架与所述磁路系统，以将所述磁路系统悬挂在所述容置腔内，所述线圈与所述支架连接，并沿所述振动方向伸入所述磁路系统的磁间隙内，所述振动面板与所述支架连接；其中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述安装孔的面积小于第一传振片的面积。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组包括第一传振片，所述换能装置通过所述第一传振片悬挂在所述机芯壳体的容置腔内；其中，所述机芯壳体的质量大于或者等于1g，所述第一传振片的刚度小于或者等于7000N/m。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯壳体的质量大于或者等于1.2g，所述第一传振片的刚度小于或者等于5000N/m。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯壳体的质量与所述第一传振片的刚度之间的比值大于或者等于0.15s 2。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯壳体的质量与所述第一传振片的刚度之间的比值大于或者等于0.2s 2。
在一些实施方式中，所述换能装置包括支架、第二传振片、磁路系统和线圈，所述支架通过所述第一传振片与所述机芯壳体连接，所述第二传振片连接所述支架与所述磁路系统，以将所述磁路系统悬挂在所述容置腔内，所述线圈与所述支架连接，并沿所述换能装置的振动方向伸入所述磁路系统的磁间隙内，所述振动面板与所述支架连接。
在一些实施方式中，所述第二传振片的刚度大于或者等于1000N/m。
在一些实施方式中，在非佩戴状态下，所述振动面板振动的频响曲线具有一由所述第一传振片产生的谐振谷，所述谐振谷的峰值谐振频率小于或者等于400Hz。
在一些实施方式中，所述频响曲线在200Hz至2kHz的频段范围内具有至少一个由所述第一传振片和所述第二传振片共同产生的谐振峰。
在一些实施方式中，所述至少一个谐振峰包括第一谐振峰和第二谐振峰，所述第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率介于200Hz与400Hz之间，所述第二谐振峰的峰值谐振频率大于所述第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一传振片的刚度改变时，所述第二谐振峰的峰值谐振频 率的偏移量的绝对值大于所述第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率的偏移量的绝对值；所述第二传振片的刚度改变时，所述第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率的偏移量的绝对值大于所述第二谐振峰的峰值谐振频率的偏移量的绝对值。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组还包括连接件，所述机芯壳体包括内筒壁以及与所述内筒壁的两端分别连接的第一端壁和第二端壁，所述第一端壁和所述第二端壁在所述换能装置的振动方向上分别位于所述换能装置的相背两侧，并与所述内筒壁围设形成所述容置腔，所述第一端壁设有安装孔，所述振动面板位于所述机芯壳体外，所述连接件的一端与所述振动面板连接，另一端经由所述安装孔伸入所述机芯壳体内，并与所述换能装置连接；其中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述振动面板的面积大于所述安装孔的面积，所述安装孔的面积大于所述连接件的面积。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组包括第一传振片，所述换能装置通过所述第一传振片悬挂在所述机芯壳体的容置腔内；其中，所述机芯壳体的质量与所述第一传振片的刚度之间的比值大于或者等于0.15s 2。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组包括第一传振片，所述换能装置通过所述第一传振片悬挂在所述机芯壳体的容置腔内；其中，所述机芯壳体的质量小于或者等于0.5g，所述第一传振片的刚度大于或者等于80000N/m。
在一些实施方式中，所述换能装置包括支架、第二传振片、磁路系统和线圈，所述支架通过所述第一传振片与所述机芯壳体连接，所述第二传振片连接所述支架与所述磁路系统，以将所述磁路系统悬挂在所述容置腔内，所述线圈与所述支架连接，并沿所述换能装置的振动方向伸入所述磁路系统的磁间隙内，所述振动面板与所述支架连接。
在一些实施方式中，所述第二传振片的周边区域与所述支架连接，所述第二传振片的中心区域与所述磁路系统连接。
在一些实施方式中，在非佩戴状态下，所述振动面板振动的频响曲线具有一由所述第一传振片产生的谐振谷，所述谐振谷的峰值谐振频率大于或者等于2kHz。
在一些实施方式中，所述频响曲线具有由所述第一传振片和所述第二传振片共同产生的第一谐振峰和第二谐振峰，所述第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率小于所述谐振谷的峰值谐振频率，所述第二谐振峰的峰值谐振频率大于所述谐振谷的峰值谐振频率。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率介于200Hz与400Hz之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组还包括连接件，所述机芯壳体包括内筒壁以及与所述内筒壁的两端分别连接的第一端壁和第二端壁，所述第一端壁和所述第二端壁在所述换能装置的振动方向上分别位于所述换能装置的相背两侧，并与所述内筒壁围设形成所述容置腔，所述第一端壁设有安装孔，所述振动面板位于所述机芯壳体外，所述连接件的一端与所述振动面板连接，另一端经由所述安装孔伸入所述机芯壳体内，并与所述换能装置连接；其中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述振动面板的面积大于所述安装孔的面积，所述安装孔的面积大于所述连接件的面积。
在一些实施方式中，所述容置腔仅通过一通道与所述耳机的外部连通，所述通道为所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙；
或者，所述容置腔仅通过第一通道和第二通道与所述耳机的外部连通，所述第一通道为所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙，所述第二通道经一声滤波器与所述耳机的外部连通；
或者，所述容置腔仅通过第一通道和第二通道与所述耳机的外部连通，所述第一通道为所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙，所述第二通道的开口面积与所述第一通道的开口面积之间的比值小于或者等于10％。
在一些实施方式中，所述容置腔通过一通道与所述耳机的外部连通，所述通道为所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙，所述机芯模组还包括密封膜，所述密封膜密 封所述通道。
在一些实施方式中，所述密封膜包括一体连接的第一连接部、褶皱部和第二连接部，所述褶皱部在所述第一连接部与所述第二连接部之间形成一凹陷区，所述第一连接部与所述第一端壁连接，所述第二连接部与所述连接件或者所述振动面板连接。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组包括第一传振片，所述换能装置通过所述第一传振片悬挂在所述机芯壳体的容置腔内；其中，所述机芯模组设置成使得在非佩戴状态下所述振动面板振动的频响曲线在400Hz至2kHz的频段范围内无有效谐振谷；所述频响曲线用于表征所述振动面板振动的强度与频率之间的变化关系，所述有效谐振谷定义为平行于所述频响曲线的横轴的参考线段与所述频响曲线有两个交点，所述参考线段所对应的强度减所述有效谐振谷的峰值谐振强度等于6dB，所述参考线段的两端点所对应的频率之差小于或者等于4个倍频程。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯壳体的质量和/或所述第一传振片的刚度设置成使得所述频响曲线在400Hz至2kHz的频段范围内无所述有效谐振谷。
在一些实施方式中，所述换能装置包括支架、第二传振片、磁路系统和线圈，所述支架通过所述第一传振片与所述机芯壳体连接，所述第二传振片连接所述支架与所述磁路系统，以将所述磁路系统悬挂在所述容置腔内，所述线圈与所述支架连接，并沿所述换能装置的振动方向伸入所述磁路系统的磁间隙内，所述振动面板与所述支架连接。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯壳体的质量和/或所述第一传振片的刚度设置成使得所述频响曲线在200Hz至400Hz的频段范围内具有所述有效谐振谷。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯壳体的质量大于或者等于1g，所述第一传振片的刚度小于或者等于7000N/m。
在一些实施方式中，所述频响曲线在400Hz至2kHz的频段范围内具有两个由所述第一传振片和所述第二传振片共同产生的谐振峰。
在一些实施方式中，所述第二传振片的刚度大于或者等于1000N/m。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯壳体的质量和/或所述第一传振片的刚度设置成使得所述频响曲线在2kHz至20kHz的频段范围内具有所述有效谐振谷。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯壳体的质量小于或者等于0.5g，所述第一传振片的刚度大于或者等于80000N/m。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯壳体的质量和/或所述第一传振片的刚度设置成使得所述频响曲线在200Hz至2kHz的频段范围内无所述有效谐振谷。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯壳体的质量大于或者等于1g，所述第一传振片的刚度小于或者等于2500N/m；
或者，所述机芯壳体的质量小于或者等于0.5g，所述第一传振片的刚度大于或者等于80000N/m。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯壳体的质量和/或所述第一传振片的刚度设置成使得所述频响曲线在200Hz至4kHz的频段范围内无所述有效谐振谷。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯壳体的质量大于或者等于1g，所述第一传振片的刚度小于或者等于2500N/m；
或者，所述机芯壳体的质量小于或者等于0.5g，所述第一传振片的刚度大于或者等于160000N/m。
在一些实施方式中，所述频响曲线在200Hz至2kHz的频段范围内具有至少一个由所述第一传振片和所述第二传振片共同产生的谐振峰。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯壳体的质量大于或者等于1g，所述第一传振片的刚度小于或者等于2500N/m，第二传振片的刚度小于或者等于100000N/m；
或者，所述机芯壳体的质量小于或者等于0.5g，所述第一传振片的刚度大于或者等 于80000N/m，第二传振片的刚度介于1000N/m与500000N/m之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组还包括连接件，所述机芯壳体包括内筒壁以及与所述内筒壁的两端分别连接的第一端壁和第二端壁，所述第一端壁和所述第二端壁在所述换能装置的振动方向上分别位于所述换能装置的相背两侧，并与所述内筒壁围设形成所述容置腔，所述第一端壁设有安装孔，所述振动面板位于所述机芯壳体外，所述连接件的一端与所述振动面板连接，另一端经由所述安装孔伸入所述机芯壳体内，并与所述换能装置连接；其中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述振动面板的面积大于所述安装孔的面积，所述安装孔的面积大于所述连接件的面积。
在一些实施方式中，所述非佩戴状态定义为所述耳机没有被佩戴至用户的头部，所述支撑组件被固定且所述机芯模组相对于所述支撑组件呈悬臂状态。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组包括第一传振片，所述换能装置通过所述第一传振片悬挂在所述机芯壳体的容置腔内，并包括支架、第二传振片、磁路系统和线圈，所述支架通过所述第一传振片与所述机芯壳体连接，所述第二传振片连接所述支架与所述磁路系统，以将所述磁路系统悬挂在所述容置腔内，所述线圈与所述支架连接，并沿所述换能装置的振动方向伸入所述磁路系统的磁间隙内，所述振动面板与所述支架连接；其中，在非佩戴状态下，所述振动面板振动的频响曲线具有由所述第一传振片和所述第二传振片共同产生的第一谐振峰和第二谐振峰，所述第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率小于所述第二谐振峰的峰值谐振频率，所述第一谐振峰和所述第二谐振峰之间无有效谐振谷；所述频响曲线用于表征所述振动面板振动的强度与频率之间的变化关系，所述有效谐振谷定义为平行于所述频响曲线的横轴的参考线段与所述频响曲线有两个交点，所述参考线段所对应的强度减所述有效谐振谷的峰值谐振强度等于6dB，所述参考线段的两端点所对应的频率之差小于或者等于4个倍频程。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯壳体的质量大于或者等于1g，所述第一传振片的刚度小于或者等于7000N/m，第二传振片的刚度大于或者等于1000N/m。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯壳体的质量大于或者等于1.2g，所述第一传振片的刚度小于或者等于5000N/m，第二传振片的刚度大于或者等于3000N/m。
在一些实施方式中，所述第二传振片的刚度大于所述第一传振片的刚度。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一传振片的刚度改变时，所述第二谐振峰的峰值谐振频率的偏移量的绝对值大于所述第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率的偏移量的绝对值；所述第二传振片的刚度改变时，所述第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率的偏移量的绝对值大于所述第二谐振峰的峰值谐振频率的偏移量的绝对值。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率介于80Hz与400Hz之间，所述第二谐振峰的峰值谐振频率介于100Hz与2kHz之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述第二传振片的周边区域与所述支架连接，所述第二传振片的中心区域与所述磁路系统连接。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组还包括连接件，所述机芯壳体包括内筒壁以及与所述内筒壁的两端分别连接的第一端壁和第二端壁，所述第一端壁和所述第二端壁在所述换能装置的振动方向上分别位于所述换能装置的相背两侧，并与所述内筒壁围设形成所述容置腔，所述第一端壁设有安装孔，所述振动面板位于所述机芯壳体外，所述连接件的一端与所述振动面板连接，另一端经由所述安装孔伸入所述机芯壳体内，并与所述换能装置连接；其中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述振动面板的面积大于所述安装孔的面积，所述安装孔的面积大于所述连接件的面积。
在一些实施方式中，所述容置腔通过一通道与所述耳机的外部连通，所述通道为所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙，所述机芯模组还包括密封膜，所述密封膜密封所述通道。
在一些实施方式中，所述密封膜包括一体连接的第一连接部、褶皱部和第二连接部，所述褶皱部在所述第一连接部与所述第二连接部之间形成一凹陷区，所述第一连接部与所述第一端壁连接，所述第二连接部与所述连接件或者所述振动面板连接。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组包括第一传振片，所述换能装置通过所述第一传振片悬挂在所述机芯壳体的容置腔内，并包括支架、第二传振片、磁路系统和线圈，所述支架通过所述第一传振片与所述机芯壳体连接，所述第二传振片连接所述支架与所述磁路系统，以将所述磁路系统悬挂在所述容置腔内，所述线圈与所述支架连接，并沿所述换能装置的振动方向伸入所述磁路系统的磁间隙内，所述振动面板与所述支架连接；其中，在非佩戴状态下，所述振动面板振动的频响曲线具有一由所述第一传振片产生的谐振谷，以及由所述第一传振片和所述第二传振片共同产生的第一谐振峰和第二谐振峰，所述谐振谷的峰值谐振频率小于所述第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率，所述第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率小于所述第二谐振峰的峰值谐振频率。
在一些实施方式中，所述谐振谷的峰值谐振频率大于或者等于400Hz。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯壳体的质量小于或者等于1g，所述第一传振片的刚度大于或者等于7000N/m，第二传振片的刚度大于或者等于1000N/m。
在一些实施方式中，所述第二谐振峰的峰值谐振频率小于或者等于1kHz。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯壳体的质量小于或者等于1g，所述第一传振片的刚度大于或者等于7000N/m，第二传振片的刚度介于20000N/m与50000N/m之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述第二传振片的周边区域与所述支架连接，所述第二传振片的中心区域与所述磁路系统连接。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组还包括连接件，所述机芯壳体包括内筒壁以及与所述内筒壁的两端分别连接的第一端壁和第二端壁，所述第一端壁和所述第二端壁在所述换能装置的振动方向上分别位于所述换能装置的相背两侧，并与所述内筒壁围设形成所述容置腔，所述第一端壁设有安装孔，所述振动面板位于所述机芯壳体外，所述连接件的一端与所述振动面板连接，另一端经由所述安装孔伸入所述机芯壳体内，并与所述换能装置连接；其中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述振动面板的面积大于所述安装孔的面积，所述安装孔的面积大于所述连接件的面积。
在一些实施方式中，所述容置腔仅通过一通道与所述耳机的外部连通，所述通道为所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙；
或者，所述容置腔仅通过第一通道和第二通道与所述耳机的外部连通，所述第一通道为所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙，所述第二通道经一声滤波器与所述耳机的外部连通；
或者，所述容置腔仅通过第一通道和第二通道与所述耳机的外部连通，所述第一通道为所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙，所述第二通道的开口面积与所述第一通道的开口面积之间的比值小于或者等于10％。
在一些实施方式中，所述容置腔通过一通道与所述耳机的外部连通，所述通道为所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙，所述机芯模组还包括密封膜，所述密封膜密封所述通道。
在一些实施方式中，所述密封膜包括一体连接的第一连接部、褶皱部和第二连接部，所述褶皱部在所述第一连接部与所述第二连接部之间形成一凹陷区，所述第一连接部与所述第一端壁连接，所述第二连接部与所述连接件或者所述振动面板连接。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组包括第一传振片，所述换能装置通过所述第一传振片悬挂在所述机芯壳体的容置腔内，并包括支架、第二传振片、磁路系统和线圈，所述支架通过所述第一传振片与所述机芯壳体连接，所述第二传振片连接所述支架与所述磁路系统，以将所述磁路系统悬挂在所述容置腔内，所述线圈与所述支架连接，并沿所 述换能装置的振动方向伸入所述磁路系统的磁间隙内，所述振动面板与所述支架连接；其中，在非佩戴状态下，所述振动面板振动的频响曲线具有一与所述支架的刚度强相关的谐振峰，所述支架的刚度大于或者等于100000N/m，所述谐振峰的峰值谐振频率大于或者等于4kHz。
在一些实施方式中，所述支架的材质为聚碳酸酯、尼龙、塑胶钛中的任意一种；
或者，所述支架包括基体和增强体，所述基体的材质为聚碳酸酯、尼龙、塑胶钛中的任意一种，所述增强体为掺杂在所述基体内的玻璃纤维或者碳纤维，或者所述增强体为通过套啤工艺成型在所述基体上的铝合金或者不锈钢。
在一些实施方式中，所述支架的平均厚度与所述支架的面积之间的比值大于或者等于0.01mm -1，其中所述支架的面积定义为所述支架沿所述振动方向的正投影的面积，所述支架的平均厚度定义为所述支架的体积除以所述支架的面积。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯壳体的质量和/或所述第一传振片的刚度设置成使得所述频响曲线在400Hz至2kHz的频段范围内无有效谐振谷，所述有效谐振谷定义为平行于所述频响曲线的横轴的参考线段与所述频响曲线有两个交点，所述参考线段所对应的强度减所述有效谐振谷的峰值谐振强度等于6dB，所述参考线段的两端点所对应的频率之差小于或者等于4个倍频程。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯壳体的质量和/或所述第一传振片的刚度设置成使得所述频响曲线在200Hz至400Hz的频段范围内具有所述有效谐振谷。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯壳体的质量大于或者等于1g，所述第一传振片的刚度小于或者等于7000N/m。
在一些实施方式中，所述频响曲线在400Hz至2kHz的频段范围内具有两个由所述第一传振片和所述第二传振片共同产生的谐振峰。
在一些实施方式中，所述第二传振片的刚度大于或者等于1000N/m。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组还包括连接件，所述机芯壳体包括内筒壁以及与所述内筒壁的两端分别连接的第一端壁和第二端壁，所述第一端壁和所述第二端壁在所述换能装置的振动方向上分别位于所述换能装置的相背两侧，并与所述内筒壁围设形成所述容置腔，所述第一端壁设有安装孔，所述振动面板位于所述机芯壳体外，所述连接件的一端与所述振动面板连接，另一端经由所述安装孔伸入所述机芯壳体内，并与所述换能装置连接；其中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述振动面板的面积大于所述安装孔的面积，所述安装孔的面积大于所述连接件的面积。
在一些实施方式中，所述容置腔仅通过一通道与所述耳机的外部连通，所述通道为所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙；
或者，所述容置腔仅通过第一通道和第二通道与所述耳机的外部连通，所述第一通道为所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙，所述第二通道经一声滤波器与所述耳机的外部连通；
或者，所述容置腔仅通过第一通道和第二通道与所述耳机的外部连通，所述第一通道为所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙，所述第二通道的开口面积与所述第一通道的开口面积之间的比值小于或者等于10％。
在一些实施方式中，所述支撑组件设置成头梁组件，所述头梁组件用于绕过用户头顶，并使得所述机芯模组与用户脸颊接触，所述机芯模组以骨传导的方式传递所述换能装置产生的机械振动；其中，所述头梁组件施加介于0.4N至0.8N之间的压紧力将所述机芯模组压持于用户脸颊，且所述机芯模组与用户脸颊的接触面积介于400mm 2与600mm 2之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组还包括第一传振片，所述机芯壳体与所述头梁组件连接，所述换能装置通过所述第一传振片悬挂在所述机芯壳体的容置腔内，所述振动 面板与所述换能装置连接，并用于与用户的皮肤接触；其中，所述振动面板对用户脸颊的压紧力小于所述头梁组件将所述机芯模组压持于用户脸颊的压紧力，所述振动面板与用户脸颊的接触面积小于所述机芯模组与用户脸颊的接触面积。
在一些实施方式中，所述振动面板对用户脸颊的压紧力介于0.1N至0.7N之间，且与用户脸颊的接触面积介于180mm 2与300mm 2之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组还包括与所述机芯壳体靠近所述振动面板的一端连接的围边，所述围边环绕所述振动面板，并用于与用户脸颊接触；其中，在非佩戴状态下，所述围边在垂直于所述换能装置的振动方向的方向上与所述振动面板间隔设置，所述振动面板背离所述换能装置的一侧在所述振动方向上至少部分凸出所述围边背离所述换能装置的一侧。
在一些实施方式中，所述振动面板背离所述换能装置的一侧包括用于与用户的皮肤接触的皮肤接触区和与所述皮肤接触区连接的边缘区，所述边缘区位于所述皮肤接触区的外围，并在所述振动方向上与所述皮肤接触区间隔设置，所述围边包括与所述机芯壳体连接的连接部和与所述连接部连接的限位部，所述限位部位于所述振动面板背离所述换能装置的一侧；其中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述限位部与所述边缘区重叠，并与所述皮肤接触区错开，且在非佩戴状态下，所述皮肤接触区在所述振动方向上凸出所述限位部背离所述换能装置的一侧。
在一些实施方式中，所述振动面板背离所述换能装置的一侧还包括连接在所述皮肤接触区与所述边缘区之间的气导增强区，所述气导增强区至少部分不与用户的皮肤接触，所述振动面板通过所述气导增强区带动所述耳机外部的空气振动形成声波。
在一些实施方式中，在佩戴状态下，所述气导增强区至少部分指向用户耳部的外耳道入口，以允许所述声波指向所述外耳道入口。
在一些实施方式中，所述气导增强区至少部分相对于所述皮肤接触区倾斜，且所述气导增强区相对于所述皮肤接触区的倾斜角介于0与75°之间；
和/或，所述气导增强区沿所述振动方向的正投影的宽度大于或者等于1mm。
在一些实施方式中，所述振动面板具有垂直于所述振动方向且彼此正交的长轴方向和短轴方向，所述振动面板在所述长轴方向上的尺寸大于所述振动面板在所述短轴方向上的尺寸；其中，在佩戴状态下，所述长轴方向指向用户头顶，所述短轴方向指向用户耳部的外耳道入口。
在一些实施方式中，所述围边设有连通孔，所述连通孔用于连通所述振动面板与所述机芯壳体之间的间隙和所述耳机外部；其中，所述连通孔的数量为多个，至少一个所述连通孔的开口方向背离用户头顶，且与用户垂直轴之间的夹角介于0与10°之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述支撑组件设置成头梁组件，所述头梁组件包括弧形头梁件和转接件，所述弧形头梁件用于绕过用户头顶，所述转接件的两端分别与所述弧形头梁件和所述机芯模组连接，并允许所述机芯模组在所述头梁组件的延伸方向上靠近或者远离所述弧形头梁件，所述机芯模组以骨传导的方式传递所述换能装置产生的机械振动；其中，所述头梁组件施加介于0.4N至0.8N之间的压紧力将所述机芯模组压持于用户脸颊。
在一些实施方式中，所述弧形头梁件的两端均设有所述转接件和所述机芯模组，所述头梁组件在第一使用状态时为所述机芯模组提供第一压紧力，且在第二使用状态时为所述机芯模组提供第二压紧力，所述第二压紧力与所述第一压紧力之差的绝对值介于0与0.1N之间；
其中，所述第一使用状态定义为每一所述转接件相对于所述弧形头梁件具有第一伸出量，且两个所述机芯模组之间具有第一间距的使用状态，所述第二使用状态定义为每一所述转接件相对于所述弧形头梁件具有第二伸出量，且两个所述机芯模组之间具有第二间距的使用状态，所述第二伸出量大于所述第一伸出量，所述第二间距大于所述第一 间距。
在一些实施方式中，当所述机芯模组最靠近所述弧形头梁件时，所述第一伸出量取最小值；当所述机芯模组最远离所述弧形头梁件时，所述第二伸出量取最大值。
在一些实施方式中，当每一所述机芯模组均最靠近或最远离所述弧形头梁件时，所述弧形头梁件两端的所述转接件相对于第一参考平面对称设置，第二参考平面过所述弧形头梁件两端之间的连线，并与所述第一参考平面垂直相交，在所述弧形头梁件处于自然状态下，并将所述弧形头梁件和所述转接件投影到第二参考平面，当所述机芯模组最靠近所述弧形头梁件时，所述转接件用于连接所述机芯模组的自由端具有第一位置，当所述机芯模组最远离所述弧形头梁件时，所述自由端具有第二位置，所述第一位置和第二位置的连线在平行于所述弧形头梁件的两端连线的第一参考方向上具有第一投影分量，且在垂直于所述弧形头梁件的两端连线的第二参考方向上具有第二投影分量，所述第二投影分量与所述第一投影分量的比值大于或等于2；
和/或，所述转接件的截面抗弯刚度与所述弧形头梁件的截面抗弯刚度之间的比值小于或者等于0.9。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机还包括与所述转接件远离所述弧形头梁件的一端转动连接的转接壳体，所述机芯模组还包括与所述转接壳体转动连接的机芯壳体，所述换能装置设置在所述机芯壳体的容置腔内，所述机芯壳体相对于所述转接壳体转动的轴线与所述转接壳体相对于所述转接件转动的轴线交叉。
在一些实施方式中，所述转接壳体上设置有转轴腔，所述转接件沿所述转轴腔的轴向插入所述转轴腔，所述耳机进一步包括锁止件，所述锁止件用于沿所述转轴腔的轴向对所述转接件进行限位，以使得所述转接件保持在所述转轴腔内，所述转接件的外周壁上开设有限位槽，所述转轴腔的内周壁上设置有限位块，所述限位块嵌入所述限位槽内，以对所述转接件相对所述转轴腔的旋转角度进行限制。
在一些实施方式中，所述转接件的自由端设置有卡槽，在所述转接件从所述转轴腔的一端插入所述转轴腔后，所述卡槽从所述转轴腔的另一端外露，所述锁止件卡置于所述卡槽内，且所述锁止件的径向尺寸大于所述转轴腔的径向尺寸。
在一些实施方式中，所述旋转角度介于5°与15°之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机还包括与所述换能装置耦接的电池和主板，所述转接壳体包括与所述转接件转动连接的中板和与所述中板连接的外壳，所述电池或者所述主板设置在所述外壳与所述中板之间，所述机芯壳体与所述转接壳体转动连接，并位于所述中板背离所述外壳的一侧。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组还包括第一传振片和振动面板，所述换能装置通过所述第一传振片悬挂在所述机芯壳体的容置腔内，所述振动面板与所述换能装置连接，并用于与用户的皮肤接触；其中，所述振动面板对用户脸颊的压紧力小于所述头梁组件将所述机芯模组压持于用户脸颊的压紧力，所述振动面板与用户脸颊的接触面积小于所述机芯模组与用户脸颊的接触面积。
在一些实施方式中，所述支撑组件设置成头梁组件，所述耳机包括与所述头梁组件转动连接的转接壳体、与所述转接壳体连接的机芯模组以及与所述机芯模组耦接的电池和主板，所述头梁组件用于绕过用户头顶，并使得所述机芯模组与用户脸颊接触，所述转接壳体包括与所述头梁组件转动连接的中板和与所述中板连接的外壳，所述电池或者所述主板设置在所述外壳与所述中板之间，所述机芯模组包括与所述转接壳体转动连接的机芯壳体和设置在所述机芯壳体的容置腔内的换能装置，所述机芯壳体和所述外壳分别位于所述中板的相背两侧。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯壳体相对于所述转接壳体绕第一轴线转动，所述转接壳体相对于所述头梁组件绕第二轴线转动，所述第一轴线与所述第二轴线在垂直于所述 换能装置的振动方向的参考平面上交叉。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组还包括第一传振片和振动面板，所述换能装置通过所述第一传振片悬挂在所述机芯壳体的容置腔内，所述振动面板与所述换能装置连接，并用于与用户的皮肤接触。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组还包括连接件，所述机芯壳体包括与所述转接壳体连接的内筒壁以及与所述内筒壁的两端分别连接的第一端壁和第二端壁，所述第一端壁和所述第二端壁在所述换能装置的振动方向上分别位于所述换能装置的相背两侧，并与所述内筒壁围设形成所述容置腔，所述第一端壁设有安装孔，所述振动面板位于所述机芯壳体外，所述连接件的一端与所述振动面板连接，另一端经由所述安装孔伸入所述机芯壳体内，并与所述换能装置连接；其中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述振动面板的面积大于所述安装孔的面积，所述安装孔的面积大于所述连接件的面积。
在一些实施方式中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述安装孔的面积与所述第一端壁的面积之间的比值小于或者等于0.6。
在一些实施方式中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述安装孔的面积和所述连接件的面积之差与所述安装孔的面积之间的比值大于0且小于或者等于0.5。
在一些实施方式中，所述振动面板背离所述换能装置的一侧包括用于与用户的皮肤接触的皮肤接触区和与所述皮肤接触区连接的边缘区，所述边缘区位于所述皮肤接触区的外围，并在所述换能装置的振动方向上与所述皮肤接触区间隔设置，所述机芯模组还包括与所述内筒壁远离所述第二端壁的一端连接的围边，所述围边包括与所述内筒壁连接的连接部和与所述连接部连接的限位部，所述限位部位于所述振动面板背离所述换能装置的一侧；其中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述限位部与所述边缘区重叠，并与所述皮肤接触区错开，且在非佩戴状态下，所述皮肤接触区在所述振动方向上凸出所述限位部背离所述换能装置的一侧。
在一些实施方式中，所述振动面板背离所述换能装置的一侧还包括连接在所述皮肤接触区与所述边缘区之间的气导增强区，所述气导增强区至少部分不与用户的皮肤接触，所述振动面板通过所述气导增强区带动所述耳机外部的空气振动形成声波。
在一些实施方式中，所述气导增强区至少部分相对于所述皮肤接触区倾斜，且所述气导增强区相对于所述皮肤接触区的倾斜角介于0与75°之间；
和/或，所述气导增强区沿所述振动方向的正投影的宽度大于或者等于1mm。
在一些实施方式中，所述头梁组件包括弧形头梁件和转接件，所述弧形头梁件用于绕过用户头顶，所述转接件包括依次连接的第一连接段、中间过渡段和第二连接段，所述第一连接段与所述弧形头梁件连接，所述第二连接段与所述中板转动连接，所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段分别相对于所述中间过渡段弯折并反向延伸，以在佩戴状态下，并沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，所述弧形头梁件位于用户耳部的上方，所述机芯模组位于用户耳部的前侧。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一连接段相对于所述中间过渡段的弯折角度大于或者等于90°且小于180°；和/或，所述第二连接段相对于所述中间过渡段的弯折角度大于或者等于90°且小于180°。
在一些实施方式中，在佩戴状态下，并沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，所述第一连接段与所述第二连接段平行，且所述第一连接段与所述第二连接段之间的间距介于20mm与30mm之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机包括转接壳体，所述机芯模组包括与所述转接壳体转动连接的机芯壳体、设置在所述机芯壳体的容置腔内的换能装置和与所述机芯壳体远离所述转接壳体的一端连接的围边，所述围边包括与所述机芯壳体连接的连接部和与所述连接部连接的凸缘部，沿所述换能装置的振动方向观察，所述凸缘部位于所述机芯壳体 的外围，并与所述转接壳体重叠，且在非佩戴状态下，以所述机芯壳体相对于所述转接壳体转动的轴线为起点，所述凸缘部与所述转接壳体在所述振动方向上的间隙沿一参考方向逐渐增大，所述参考方向定义为垂直于所述振动方向和所述轴线所在方向且远离所述轴线的方向。
在一些实施方式中，所述凸缘部与所述转接壳体在所述振动方向上的最大间隙介于2mm与5mm之间。
在一些实施方式中，沿所述轴线所在方向观察，所述凸缘部朝向所述转接壳体的一侧呈弧形设置。
在一些实施方式中，所述凸缘部朝向所述转接壳体一侧的圆弧半径大于或者等于50mm。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组还包括第一传振片和振动面板，所述换能装置通过所述第一传振片悬挂在所述机芯壳体的容置腔内，所述振动面板与所述换能装置连接，并用于与用户的皮肤接触，所述围边围绕所述振动面板；其中，在非佩戴状态下，所述围边在垂直于所述振动方向的方向上与所述振动面板间隔设置，所述振动面板背离所述换能装置的一侧在所述振动方向上至少部分凸出所述围边背离所述换能装置的一侧。
在一些实施方式中，所述振动面板背离所述换能装置的一侧包括用于与用户的皮肤接触的皮肤接触区和与所述皮肤接触区连接的边缘区，所述边缘区位于所述皮肤接触区的外围，并在所述振动方向上与所述皮肤接触区间隔设置，所述围边还包括与所述连接部连接的限位部，所述限位部位于所述振动面板背离所述换能装置的一侧；其中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述限位部与所述边缘区重叠，并与所述皮肤接触区错开，且在非佩戴状态下，所述皮肤接触区在所述振动方向上凸出所述限位部背离所述换能装置的一侧。
在一些实施方式中，所述振动面板背离所述换能装置的一侧还包括连接在所述皮肤接触区与所述边缘区之间的气导增强区，所述气导增强区至少部分不与用户的皮肤接触，所述振动面板通过所述气导增强区带动所述耳机外部的空气振动形成声波。
在一些实施方式中，所述气导增强区至少部分相对于所述皮肤接触区倾斜，且所述气导增强区相对于所述皮肤接触区的倾斜角介于0与75°之间；
和/或，所述气导增强区沿所述振动方向的正投影的宽度大于或者等于1mm。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机还包括与所述转接壳体连接的头梁组件，所述头梁组件用于绕过用户头顶，并使得所述机芯模组与用户脸颊接触，所述头梁组件包括弧形头梁件和转接件，所述弧形头梁件用于绕过用户头顶，所述转接件包括依次连接的第一连接段、中间过渡段和第二连接段，所述第一连接段与所述弧形头梁件连接，所述第二连接段与所述转接壳体连接，所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段分别相对于所述中间过渡段弯折并反向延伸，以在佩戴状态下，并沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，所述弧形头梁件位于用户耳部的上方，所述机芯模组位于用户耳部的前侧。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一连接段相对于所述中间过渡段的弯折角度大于或者等于90°且小于180°；和/或，所述第二连接段相对于所述中间过渡段的弯折角度大于或者等于90°且小于180°。
在一些实施方式中，在佩戴状态下，并沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，所述第一连接段与所述第二连接段平行，且所述第一连接段与所述第二连接段之间的间距介于20mm与30mm之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机包括转接壳体，所述转接壳体包括筒状侧壁，所述筒状侧壁位于所述机芯模组的外围，所述机芯模组包括机芯壳体和设置在所述机芯壳体的容置腔内的换能装置，所述机芯壳体包括第一机芯壳体，所述第一机芯壳体包括内筒壁和外筒壁，所述内筒壁位于所述换能装置的外围，所述外筒壁位于所述内筒壁的外围，并在垂直于所述换能装置的振动方向的方向上与所述内筒壁间隔设置，所述外筒壁和所 述筒状侧壁中的一者设有轴孔，另一者设有与所述轴孔配合的转轴，所述转轴嵌入所述轴孔，以允许所述机芯壳体相对于所述转接壳体转动。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一机芯壳体还包括加强柱，所述加强柱连接在所述外筒壁与所述内筒壁之间，所述筒状侧壁朝向所述外筒壁的一侧设有所述转轴，所述加强柱上设有所述轴孔。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一机芯壳体还包括连接在所述内筒壁与外筒壁之间的过渡壁和盖板，所述盖板与所述过渡壁在所述振动方向上间隔设置，并与所述外筒壁、所述内筒壁和所述过渡壁围设形成一亥姆霍兹共振腔，所述亥姆霍兹共振腔与所述容置腔连通，以吸收所述容置腔内空气随所述换能装置振动而形成的声波的声能。
在一些实施方式中，所述声波的频响曲线具有一谐振峰，所述谐振峰的峰值谐振频率介于500Hz与4kHz之间，所述亥姆霍兹共振腔与所述容置腔连通的开口处于打开状态时的所述谐振峰的峰值谐振强度与所述亥姆霍兹共振腔与所述容置腔连通的开口处于关闭状态时的所述谐振峰的峰值谐振强度之间的差值大于或者等于3dB。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一机芯壳体还包括端壁和过渡壁，所述端壁与所述内筒壁的一端连接，并围设形成所述容置腔，所述过渡壁连接在所述内筒壁和所述外筒壁之间，所述转接壳体还包括与所述筒状侧壁连接的中板，所述中板位于所述端壁背离所述容置腔的一侧，所述端壁、所述内筒壁、所述过渡壁和所述外筒壁与所述中板和所述筒状侧壁围设形成一声滤波器，所述声滤波器与所述容置腔连通，以吸收所述容置腔内空气随所述换能装置振动而形成的声波的声能，所述声波被所述声滤波器吸收后经所述筒状侧壁与所述外筒壁之间的间隙传输至所述耳机的外部。
在一些实施方式中，所述声滤波器的截止频率小于或者等于5kHz。
在一些实施方式中，所述过渡壁与所述中板在所述振动方向上的间隙和所述内筒壁与所述外筒壁在垂直于所述振动方向的方向上的间隙均大于所述筒状侧壁与所述外筒壁在垂直于所述振动方向的方向上的间隙。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机还包括与所述换能装置耦接的电池和主板，所述转接壳体还包括与所述筒状侧壁连接的外壳，所述电池或者所述主板设置在所述外壳朝向所述换能装置的一侧。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机还包括设置在所述外壳上并与所述电池和所述主板耦接的功能组件，所述功能组件包括第一电路板、第二电路板、编码器、轻触开关和功能键，所述第一电路板与所述第二电路板层叠设置，所述编码器设置在所述第一电路板上，所述轻触开关设置在所述第二电路板上，并位于所述第二电路板朝向所述第一电路板的一侧，所述功能键包括键帽和与所述键帽连接的键杆，所述键帽位于所述第一电路板背离所述第二电路板的一侧，所述键杆远离所述键帽的自由端与所述轻触开关正对设置，所述编码器套设在所述键杆上；其中，在用户通过所述键帽旋转所述键杆时，所述键杆带动所述编码器生成第一输入信号，在用户通过所述键帽按压所述键杆时，所述键杆触发所述轻触开关生成第二输入信号。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一输入信号用于控制所述耳机的音量加/减；和/或，所述第二输入信号用于控制所述耳机的播放/暂停、切歌、配对设备、开机/关机中的任意一种。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机还包括拾音组件和开关组件，所述拾音组件包括枢转连接块、连接杆以及拾音器，所述枢转连接块与所述外壳枢轴连接，所述连接杆的一端连接所述枢转连接块，所述拾音器设置于所述连接杆的另一端，所述枢转连接块背离所述壳体的一侧设置有凹陷区域，所述开关组件设置于所述凹陷区域内。
在一些实施方式中，所述凹陷区域的底部设置有凸台，所述凸台的外周壁与所述凹陷区域的侧壁之间形成一环形凹槽，所述开关组件包括开关电路板、弹性支撑件、加强环以及按键，所述开关电路板设置于所述凸台的顶部，所述弹性支撑件包括一体设置的 环形固定部以及弹性支撑部，所述加强环沿所述环形固定部的周向衬设于所述环形固定部上，所述环形固定部通过所述加强环固定于所述环形凹槽内，所述弹性支撑部呈穹顶形设置，所述按键设置于所述弹性支撑部上。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组包括第一传振片和连接件，所述换能装置通过所述第一传振片悬挂在所述机芯壳体的容置腔内，所述机芯壳体包括第一机芯壳体、第二机芯壳体和围边，所述第一机芯壳体包括内筒壁和第一外筒壁，所述内筒壁位于所述换能装置的外围，所述第一外筒壁位于所述内筒壁的外围，并在垂直于所述换能装置的振动方向的方向上与所述内筒壁间隔设置，所述第二机芯壳体与所述内筒壁连接，并设有安装孔，所述振动面板位于所述机芯壳体外，并用于与用户的皮肤接触，所述连接件的一端与所述振动面板连接，另一端经由所述安装孔伸入所述机芯壳体内，并与所述换能装置连接，所述围边与所述第一外筒壁连接，并围绕所述振动面板。
在一些实施方式中，所述第二机芯壳体包括第一端壁和与所述第一端壁连接的第一筒状侧壁，所述第一筒状侧壁位于内筒壁与所述第一外筒壁之间，并与所述内筒壁卡接，所述安装孔设于所述第一端壁。
在一些实施方式中，所述第二机芯壳体将所述第一传振片的周边区域压持在所述内筒壁上。
在一些实施方式中，所述振动面板背离所述换能装置的一侧包括用于与用户的皮肤接触的皮肤接触区和与所述皮肤接触区连接的边缘区，所述边缘区位于所述皮肤接触区的外围，并在所述振动方向上与所述皮肤接触区间隔设置，所述围边包括与所述第一外筒壁卡接的连接部和与所述连接部连接的限位部，所述连接部呈筒状设置，并位于所述第一外筒壁的外围，所述限位部位于所述振动面板背离所述换能装置的一侧，沿所述振动方向观察，所述限位部与所述边缘区重叠，并与所述皮肤接触区错开，且在非佩戴状态下，所述皮肤接触区在所述振动方向上凸出所述限位部背离所述换能装置的一侧。
在一些实施方式中，所述振动面板背离所述换能装置的一侧还包括连接在所述皮肤接触区与所述边缘区之间的气导增强区，所述气导增强区至少部分不与用户的皮肤接触，所述振动面板通过所述气导增强区带动所述耳机外部的空气振动形成声波。
在一些实施方式中，所述气导增强区至少部分相对于所述皮肤接触区倾斜，且所述气导增强区相对于所述皮肤接触区的倾斜角介于0与75°之间；
和/或，所述气导增强区沿所述振动方向的正投影的宽度大于或者等于1mm。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机还包括与所述机芯壳体转动连接的转接壳体，所述围边还包括与所述连接部连接的凸缘部，所述凸缘部至少部分在所述振动方向上与所述转接壳体间隔设置，沿所述振动方向观察，所述凸缘部位于所述第一外筒壁的外围，并与所述转接壳体重叠。
在一些实施方式中，在非佩戴状态下，以所述机芯壳体相对于所述转接壳体转动的轴线为起点，所述凸缘部与所述转接壳体在所述振动方向上的间隙沿一参考方向逐渐增大，所述参考方向定义为垂直于所述振动方向和所述轴线所在方向且远离所述轴线的方向。
在一些实施方式中，所述凸缘部与所述转接壳体在所述振动方向上的最大间隙介于2mm与5mm之间。
在一些实施方式中，沿所述轴线所在方向观察，所述凸缘部朝向所述转接壳体的一侧呈弧形设置。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一机芯壳体还包括第二外筒壁和加强柱，所述第二外筒壁位于所述内筒壁的外围，并在垂直于所述换能装置的振动方向的方向上与所述内筒壁间隔设置，所述第二外筒壁与所述第一外筒壁反向延伸，所述加强柱连接所述第二外筒壁与所述内筒壁，所述转接壳体包括第二筒状侧壁，所述第二筒状侧壁位于所述第二外 筒壁的外围，所述加强柱和所述第二筒状侧壁中的一者设有轴孔，另一者设有与所述轴孔配合的转轴，所述转轴嵌入所述轴孔，以允许所述机芯壳体相对于所述转接壳体转动。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一机芯壳体还包括连接在所述内筒壁与所述第二外筒壁之间的过渡壁和盖板，所述盖板与所述过渡壁在所述振动方向上间隔设置，并与所述第二外筒壁和所述内筒壁围设形成一亥姆霍兹共振腔，所述亥姆霍兹共振腔与所述容置腔连通，以吸收所述容置腔内空气随所述换能装置振动而形成的声波的声能。
在一些实施方式中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述第二外筒壁位于所述第一外筒壁的外围，并位于所述凸缘部的内侧，以允许所述凸缘部与所述第二筒状侧壁重叠。
在一些实施方式中，所述过渡壁包括第一子过渡壁和第二子过渡壁，所述第一子过渡壁连接所述内筒壁和所述第一外筒壁，所述第二子过渡壁连接所述第一外筒壁和所述第二外筒壁，所述第二子过渡壁与所述第一子过渡壁在所述振动方向上间隔设置，且所述第二子过渡壁相较于所述第一子过渡壁更加靠近所述振动面板。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机包括连接线组件，所述连接线组件包括用于导电的导线和与所述导线连接的辅助线，所述导线在一外力的拉伸作用下发生形变时带动所述辅助线随之发生弹性形变，所述辅助线在所述外力释放后提供一弹性恢复力，所述弹性恢复力用于带动所述导线恢复至形变前的形态。
在一些实施方式中，所述导线划分为伸缩段和位于所述伸缩段两端的自然段，所述伸缩段的弹性系数介于所述自然段的弹性系数与所述辅助线的弹性系数之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述伸缩段为所述导线绕至少部分所述辅助线进行螺旋状延伸的部分。
在一些实施方式中，自然状态下，所述伸缩段的长度与所述导线的长度之间的比值介于0.1与0.5之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述辅助线包括弹性主体和位于所述弹性主体两端的套环，每一所述套环分别套设在对应的所述自然段上，并在所述伸缩段的回弹方向上被所述自然段上的限位结构止挡。
在一些实施方式中，所述限位结构为与所述导线的绝缘层一体连接的凸起，或者为所述自然段打结所形成的绳结。
在一些实施方式中，所述支撑组件设置成头梁组件，所述头梁组件包括弧形头梁件、转接件和所述连接线组件，所述弧形头梁件用于绕过用户头顶，所述转接件的两端分别与所述弧形头梁件和所述机芯模组连接，并在外力作用下能够伸出或者缩回所述弧形头梁件，以允许所述机芯模组在所述头梁组件的延伸方向上靠近或者远离所述弧形头梁件，所述连接线组件沿所述弧形头梁件延伸，并跟随所述转接件的伸出而伸长或者所述转接件的缩回而回弹，所述导线与所述机芯模组电性连接。
在一些实施方式中，所述导线划分为伸缩段和位于所述伸缩段两端的自然段，所述伸缩段的中间区域被固定于所述弧形头梁件。
在一些实施方式中，所述头梁组件还包括与所述弧形头梁件卡接的压持件，所述压持件将所述伸缩段的中间区域压持在所述弧形头梁件上。
在一些实施方式中，所述压持件包括压持部和位于所述压持部两端的卡接部，每一所述卡接部分别相对于所述压持部弯折，两个所述卡接部朝所述压持部的一侧同向延伸，并在外力作用下能够彼此靠近，所述压持部用于压持所述伸缩段的中间区域，所述卡接部用于与所述弧形头梁件卡接。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组包括第一传振片，所述换能装置通过所述第一传振片悬挂在所述机芯壳体的容置腔内，并包括支架、第二传振片、磁路系统和线圈，所述支架通过所述第一传振片与所述机芯壳体连接，所述第二传振片通过所述支架与所述第一传振片连接，所述磁路系统与所述第二传振片的中心区域连接，以将所述磁路系统 悬挂在所述容置腔内，所述线圈沿所述换能装置的振动方向伸入所述磁路系统的磁间隙内，所述磁间隙环绕所述磁路系统与所述第二传振片连接的位置，所述振动面板与所述支架连接。
在一些实施方式中，所述磁路系统包括导磁罩和与所述导磁罩的底部连接的磁体，所述磁体与所述第二传振片的中心区域连接，并与所述导磁罩的侧壁在垂直于所述振动方向的方向上间隔设置以形成所述磁间隙，所述导磁罩的侧壁与所述第二传振片在所述振动方向上间隔设置，以形成连通所述磁间隙与所述磁路系统外部的通道。
在一些实施方式中，所述磁体包括沿所述振动方向层叠设置的第一磁性件、导磁件和第二磁性件，所述第二磁性件相较于所述第一磁性件更靠近所述第二传振片，所述第一磁性件和所述第二磁性件的磁化方向不同，所述导磁罩的侧壁沿垂直于所述振动方向的方向正投影至所述磁体的外周面时至少与所述导磁件重叠。
在一些实施方式中，所述线圈沿垂直于所述振动方向的方向正投影至所述磁体的外周面时至少与所述导磁件重叠。
在一些实施方式中，所述支架包括第一支架和第二支架，所述第一支架与所述第一传振片的中心区域连接，所述第二支架与所述第二传振片的周边区域连接，所述第二支架和所述振动面板分别与所述第一支架连接，所述线圈与所述第二支架连接。
在一些实施方式中，所述换能装置还包括悬架，所述悬架与所述第二传振片的中心区域连接，所述第二支架位于所述悬架的外围，并在垂直于所述振动方向的方向上与所述悬架间隔设置，所述磁路系统与所述悬架连接。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一支架与所述第一传振片通过金属嵌件注塑工艺一体成型，所述第二支架与所述第二传振片通过金属嵌件注塑工艺一体成型，所述第一支架和所述第二支架中的一者上设有接插孔，另一者上设有嵌入所述接插孔的接插柱，所述接插柱伸入所述接插孔内。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯壳体包括内筒壁以及与所述内筒壁的两端分别连接的第一端壁和第二端壁，所述第一端壁和所述第二端壁在所述振动方向上分别位于所述换能装置的相背两侧，并与所述内筒壁围设形成所述容置腔，所述第一端壁设有安装孔，所述振动面板位于所述机芯壳体外，所述机芯模组还包括连接件，所述连接件的一端与所述振动面板连接，另一端经由所述安装孔伸入所述机芯壳体内，并与所述支架连接；其中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述振动面板的面积大于所述安装孔的面积，所述安装孔的面积大于所述连接件的面积。
在一些实施方式中，所述容置腔仅通过一通道与所述机芯模组的外部连通，所述通道为所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙；
或者，所述容置腔仅通过第一通道和第二通道与所述机芯模组的外部连通，所述第一通道为所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙，所述第二通道经一声滤波器与所述机芯模组的外部连通；
或者，所述容置腔仅通过第一通道和第二通道与所述机芯模组的外部连通，所述第一通道为所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙，所述第二通道的开口面积与所述第一通道的开口面积之间的比值小于或者等于10％。
在一些实施方式中，所述容置腔通过一通道与所述机芯模组的外部连通，所述通道为所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙，所述机芯模组还包括密封膜，所述密封膜密封所述通道。
在一些实施方式中，所述密封膜包括一体连接的第一连接部、褶皱部和第二连接部，所述褶皱部在所述第一连接部与所述第二连接部之间形成一凹陷区，所述第一连接部与所述第一端壁连接，所述第二连接部与所述连接件或者所述振动面板连接。
在一些实施方式中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述安装孔的面积和所述连接件的面积 之差与所述安装孔的面积之间的比值大于0且小于或者等于0.5。
在一些实施方式中，所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙大于或者等于0.1mm且小于或者等于1mm。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机包括支撑组件和与所述支撑组件连接的机芯模组，所述支撑组件用于支撑所述机芯模组佩戴至佩戴位，所述机芯模组包括机芯壳体、换能装置和振动面板，所述换能装置设置在所述机芯壳体的容置腔内，所述振动面板与所述换能装置连接，并用于将所述换能装置产生的机械振动传递至用户，在佩戴状态下，并沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，所述振动面板朝向所述佩戴位一侧的中心在人体矢状轴所在方向上较所述机芯壳体朝向所述佩戴位一侧的中心更靠近用户耳部的外耳道。
在一些实施方式中，所述振动面板沿所述换能装置的振动方向正投影至所述机芯壳体的中心与所述换能装置沿所述振动方向正投影至所述机芯壳体的中心重合，所述换能装置沿所述振动方向正投影至所述机芯壳体的中心与所述机芯壳体在所述振动方向上朝向所述换能装置一侧的中心不重合。
在一些实施方式中，所述换能装置沿所述换能装置的振动方向正投影至所述机芯壳体的中心与所述机芯壳体在所述振动方向上朝向所述换能装置一侧的中心重合，所述振动面板沿振动方向正投影至所述机芯壳体的中心与所述换能装置沿所述振动方向正投影至所述机芯壳体的中心不重合。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机还包括连接所述机芯壳体和所述支撑组件的转接壳体，所述转接壳体包括位于所述机芯壳体外围的筒状侧壁，所述机芯壳体和所述筒状侧壁在垂直于所述换能装置的振动方向的参考平面上的正投影分别具有第一中心和第二中心，在佩戴状态下，所述第一中心相较于所述第二中心更靠近用户耳部的外耳道。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯壳体相对于所述转接壳体绕第一轴线转动，所述第一中心和所述第二中心沿所述第一轴线所在方向间隔。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一中心和所述第二中心在所述第一轴线上。
在一些实施方式中，所述转接壳体相对于所述支撑组件绕第二轴线转动，所述第二轴线与所述第一轴线交叉。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机还包括与所述换能装置耦接的电池和主板，所述转接壳体还包括与所述筒状侧壁的内侧连接的中板和与所述筒状侧壁扣合的外壳，所述电池或者所述主板设置在所述外壳与所述中板之间，所述机芯壳体位于所述中板背离所述外壳的一侧。
在一些实施方式中，所述支撑组件设置成头梁组件，所述头梁组件用于绕过用户头顶，并使得所述振动面板与用户脸颊接触，在佩戴状态下，所述头梁组件与用户头顶形成第一接触点，所述振动面板与用户脸颊形成第二接触点，所述第二接触点与所述第一接触点在人体矢状轴所在方向上的间距介于20mm与30mm之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述头梁组件包括弧形头梁件和转接件，所述弧形头梁件用于绕过用户头顶，所述转接件包括第一连接段、中间过渡段和第二连接段，所述中间过渡段连接所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段，所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段分别相对于所述中间过渡段弯折并反向延伸，所述第一连接段与所述弧形头梁件连接，所述第二连接段与所述转接壳体连接；其中，沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，所述中间过渡段相对于人体垂直轴倾斜。
在一些实施方式中，所述支撑组件设置成头梁组件，所述头梁组件用于绕过用户头顶，并使得所述机芯模组与用户脸颊接触，进而允许所述机芯模组以骨传导的方式传递所述机芯模组产生的机械振动，在佩戴状态下，所述头梁组件与用户头顶形成第一接触点，所述机芯模组与用户脸颊形成第二接触点，所述头梁组件还与用户头部形成第三接触点，所述第三接触点在人体垂直轴所在方向上介于所述第一接触与所述第二接触点之 间。
在一些实施方式中，所述头梁组件与用户头部形成所述第三接触点时，所述头梁组件在所述第一接触点与所述第二接触点之间的至少部分与用户头部不接触。
在一些实施方式中，所述头梁组件与用户头部的两侧分别形成所述第三接触点。
在一些实施方式中，所述头梁组件的两端分别连接一个所述机芯模组，每一所述机芯模组分别与用户脸颊形成所述第二接触点。
在一些实施方式中，在佩戴状态下，所述耳机分别在所述第一接触点、所述第二接触点和所述第三接触点处施加指向用户头部的压紧力。
在一些实施方式中，所述第二接触点处的压紧力介于0.2N与2N之间，所述第三接触点处的压紧力介于0.3N与2N之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述头梁组件包括弧形头梁件和与所述弧形头梁件连接的两个辅助件，所述弧形头梁件用于绕过用户头顶，所述机芯模组与所述弧形头梁件连接，在佩戴状态下，两个所述辅助件与用户头部的两侧分别形成所述第三接触点。
在一些实施方式中，所述辅助件具有弹性，以在所述耳机被具有不同大小头部的用户佩戴时，所述辅助件因发生不同程度的弹性形变而使得所述第二接触点处的压紧力的改变量小于或者等于0.2N。
在一些实施方式中，所述头梁组件还包括连接所述弧形头梁件与所述机芯模组的转接件，所述转接件允许所述机芯模组在所述头梁组件的延伸方向上靠近或者远离所述弧形头梁件，所述弧形头梁件在第一使用状态时为所述机芯模组提供第一压紧力，且在第二使用状态时为所述机芯模组提供第二压紧力，所述辅助件设置成使得所述第二压紧力与所述第一压紧力之差的绝对值介于0与0.1N之间；
其中，所述第一使用状态定义为每一所述转接件相对于所述弧形头梁件具有第一伸出量，且所述头梁组件两端的所述机芯模组之间具有第一间距的使用状态，所述第二使用状态定义为每一所述转接件相对于所述弧形头梁件具有第二伸出量，且所述头梁组件两端的所述机芯模组之间具有第二间距的使用状态，所述第二伸出量大于所述第一伸出量，所述第二间距大于所述第一间距。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一压紧力和所述第二压紧力分别介于0.4N至0.8N之间。
在一些实施方式中，当所述机芯模组最靠近所述弧形头梁件时，所述第一伸出量取最小值；当所述机芯模组最远离所述弧形头梁件时，所述第二伸出量取最大值。
在一些实施方式中，在自然状态下，所述头梁组件具有彼此正交的第一参考平面和第二参考平面，两个所述辅助件相对于所述第一参考平面对称设置，所述第二参考平面过所述弧形头梁件的最高点和两个端点，将所述弧形头梁件和所述辅助件投影到所述第二参考平面，在所述第二参考平面内，所述辅助件的固定端和自由端之间的连线在平行于两个所述端点的连线的第一参考方向上具有第一投影分量，且在垂直于两个所述端点的连线的第二参考方向上具有第二投影分量，所述第二投影分量与所述第一投影分量之间的比值介于1与5之间；和/或，所述辅助件的等效弹性系数介于100N/m与180N/m之间。
在一些实施方式中，在自然状态下，将所述弧形头梁件投影到所述第二参考平面，在所述第二参考平面内建立直角坐标系，所述直角坐标系以所述最高点为坐标原点，以过所述坐标原点且平行于两个所述端点的连线的直线为x轴，以过所述坐标原点且垂直于所述x轴的直线为y轴，所述弧形头梁件从任一所述端点至所述最高点的曲线满足以下关系式：
x＝±(-2.63472525·10 15·y 10+1.41380284·10 12·y 9-3.25586957·10 10·y 8+4.2058788·10 8·y 7-3.34381129·10 6·y 6+1.69016414·10 4·y 5-5.42625713·10 3·y 4+1.07794891·10 1·y 3-1.27679777·y 2+9.70381438·y+2.61)；
其中，所述辅助件的厚度小于或者等于4mm，所述辅助件与所述弧形头梁件之间的间隙大于或者等于10mm。
在一些实施方式中，每一所述辅助件分别固定于所述弧形头梁件的一端部，所述弧形头梁件的任一所述端点与所述最高点之间的连线在平行于两个所述端点的连线的第一参考方向上具有第三投影分量，且在垂直于两个所述端点的连线的第二参考方向上具有第四投影分量，所述第二投影分量与所述第四投影分量之间的比值介于0.1与0.5之间。
在一些实施方式中，每一所述辅助件相对于所述弧形头梁件悬臂设置。
在一些实施方式中，在低头状态下，所述第一接触点处的压紧力相对于所述第二接触点形成第一阻力矩，所述第三接触点处的压紧力相对于所述第二接触点形成第二阻力矩，所述第二接触点处的压紧力相对于所述机芯模组与用户脸颊接触的接触面在所述头梁组件包括所述辅助件时形成第三阻力矩，所述第二接触点处的压紧力相对于所述机芯模组与用户脸颊接触的接触面在所述头梁组件不包括所述辅助件时形成第四阻力矩，所述第一阻力矩、所述第二阻力矩和所述第三阻力矩形成的合力矩大于所述第一阻力矩和所述第四阻力矩形成的合力矩。
在一些实施方式中，在自然状态下，所述头梁组件具有彼此正交的第一参考平面和第二参考平面，两个所述辅助件相对于所述第一参考平面对称设置，，所述第二参考平面过所述弧形头梁件的最高点和两个端点，将所述弧形头梁件和所述辅助件投影到所述第二参考平面，在所述第二参考平面内，所述辅助件与所述弧形头梁件连接的固定端到与所述辅助件相邻的所述机芯模组之间的距离在垂直于两个所述端点的连线的第二参考方向上的投影分量介于40mm与120mm之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述辅助件向所述弧形头梁件的中间区域延伸，在自然状态下，所述头梁组件具有彼此正交的第一参考平面和第二参考平面，两个所述辅助件相对于所述第一参考平面对称设置，所述第二参考平面过所述弧形头梁件的最高点和两个端点，将所述弧形头梁件和所述辅助件投影到所述第二参考平面，在所述第二参考平面内，所述辅助件与所述弧形头梁件连接的固定端在垂直于两个所述端点的连线的参考方向上与所述最高点之间具有第一距离，所述机芯模组与所述头梁组件连接的位置在所述参考方向上与所述最高点之间具有第二距离，所述第一距离与所述第二距离之间的比值介于1/3与1/2之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述辅助件向所述弧形头梁件的端部延伸，，在自然状态下，所述头梁组件具有彼此正交的第一参考平面和第二参考平面，两个所述辅助件相对于所述第一参考平面对称设置，所述第二参考平面过所述弧形头梁件的最高点和两个端点，将所述弧形头梁件和所述辅助件投影到所述第二参考平面，在所述第二参考平面内，所述辅助件与所述弧形头梁件连接的固定端在垂直于两个所述端点的连线的参考方向上与所述最高点之间具有第三距离，所述机芯模组与所述头梁组件连接的位置在所述参考方向上与所述最高点之间具有第四距离，所述第三距离与所述第四距离之间的比值介于1/5与1/3之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述辅助件包括固定部、与所述固定部连接的第一延伸部和与所述第一延伸部连接的第二延伸部，所述固定部与所述弧形头梁件连接，所述第一延伸部和所述第二延伸部在佩戴状态下位于所述弧形头梁件朝向用户头部的一侧，并在自然 状态下与所述弧形头梁件间隔设置，所述第二延伸部的宽度大于所述第一延伸部的宽度，所述第二延伸部用于在佩戴状态下与用户头部形成所述第三接触点。
在一些实施方式中，所述辅助件与所述弧形头梁件可拆卸连接。
在一些实施方式中，所述第二延伸部与用户头部接触的面积介于2cm 2与8cm 2之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述第二延伸部的摩擦系数大于所述第一延伸部的摩擦系数。
在一些实施方式中，在佩戴状态下，并沿人体垂直轴所在方向观察，两个所述辅助件的所述第二延伸部朝向用户头部的后侧彼此靠拢。
在一些实施方式中，在自然状态下，所述头梁组件具有彼此正交的第一参考平面和第二参考平面，两个所述辅助件相对于所述第一参考平面对称设置，所述第二参考平面过所述弧形头梁件的最高点和两个端点，每一所述辅助件的所述第二延伸部的平均法线与所述第二参考平面之间的夹角介于5度至10度之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述支撑组件设置成头梁组件，所述头梁组件用于绕过用户头顶，并使得所述机芯模组与用户脸颊接触，进而允许所述机芯模组以骨传导的方式传递所述机芯模组产生的机械振动，在佩戴状态下，所述机芯模组与用户脸颊形成第一接触点，并对用户头部施加第一压紧力，所述头梁组件与用户头部形成第二接触点，并对用户头部施加第二压紧力，所述第二接触点在人体垂直轴所在方向上相较于所述第一接触更靠近用户头顶。
在一些实施方式中，所述头梁组件在所述第二接触点对用户头部施加所述第二压紧力时，所述头梁组件在所述第二接触点与用户头顶之间的至少部分与用户头部不接触。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一接触点处的压紧力介于0.2N与2N之间，所述第二接触点处的压紧力介于0.3N与2N之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述头梁组件包括弧形头梁件和与所述弧形头梁件连接的两个辅助件，所述弧形头梁件用于绕过用户头顶，所述机芯模组与所述弧形头梁件连接，在佩戴状态下，两个所述辅助件与用户头部的两侧分别形成所述第二接触点，所述辅助件具有弹性，以在所述耳机被具有不同大小头部的用户佩戴时，所述辅助件因发生不同程度的弹性形变而使得所述第一压紧力的改变量小于或者等于0.2N。
在一些实施方式中，在低头状态下，所述第二压紧力相对于所述第一接触点形成第一阻力矩，所述第一接触点处的压紧力相对于所述机芯模组与用户脸颊接触的接触面在所述头梁组件包括所述辅助件时形成第二阻力矩，所述第一接触点处的压紧力相对于所述机芯模组与用户脸颊接触的接触面在所述头梁组件不包括所述辅助件时形成第三阻力矩，所述第一阻力矩与所述第二阻力矩形成的合力矩大于所述第三阻力矩。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组包括围边，所述围边与所述机芯壳体连接，所述围边在一参考平面内的投影环绕在所述振动面板在所述参考平面内的投影的外围，所述参考平面垂直于所述换能装置的振动方向；其中，所述机芯壳体靠近所述振动面板的一侧与所述振动面板和所述围边围设形成一腔体，所述围边设有连通所述腔体与所述机芯模组外部的连通孔，以在佩戴状态下，所述腔体通过所述连通孔与所述机芯模组的外部连通。
在一些实施方式中，在佩戴状态下，至少部分所述围边与所述振动面板一同接触用户的皮肤。
在一些实施方式中，在500Hz至4kHz的频率范围之内存在一区间长度至少为1/3倍频程的目标频率范围，在所述目标频率范围内，所述连通孔处于打开状态时所述耳机在佩戴状态下产生的漏音弱于所述连通孔处于关闭状态时所述耳机在佩戴状态下产生的漏音。
在一些实施方式中，所述目标频率范围为1kHz至2kHz。
在一些实施方式中，所述连通孔的数量为多个，所述连通孔在所述围边上的开孔率 大于或者等于30％。
在一些实施方式中，所述围边上每一平方毫米的单位面积上有至少一个所述连通孔。
在一些实施方式中，所述围边为塑胶制件，且所述围边的壁厚介于0.2mm至1mm之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述围边为塑胶制件，且所述围边用于与用户的皮肤接触的部分的壁厚大于1mm。
在一些实施方式中，所述围边为塑胶制件，所述塑胶制件通过注塑工艺成型在一金属框架上。
在一些实施方式中，所述围边为金属制件，以允许所述连通孔在所述围边上的开孔率大于或者等于60％。
在一些实施方式中，所述围边为钢丝网。
257、根据权利要求255所述的耳机，在一些实施方式中，所述机芯壳体为第一塑胶制件，所述围边通过第二塑胶制件与所述机芯壳体连接，所述第二塑胶制件与所述金属制件通过注塑工艺一体成型。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组包括第一传振片和连接件，所述换能装置通过所述第一传振片悬挂在所述容置腔内，所述机芯壳体包括内筒壁，以及与所述内筒壁的两端分别连接的第一端壁和第二端壁，所述第一端壁和所述第二端壁在所述振动方向上分别位于所述换能装置的相背两侧，并与所述内筒壁围设形成所述容置腔，所述第一端壁设有安装孔，所述振动面板位于所述机芯壳体外，所述连接件的一端与所述振动面板连接，另一端经由所述安装孔伸入所述机芯壳体内，并与所述换能装置连接，所述围边与所述第一端壁连接，并与所述第一端壁和所述振动面板围设形成所述腔体；其中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述振动面板的面积大于所述安装孔的面积，所述安装孔的面积大于所述连接件的面积。
在一些实施方式中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述安装孔的面积和所述连接件的面积之差与所述安装孔的面积之间的比值大于0且小于或者等于0.5。
在一些实施方式中，所述容置腔通过一通道与所述机芯模组的外部连通，所述通道为所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙，所述机芯模组还包括密封膜，所述密封膜密封所述通道。
在一些实施方式中，所述密封膜包括一体连接的第一连接部、褶皱部和第二连接部，所述褶皱部在所述第一连接部与所述第二连接部之间形成一凹陷区，所述第一连接部与所述第一端壁连接，所述第二连接部与所述连接件或者所述振动面板连接。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组包括围边，所述围边与所述机芯壳体连接，所述围边在一参考平面内的投影环绕在所述振动面板在所述参考平面内的投影的外围，所述参考平面垂直于所述换能装置的振动方向；其中，所述机芯壳体靠近所述振动面板的一侧与所述振动面板和所述围边围设形成一腔体，所述围边在佩戴状态下朝向用户的皮肤的一侧的外表面上具有高低不平的区域，以使得所述围边与用户的皮肤接触时不完全贴合，进而允许所述腔体与所述机芯模组的外部连通。
在一些实施方式中，所述围边的所述外表面上设有凹槽，所述腔体通过所述凹槽与所述机芯模组的外部连通。
在一些实施方式中，所述围边在所述参考平面内的投影具有彼此正交的长轴方向和短轴方向，所述围边在所述长轴方向上的尺寸大于所述围边在所述短轴方向上的尺寸，所述凹槽的数量为多个，多个所述凹槽划分为四组，其中两组所述凹槽分别沿所述长轴方向间隔设置，另外两组所述凹槽分别沿所述短轴方向间隔设置，每一组沿所述长轴方向间隔设置的所述凹槽的数量大于每一组沿所述短轴方向间隔设置的所述凹槽的数量。
在一些实施方式中，所述围边的所述外表面上设有凸起，所述凸起使得所述围边在 佩戴状态下与用户的皮肤之间形成间隙，所述腔体通过所述间隙与所述机芯模组的外部连通。
在一些实施方式中，所述凸起的数量为多个，多个所述凸起使得所述间隙呈网格状。
在一些实施方式中，在500Hz至4kHz的频率范围之内存在一区间长度至少为1/3倍频程的目标频率范围，在所述目标频率范围内，所述围边的所述外表面上具有高低不平的区域时所述耳机在佩戴状态下产生的漏音弱于所述围边的所述外表面上不具有高低不平的区域时所述耳机在佩戴状态下产生的漏音。
在一些实施方式中，所述目标频率范围为1kHz至2kHz。
在一些实施方式中，所述高低不平的区域的高度差介于0.5mm至5mm之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述围边设有连通所述腔体与所述机芯模组外部的连通孔，以在佩戴状态下，所述腔体进一步通过所述连通孔与所述机芯模组的外部连通。
在一些实施方式中，所述连通孔的数量为多个，所述连通孔在所述围边上的开孔率大于或者等于30％。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组包括第一传振片和连接件，所述换能装置通过所述第一传振片悬挂在所述容置腔内，所述机芯壳体包括内筒壁，以及与所述内筒壁的两端分别连接的第一端壁和第二端壁，所述第一端壁和所述第二端壁在所述换能装置的振动方向上分别位于所述换能装置的相背两侧，并与所述内筒壁围设形成所述容置腔，所述第一端壁设有安装孔，所述振动面板位于所述机芯壳体外，所述连接件的一端与所述振动面板连接，另一端经由所述安装孔伸入所述机芯壳体内，并与所述换能装置连接，所述围边与所述第一端壁连接，并与所述第一端壁和所述振动面板围设形成所述腔体；其中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述振动面板的面积大于所述安装孔的面积，所述安装孔的面积大于所述连接件的面积。
在一些实施方式中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述安装孔的面积和所述连接件的面积之差与所述安装孔的面积之间的比值大于0且小于或者等于0.5。
在一些实施方式中，所述容置腔通过一通道与所述机芯模组的外部连通，所述通道为所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙，所述机芯模组还包括密封膜，所述密封膜密封所述通道。
在一些实施方式中，所述密封膜包括一体连接的第一连接部、褶皱部和第二连接部，所述褶皱部在所述第一连接部与所述第二连接部之间形成一凹陷区，所述第一连接部与所述第一端壁连接，所述第二连接部与所述连接件或者所述振动面板连接。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组包括围边，所述围边与所述机芯壳体连接，所述围边在一参考平面内的投影环绕在所述振动面板在所述参考平面内的投影的外围，所述参考平面垂直于所述换能装置的振动方向；其中，所述机芯壳体靠近所述振动面板的一侧与所述振动面板和所述围边围设形成一腔体，所述围边在佩戴状态下朝向用户的皮肤的一侧设有多孔结构，以在佩戴状态下，所述多孔结构至少部分与所述振动面板一同接触用户的皮肤，并允许所述腔体与所述机芯模组的外部连通。
在一些实施方式中，在500Hz至4kHz的频率范围之内存在一区间长度至少为1/3倍频程的目标频率范围，在所述目标频率范围内，所述机芯模组具有所述多孔结构时所述耳机在佩戴状态下产生的漏音弱于所述机芯模组不具有所述多孔结构时所述耳机在佩戴状态下产生的漏音。
在一些实施方式中，所述目标频率范围为1kHz至2kHz。
在一些实施方式中，所述多孔结构包括固定层和与所述固定层连接的多孔主体层，所述多孔结构通过所述固定层与所述围边连接，所述多孔结构通过所述多孔主体层连通所述腔体与所述机芯模组的外部。
在一些实施方式中，所述固定层与所述围边可拆卸连接。
在一些实施方式中，所述固定层与所述围边之间的连接方式为磁吸式、卡扣式、粘接式中的任意一种。
在一些实施方式中，所述固定层为固化后的胶水，所述多孔结构包括覆盖在所述多孔主体层上的保护层，所述多孔结构通过所述保护层与用户的皮肤接触。
在一些实施方式中，所述保护层设置成纺织物或者钢网。
在一些实施方式中，所述多孔主体层的孔隙率大于或者等于60％。
在一些实施方式中，所述多孔主体层为泡棉。
在一些实施方式中，所述围边设有连通所述腔体与所述机芯模组外部的连通孔，以在佩戴状态下，所述腔体进一步通过所述连通孔与所述机芯模组的外部连通。
在一些实施方式中，所述连通孔的数量为多个，所述连通孔在所述围边上的开孔率大于或者等于30％。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组包括第一传振片和连接件，所述换能装置通过所述第一传振片悬挂在所述容置腔内，所述机芯壳体包括内筒壁，以及与所述内筒壁的两端分别连接的第一端壁和第二端壁，所述第一端壁和所述第二端壁在所述换能装置的振动方向上分别位于所述换能装置的相背两侧，并与所述内筒壁围设形成所述容置腔，所述第一端壁设有安装孔，所述振动面板位于所述机芯壳体外，所述连接件的一端与所述振动面板连接，另一端经由所述安装孔伸入所述机芯壳体内，并与所述换能装置连接，所述围边与所述第一端壁和所述振动面板围设形成所述腔体；其中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述振动面板的面积大于所述安装孔的面积，所述安装孔的面积大于所述连接件的面积。
在一些实施方式中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述安装孔的面积和所述连接件的面积之差与所述安装孔的面积之间的比值大于0且小于或者等于0.5。
在一些实施方式中，所述容置腔通过一通道与所述机芯模组的外部连通，所述通道为所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙，所述机芯模组还包括密封膜，所述密封膜密封所述通道。
在一些实施方式中，所述密封膜包括一体连接的第一连接部、褶皱部和第二连接部，所述褶皱部在所述第一连接部与所述第二连接部之间形成一凹陷区，所述第一连接部与所述第一端壁连接，所述第二连接部与所述连接件或者所述振动面板连接。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机包括机芯模组，以及与所述机芯模组耦接的电池和主板，所述机芯模组包括机芯壳体和设置在所述机芯壳体的容置腔内的换能装置，并以骨传导的方式传递所述换能装置产生的机械振动，所述电池设置成为所述主板供电，所述主板设置成控制所述换能装置将电信号转换为机械振动。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组还包括第一传振片和振动面板，所述换能装置通过所述第一传振片悬挂在所述容置腔内，所述振动面板与所述换能装置连接，并用于与用户的皮肤接触。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机进一步包括头梁组件和转接壳体，所述头梁组件用于绕过用户头顶，并使得所述机芯模组整体位于用户耳部的前侧，所述转接壳体形成有用于容纳电子元件的容纳空间，所述机芯壳体与所述转接壳体构成弹性连接，所述机芯壳体或所述转接壳体连接至所述头梁组件。
在一些实施方式中，所述换能装置包括磁路系统和线圈，所述线圈与所述机芯壳体构成刚性连接，以使得所述线圈驱动所述机芯壳体振动。
在一些实施方式中，所述换能装置还包括支架和第二传振片，所述支架与所述机芯壳体刚性连接，所述第二传振片连接所述支架与所述磁路系统，以将所述磁路系统悬挂在所述容置腔内，所述线圈与所述支架连接，并沿所述振动方向伸入所述磁路系统的磁间隙内。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯壳体背离所述转接壳体的一侧形成用于与用户的皮肤接触的接触面。
在一些实施方式中，所述转接壳体沿所述换能装置的振动方向与所述机芯壳体层叠设置，且位于所述机芯壳体背离所述振动面板的一侧；
其中，所述转接壳体在垂直于所述振动方向的参考平面上具有第一投影面积，所述机芯壳体在所述参考平面具有第二投影面积，所述第一投影面积与所述第二投影面积之间的比值介于0.2与1.5之间；
和/或，沿所述换能装置的振动方向，所述机芯壳体与所述转接壳体之间的间隙介于1mm与10mm之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述电池或所述主板由所述转接壳体支撑固定，并位于所述转接壳体朝向所述换能装置的一侧。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机进一步包括头梁组件，所述头梁组件用于绕过用户头顶，并使得所述机芯模组整体位于用户耳部的前侧，所述头梁组件施加介于0.4N至0.8N之间的压紧力将所述机芯模组压持于用户脸颊。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机还包括头梁组件和与所述头梁组件连接的支撑件，所述头梁组件用于绕过用户头顶，并使得所述机芯模组整体位于用户耳部的前侧，所述电池或者所述主板设置在所述支撑件内。
在一些实施方式中，在佩戴状态下，所述支撑件与所述机芯模组沿人体矢状轴间隔设置。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组相对于所述支撑件更加靠近用户头部前侧。
在一些实施方式中，在佩戴状态下，所述支撑件与所述机芯模组沿人体垂直轴间隔设置，所述机芯模组相对于所述支撑件更加远离用户头顶。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组包括机芯壳体、换能装置、第一传振片和振动面板，所述换能装置通过所述第一传振片悬挂在所述机芯壳体的容置腔内，所述振动面板与所述换能装置连接，并用于与用户的皮肤接触；其中，所述耳机还包括与所述换能装置电性连接的电池，所述电池在所述换能装置的振动方向上与所述换能装置间隔设置，所述电池的容量与所述机芯壳体和所述电池的重量之和之间的比值介于11mAh/g与24.5mAh/g之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机包括与机芯壳体连接的转接壳体，所述电池设置在所述转接壳体内，所述电池的容量与所述机芯壳体和所述转接壳体的重量之和之间的比值介于55mAh/g与220mAh/g之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述电池的容量大于或者等于200mAh，所述机芯壳体和所述转接壳体的重量之和介于1g与4g之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述电池的容量与所述振动面板与用户的皮肤接触的面积之间的比值介于0.37mAh/mm 2与0.73/mm 2之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机还包括与所述机芯模组连接的头梁组件，所述头梁组件用于绕过用户头顶，并使得所述机芯模组位于用户耳部的前侧；其中，在佩戴状态下，所述头梁组件与用户头顶形成第一接触点，所述机芯模组与用户脸颊形成第二接触点，所述第二接触点与所述第一接触点在人体矢状轴所在方向上的间距介于20mm与30mm之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述头梁组件包括弧形头梁件和转接件，所述弧形头梁件用于绕过用户头顶，所述转接件包括第一连接段、中间过渡段和第二连接段，所述中间过渡段连接所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段，所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段分别相对于所述中间过渡段弯折并反向延伸，所述第一连接段与所述弧形头梁件连接，所述第二连接段与所述机芯模组连接；其中，沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，所述中间过渡段相对 于人体垂直轴倾斜。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯壳体包括内筒壁以及与所述内筒壁的一端连接的第一端壁和第二端壁，所述第一端壁和所述第二端壁在所述振动方向上分别位于所述换能装置的相背两侧，并与所述内筒壁围设形成所述容置腔，所述第一端壁设有安装孔，所述振动面板位于所述机芯壳体外，并用于与用户的皮肤接触，所述机芯模组还包括连接件，所述连接件的一端与所述振动面板连接，另一端经由所述安装孔伸入所述机芯壳体内，并与所述换能装置连接；其中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述振动面板的面积大于所述安装孔的面积，所述安装孔的面积大于所述连接件的面积。
在一些实施方式中，所述容置腔仅通过一通道与所述耳机的外部连通，所述通道为所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙；
或者，所述容置腔仅通过第一通道和第二通道与所述耳机的外部连通，所述第一通道为所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙，所述第二通道经一声滤波器与所述耳机的外部连通。
在一些实施方式中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述安装孔的面积与所述第一端壁的面积之间的比值小于或者等于0.6。
在一些实施方式中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述安装孔的面积和所述连接件的面积之差与所述安装孔的面积之间的比值大于0且小于或者等于0.5。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机包括头梁组件，所述头梁组件用于绕过用户头顶，并使得所述机芯模组位于用户耳部的前侧；其中，在佩戴状态下，所述头梁组件与用户头顶形成第一接触点，所述机芯模组与用户脸颊形成第二接触点，所述第二接触点与所述第一接触点在人体矢状轴所在方向上的间距介于20mm与30mm之间。
在一些实施方式中，沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，所述头梁组件至少部分相对于人体垂直轴倾斜。
在一些实施方式中，所述头梁组件包括弧形头梁件和转接件，所述弧形头梁件用于绕过用户头顶，所述转接件包括第一连接段、中间过渡段和第二连接段，所述中间过渡段连接所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段，所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段分别相对于所述中间过渡段弯折并反向延伸，所述第一连接段与所述弧形头梁件连接，所述第二连接段与所述机芯模组连接；其中，沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，所述中间过渡段相对于人体垂直轴倾斜。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一连接段相对于所述中间过渡段的弯折角度大于或者等于90°且小于180°；和/或，所述第二连接段相对于所述中间过渡段的弯折角度大于或者等于90°且小于180°。
在一些实施方式中，在佩戴状态下，并沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，所述第一连接段与所述第二连接段平行，且所述第一连接段与所述第二连接段之间的间距介于20mm与30mm之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段分别设有走线腔，所述中间过渡段设有开槽，所述开槽用于连通所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段的所述走线腔，以允许所述耳机的走线由所述机芯模组经所述转接件延伸至所述弧形头梁件，所述头梁组件还包括嵌入所述开槽的密封件，所述密封件覆盖所述走线。
在一些实施方式中，所述转接件的材质为金属，所述弧形头梁件的材质为塑料。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一连接段在外力作用下能够伸出或者缩回所述弧形头梁件。
在一些实施方式中，所述弧形头梁件的两端均设有所述转接件和所述机芯模组，所述头梁组件在第一使用状态时为所述机芯模组提供第一压紧力，且在第二使用状态时为所述机芯模组提供第二压紧力，所述第二压紧力与所述第一压紧力之差的绝对值介于0与 0.1N之间；
其中，所述第一使用状态定义为每一所述转接件相对于所述弧形头梁件具有第一伸出量，且两个所述机芯模组之间具有第一间距的使用状态，所述第二使用状态定义为每一所述转接件相对于所述弧形头梁件具有第二伸出量，且两个所述机芯模组之间具有第二间距的使用状态，所述第二伸出量大于所述第一伸出量，所述第二间距大于所述第一间距。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组对用户脸颊的压紧力介于0.4N至0.8N之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机包括转接壳体，所述机芯壳体包括与所述转接壳体连接的第一机芯壳体，所述第一机芯壳体包括内筒壁、外筒壁和过渡壁，所述内筒壁位于所述换能装置的外围，所述外筒壁位于所述内筒壁的外围，并在垂直于所述换能装置的振动方向的方向上与所述内筒壁间隔设置，所述过渡壁连接在所述内筒壁与外筒壁之间，所述外筒壁、所述内筒壁和所述过渡壁围设形成一声学腔，所述声学腔与所述容置腔连通，以吸收所述容置腔内空气随所述换能装置振动而形成的声波的声能。
在一些实施方式中，所述声波的频响曲线具有一谐振峰，所述声学腔为一亥姆霍兹共振腔，以减弱所述谐振峰的峰值谐振强度。
在一些实施方式中，所述谐振峰的峰值谐振频率介于500Hz与4kHz之间，所述亥姆霍兹共振腔与所述容置腔连通的开口处于打开状态时的所述谐振峰的峰值谐振强度与所述亥姆霍兹共振腔与所述容置腔连通的开口处于关闭状态时的所述谐振峰的峰值谐振强度之间的差值大于或者等于3dB。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一机芯壳体还包括连接在所述内筒壁与外筒壁之间的盖板，所述盖板与所述过渡壁在所述振动方向上间隔设置，并与所述外筒壁、所述内筒壁和所述过渡壁围设形成所述亥姆霍兹共振腔。
在一些实施方式中，所述声学腔为一声滤波器，所述声滤波器的截止频率小于或者等于5kHz。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一壳体还包括端壁，所述端壁与所述内筒壁的一端连接，并围设形成所述容置腔，所述转接壳体包括中板和与所述中板连接的筒状侧壁，所述中板位于所述端壁背离所述容置腔的一侧，所述筒状侧壁位于所述外筒壁的外围，所述端壁、所述内筒壁、所述过渡壁和所述外筒壁与所述中板和所述筒状侧壁围设形成所述声滤波器，所述声波被所述声滤波器吸收后经所述筒状侧壁与所述外筒壁之间的间隙传输至所述耳机的外部。
在一些实施方式中，所述过渡壁与所述中板在所述振动方向上的间隙和所述内筒壁与所述外筒壁在垂直于所述振动方向的方向上的间隙均大于所述筒状侧壁与所述外筒壁在垂直于所述振动方向的方向上的间隙。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一机芯壳体还包括加强柱，所述加强柱连接所述内筒壁和所述外筒壁，所述加强柱和所述筒状侧壁中的一者设有轴孔，另一者设有与所述轴孔配合的转轴，所述转轴嵌入所述轴孔，以允许所述机芯壳体相对于所述转接壳体转动。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机还包括与所述机芯模组连接的头梁组件，所述头梁组件用于绕过用户头顶，并使得所述机芯模组与用户脸颊接触，所述头梁组件包括弧形头梁件和转接件，所述弧形头梁件用于绕过用户头顶，所述转接件包括依次连接的第一连接段、中间过渡段和第二连接段，所述第一连接段与所述弧形头梁件连接，所述第二连接段与所述转接壳体连接，所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段分别相对于所述中间过渡段弯折并反向延伸，以在佩戴状态下，并沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，所述弧形头梁件位于用户耳部的上方，所述机芯模组位于用户耳部的前侧。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一连接段相对于所述中间过渡段的弯折角度大于或者等于90°且小于180°；和/或，所述第二连接段相对于所述中间过渡段的弯折角度大于或 者等于90°且小于180°。
在一些实施方式中，在佩戴状态下，并沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，所述第一连接段与所述第二连接段平行，且所述第一连接段与所述第二连接段之间的间距介于20mm与30mm之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机包括第一电路板、第二电路板、编码器、轻触开关和功能键，所述第一电路板与所述第二电路板层叠设置，所述编码器设置在所述第一电路板上，所述轻触开关设置在所述第二电路板上，并位于所述第二电路板朝向所述第一电路板的一侧，所述功能键包括键帽和与所述键帽连接的键杆，所述键帽位于所述第一电路板背离所述第二电路板的一侧，所述键杆远离所述键帽的自由端与所述轻触开关正对设置，所述编码器套设在所述键杆上；其中，在用户通过所述键帽旋转所述键杆时，所述键杆带动所述编码器生成第一输入信号，在用户通过所述键帽按压所述键杆时，所述键杆触发所述轻触开关生成第二输入信号。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一输入信号用于控制所述耳机的音量加/减；和/或，所述第二输入信号用于控制所述耳机的播放/暂停、切歌、配对设备、开机/关机中的任意一种。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机进一步包括壳体和转接环，所述壳体包括第一筒体，所述第一电路板与所述第二电路板沿所述第一筒体的轴向层叠设置于所述第一筒体内，所述转接环套接于所述第一筒体的外围，所述转接环沿所述第一筒体的轴向被限位，并能够绕所述第一筒体的轴向转动，所述键帽固定设置于所述转接环上，所述键杆沿所述第一筒体的轴向插入所述第一筒体。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一筒体的外周壁上设置有第一卡扣，所述转接环包括第二筒体，所述第二筒体的内周壁上设置有第二卡扣，所述第一卡扣和第二卡扣彼此卡接，以限制所述转接环沿所述键杆相对所述第一筒体的插入方向的反方向移动。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一筒体的外周壁上进一步设置有第一凸缘，所述第二筒体的外周壁上进一步设置有第二凸缘，所述第一凸缘用于支撑所述第二凸缘，以限制所述转接环沿所述键杆相对所述第一筒体的插入方向移动。
在一些实施方式中，所述键帽包括第三筒体和端板，所述第三筒体套设于所述第二筒体的外围，并所述第三筒体的一端支撑于所述第二凸缘背离所述第一凸缘的一侧，所述端板设置于所述第三筒体的另一端，所述键杆设置于所述端板上。
在一些实施方式中，所述功能键的材质为塑料，所述转接环的材质为金属。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机还包括头梁组件所述头梁组件用于绕过用户头顶，并使得所述机芯模组位于用户耳部的前侧；其中，在佩戴状态下，所述头梁组件与用户头顶形成第一接触点，所述机芯模组与用户脸颊形成第二接触点，所述第二接触点与所述第一接触点在人体矢状轴所在方向上的间距介于20mm与30mm之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述头梁组件包括弧形头梁件和转接件，所述弧形头梁件用于绕过用户头顶，所述转接件包括第一连接段、中间过渡段和第二连接段，所述中间过渡段连接所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段，所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段分别相对于所述中间过渡段弯折并反向延伸，所述第一连接段与所述弧形头梁件连接，所述第二连接段与所述机芯模组连接；其中，沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，所述中间过渡段相对于人体垂直轴倾斜。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组包括第一传振片、振动面板和连接件，所述机芯壳体与所述头梁组件连接，所述换能装置通过所述第一传振片悬挂在所述机芯壳体的容置腔内，所述机芯壳体包括内筒壁以及与所述内筒壁的两端分别连接的第一端壁和第二端壁，所述第一端壁和所述第二端壁在所述换能装置的振动方向上分别位于所述换能装置的相背两侧，并与所述内筒壁围设形成所述容置腔，所述第一端壁设有安装孔，所述振动面板位于所述机芯壳体外，并用于与用户的皮肤接触，所述连接件的一端与所述振 动面板连接，另一端经由所述安装孔伸入所述机芯壳体内，并与所述换能装置连接；其中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述振动面板的面积大于所述安装孔的面积，所述安装孔的面积大于所述连接件的面积。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机包括壳体、拾音组件和开关组件，所述拾音组件包括枢转连接块、连接杆以及拾音器，所述枢转连接块用于与所述壳体枢轴连接，所述连接杆的一端连接所述枢转连接块，所述拾音器设置于所述连接杆的另一端，其中所述枢转连接块背离所述壳体的一侧设置有凹陷区域；所述开关组件设置于所述凹陷区域内。
在一些实施方式中，所述凹陷区域的底部设置有凸台，所述凸台的外周壁与所述凹陷区域的侧壁之间形成一环形凹槽，所述开关组件包括开关电路板、弹性支撑件以及按键，所述开关电路板设置于所述凸台的顶部，所述弹性支撑件包括环形固定部以及弹性支撑部，其中所述环形固定部固定于所述环形凹槽内，所述弹性支撑部呈穹顶形设置，并与所述环形固定部连接，所述按键设置于所述弹性支撑部上。
在一些实施方式中，所述环形固定部和弹性支撑部一体设置，所述耳机进一步包括加强环，所述加强环沿所述环形固定部的周向衬设于所述环形固定部上，并与所述枢转连接块连接。
在一些实施方式中，所述加强环套设于所述环形固定部的外围，且所述加强环的外周壁与所述凹陷区域的侧壁固定连接。
在一些实施方式中，所述加强环为金属件。
在一些实施方式中，所述按键包括键帽、键杆和环状凸缘，所述键杆和所述环状凸缘连接在所述键帽的同一侧，所述环状凸缘环绕所述键杆，所述键杆和所述环状凸缘嵌入所述弹性支撑部内，所述键杆沿所述按键的按压方向正投影至所述开关电路板时与所述开关电路板上凸起的开关元件重叠。
在一些实施方式中，所述环状凸缘的凸起高度和所述键杆的凸起高度相等。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机还包括头梁组件，所述头梁组件用于绕过用户头顶，并使得所述机芯模组位于用户耳部的前侧；其中，在佩戴状态下，所述头梁组件与用户头顶形成第一接触点，所述机芯模组与用户脸颊形成第二接触点，所述第二接触点与所述第一接触点在人体矢状轴所在方向上的间距介于20mm与30mm之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述头梁组件包括弧形头梁件和转接件，所述弧形头梁件用于绕过用户头顶，所述转接件包括第一连接段、中间过渡段和第二连接段，所述中间过渡段连接所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段，所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段分别相对于所述中间过渡段弯折并反向延伸，所述第一连接段与所述弧形头梁件连接，所述第二连接段与所述机芯模组连接；其中，沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，所述中间过渡段相对于人体垂直轴倾斜。
在一些实施方式中，所述机芯模组包括第一传振片、振动面板和连接件，所述机芯壳体与所述头梁组件连接，所述换能装置通过所述第一传振片悬挂在所述机芯壳体的容置腔内，所述机芯壳体包括内筒壁以及与所述内筒壁的两端分别连接的第一端壁和第二端壁，所述第一端壁和所述第二端壁在所述换能装置的振动方向上分别位于所述换能装置的相背两侧，并与所述内筒壁围设形成所述容置腔，所述第一端壁设有安装孔，所述振动面板位于所述机芯壳体外，并用于与用户的皮肤接触，所述连接件的一端与所述振动面板连接，另一端经由所述安装孔伸入所述机芯壳体内，并与所述换能装置连接；其中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述振动面板的面积大于所述安装孔的面积，所述安装孔的面积大于所述连接件的面积。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机包括头梁组件，所述头梁组件包括弧形头梁件、转接件和连接线组件，所述弧形头梁件用于绕过用户头顶，所述转接件与所述弧形头梁件连接，并在外力作用下能够伸出或者缩回所述弧形头梁件，所述连接线组件包括沿所述弧 形头梁件延伸的导线，所述导线划分为定位段和位于所述定位段两端的自然段，所述定位段被固定于所述弧形头梁件，所述自然段连接至所述弧形头梁件，以允许所述导线跟随所述转接件的伸出而伸长或者所述转接件的缩回而回弹。
在一些实施方式中，所述头梁组件还包括与所述弧形头梁件卡接的压持件，所述压持件将所述定位段压持在所述弧形头梁件上。
在一些实施方式中，所述压持件包括压持部和位于所述压持部两端的卡接部，每一所述卡接部分别相对于所述压持部弯折，两个所述卡接部朝所述压持部的一侧同向延伸，并在外力作用下能够彼此靠近，所述压持部用于压持所述定位段，所述卡接部用于与所述弧形头梁件卡接。
在一些实施方式中，所述弧形头梁件包括内仓体和与所述内仓体连接的外盖体，所述内仓体用于与用户头部接触，所述导线位于所述内仓体与所述外盖体之间，所述压持件与所述外盖体卡接。
在一些实施方式中，所述弧形头梁件还包括内盖体，所述内盖体和所述内仓体与所述外盖体的同一侧连接，所述内盖体和所述外盖体夹持所述转接件。
在一些实施方式中，所述导线进一步划分为位于所述定位段与所述自然段之间的伸缩段，所述伸缩段的弹性系数大于所述定位段和所述自然段中任意一者的弹性系数。
在一些实施方式中，所述连接线组件还包括与两段所述自然段连接的辅助线，所述辅助线的弹性系数大于所述伸缩段的弹性系数，以用于在所述导线被拉伸时提供弹性恢复力。
在一些实施方式中，所述辅助线包括弹性主体和位于所述弹性主体两端的套环，每一所述套环分别套设在对应的所述自然段上，并在所述伸缩段的回弹方向上被所述自然段上的限位结构止挡。
在一些实施方式中，所述限位结构为与所述导线的绝缘层一体连接的凸起，或者为所述自然段打结所形成的绳结。
在一些实施方式中，所述弧形头梁件的两端分别通过一所述转接件连接一所述机芯模组，所述电池与两个所述机芯模组中的一个连接，所述主板与两个所述机芯模组中的另一个连接，所述电池和所述主板通过所述导线电性连接。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机包括头梁组件，所述头梁组件包括弧形头梁件、转接件和阻尼件，所述弧形头梁件用于绕过用户头顶，并包括内仓体、内盖体和外盖体，所述内仓体用于与用户头部接触，所述内盖体和所述内仓体与所述外盖体的同一侧连接，所述内盖体和所述外盖体夹持所述转接件，所述外盖体设有用于引导所述转接件相对于所述外盖体运动的第一导向槽，所述阻尼件设置在所述转接件朝向所述内盖体的一侧，并凸出于所述第一导向槽，所述阻尼件进一步与所述内盖体抵接，以在所述转接件伸出或者缩回所述弧形头梁件的过程中提供阻力。
在一些实施方式中，所述转接件靠近所述内仓体的一端设有收纳槽，所述阻尼件设置在所述收纳槽内，并部分凸出所述转接件。
在一些实施方式中，所述转接件靠近所述内仓体的一端设有滑块，所述外盖体在所述第一导向槽远离所述内仓体的一端设有止挡部，所述止挡部用于止挡所述滑块，所述收纳槽设于所述滑块。
在一些实施方式中，所述内盖体设有用于在所述转接件伸出或者缩回所述弧形头梁件的过程中引导所述阻尼件的第二导向槽。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机还包括设置在所述内仓体与所述外盖体之间的连接线组件，所述连接线组件包括导线，所述转接件包括第一连接段、中间过渡段和第二连接段，所述中间过渡段连接所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段，所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段分别相对于所述中间过渡段弯折并反向延伸，所述滑块设置在所述第一连接段， 所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段分别设有走线腔，所述中间过渡段设有开槽，所述开槽用于连通所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段的所述走线腔，以允许所述导线进一步穿设在所述转接件内。
在一些实施方式中，所述导线划分为伸缩段和位于所述伸缩段两端的自然段，所述伸缩段的弹性系数大于所述自然段的弹性系数，所述自然段连接至所述转接件，以允许所述导线跟随所述转接件的伸出而伸长或者所述转接件的缩回而回弹。
在一些实施方式中，所述连接线组件还包括与两段所述自然段连接的辅助线，所述辅助线的弹性系数大于所述伸缩段的弹性系数，以用于在所述导线被拉伸时提供弹性恢复力。
在一些实施方式中，所述辅助线包括弹性主体和位于所述弹性主体两端的套环，每一所述套环分别套设在对应的所述自然段上，并在所述伸缩段的回弹方向上被所述自然段上的限位结构止挡。
在一些实施方式中，所述限位结构为与所述导线的绝缘层一体连接的凸起，或者为所述自然段打结所形成的绳结。
在一些实施方式中，所述弧形头梁件的两端分别通过一所述转接件连接一所述机芯模组，所述电池与两个所述机芯模组中的一个连接，所述主板与两个所述机芯模组中的另一个连接，所述电池和所述主板通过所述导线电性连接。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机包括头梁组件，所述头梁组件包括用于绕过用户头顶的弧形头梁件，所述弧形头梁件包括内仓体、内盖体和外盖体，所述内仓体具有弹性，并用于与用户头部接触，所述内盖体和所述内仓体分别与所述外盖体的同一侧连接，所述内仓体的端部伸入所述内盖体与所述外盖体之间，且在所述头梁组件的两端沿彼此背离的方向被逐渐拉开的过程中，所述内仓体能够从所述内盖体与所述外盖体之间部分退出。
在一些实施方式中，所述内盖体和所述外盖体为一体成型结构件。
在一些实施方式中，所述内仓体的端部设有通孔，所述内盖体朝向所述外盖体的一侧设有伸入所述通孔的立柱，所述立柱的径向尺寸小于所述通孔的径向尺寸，以在所述头梁组件的两端沿彼此背离的方向被逐渐拉开的过程中，所述内仓体从所述内盖体与所述外盖体之间部分退出，并被所述立柱止挡。
在一些实施方式中，所述通孔为长度方向沿所述弧形头梁件的延伸方向设置的腰形孔。
在一些实施方式中，所述通孔和所述立柱的数量均为两个，两个所述通孔在垂直于所述头梁组件的延伸方向的方向上间隔设置，两个所述立柱分别伸入一个所述通孔内。
在一些实施方式中，所述头梁组件还包括转接件，所述内盖体和所述外盖体夹持所述转接件，所述转接件在外力作用下能够伸出或者缩回所述弧形头梁件。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机还包括设置在所述内仓体与所述外盖体之间的连接线组件，所述连接线组件包括导线，所述转接件包括第一连接段、中间过渡段和第二连接段，所述中间过渡段连接所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段，所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段分别相对于所述中间过渡段弯折并反向延伸，所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段分别设有走线腔，所述中间过渡段设有开槽，所述开槽用于连通所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段的所述走线腔，以允许所述导线进一步穿设在所述转接件内。
在一些实施方式中，所述导线划分为伸缩段和位于所述伸缩段两端的自然段，所述伸缩段的弹性系数大于所述自然段的弹性系数，所述自然段连接至所述转接件，以允许所述导线跟随所述转接件的伸出而伸长或者所述转接件的缩回而回弹。
在一些实施方式中，所述连接线组件还包括与两段所述自然段连接的辅助线，所述辅助线的弹性系数大于所述伸缩段的弹性系数，以用于在所述导线被拉伸时提供弹性恢 复力。
在一些实施方式中，所述辅助线包括弹性主体和位于所述弹性主体两端的套环，每一所述套环分别套设在对应的所述自然段上，并在所述伸缩段的回弹方向上被所述自然段上的限位结构止挡，所述限位结构为与所述导线的绝缘层一体连接的凸起，或者所述限位结构为所述自然段打结所形成的绳结。
在一些实施方式中，所述弧形头梁件的两端分别通过一所述转接件连接一所述机芯模组，所述电池与两个所述机芯模组中的一个连接，所述主板与两个所述机芯模组中的另一个连接，所述电池和所述主板通过所述导线电性连接。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机包括头梁组件，所述头梁组件包括用于绕过用户头顶的弧形头梁件，所述弧形头梁件划分为中间段和与所述中间段的两端分别连接的末段，所述末段的弧长小于所述中间段的弧长；其中，在所述头梁组件的两端沿彼此背离的方向被逐渐拉开的过程中，两个所述末段相对于所述中间段沿彼此背离的方向偏转。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机包括壳体、拾音组件和阻尼件，所述拾音组件包括枢转连接块、连接杆以及拾音器，所述枢转连接块和所述壳体中的一者形成枢轴孔，另一者形成伸入所述枢轴孔的枢轴，所述连接杆的一端连接至所述枢转连接块，所述拾音器设置于所述连接杆的另一端，所述阻尼件位于所述枢转连接块与所述壳体在所述枢轴孔的轴向上重叠的区域内，所述阻尼件与所述枢转连接块和所述壳体中的一者连接，并与所述枢转连接块和所述壳体中的另一者抵接，以在所述拾音组件相对于所述壳体转动的过程中提供阻力。
在一些实施方式中，所述阻尼件设置在所述壳体的容置槽内，并凸出于所述容置槽。
在一些实施方式中，沿所述枢轴孔的轴向观察，所述阻尼件呈弧形，并与所述枢轴孔同心设置。
在一些实施方式中，所述阻尼件的数量为多个，多个所述阻尼件绕所述枢轴孔间隔设置。
在一些实施方式中，所述枢转连接块朝向所述壳体的一侧形成所述枢轴，所述枢转连接块背离所述壳体的一侧设置有凹陷区域，所述耳机还包括设置在所述凹陷区内的开关组件。
在一些实施方式中，所述凹陷区域的底部设置有凸台，所述凸台的外周壁与所述凹陷区域的侧壁之间形成一环形凹槽，所述开关组件包括开关电路板、弹性支撑件以及按键，所述开关电路板设置于所述凸台的顶部，所述弹性支撑件包括环形固定部以及弹性支撑部，其中所述环形固定部固定于所述环形凹槽内，所述弹性支撑部呈穹顶形设置，并与所述环形固定部连接，所述按键设置于所述弹性支撑部上。
在一些实施方式中，所述环形固定部和弹性支撑部一体设置，所述耳机进一步包括加强环，所述加强环沿所述环形固定部的周向衬设于所述环形固定部上，并与所述枢转连接块连接。
在一些实施方式中，所述加强环套设于所述环形固定部的外围，且所述加强环的外周壁与所述凹陷区域的侧壁固定连接。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机还包括头梁组件，所述机芯模组通过所述壳体与所述头梁组件连接，所述头梁组件用于绕过用户头顶，并使得所述机芯模组位于用户耳部的前侧；其中，在佩戴状态下，所述头梁组件与用户头顶形成第一接触点，所述机芯模组与用户脸颊形成第二接触点，所述第二接触点与所述第一接触点在人体矢状轴所在方向上的间距介于20mm与30mm之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述头梁组件包括弧形头梁件和转接件，所述弧形头梁件用于绕过用户头顶，所述转接件包括第一连接段、中间过渡段和第二连接段，所述中间过渡段连接所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段，所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段分别相对 于所述中间过渡段弯折并反向延伸，所述第一连接段与所述弧形头梁件连接，所述第二连接段与所述机芯模组连接；其中，沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，所述中间过渡段相对于人体垂直轴倾斜。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机包括壳体、拾音组件、导线和隔板，所述拾音组件包括枢转连接块、连接杆以及拾音器，所述枢转连接块伸入所述壳体的枢轴孔内，并允许所述拾音组件相对于所述壳体转动，所述连接杆的一端连接至所述枢转连接块，所述拾音器设置于所述连接杆的另一端，所述导线延伸经过所述枢转连接块和所述连接杆的内部以电性连接至所述拾音器，所述隔板固定在所述壳体内，并使得所述枢转连接块和所述导线保持间隔。
在一些实施方式中，所述隔板在所述枢轴孔的周向上覆盖所述枢转连接块的一部分，并部分伸入所述枢轴孔内。
在一些实施方式中，所述枢转连接块设置成在所述拾音组件相对于所述壳体转动一角度之后被所述隔板止挡。
在一些实施方式中，所述枢转连接块包括枢轴，以及与所述枢轴的两端分别连接的倒钩部和操作部，所述枢轴位于所述枢轴孔内，所述倒钩部和所述操作部位于所述壳体的相背两侧，以在所述枢轴孔的轴向上锁止所述枢转连接块和所述壳体，所述连接杆与所述操作部连接，所述隔板包括与所述壳体连接的固定部和与所述固定部连接的弧形延伸部，所述固定部覆盖所述倒钩部的一部分，并在所述枢轴孔的轴向上与所述倒钩部间隔设置，所述弧形延伸部伸入所述枢轴，并在所述枢轴孔的径向上与所述枢轴间隔设置，所述导线在穿过所述枢轴孔时搭设在所述弧形延伸部和所述固定部上，所述倒钩部在所述拾音组件相对于所述壳体转动一角度之后被所述固定部止挡。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机还包括固定在所述壳体内的电路板，所述壳体上设有热熔柱，所述固定部和所述电路板套设在所述热熔柱上，所述拾音器通过所述导线与所述电路板电性连接。
在一些实施方式中，所述枢转连接块背离所述壳体的一侧设置有凹陷区域，所述耳机还包括设置在所述凹陷区内的开关组件。
在一些实施方式中，所述凹陷区域的底部设置有凸台，所述凸台的外周壁与所述凹陷区域的侧壁之间形成一环形凹槽，所述开关组件包括开关电路板、弹性支撑件以及按键，所述开关电路板设置于所述凸台的顶部，所述弹性支撑件包括环形固定部以及弹性支撑部，其中所述环形固定部固定于所述环形凹槽内，所述弹性支撑部呈穹顶形设置，并与所述环形固定部连接，所述按键设置于所述弹性支撑部上。
在一些实施方式中，所述环形固定部和弹性支撑部一体设置，所述耳机进一步包括加强环，所述加强环沿所述环形固定部的周向衬设于所述环形固定部上，并与所述枢转连接块连接。
在一些实施方式中，所述耳机还包括头梁组件，所述机芯模组通过所述壳体与所述头梁组件连接，所述头梁组件用于绕过用户头顶，并使得所述机芯模组位于用户耳部的前侧；其中，在佩戴状态下，所述头梁组件与用户头顶形成第一接触点，所述机芯模组与用户脸颊形成第二接触点，所述第二接触点与所述第一接触点在人体矢状轴所在方向上的间距介于20mm与30mm之间。
在一些实施方式中，所述头梁组件包括弧形头梁件和转接件，所述弧形头梁件用于绕过用户头顶，所述转接件包括第一连接段、中间过渡段和第二连接段，所述中间过渡段连接所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段，所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段分别相对于所述中间过渡段弯折并反向延伸，所述第一连接段与所述弧形头梁件连接，所述第二连接段与所述机芯模组连接；其中，沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，所述中间过渡段相对于人体垂直轴倾斜。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例中的技术方案，下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍，显而易见地，下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请的一些实施例，对于本领域普通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动的前提下，还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。
图1是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的结构示意图；
图2是本申请提供的耳机中连接件与振动面板相对位置关系一实施例的结构示意图；
图3是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的结构示意图；
图4是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的结构示意图；
图5是本申请提供的振动面板一实施例的结构示意图；
图6是本申请提供的振动面板一实施例的结构示意图；
图7是本申请提供的振动面板一实施例的结构示意图；
图8是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的结构示意图；
图9是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的结构示意图；
图10是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的结构示意图；
图11是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的结构示意图；
图12是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的结构示意图；
图13是本申请提供的耳机一实施例处于佩戴状态的结构示意图；
图14是本申请提供的耳机一实施例处于佩戴状态的结构示意图；
图15是本申请提供的耳机一实施例处于佩戴状态的结构示意图；
图16是本申请提供的耳机一实施例处于佩戴状态的结构示意图；
图17是本申请提供的耳机一实施例处于佩戴状态的结构示意图；
图18是申请提供的悬臂梁弯曲变形的力学模型示意图；
图19是申请提供的头梁组件一实施例的力学模型示意图；
图20是图12中耳机一实施例的分解结构示意图；
图21是图20中耳机另一视角的分解结构示意图；
图22是图20中转接件E1区域的局部放大结构示意图；
图23是图12中耳机一实施例的分解结构示意图；
图24是图12中耳机一实施例的分解结构示意图；
图25是本申请提供的耳机一实施例处于佩戴状态的结构示意图；
图26是本申请提供的耳机一实施例处于佩戴状态的结构示意图；
图27是图12中耳机一实施例的截面结构示意图；
图28是图27中耳机另一视角的截面结构示意图；
图29是图27中耳机另一视角的截面结构示意图；
图30是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的截面结构示意图；
图31是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的截面结构示意图；
图32是图12中耳机一实施例的截面结构示意图；
图33是图32中耳机另一视角的截面结构示意图；
图34是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的结构示意图；
图35是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的结构示意图；
图36是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的等效模型示意性；
图37是本申请提供的耳机一实施例在非佩戴状态下振动面板振动的频响曲线；
图38是本申请提供的耳机在非佩戴状态下且其第一传振片具有不同的刚度时振动面板振动的频响曲线；
图39是本申请提供的耳机在非佩戴状态下且其第二传振片具有不同的刚度时振动面板振动的频响曲线；
图40是本申请提供的耳机在非佩戴状态下且其机芯壳体具有不同的质量时振动面板振动的频响曲线；
图41是本申请提供的耳机在非佩戴状态下且其第一传振片和第二传振片具有不同的刚度时振动面板振动的频响曲线；
图42是本申请提供的两种耳机实施例在非佩戴状态下的漏音的频响曲线；
图43是本申请提供的耳机一实施例朝向用户的皮肤一侧的结构示意图；
图44是本申请提供的耳机一实施例朝向用户的皮肤一侧的结构示意图；
图45是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的结构示意图；
图46是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的结构示意图；
图47是图46中支架一实施例的结构示意图；
图48是图12中耳机一实施例朝向用户的头部一侧的结构示意图；
图49是本申请提供的耳机在不同佩戴方式下的力学模型示意图；
图50是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的结构示意图；
图51是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的结构示意图；
图52是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的结构示意图；
图53是本申请提供的弧形头梁件一实施例的分解结构示意图；
图54是图53中弧形头梁件一实施例的截面结构示意图；
图55是本申请提供的头梁组件一实施例的局部分解结构示意图；
图56是本申请提供的头梁组件一实施例在不同状态下的局部结构示意图；
图57是本申请提供的连接线组件一实施例的分解结构示意图；
图58是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的分解结构示意图；
图59是图58中耳机另一视角的结构示意图；
图60是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的截面结构示意图；
图61是本申请提供的两种耳机实施例在非佩戴状态下的漏音的频响曲线；
图62是图27中耳机一实施例的截面结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面结合附图和实施例，对本申请作进一步的详细描述。特别指出的是，以下实施例仅用于说明本申请，但不对本申请的范围进行限定。同样的，以下实施例仅为本申请的部分实施例而非全部实施例，本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例，都属于本申请保护的范围。
本申请中提及“实施例”意味着，结合实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特性可以包含在本申请的至少一个实施例中。本领域技术人员显式地和隐式地理解的是，本申请所描述的实施例可以与其他实施例相结合。
本申请中，耳机10可以包括机芯模组11，机芯模组11设置成至少产生骨导声，并在佩戴状态下与用户的皮肤(例如脸颊)接触，以允许用户耳部的外耳道“开放”。换言之，在用户耳部的外耳道开放而不被耳机10堵住/遮挡的情况下，耳机10还可以产生气导声，将在后文中进行示例性的说明。此时，耳机10产生的声音可以以骨导声为主，气导声为辅，也即气导声增强骨导声，进而改善耳机10的音质。
需要说明的是：本申请所述的骨导声指机芯模组11产生的机械振动主要通过用户的头骨等媒介进行传播，本申请所述的气导声指机芯模组11产生的机械振动主要通过空气等媒介进行传播。进一步地，本申请所述的机芯模组11可以设置两个，两个机芯模组11均可以将电信号转化成机械振动，以便于耳机10实现立体声音效。因此，在其他一些对 立体声要求并不是特别高的应用场景下，例如听力患者助听、主持人直播提词等，耳机10也可以仅设置一个机芯模组11，取消的那个机芯模组11可以由辅助耳机10佩戴的结构件替代。
结合图1，机芯模组11可以包括机芯壳体111和设置在机芯壳体111的容置腔100内的换能装置112，换能装置112设置成将电信号转化为机械振动。此时，机芯模组11可以主要以骨传导的方式传递换能装置112产生的机械振动，进而形成骨导声。
在一些实施例中，在佩戴状态下，机芯模组11可以通过机芯壳体111与用户的皮肤直接接触，也即机芯模组11直接通过机芯壳体111传递换能装置112产生的机械振动。如此，耳机10可以不包括后文中提及的第一传振片113、振动面板114等结构件。与此同时，机芯壳体111也会带动耳机10外部的空气振动，进而产生漏音。此时，为了降低耳机10的漏音，机芯壳体111上可以开设连通容置腔100与耳机10外部的通孔(可以定义为“降漏音孔”)，以允许经降漏音孔输出至耳机10外部的声波与机芯壳体111随换能装置112振动产生的漏音在远场反相相消(俗称“打孔降漏音”)。
在其他一些实施例中，机芯模组11还可以包括第一传振片113和振动面板114。其中，换能装置112可以通过第一传振片113悬挂在容置腔100内，振动面板114可以至少部分位于机芯壳体11的容置腔外，并与换能装置112连接，用于将换能装置112产生的机械振动传递至用户。相应地，机芯壳体111靠近振动面板114一端为敞口结构。此时，在佩戴状态下，机芯模组11可以通过振动面板114与用户的皮肤接触，也即机芯模组11通过振动面板114传递换能装置112产生的机械振动。与此同时，因第一传振片113的存在，换能装置112产生的机械振动可以较少甚至不传递至机芯壳体111，以尽可能地避免机芯壳体111带动耳机10外部的空气振动，进而降低耳机10的漏音。当然，也可以通过打孔降漏音的方式进一步降低耳机10的漏音。
在其他另一些实施例中，例如图1，机芯模组11同样通过振动面板114传递换能装置112产生的机械振动，不同的是：机芯壳体111靠近振动面板114一端并非敞口结构，也即除了后文中提及的安装孔1111之外其他部分可以为封闭结构。此时，机芯壳体111自身基于声偶极子即可降低耳机10的漏音，而较少甚至无需在机芯壳体111上额外地开设降漏音孔。结合图42，图42中频响曲线42_1和频响曲线42_2分别表示机芯壳体111靠近振动面板114一端为敞口结构时耳机10的漏音和机芯壳体111靠近振动面板114一端为封闭结构时耳机10的漏音。显然，相较于机芯壳体111靠近振动面板114一端为敞口结构，机芯壳体111靠近振动面板114一端为封闭结构时，耳机10的漏音明显降低。
作为示例性地，机芯模组11还可以包括连接振动面板114和换能装置112的连接件115，机芯壳体111上设有用于装设连接件115的安装孔1111。此时，振动面板114位于机芯壳体111外，以与用户的皮肤接触；连接件115的一端与振动面板114连接，另一端经由安装孔1111伸入机芯壳体111内，并与换能装置112连接。如此，即便换能装置112产生的机械振动部分通过第一传振片113传递至机芯壳体111，但是第一端壁1113和第二端壁1114随换能装置112振动分别产生的漏音的相位相反，两者能够在远场反相相消，进而降低耳机10的漏音。基于此，机芯壳体111上可以较少甚至不开设降漏音孔，进而改善耳机10的防水防尘性能。优选地，沿换能装置112振动方向观察，振动面板114的面积大于安装孔1111的面积，安装孔1111的面积大于连接件115的面积。如此，以避免换能装置112产生的机械振动经连接件115传递至机芯壳体111，进而进一步降低耳机10的漏音。此时，连接件115与安装孔1111的壁面之间的间隙和容置腔100配合形成一亥姆霍兹共振腔，该亥姆霍兹共振腔的谐振频率可以小于或者等于4kHz，优选地小于或者等于2kHz，更优选地小于或者等于1kHz。
作为示例性地，机芯壳体111可以包括内筒壁1112以及与内筒壁1112的两端分别连接的第一端壁1113和第二端壁1114，内筒壁1112位于换能装置112的外围，第一端壁 1113和第二端壁1114在换能装置112的振动方向上分别位于换能装置112的相背两侧，并与内筒壁1112围设形成容置腔100。其中，沿换能装置112的振动方向观察，内筒壁1112的横截面呈圆形、椭圆形、跑道形、多边形等形状中的任意一种，当然整体或者局部也可以不规则。进一步地，在佩戴状态下，第一端壁1113相较于第二端壁1114更靠近用户的皮肤。此时，第一端壁1113设有安装孔1111。当然，在其他一些诸如对降漏音的需求并不严苛或者打孔降漏音的实施例中，机芯壳体111也可以不包括第一端壁1113和/或第二端壁1114，换能装置112背离振动面板114的一侧可以通过其他结构件(例如后文中提及的转接壳体13)进行保护。在其他一些诸如机芯模组11未设置振动面板114的实施例中，机芯壳体111可以通过第一端壁1113与用户的皮肤直接接触。
本申请的发明人在长期的研发过程中发现：结合图61，图61中频响曲线61_1和频响曲线61_2分别表示机芯壳体111具有较大容积和机芯壳体111具有较小容积时耳机10的漏音。显然，相较于机芯壳体111具有较大容积，机芯壳体111具有较小容积时，耳机10的漏音明显降低。例如：1kHz-2kHz频率范围内的漏音明显变小，3kHz-4kHz频率范围内的漏音明显变小，这些都是人耳比较敏感的频率范围。其中，1kHz-2kHz频率范围内的漏音包含较多的人声成分，对用户的主观感知影响较大，因此该频率范围内的漏音维持在一个较低的水平能够使得耳机10更加具有市场竞争力。基于此，在满足机芯壳体111容纳换能装置112的条件下，机芯壳体111的容积可以小于或者等于3cm 3，以降低耳机10的漏音。其中，机芯壳体111的容积可以通过向其中注水的方式测量得到。进一步地，通过调节内筒壁1112在垂直于换能装置112的振动方向上的径向尺寸或者调节内筒壁1112与换能装置112在垂直于换能装置112的振动方向上的径向间隙等方式可以改变机芯壳体111的容积，例如在满足换能装置112在振动过程中不与机芯壳体111碰撞的条件下，前述径向尺寸或者前述径向间隙可以尽可能的小，从而降低耳机10的漏音；除此之外，还可以增加耳机10的抗冲击能力，这是因为较小的前述径向尺寸或者前述径向间隙使得换能装置112在跌落等冲击情况下具有更小的运动行程，第一传振片113和第二传振片1122等结构件的形变更小，更不易发生塑性形变或断裂，使之可靠性更高。
需要说明的是：虽然换能装置112通过第一传振片113悬挂在容置腔100内，例如换能装置112与第一传振片113的中心区域连接且第一传振片113的周边区域与机芯壳体111连接，但是第一传振片113的相对位置可以根据实际的需求进行合理的调整。例如：第一传振片113位于容置腔100内；具体地，第一传振片113位于第一端壁1113靠近第二端壁1114的一侧。换言之，沿换能装置112的振动方向观察，安装孔1111的面积可以小于第一传振片113的面积；此处，第一传振片113的面积可以定义为第一传振片113沿换能装置112的振动方向的正投影的最大外围边界所围成的区域的面积。再例如：第一传振片113位于安装孔1111内；或者，第一传振片113一部分位于容置腔100内，另一部分位于安装孔1111内；或者，第一传振片113一部分位于容置腔100内，一部分位于安装孔1111内，另一部分位于机芯壳体111外部。其中，结合图1，本申请以第一传振片113位于容置腔100内为例进行示例性的说明，以便于机芯壳体111自身基于声偶极子即可降低耳机10的漏音。值得注意的是：相较于第一传振片113位于安装孔1111，第一传振片113位于容置腔100内可以使得耳机10获得更好的降漏音效果。这主要是因为：由于第一传振片113沿换能装置112的振动方向的面积比连接件115沿换能装置112的振动方向的面积要大，第一传振片113位于安装孔1111内会导致第一端壁1113沿换能装置112的振动方向的面积较大程度地减小，这样容易导致第一端壁1113和第二端壁1114的刚度差异较大，不利于两者形成声偶极子。
在一些实施例中，容置腔100可以仅通过第一通道与耳机10的外部连通，前述第一通道为连接件115与安装孔1111的壁面之间的间隙。换言之，机芯壳体111上不开设降漏音孔。此时，耳机10通过第一端壁1113和第二端壁1114产生的漏音在远场反相相消 进行降漏音。需要说明的是：结合图8，当机芯模组11设有亥姆霍兹共振腔200时，机芯壳体111上可以设有连通容置腔100与亥姆霍兹共振腔200的通孔，该通孔可以开设在内筒壁1112和/或第二端壁1114上。此时，由于亥姆霍兹共振腔200仅通过前述通孔与容置腔100连通，而不通过其他的通道与耳机10的外部连通，依旧可以视作容置腔100仅通过第一通道与耳机10的外部连通。
在其他一些诸如机芯模组11设有声滤波器300的实施例中，结合图9，容置腔100仅通过第一通道和第二通道与耳机10的外部连通，前述第一通道为连接件115与安装孔1111的壁面之间的间隙，前述第二通道经声滤波器300与耳机10的外部连通。此时，除了安装孔1111之外，虽然机芯壳体111上还设有连通容置腔100与声滤波器300的通孔，但该通孔起到的作用也与降漏音孔的不同，两者不应混为一谈。
在其他一些实施例中，容置腔100可以仅通过第一通道和第二通道与耳机10的外部连通，前述第一通道为连接件115与安装孔1111的壁面之间的间隙，前述第二通道的开口面积与前述第一通道的开口面积之间的比值可以小于或者等于10％。其中，前述第二通道可以用作降漏音孔，以在声偶极子降漏音的方式之上进一步调节或者优化耳机10的漏音。此时，由于机芯壳体111自身基于声偶极子即可降低耳机10的漏音，使得耳机10的漏音能够处于一个用户易于接收的水平，前述第二通道的开口面积也因此可以比相关技术仅通过打孔降漏音的方式而开设的降漏音孔的开口面积要小得多，有利于满足耳机10的防水防尘需求。当然，前述第二通道也可以不用作诸如降漏音孔的声学孔；而是用作外观孔，例如在耳机10包括两个机芯模组11的实施例中，其中一个机芯模组11内设有麦克风且其机芯壳体111上设有麦克风孔，另一个机芯模组11内未设有麦克风但其机芯壳体111上设有与前述麦克风孔对应的外观孔；抑或仅仅是机芯壳体111上开设的别无他用的通孔。
需要说明的是：相较于机芯模组11通过机芯壳体111直接与用户的皮肤接触，机芯模组11通过振动面板114与用户的皮肤接触可以取得更好的贴合度。这是因为，第一传振片113具有一定的弹性，而换能装置112、振动面板114等又通过第一传振片113悬挂在容置腔100内，在佩戴状态下，第一传振片113允许振动面板114与用户的皮肤接触时根据皮肤轮廓相对于机芯壳体111发生一定角度的偏转，以使得振动面板114能够更紧密地贴合用户的皮肤，这样有利于降低振动面板114将换能装置112的机械振动传递至用户的头骨等媒介的损耗，进而增强骨导声。进一步地，振动面板114随换能装置112振动的过程中也会带动耳机10外部的空气振动，其相背两侧的相位相反，两者同样能够在远场反相相消，进而降低耳机10的漏音。
一般地，结构的谐振频率f与结构的刚度K和结构的质量m满足关系式：f∝(K/m)。其中，刚度亦可称作弹性系数、劲度系数等。显然，相同质量下，结构的刚度越大，其谐振频率也越高。除此之外，结构的刚度越大，结构振动时的高阶模态也越少，有利于改善音质。其中，结构的刚度K与其材料(具体表现为杨氏模量E)、具体结构形式等因素有关。一般地，结构的刚度K与材料的杨氏模量E、结构的厚度t和结构的面积S满足关系式：K∝(E·t)/S。显然，结构的面积S越小，结构的刚度K越大；结构的厚度t越大，结构的刚度K越大。因此，增加材料的杨氏模量E、增加结构的厚度t、减小结构的面积S等方式中的一种或其组合均有利于增加结构的刚度K，进而有利于增加结构的谐振频率，并减少结构振动时的高阶模态。基于此，第一端壁1113和第二端壁1114的杨氏模量可以分别大于或者等于2000Mpa，优选地大于或者等于3000Mpa；和/或，第一端壁1113和第二端壁1114的厚度可以分别介于0.3mm与3mm之间，优选地介于0.5mm与2.5mm之间；和/或，第一端壁1113和第二端壁1114的面积可以分别介于200mm 2与500mm 2之间，优选地介于300mm 2与400mm 2之间，以使得两者的刚度能够足够的大。如此，第一端壁1113和第二端壁1114振动时的高阶模态能够尽可能的少，两者分别产生 的漏音的谐振频率也能够尽可能地往高频段偏移，例如大于或者等于4kHz，使得用户对漏音不敏感。进一步地，第一端壁1113的刚度和第二端壁1114的刚度之差可以较小，以使得第一端壁1113和第二端壁1114分别产生的漏音的谐振频率能够尽可能地相近，进而使得两者在远场更好地反相相消，以降低耳机10的漏音。类似地，振动面板114的杨氏模量可以大于或者等于3000Mpa，优选地大于或者等于4000Mpa；和/或，振动面板114的厚度可以介于0.3mm与3mm之间，优选地介于0.5mm与2.5mm之间；和/或，振动面板114的面积可以介于130mm 2与400mm 2之间，优选地介于140mm 2与300mm 2之间，以使得振动面板114的刚度足够的大，进而使得振动面板114振动时的高阶模态能够尽可能的少。
作为示例性地，沿换能装置112的振动方向观察，安装孔1111的面积与第一端壁1113的面积之间的比值可以小于或者等于0.6，优选地小于或者等于0.5。如此，以在安装孔1111满足连接件115的安装需求时，第一端壁1113的刚度与第二端壁1114的刚度尽可能地相近，以使得第一端壁1113和第二端壁1114分别产生的漏音的谐振频率尽可能地相近。进一步地，沿换能装置112的振动方向观察，安装孔1111的面积和连接件115的面积之差与安装孔1111的面积之间的比值可以大于0且小于或者等于0.5，优选地大于0且小于或者等于0.4。如此，以在安装孔1111允许连接件115及振动面板114相对于机芯壳体111运动时，连接件115与第一端壁1113之间的间隙尽可能地小，以避免容置腔100内的空气随换能装置112振动形成的声波过多地经安装孔1111传输至耳机10外部而形成漏音，也即抑制声腔效应，进而降低耳机10的漏音。当然，由于经安装孔1111传输至耳机10外部的声波的相位可以与第一端壁1113和第二端壁1114分别产生的漏音中的一者的相位相反，使得经安装孔1111传输至耳机10外部的声波也可以进一步调节第一端壁1113和第二端壁1114分别产生的漏音在远场的反相相消，进而降低耳机10的漏音。
作为示例性地，安装孔1111的开口形状与连接件115的横截面形状可以为相同的规则形状。例如：安装孔1111的开口形状与连接件115的横截面形状为对应的诸如正多边形的多边形，也即当连接件115的横截面形状为正方形、正六边形等时，安装孔1111的开口形状也对应为正方形、正六边形等。再例如：安装孔1111的开口形状与连接件115的横截面形状为对应的圆形、椭圆形等。进一步地，连接件115与第一端壁1113(具体为安装孔1111的壁面)之间的间隙可以大于0且小于或者等于2mm，优选地大于0且小于或者等于1mm，更优选地大于或者等于0.1mm且小于或者等于1mm，以在安装孔1111允许连接件115及振动面板114相对于机芯壳体111运动时，连接件115与第一端壁1113之间的间隙尽可能地小。其中，当安装孔1111和连接件115的数量分别为多个且一一对应时，例如图2中(b)和(c)所示，连接件115与安装孔1111的壁面之间的间隙可以定义为多个连接件115分别与对应的一个安装孔1111的壁面形成的间隙之和。当然，在其他一些实施例中，安装孔1111的开口形状与连接件115的横截面形状也可以为不相同的规则形状。例如：当连接件115的横截面形状为正方形、正六边形等正多边形时，安装孔1111的开口形状也可以对应为圆形；反之，当连接件115的横截面形状为圆形时，安装孔1111的开口形状也可以对应为正方形、正六边形等正多边形。在其他另一些实施例中，安装孔1111的开口形状与连接件115的横截面形状也可以为其他不规则的结构形状。其中，结合图2，本申请以连接件115的横截面形状为圆形为例进行示例性的说明；相应地，安装孔1111的开口形状也为圆形。
在一些实施例中，例如图2中(a)，连接件115的数量可以为一个，且连接件115可以与振动面板114的中心区域连接。此时，安装孔1111的数量也可以为一个，连接件115穿设在安装孔1111内。如此，同等条件下，可以最大限度地降低安装孔1111与机芯壳体111外的连通面积，进而最大程度地抑制容置腔100内的空气随换能装置112振动形成的声波经安装孔1111传输至耳机10外部而形成漏音。
在其他一些实施例中，例如图2中(b)，连接件115的数量可以为多个，例如三个、四个等，多个连接件115绕振动面板114平行于换能装置112的振动方向的中心线(例如图2中(b)的O所示)间隔设置。此时，安装孔1111的数量也可以为多个，多个连接件115分别通过相应的一个安装孔1111与换能装置112连接。如此，有利于提高连接件115连接振动面板114和换能装置112的可靠性。进一步地，多个连接件115的中心可以落在同一圆上(也即共圆)，该圆的圆心(例如图2中(b)的O所示)可以落在振动面板114平行于换能装置112的振动方向的中心线上。其中，多个连接件115可以均匀地绕振动面板114平行于换能装置112的振动方向的中心线间隔设置。
在其他另一些实施例中，例如图2中(c)，连接件115的数量可以为多个，例如四个、五个等，其中一个连接件115与振动面板114的中心区域连接，剩余的连接件115绕位于振动面板114的中心区域的连接件115间隔设置。此时，安装孔1111的数量也可以为多个，多个连接件115分别通过相应的一个安装孔1111与换能装置112连接。如此，同样有利于提高连接件115连接振动面板114和换能装置112的可靠性。
需要说明的是：相较于图1，图2可以简单地视作振动面板114及连接件115沿换能装置112的振动方向的正投影。
在一些实施例中，容置腔100通过一通道与耳机10的外部连通，前述通道为连接件115与安装孔1111的壁面之间的间隙。此时，机芯模组11可以包括密封膜118，密封膜118用于密封前述通道，也即连接件115与安装孔1111的壁面之间的间隙可以被密封膜118密封，以避免容置腔100内形成的由空气传导的声波经由前述通道传播至耳机10的外部形成漏音。其中，密封膜118的材质可以为橡胶、硅胶、聚氯乙烯(Polyvinyl chloride,PVC)、聚碳酸酯(Polycarbonate,PC)、聚醚醚酮(poly(ether-ether-ketone),PEEK)。
作为示例性地，结合图35，密封膜118可以包括一体连接的第一连接部1181、褶皱部1182和第二连接部1183，褶皱部1182在第一连接部1181与第二连接部1182之间形成一凹陷区。此时，第一连接部1181可以与第一端壁1113连接，第二连接部1183可以与连接件115或者振动面板114连接。如此，相较于平面状的薄膜结构(例如前述凹陷区所在部分为平面状)，这种带有折环的非平面状的薄膜结构，有利于增加密封膜118的弹性，这样既有利于避免换能装置112产生的机械振动经由密封膜118过多地传递至机芯壳体111，又有利于避免密封膜118因连接件115或者振动面板114与机芯壳体111之间的相对运动的幅度过大而被“扯断”或者因容置腔100内的声压过大或者过小而被“震破”或者因容置腔100内的声压变化过大而产生疲劳失效。除此之外，机芯壳体111上可以设有一泄压孔，前述泄压孔用于平衡容置腔100内的声压，使之维持在一个相对于大气压变化不大的水平，以延长密封膜118的使用寿命。其中，泄压孔的面积可以小于或者等于4mm 2。值得注意的是：设置密封膜118，有利于增大连接件115与安装孔1111的壁面之间的间隙，也即安装孔1111的开口面积可以设置得比连接件115的横截面积大些，从而有利于避免连接件115与机芯壳体111之间出现不必要的磨损，进而延长机芯模组11的使用寿命。
需要说明的是：结合图46及图35，密封膜118可以仅与第一端壁1113连接，也即密封膜118与连接件115之间可以留有一间隙，但该间隙小于连接件115与安装孔1111的壁面之间的间隙，这样不仅可以缩小容置腔100与耳机10外部的连通面积，还有利于平衡容置腔100内的声压，使之维持在一个相对于大气压变化不大的水平。
基于上述的相关描述，在换能装置112产生机械振动的过程中，机芯壳体111(具体可以为第一端壁1113和第二端壁1114)与振动面板114还可以进一步形成多组声偶极子，也即相位相反的两两之间相消，进而降低耳机10的漏音。基于此，振动面板114的刚度和第一端壁1113的刚度之差的绝对值与振动面板114的刚度和第一端壁1113的刚度中较 大者之间的比值可以介于0与0.4之间，优选地介于0与0.3之间；和/或，振动面板的刚度和第二端壁的刚度之差的绝对值与振动面板的刚度和第二端壁的刚度中较大者之间的比值介于0与0.4之间，优选地介于0与0.3之间。如此，振动面板114产生的漏音的谐振频率与第一端壁1113和/或第二端壁1114产生的漏音的谐振频率能够尽可能地相近，以使得两者在远场更好地反相相消，进而降低耳机10的漏音。
作为示例性地，沿换能装置112的振动方向观察，振动面板114的面积与第一端壁1113的面积之间的比值可以介于0.3与1.6之间，优选地介于0.5与1.2之间。换言之，当机芯壳体111的结构确定之后，振动面板114的面积与第一端壁1113的面积可以差异不大，以使得振动面板114的刚度与第一端壁1113的刚度尽可能地相近。除此之外，振动面板114的面积过小，既可能影响振动面板114传递换能装置112产生的机械振动，进而影响耳机10产生的骨导声的强度，也可能导致用户的皮肤与机芯模组11之间的接触面过小而引起佩戴不适，进而影响耳机10的佩戴舒适度；振动面板114的面积过大，既可能影响振动面板114的刚度，进而影响耳机10的音质，也可能导致振动面板114受皮肤轮廓的影响过大而难以与用户的皮肤紧密贴合，进而影响耳机10产生的骨导声的强度。
一般地，对于声偶极子而言，相位相反的两个单极子之间的距离越小，反相相消的效果越明显，也即远场的声压越小；相应地，对于耳机10而言，远场的漏音也越小。当然，考虑到振动面板114的结构强度、振动面板114与机芯壳体111在换能装置112振动过程中的结构干涉，以及机芯壳体111内设置换能装置112等结构件的空间需求，两个单极子之间的距离也难以为零。因此，在换能装置112的振动方向上，振动面板114的厚度可以介于0.3mm与3mm之间，优选地介于0.5mm与2.5mm之间，该厚度太小不利于振动面板114有足够的刚度；和/或，振动面板114与第一端壁1113之间的间隙可以介于0.5mm与3mm之间，优选地介于1mm与2mm之间，该间隙太小容易导致振动面板114与机芯壳体111碰撞而形成破音；和/或，第一端壁1113背离第二端壁1114的一侧与第二端壁1114背离第一端壁1113的一侧之间的间距可以介于6mm与16mm之间。
结合图3，机芯模组11还可以包括与机芯壳体111靠近振动面板114的一端连接的围边116，例如围边116与内筒壁1112远离第二端壁1114的一端连接，再例如围边116与第一端壁1113连接，围边116可以环绕振动面板114，以避免振动面板114脱落。换言之，围边116与机芯壳体111连接，围边116在一垂直于换能装置112的振动方向的参考平面内的投影环绕在振动面板114在前述参考平面内的投影的外围。其中，在非佩戴状态下，围边116在垂直于换能装置112的振动方向的方向上与振动面板114间隔设置，以避免围边116阻碍振动面板114随换能装置112振动；且振动面板114背离换能装置112的一侧在换能装置112的振动方向上至少部分凸出围边116背离换能装置112的一侧，以允许振动面板114与用户的皮肤紧密贴合，进而增加耳机10产生的骨导声的强度。进一步地，在佩戴状态下，除了振动面板114与用户的皮肤接触之外，围边116也可以与用户的皮肤接触，也即至少部分围边116与振动面板114一同接触用户的皮肤，以分担部分机芯模组11对用户的皮肤施加的压紧力，使得振动面板114能够随换能装置112振动，进而改善耳机10的音质，尤其是低频段的。换言之，机芯模组11设置围边116，有利于兼顾佩戴稳定性和舒适度与音质。因此，振动面板114对用户脸颊的压紧力可以小于后文中提及的头梁组件12将机芯模组11压持于用户脸颊的压紧力，振动面板114与用户脸颊的接触面积也可以小于机芯模组11与用户脸颊的接触面积。其中，当机芯模组11设有围边116时，机芯模组11压持于用户脸颊的压紧力可以等于振动面板114对用户脸颊的压紧力与围边116对用户脸颊的压紧力之和，机芯模组11与用户脸颊的接触面积可以等于振动面板114与用户脸颊的接触面积与围边116与用户脸颊的接触面积；当机芯模组11未设有围边116而仅通过振动面板114与用户脸颊接触时，机芯模组11压持于用户脸颊的压紧力可以等于振动面板114对用户脸颊的压紧力，机芯模组11与用户脸颊的接触面积可以等于 振动面板114与用户脸颊的接触面积。基于此，后文中提及的头梁组件12可以施加介于0.4N至0.8N之间的压紧力将机芯模组11压持于用户脸颊，振动面板114对用户脸颊的压紧力可以介于0.1N至0.7N之间；机芯模组11与用户脸颊的接触面积可以介于400mm 2与600mm 2之间，优选地介于450mm 2与550mm 2之间；振动面板114与用户脸颊的接触面积可以介于180mm 2与300mm 2之间，优选地介于160mm 2与280mm 2之间。
进一步地，机芯壳体111靠近振动面板114的一侧与振动面板114和围边116可以围设形成一腔体400，例如围边116与第一端壁1113和振动面板114围设形成腔体400，围边116可以设有连通腔体400与机芯模组11外部的连通孔1161，以在佩戴状态下，腔体400通过连通孔1161与机芯模组11的外部连通。换言之围边116可以设有连通孔1161，连通孔1161用于连通振动面板114与机芯壳体111(例如第一端壁1113)之间的间隙与耳机10的外部，以便于第一端壁1113产生的漏音与第二端壁1114产生的漏音在远场反相相消，也即机芯壳体111相背两侧产生的漏音能够在远场反相相消，以更好地满足耳机10对降漏音的需求。其中，连通孔1161的数量可以为多个，例如多个连通孔1161绕连接件115间隔设置，再例如连通孔1161在围边116上的开孔率大于或者等于30％，以便于第一端壁1113产生的漏音更多地传播出去而与第二端壁1114产生的漏音在远场反相相消。其中，前述开孔率可以指单个连通孔1161的面积与连通孔1161的数量之积再除以围边116的面积。进一步地，在佩戴状态下，多个连通孔1161中的至少一部分不与用户的皮肤接触，以便于第一端壁1113产生的漏音经由连通孔1161传播出去。因此，结合图3，连通孔1161可以开设在围边116的侧面；结合图27或者图32，连通孔1161可以开设在连接部1162上，第一外筒壁1115上设有与连通孔1162对应的避让孔，连通孔1161也可以开设在限位部1164不与用户的皮肤接触的部分；结合图52，连通孔1161可以开设在围边116不与用户的皮肤接触的部分。除此之外，由于腔体400与连通孔1161同样可以构成一亥姆霍兹共振腔，增大连通孔1161在围边116上的开孔率有利于腔体400共振时的谐振峰往频率较高的频段偏移，使得用户能够感受到的漏音变少。值得注意的是：在佩戴状态下，其中至少一个连通孔1161的开口方向可以背离用户头顶，例如该连通孔1161的开口方向与用户垂直轴之间的夹角介于0与10°之间，以便于诸如用户的汗液等液体也可以经由连通孔1161留出，也即避免汗液等滞留在机芯模组11内。当然，第一端壁1113产生的漏音也可以经由围边116与振动面板114在垂直于换能装置112的振动方向的方向上的间隙传出，进而与第二端壁1114产生的漏音在远场反相相消，将在后文中进行示例性的说明。
作为示例性地，在500Hz至4kHz的频率范围之内存在一区间长度至少为1/3倍频程的目标频率范围。基于此，在前述目标频率范围内，连通孔1161处于打开状态时耳机10在佩戴状态下产生的漏音弱于连通孔1161处于关闭状态时耳机10在佩戴状态下产生的漏音。其中，前述目标频率范围可以为1kHz至2kHz。需要说明的是：前述连通孔1161处于关闭状态可以指将连通孔1161堵住。
进一步地，围边116上每一平方毫米的单位面积上可以有至少一个连通孔1161，以使得围边116上连通孔1161的数量足够多，但单个连通孔1161的面积又不是特别大，这样有利于保证围边116的结构强度。当然，在其他一些诸如围边116的结构强度足够的实施方式中，单个连通孔1161的面积也可以相对较大。
在一些实施方式中，围边116可以为塑胶制件，围边116的壁厚可以介于0.2mm至1mm之间。其中，如果围边116的壁厚太小，容易导致结构强度不足；如果围边116的壁厚太大，容易导致围边116先于振动面板114与用户的皮肤接触，进而致使振动面板114难以与用户的皮肤接触。当然，在确保振动面板114与用户的皮肤能够接触的情况下，围边116用于与用户的皮肤接触的部分可以较其他部分厚些，例如围边116用于与用户的皮肤接触的部分的壁厚大于1mm，以避免围边116在佩戴状态下被挤压而塌陷。进一步 地，当围边116为塑胶制件时，前述塑胶制件可以通过注塑工艺成型在一金属框架上，以对围边116进行结构上的补强。
在一些实施方式中，围边116可以为金属制件，以允许连通孔1161在围边116上的开孔率可以大于或者等于60％，这主要是因为金属制件的结构强度可以较塑胶制件的更高。例如：围边116为目数(也即每英寸内目孔数)介于5与508之间的钢丝网。
在一些实施方式中，机芯壳体111可以为第一塑胶制件，围边116可以通过第二塑胶制件与机芯壳体111连接，第二塑胶制件与一金属制件通过注塑工艺一体成型，连通孔1161可以开设在前述金属制件上。
结合图43或者图44，围边116在佩戴状态下朝向用户的皮肤的一侧的外表面上可以具有高低不平的区域，以使得围边116与用户的皮肤接触时不完全贴合，也即围边116与用户的皮肤之间留有间隙，进而允许腔体400与机芯模组11的外部连通。如此，机芯壳体111相背两侧(例如第一端壁1113和第二端壁1114)产生的漏音同样可以在远场反相相消，进而满足耳机10对降漏音的需求。其中，前述高低不平的区域的高度差可以介于0.5mm至5mm之间，以使得腔体400与机芯模组11的外部有足够的连通空隙。
在一些实施方式中，结合图43，围边116的外表面上可以设有凹槽1165，在佩戴状态下，腔体400通过凹槽1165与机芯模组11的外部连通。其中，凹槽1165的数量、深度等参数会影响腔体400与机芯模组11的外部连通的面积。例如：围边116在一垂直于换能装置112的振动方向的参考平面内的投影具有彼此正交的长轴方向和短轴方向，围边116在长轴方向上的尺寸大于围边116在短轴方向上的尺寸，凹槽1165的数量可以为多个，多个凹槽1165可以划分为四组，其中两组凹槽1165分别沿长轴方向间隔设置，另外两组凹槽1165分别沿短轴方向间隔设置，每一组沿长轴方向间隔设置的凹槽1165的数量可以大于每一组沿短轴方向间隔设置的凹槽1165的数量。其中，为了便于区分和描述，图43中凹槽1165所在区域用网格进行了填充，也即一个网格所在区域即可简单地视作一个凹槽1165。再例如：凹槽1165的深度可以介于0.5mm至5mm之间。
在一些实施方式中，结合图44，围边116的外表面上可以设有凸起1166，凸起1166使得围边116在佩戴状态下与用户的皮肤之间形成间隙，腔体400通过前述间隙与机芯模组11的外部连通。其中，凸起1166的数量、高度等参数同样会影响腔体400与机芯模组11的外部连通的面积。例如：凸起1166的数量为多个，多个凸起1166使得前述间隙呈网格状。其中，为了便于区分和描述，图44中凸起1166所在区域用网格进行了填充，也即一个网格所在区域即可简单地视作一个凸起1166。再例如：凸起1166的高度可以介于0.5mm至5mm之间。
类似地，在500Hz至4kHz的频率范围之内存在一区间长度至少为1/3倍频程的目标频率范围。基于此，在前述目标频率范围内，围边116的外表面上具有高低不平的区域时耳机10在佩戴状态下产生的漏音弱于围边116的外表面上不具有高低不平的区域时耳机10在佩戴状态下产生的漏音。其中，前述目标频率范围可以为1kHz至2kHz。需要说明的是：前述围边116的外表面上不具有高低不平的区域可以指将围边116的外表面上高低不平的区域填平。例如：在凹槽1165内或者在多个凸起1166之间填满胶水，待胶水固化之后，即可简单地视作围边116的外表面上不具有高低不平的区域。
结合图45，围边116在佩戴状态下朝向用户的皮肤的一侧可以设有多孔结构1167，以在佩戴状态下，多孔结构1167至少部分与振动面板114一同接触用户的皮肤，并允许腔体400与机芯模组11的外部连通。如此，机芯壳体111相背两侧(例如第一端壁1113和第二端壁1114)产生的漏音同样可以在远场反相相消，进而满足耳机10对降漏音的需求。
进一步地，多孔结构1167可以包括固定层和与固定层连接的多孔主体层，多孔结构1167通过固定层与围边116连接，多孔结构1167通过多孔主体层连通腔体400与机芯模 组11的外部。其中，前述多孔主体层的孔隙率可以大于或者等于60％，例如前述多孔主体层为海绵或者泡棉。
在一些实施方式中，多孔结构1167的固定层与围边116可以设置成可拆卸连接，两者之间的连接方式可以为磁吸式、卡扣式、粘接式中的任意一种。其中，前述粘接式可以通过魔术贴、单面胶和双面胶中的任意一种实现。
在一些实施方式中，多孔结构1167的固定层可以为固化后的胶水，也即多孔结构1167通过胶水固定在围边116上。此时，由于多孔结构1167更换不方便，为了延长多孔结构1167的使用寿命，多孔结构1167可以包括覆盖在多孔结构1167的多孔主体层上的保护层，多孔结构1167通过前述保护层与用户的皮肤接触。其中，前述保护层可以设置成纺织物或者钢网。
类似地，在500Hz至4kHz的频率范围之内存在一区间长度至少为1/3倍频程的目标频率范围。基于此，在前述目标频率范围内，机芯模组11具有多孔结构1167时耳机10在佩戴状态下产生的漏音弱于机芯模组11不具有多孔结构1167时耳机10在佩戴状态下产生的漏音。其中，前述目标频率范围为1kHz至2kHz。需要说明的是：前述机芯模组11不具有多孔结构1167可以指将多孔结构1167从围边116上取下。例如：当多孔结构1167与围边116可拆卸连接时，将多孔结构1167拆下即可，当多孔结构1167通过胶水固定在围边116上时，用刀将多孔结构1167刮下即可。
需要说明的是：在诸如围边116上设有凹槽1165、凸起1166和多孔结构1167的实施方式中，围边116同样可以设有连通腔体400与机芯模组11外部的连通孔1161，以在佩戴状态下，腔体400进一步通过连通孔1161与机芯模组11的外部连通。其中，连通孔1161的数量可以为多个，连通孔1161在围边116上的开孔率可以大于或者等于30％。
结合图4，振动面板114与第一端壁1113之间还可以设置一垫片117，垫片117的洛氏硬度小于第一传振片113的洛氏硬度。换言之，相较于第一传振片113，垫片117也可以称作软质垫片。如此，以避免换能装置112产生的机械振动经垫片117传递至机芯壳体111，进而进一步降低耳机10的漏音。其中，垫片117可以具有黏性，例如泡棉胶，以连接振动面板114和第一端壁1113，同样可以避免振动面板114脱落。
需要说明的是：本申请的发明人在长期的研究中发现，机芯模组11增设围边116，有利于漏音往中高频段偏移；而机芯模组11增设垫片117，有利于漏音往中低频段偏移，均有利于改善漏音。进一步地，本申请中，低频段对应的频率范围可以为20-150Hz，中频段对应的频率范围可以为150-5kHz，高频段对应的频率范围可以为5k-20kHz。其中，中低频段对应的频率范围可以为150-500Hz，中高频段对应的频率范围可以为500-5kHz。
结合图5至图7，振动面板114背离换能装置112的一侧可以包括用于与用户的皮肤接触的皮肤接触区1141和至少部分不与用户的皮肤接触的气导增强区1142，振动面板114可以通过气导增强区1142带动耳机10外部的空气振动形成声波。换言之，机芯模组11通过振动面板114既产生骨导声，又产生气导声，且两者的相位相同，以允许气导声增强骨导声，进而改善耳机10的音质。其中，气导增强区1142可以至少部分相对于皮肤接触区1141倾斜，并朝向换能装置112延伸，且气导增强区1142相对于皮肤接触区1141的倾斜角(例如图5及图6中θ所示)可以介于0与75°之间，优选地介于0与60°之间；和/或，气导增强区1142沿换能装置112的振动方向的正投影的宽度(例如图5至图7中W所示)可以大于或者等于1mm，优选地大于或者等于2mm。如此，以增加气导增强区1142的大小，进而增加气导声对骨导声的增强效果。进一步地，气导增强区1142既可以设置成曲面(例如图5所示)，也可以设置成平面(例如图6所示)。
在一些实施例中，例如图5，气导增强区1142可以全部相对于皮肤接触区1141倾斜，并朝向换能装置112延伸。
在其他一些实施例中，例如图6，气导增强区1142可以一部分相对于皮肤接触区 1141倾斜(也即θ≠0)，并朝向换能装置112延伸，另一部分在换能装置112的振动方向上与皮肤接触区1141间隔设置，例如平行于皮肤接触区1141(也即θ＝0)。进一步地，结合图27，当机芯壳体111上设有围边116时，沿换能装置112的振动方向观察，围边116可以与气导增强区1142部分重叠，并与皮肤接触区1141错开，以允许围边116在换能装置112的振动方向上止挡振动面板114。
在其他另一些实施例中，例如图7，在佩戴状态下，气导增强区1142至少部分指向用户耳部的外耳道入口，以允许振动面板114产生的声波指向外耳道入口，进而增加气导声对骨导声的增强效果。作为示例性地，振动面板114具有垂直于换能装置112的振动方向且彼此正交的长轴方向和短轴方向，振动面板114在前述长轴方向上的尺寸大于振动面板114在前述短轴方向上的尺寸，例如沿振动方向观察，振动面板114呈椭圆形或者圆角矩形或者跑道形设置。其中，在佩戴状态下，前述长轴方向指向用户头顶，前述短轴方向指向用户耳部的外耳道入口。如此，机芯模组11在佩戴状态下可以整体上更靠近外耳道，使得机芯模组11以骨传导的方式传递换能装置112产生的机械振动的同时能够更多地引起外耳道内空气随之振动(也即气导声)，进而增加用户听到的声音的音量。
结合图8至图10，机芯模组11可以设有与容置腔100连通的声学腔，声学腔用于吸收容置腔100内空气随换能装置112振动而形成的声波的声能。其中，前述声波可以经安装孔1111输出至耳机10外部形成一气导声。
在一些实施例中，例如图8，上述声波的频响曲线具有一谐振峰，上述声学腔可以为一亥姆霍兹共振腔200，以减弱前述谐振峰的强度(具体可以为峰值谐振强度)，也即抑制峰值谐振强度的突增，使得耳机10的音质更加均衡。其中，前述谐振峰的峰值谐振频率可以介于500Hz与4kHz之间，优选地介于1kHz与2kHz之间。作为示例性地，亥姆霍兹共振腔200可以设置在机芯壳体111上，例如第二端壁1114背离换能装置112的一侧；和/或，亥姆霍兹共振腔200可以设置在换能装置112(例如其磁路系统)上。当然，在其他一些诸如突出某一频点或者频段的实施例中，亥姆霍兹共振腔200可以设置成减弱前述气导声的频响曲线在一预设频段内的振动强度，该预设频段可以不涵盖前述谐振峰。其中，亥姆霍兹共振腔200与容置腔100连通的开口处于打开状态时的前述谐振峰的强度与亥姆霍兹共振腔200与容置腔100连通的开口处于关闭状态时的前述谐振峰的强度之间的差值可以大于或者等于3dB，相应的频响曲线可以在激励电压为1V的条件下测得。
在其他一些实施例中，例如图9及图10，上述声学腔可以为一声滤波器300，声滤波器300的截止频率可以小于或者等于5kHz，优选地小于或者等于4kHz，以削弱频率大于前述截止频率的频段的声能。作为示例性地，结合图9，声滤波器300可以位于换能装置112背离振动面板114的一侧，也即后置声滤波器。结合图10，声滤波器300可以位于换能装置112朝向振动面板114的一侧，也即前置声滤波器。例如：第一端壁1113可以包括在换能装置112的振动方向上间隔设置的第一子端壁11131和第二子端壁11132，安装孔1111沿换能装置112的振动方向贯穿第一子端壁11131和第二子端壁11132，第一子端壁11131和第二子端壁11132与内筒壁1112配合形成声滤波器300。其中，第一子端壁11131与第二子端壁11132在换能装置112的振动方向上的间隙可以介于0.5mm与5mm之间，优选地介于1mm与3mm之间。
结合图11，换能装置112可以包括支架1121、第二传振片1122、磁路系统和线圈1123，支架1121通过第一传振片113与机芯壳体111连接，第二传振片1122连接支架1121和磁路系统，以将磁路系统悬挂在容置腔100内，线圈1123与支架1121连接，并沿换能装置112的振动方向伸入磁路系统的磁间隙内。此时，振动面板114可以通过连接件115与支架1121连接。作为示例性地，第一传振片113的周边区域可以与机芯壳体111连接，第一传振片113的中心区域可以与支架1121连接；第二传振片1122的周边区域可以与支架1121连接，第二传振片1122的中心区域可以与磁路系统连接。当然，在其他一些 实施例中，第二传振片1122的周边区域可以与磁路系统连接，第二传振片1122的中心区域可以与支架1121连接。此时，磁路系统可以通过一筒状连接件与第二传振片1122的周边区域连接。其中，前述磁路系统可以包括导磁罩1124和与导磁罩1124的底部连接的磁体1125，磁体1125的数量可以根据需要设置一个或者至少两个；磁体1125可以与第二传振片1122的中心区域连接，并与导磁罩1124在垂直于换能装置112的振动方向的方向上间隔设置以形成前述磁间隙，线圈1123伸入磁体1125与导磁罩1124之间。值得注意的是：在一些诸如导磁罩1124的内侧设有环绕磁体1125的环形磁体的实施例中，虽然磁间隙具体形成在环形磁体与磁体1125之间，但是磁间隙仍位于导磁罩1124与磁体1125之间，因此依旧可以视作磁间隙由磁体1125与导磁罩1124在垂直于换能装置112的振动方向的方向上间隔设置形成。
在一些实施方式中，结合图27及图28，第一传振片113的中心区域可以嵌套在支架1121上，第一传振片113的周边区域可以被第一端壁1113压持在内筒壁1112上；第二传振片1122的中心区域可以嵌套在支架1121上，且相较于第一传振片113更远离振动面板114，第二传振片1122的周边区域可以被固定在一筒状连接件上；磁路系统的导磁罩1124的侧壁可以与前述筒状连接件连接，以使得磁路系统通过第二传振片1122与支架1121连接；线圈1123与支架1121背离第一传振片113和第二传振片1122的一侧连接，并伸入导磁罩1124与磁体1125之间的磁间隙内。此时，由于导磁罩1124的侧壁通过一筒状连接件与第二传振片1122连接，使得换能装置112内部形成一个腔体，在不做其他结构改进的前提下，该腔体仅会通过第二传振片1122上的镂空区域与容置腔100连通，致使换能装置112在振动过程中出现较为严重的声腔效应，进而引起较大的漏音。
在一些实施方式中，结合图46及图11，支架1121可以通过第一传振片113与机芯壳体111连接，第二传振片1122可以通过支架1121与第一传振片113连接，磁路系统可以与第二传振片1122的中心区域连接，以将磁路系统悬挂在容置腔内，线圈1123沿换能装置112的振动方向伸入磁路系统的磁间隙内。其中，前述磁间隙环绕磁路系统与第二传振片1122连接的位置。如此，由于磁路系统与第二传振片1122的中心区域连接，使得磁路系统不用设置与第二传振片1122的周边区域连接的筒状连接件，也即上述筒状连接件得以取消，以允许换能装置112的内外具有更大的连通面积，这样有利于抑制上述声腔效应，进而改善耳机10的漏音。例如：磁路系统的磁体1125与第二传振片1122的中心区域连接，导磁罩1124的侧壁也因此能够与第二传振片1122在换能装置112的振动方向上间隔设置，以形成连通前述磁间隙与磁路系统外部的通道，进而增大换能装置112内外连通的面积。
作为示例性地，结合图47及图46，支架1121可以包括第一支架11212和第二支架11213，第一支架11212可以与第一传振片113的中心区域连接，第二支架11213可以与第二传振片1122的周边区域连接。相应地，第二支架11213和振动面板114可以分别与第一支架11212连接，线圈1123可以与第二支架11213连接。此时，由于线圈1123与第二支架11213连接的位置对应于第二传振片1122的周边区域，使得上述磁间隙能够环绕磁路系统与第二传振片1122连接的中心区域。其中，第一支架11212与第一传振片113可以通过金属嵌件注塑工艺一体成型，第二支架11213与第二传振片1122同样可以通过金属嵌件注塑工艺一体成型。相应地，第一支架11212和第二支架11213中的一者上可以设有接插孔，另一者上则可以设有嵌入接插孔的接插柱，接插柱伸入接插孔内，以使得第一支架11212和第二支架11213连接。其中，本实施例以第一支架11212和第二支架11213分别设有接插孔11215和接插柱11216为例进行示例性的说明。
进一步地，换能装置112可以包括悬架11214，悬架11214与第二传振片1122的中心区域连接，第二支架11213位于悬架11214的外围，并在垂直于换能装置112的振动方向的方向上与悬架11214间隔设置，磁路系统的磁体1125可以与悬架11214连接。如此， 导磁罩1124与磁体1125之间的磁间隙环绕磁体1125与第二传振片1122连接的中心区域。
进一步地，磁体1125可以为一块永磁体，也可以包括沿换能装置112的振动方向层叠设置的第一磁性件11251、导磁件11252和第二磁性件11253，第二磁性件11253相较于第一磁性件11251更靠近第二传振片1122，例如第一磁性件11251与导磁罩1124的底部连接。其中，第一磁性件11251和第二磁性件11253的磁化方向不同，例如两者的磁化方向互为反向。进一步地，导磁罩1124的侧壁沿垂直于换能装置112的振动方向的方向正投影至磁体1125的外周面时可以至少与导磁件11252重叠，以使得磁体1125形成的磁场更多地集中在前述磁间隙内，从而减小漏音。优选地，线圈1123沿垂直于换能装置112的振动方向的方向正投影至磁体1125的外周面时可以至少与导磁件11252重叠，以使得磁体1125形成的磁场更多地穿过线圈1123，从而增加磁场的利用率。
进一步地，导磁罩1124上可以设有连通前述磁间隙与磁路系统的外部空间的连通孔11241，以增大换能装置112内外连通的面积，进而削弱声腔效应。当然，支架1121上也可以设有沿换能装置112的振动方向延伸的连通孔11211，以及上述筒状连接件上也可以设有沿垂直于换能装置112的振动方向的方向延伸的通孔，以进一步增大换能装置112内外连通的面积，进而削弱声腔效应。这是因为，换能装置112在产生机械振动的过程中会使得在其振动方向上相背两侧的空气压缩或者舒张，也即形成正负声压；而前述连通孔可以使得换能装置112相背两侧的空气连通，进而反相相消。
在一些实施例中，在非佩戴状态下，振动面板114振动的频响曲线在80Hz至2kHz的频段范围内具有一谐振谷、第一谐振峰和第二谐振峰，谐振谷、第一谐振峰和第二谐振峰的峰值频率依次定义为f0、f1和f2，且满足关系式：f0＜f1＜f2。其中，80Hz≤f0≤400Hz，80Hz≤f1≤400Hz，100Hz≤f2≤2kHz。
在一些实施例中，在非佩戴状态下，振动面板114振动的频响曲线在80Hz至2kHz的频段范围内仅具有一个谐振峰。其中，前述谐振峰的峰值频率介于100Hz与2kHz之间。
在一些实施例中，在非佩戴状态下，振动面板114振动的频响曲线在80Hz至2kHz的频段范围内具有第一谐振峰和第二谐振峰，且无谐振谷。其中，第一谐振峰的峰值频率介于80Hz与400Hz之间，第二谐振峰的峰值频率介于100Hz与2kHz之间。
在一些实施例中，在非佩戴状态下，振动面板114振动的频响曲线在80Hz至200Hz的频段范围内具有一谐振谷、第一谐振峰和第二谐振峰，谐振谷、第一谐振峰和第二谐振峰的峰值频率依次定义为f0、f1和f2，且满足关系式：f0＜f2，f1＜f2。
在一些实施例中，机芯壳体111的质量大于或者等于1.2g，优选地大于或者等于1.5g；和/或，第一传振片113的刚度小于或者等于2500N/m。进一步地，磁路系统的质量大于或者等于3g，优选地大于或者等于5g；和/或，第二传振片1122的刚度大于或者等于3000N/m，优选地大于或者等于5000N/m。
在一些实施例中，机芯壳体111的质量小于或者等于0.5g，优选地小于或者等于0.3g；和/或，第一传振片113的刚度大于或者等于2000N/m，优选地大于或者等于5000N/m。
在一些实施例中，在非佩戴状态下，振动面板114振动的频响曲线具有一谐振峰，谐振峰与支架1121的刚度强相关，且谐振峰的峰值频率大于或者等于4kHz，优选地大于或者等于5kHz。其中，支架1121的刚度大于或者等于10 5N/m，优选地大于或者等于5×10 5N/m。
结合图12，耳机10还可以包括与机芯模组11连接的头梁组件12，头梁组件12用于绕过用户头顶，并可以使得机芯模组11整体位于用户耳部的前侧。当然，机芯模组11也可以整体位于用户耳部的后侧或者其他位置，还可以部分位于用户耳部的前侧或者后侧。在一些实施例中，例如图34，机芯模组11可以通过机芯壳体111(具体可以为第一端壁1113)与用户脸颊接触，也即机芯壳体111背离转接壳体13的一侧形成用于与用户的皮肤接触的接触面。在其他一些实施例中，例如图1，机芯模组11可以通过振动面板114 与用户脸颊接触。在其他另一些实施例中，例如图3，机芯模组11可以通过振动面板114及围边116与用户脸颊接触，再例如图45，机芯模组11可以通过振动面板114及围边116上的多孔结构1167与用户脸颊接触。
需要说明的是：除了图12所示的头梁组件12之外，机芯模组11可以与其他类型的支撑组件连接，前述支撑组件用于支撑机芯模组11佩戴至佩戴位，同样允许用户佩戴耳机10。例如：前述支撑组件包括后挂结构和与后挂结构的两端分别连接的耳挂结构，后挂结构用于在佩戴状态下绕过用户的脑部的后侧，两个耳挂结构分别用于在佩戴状态下挂在用户的左、右耳部上。进一步地，前述佩戴位可以为用户的脸颊靠近耳部的位置或者用户的耳部背离头部的前侧。
作为示例性地，在佩戴状态下，头梁组件12与用户头顶可以形成第一接触点(例如图13至图17中CP1所示)，机芯模组11与用户脸颊形成第二接触点(例如图13至图17中CP2所示)，第二接触点与第一接触点在人体矢状轴所在方向上的间距(例如图13至图17中W所示)可以介于20mm与30mm之间，优选地介于22mm与28mm之间；进一步地，第二接触点与第一接触点在人体矢状轴所在方向上的间距优选25mm，保证该间距时，机芯模组11能够被自然地佩戴至用户的脸颊靠近耳部的佩戴位，机芯模组11在前述佩戴位处振动产生声波，能够以最短路径将该声波传递至用户的中枢神经，使得该声波的传递效率更高，音损更少。其中，沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，第一接触点可以位于用户耳部的正上方，第二接触点可以位于用户耳部的正前方。进一步地，头梁组件12可以包括弧形头梁件121和转接件122，弧形头梁件121用于绕过用户头顶，转接件122的两端分别与弧形头梁件121和机芯模组11连接。其中，弧形头梁件121可以位于用户耳部的上方，并与用户头顶形成第一接触点。作为示例性地，弧形头梁件121的材质可以为塑料，转接件122的材质可以为金属；当然两者的材质也可以同为塑料或者金属。其中，当机芯模组11设置成能够在头梁组件12的延伸方向上靠近或者远离弧形头梁件121时，例如转接件122背离机芯模组11一端(具体可以为后文中提及的第一连接段1221)能够伸出或者缩回弧形头梁件121，弧形头梁件121与转接件122配合的部分也可以设置成金属件，以局部加强两者的耐磨性。
需要说明的是：虽然图13至图17仅示意出了耳机10与用户的头部在一侧形成的接触点，但是耳机10一般设置成左右对称结构，例如图12所示的头梁组件12的两端分别连接一个机芯模组11，使得每一个机芯模组11分别与用户脸颊形成第二接触点，也即耳机10与用户的头部实际上可以形成一个第一接触点和两个接触点，简称“三点式佩戴”。
结合图48及图16，在佩戴状态下，并沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，振动面板114朝向上述佩戴位的一侧的中心(例如图48中CP2所示)在人体矢状轴所在方向上较机芯壳体111朝向前述佩戴位的一侧的中心(例如图48中CP0所示)更靠近用户耳部的外耳道。换言之，在上述支撑组件和机芯模组11的结构一定的情况下，振动面板114设置成相对于机芯壳体111偏置，以使得机芯模组11在前述佩戴位处振动产生声波时，能够以最短路径将该声波传递至用户的中枢神经，使得该声波的传递效率更高，音损更少。除此之外，振动面板114在佩戴状态下更靠近外耳道，使得机芯模组11以骨传导的方式传递换能装置112产生的机械振动的同时能够更多地引起外耳道内空气随之振动(也即气导声)，进而增加用户听到的声音的音量。值得注意的是：在机芯模组11包括围边116的实施方式中，振动面板114相对于围边116偏置，也即两者朝向佩戴位一侧的中心不重合。
在一些实施方式中，振动面板114沿换能装置112的振动方向正投影至机芯壳体111的中心与换能装置112沿前述振动方向正投影至机芯壳体111的中心重合，也即振动面板114相对于换能装置112不偏置，例如支架1121与振动面板114连接的位置在振动面板114的中心处；而换能装置112沿前述振动方向正投影至机芯壳体111的中心与机芯壳体111在前述振动方向上朝向换能装置112一侧的中心不重合，也即换能装置112作为一个 整体相对于机芯壳体111偏置。
在其他一些实施方式中，换能装置112沿其振动方向正投影至机芯壳体111的中心与机芯壳体111在前述振动方向上朝向换能装置112一侧的中心重合，也即换能装置112作为一个整体相对于机芯壳体111不偏置；而振动面板114沿前述振动方向正投影至机芯壳体111的中心与换能装置112沿前述振动方向正投影至机芯壳体111的中心不重合，也即振动面板114相对于换能装置112偏置，例如支架1121与振动面板114连接的位置并不在振动面板114的中心处，以使得振动面板114相对于机芯壳体111偏置。
进一步地，耳机10可以包括连接机芯壳体111和所述支撑组件(例如头梁组件12)的转接壳体13。其中，结合图20、图27及图28，转接壳体13可以包括位于机芯壳体111外围的筒状侧壁134，筒状侧壁134可以与头梁组件12连接。基于此，机芯壳体111和筒状侧壁134在垂直于换能装置112的振动方向的参考平面上的正投影分别具有第一中心和第二中心。其中，在佩戴状态下，第一中心可以相较于第二中心更靠近用户耳部的外耳道。换言之，结合图46及图28，在支撑组件和机芯模组11的结构一定的情况下，机芯壳体111设置成相对于转接壳体13偏置，以使得机芯模组11在前述佩戴位处振动产生声波，能够以最短路径将该声波传递至用户的中枢神经，使得该声波的传递效率更高，音损更少。
作为示例性地，结合图48及图46，机芯壳体111可以设置成相对于转接壳体13绕第一轴线(例如图48中A1所示)转动，以使得机芯模组11更好地贴合佩戴位。其中，上述第一中心和第二中心沿前述第一轴线所在方向间隔。换言之，在前述第一轴线所在方向上，如果机芯壳体111的一侧更靠近筒状侧壁134，那么机芯壳体111的另一侧可以更远离筒状侧壁134，也即机芯壳体111与筒状侧壁134之间的间隙在前述第一轴线所在方向上可以不相等。进一步地，上述第一中心和第二中心可以在前述第一轴线上，也即机芯模组11仅沿前述第一轴线平移一距离。
在一些实施例中，结合图13至图16，在佩戴状态下，并沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，头梁组件12至少部分相对于人体垂直轴倾斜，例如朝向用户正前方倾斜延伸，以便于形成第一接触点和第二接触点。此时，转接件122可以设置呈杆状或者片状。例如：结合图13，沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，弧形头梁件121相对于人体垂直轴倾斜，转接件122平行于人体垂直轴。此时，转接件122可以与机芯模组11朝向用户头顶的一侧连接。再例如：结合图14，沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，弧形头梁件121相对于人体垂直轴倾斜，转接件122也相对于人体垂直轴倾斜，两者相对于人体垂直轴的倾斜角相同。此时，转接件122可以与机芯模组11背离用户脸颊的一侧连接。再例如：结合图15，沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，弧形头梁件121相对于人体垂直轴倾斜，转接件122一部分相对于人体垂直轴倾斜、另一部分平行于人体垂直轴。此时，转接件122可以与机芯模组11背离用户耳部的一侧连接。再例如：结合图16，沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，弧形头梁件121平行于人体垂直轴，转接件122一部分相对于人体垂直轴倾斜、另一部分平行于人体垂直轴。此时，转接件122可以与机芯模组11朝向用户头顶的一侧连接。
在其他一些实施例中，结合图17，转接件122可以设置呈环状。此时，在佩戴状态下，并沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，弧形头梁件121可以平行于人体垂直轴，转接件122可以套设在用户耳部的外围，同样可以形成第一接触点和第二接触点。其中，转接件122可以呈连续的封闭的环状，也可以呈不连续的环状(例如C字型或者U字型)。
需要说明的是：在医学、解剖学等领域中，可以定义人体的矢状面(Sagittal Plane)、冠状面(Coronal Plane)和水平面(Horizontal Plane)三个基本切面以及矢状轴(Sagittal Axis)、冠状轴(Coronal Axis)和垂直轴(Vertical Axis)三个基本轴。其中，矢状面是指沿身体前后方向所作的与地面垂直的切面，它将人体分为左右两部分；冠状面是指沿身体左右方向所作的与地面垂直的切面，它将人体分为前后两部分；水平面是指沿身体上 下方向所作的与地面平行的切面，它将人体分为上下两部分。相应地，矢状轴是指沿身体前后方向垂直通过冠状面的轴，冠状轴是指沿身体左右方向垂直通过矢状面的轴，垂直轴是指沿身体上下方向垂直通过水平面的轴。
作为示例性地，并结合图12、图16及图20，转接件122可以包括第一连接段1221、中间过渡段1222和第二连接段1223，中间过渡段1222连接第一连接段1221和第二连接段1223。其中，第一连接段1221和第二连接段1223分别相对于中间过渡段1222弯折并反向延伸。此时，第一连接段1221可以与弧形头梁件121连接，第二连接段1223可以与机芯模组11连接。其中，沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，中间过渡段1222相对于人体垂直轴倾斜，以便于形成第一接触点和第二接触点。
进一步地，第一连接段1221相对于中间过渡段1222的弯折角度(例如图16中θ1所示)可以大于或者等于90°且小于180°；和/或，第二连接段1223相对于中间过渡段1222的弯折角度(例如图16中θ2所示)可以大于或者等于90°且小于180°。如此，以使得转接件122更加平滑地过渡连接弧形头梁件121和机芯模组11。其中，在佩戴状态下，并沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，第一连接段1221可以与第二连接段1223平行。此时，第一连接段1221与第二连接段1223之间的间距(例如图16中W所示)可以介于20mm与30mm之间，优选地介于22mm与28mm之间。
需要说明的是：结合图19，转接件122在其他视角(例如沿人体矢状轴所在方向观察)也可以具有一弯曲弧度，例如弧形头梁件121两端的转接件122彼此同向靠近延伸，以便于耳机10更好地用户头部接触，也便于头梁组件12为机芯模组11提供压紧力。
进一步地，结合图20，第一连接段1221和第二连接段1223可以分别设有走线腔，例如两者分别呈中空管状设置，中间过渡段1222则可以设有开槽1224，开槽1224用于连通第一连接段1221和第二连接段1223的走线腔，以允许耳机10的走线由机芯模组11经转接件122延伸至弧形头梁件121。其中，耳机10的走线可以设置为导线、柔性电路板等。相应地，头梁组件12还可以包括嵌入开槽1224的密封件，密封件覆盖走线，这样有利于改善耳机10的防水防尘，也有利于改善耳机10的外观。其中，密封件可以为固化之后的胶体，也可以为一盖板。当然，在其他一些实施例中，耳机10的走线也可以外露于转接件122；相应地，转接件122可以设置成实心结构。
本申请的发明人在长期的研究中发现：当头梁组件12施加介于0.4N至0.8N之间的压紧力将机芯模组11压持于用户脸颊时，也即在佩戴状态下，机芯模组11对用户脸颊的压紧力可以介于0.4N至0.8N之间，优选地介于0.5N至0.6N之间，用户能够获得优异的佩戴稳定性和舒适度以及良好的音质。其中，压紧力可以借助夹力试验机(FL-86161A，博文仪器)测量得到。具体而言，测量时，将耳机10夹在夹力试验机的平行板两侧，并支撑在夹力试验机的中间叉子上；随后，夹力试验机的平行板使得两个机芯模组11彼此背离并具有一测试间距(例如人头宽均值145mm)，进而模拟用户佩戴耳机10。此时，读取夹力试验机上显示的数值即可测量得到相应的压紧力。对于不同用户而言，其头部的大小不一(例如“大头”和“小头”)。因此，头梁组件12可以设置成弧长可调节，以满足不同用户对耳机10的佩戴需求。进一步地，本申请希望不同的用户佩戴耳机10时，均能够获得一致的压紧力。
作为示例性地，第一连接段1221在外力作用下能够伸出或者缩回弧形头梁件121，以允许机芯模组11在头梁组件12的延伸方向上靠近或者远离弧形头梁件121，进而调节头梁组件12的弧长。当然，第二连接段1223在外力作用下也能够伸出或者缩回机芯模组11，同样能够调节头梁组件12的弧长。
进一步地，结合图12，弧形头梁件121的两端可以均设有转接件122和机芯模组11。其中，头梁组件12在第一使用状态时为机芯模组11提供第一压紧力，且在第二使用状态时为机芯模组11提供第二压紧力，第二压紧力与第一压紧力之差的绝对值可以介于0与 0.1N之间，优选地介于0与0.05N之间。如此，以在不同用户佩戴耳机10时，也即头梁组件12具有不同弧长且两个机芯模组11具有不同间距，头梁组件12使得机芯模组11对用户脸颊施加的压紧力差异不大，进而增加耳机10对不同用户的适配度。
需要说明的是：第一使用状态可以定义为每一转接件122相对于弧形头梁件121具有第一伸出量，且两个机芯模组11之间具有第一间距的使用状态；第二使用状态可以定义为每一转接件122相对于弧形头梁件121具有第二伸出量，且两个机芯模组11之间具有第二间距的使用状态。其中，第二伸出量大于第一伸出量，第二间距大于第一间距。简而言之，第一使用状态可以倾向于小头用户佩戴耳机10，第二使用状态则可以倾向于大头用户佩戴耳机10。因此，当机芯模组11最靠近弧形头梁件121时，第一伸出量可以取最小值；而当机芯模组11最远离弧形头梁件121时，第二伸出量可以取最大值。
本申请的发明人在长期的研究中发现：同等条件下，弧形头梁件121和转接件122的刚度和弯曲程度等参数对头梁组件12能够提供的压紧力具有一定的影响，现对此进行定性的分析。
对于悬臂梁而言，结合图18，悬臂梁在诸如集中力、分布载荷等载荷的作用下将产生弯曲变形，其最大挠度w max发生在悬臂梁的自由端处。
对于等截面悬臂梁而言，结合图18中(a)，并基于材料力学，自由端的挠度满足如下关系式(1)。
Figure PCTCN2022120669-appb-000001
式中，EI为截面抗弯刚度，M(x)为截面弯矩。其中，E为材料的杨氏模量，I为截面惯性矩。
对于变截面悬臂梁而言，结合图18中(b)，由于变截面梁截面的属性会发生变化，在分析其自由端位移时可采用逐段刚度法。即将变截面悬臂梁视作由多个等截面悬臂梁构成，计算变形时除所研究的悬臂梁段之外其余的悬臂梁段可以视为刚体，最后将相同载荷工况下的位移变形叠加，这种方法常用于外伸悬臂梁或变截面悬臂梁。相应地，自由端的挠度满足如下关系式(2)。
Figure PCTCN2022120669-appb-000002
对于诸如图12所示的头戴式耳机而言，耳机10的左右两侧可以简单化为对称结构，因此取其一侧进行受力分析即可。其中，耳机10无论是处于第一使用状态(例如缩回状态)还是处于第二使用状态(例如伸出状态)都满足力矩平衡方程，也即如下关系式(3)。
M＝F·L         (3)
式中，M为耳机10在头顶支点(例如第一接触点CP1)处的弯矩值，F为头梁组件12在某一使用状态时为机芯模组11提供的压紧力，L为机芯模组11的等效集中作用点(例如第二接触点CP2)到头顶支点的力臂。其中，结合图19，以完全缩回(例如转接件122相对于弧形头梁件121的伸出量最小)的工况为参考，假设等效集中作用点在机芯模组11上的位置不因头梁组件12的伸缩调整而变化，那么在完全伸出(例如转接件122相对于弧形头梁件121的伸出量最大)的工况时，力臂L是增加的。基于此，并结合上述力矩平衡方程(2)，研究弯矩M的变化规律即可获得压紧力F的变化规律。
结合图19，在完全缩回(例如图19中“收缩状态”所示)和完全伸出(例如图19中“伸长状态”所示)两种不同工况下，分别将耳机10从初始自由态张开至相应间距(例如人头宽均值145mm)的终态；现假设临界状态下，二者的压紧力相同，也即无论是收缩状态还是伸长状态，头梁组件12均能够为机芯模组11提供相同或者相近的压紧力。
对于完全缩回的工况，头梁组件12可以简单地视作一等截面悬臂梁(也即弧形头梁件121所在的弧线段S 1)，由其自由端的挠度，也即公式(1)，沿着弧线段S 1积分得如下关系式(4)。
Figure PCTCN2022120669-appb-000003
式中，E 1I 1为弧线段S 1的截面抗弯刚度，L 1(s)为弧线段S 1截面上集中力F的力臂函数。
对于完全伸出的工况，梁组件12可以简单地视作一变截面悬臂梁(也即弧形头梁件121所在的弧线段S 1和转接件122所在的弧线段S 2)，由其自由端的挠度，也即公式(2)，沿着弧线段S 1和弧线段S 2分别积分并求和得如下关系式(5)。
Figure PCTCN2022120669-appb-000004
式中，E 2I 2为弧线段S 2的截面抗弯刚度，L 2(s)为弧线段S 2截面上集中力F的力臂函数。其中，等式右端的前两项为弧线段S 1的变形量，第三项为弧线段S 2的变形量，l为弧线段S 2在竖向方向上的分量。
进一步地，结合图19，上述两种工况满足如下关系式(6)。
Δ 2＝Δ 1+h        (6)
式中，h为弧线段S 2在水平方向上的分量，将关系式(4)、(5)代入关系式(6)中，并将上述两种工况下压紧力相同的临界状态的h记作h cr，则得到关系式(7)。
Figure PCTCN2022120669-appb-000005
关系式(7)实际上给出了相同头宽时耳机10在伸出状态或者收缩状态下压紧力的变化规律。相应地，弧线段S 2在水平方向上的实际设计值h满足如下关系式(8)。
Figure PCTCN2022120669-appb-000006
由关系式(7)和(8)可知，假设弧线段S 1的截面抗弯刚度E 1I 1、弧线段S 2在竖向方向上的分量l不变，则有：
1)弧线段S 2的截面抗弯刚度的抗弯刚度E 2I 2设计越小(也即h cr越大)，其伸出后压紧力越小；
2)弧线段S 2向内弯曲的弧度设计越小(例如h越小)，其伸出后压紧力越小。
基于上述的详细分析，现进行定量的说明。作为示例性地，在非佩戴状态下，当每一机芯模组11均最靠近或最远离弧形头梁件121时，弧形头梁件121两端的转接件122相对于第一参考平面(例如图19中RP1所示)对称设置，第二参考平面(例如纸面所在平面)过弧形头梁件121两端之间的连线(例如图19中RP2所示)，并与第一参考平面垂直相交。其中，在佩戴状态下，第一参考平面可以平行于人体矢状面，第二参考平面可以平行于人体冠状面。进一步地，结合图19，在弧形头梁件121处于自然状态下，并将弧形头梁件121和转接件122投影到第二参考平面，当机芯模组11最靠近弧形头梁件121(例如图19中“收缩状态”所示)时，转接件122用于连接机芯模组11的自由端(例如第二连接段1223)具有第一位置(例如图19中L1所示)，当机芯模组11最远离弧形头梁件121(例如图19中“伸长状态”所示)时，所述自由端具有第二位置(例如图19中L2所示)。其中，第一位置和第二位置的连线在平行于弧形头梁件121的两端连线的第一参考方向上具有第一投影分量(例如图19中h所示)，且在垂直于弧形头梁件121的两端连线的第二参考方向上具有第二投影分量(例如图19中l所示)，第二投影分量与第一投影分量的比值可以大于或等于2。进一步地，转接件122的截面抗弯刚度与弧 形头梁件121的截面抗弯刚度的比值可以小于或者等于0.9。换言之，转接件122设计得柔软与平直，可以保证两个机芯模组11间距相同时收缩状态下的压紧力大于伸长状态下的压紧力；再考虑到头宽越大压紧力越大的事实，可以进一步实现两个机芯模组11间距小且处于收缩状态(也即“小头”的用户佩戴耳机10)时的夹紧力与两个机芯模组11间距大且处于伸长状态(也即“大头”的用户佩戴耳机10)时的夹紧力相同或者相近。
本申请的发明人在长期的研究中发现：同等条件下，耳机10在佩戴状态下与用户的头部形成的接触点的数量及其分布对于佩戴的稳定具有较大的影响。例如：在低头状态下，受耳机10的重力的影响，耳机10有滑落或者以机芯模组11为转轴相对于用户头部转动的风险，从而影响耳机10在佩戴方面的可靠性。
作为示例性地，例如图13至图17，在佩戴状态下，头梁组件12与用户头顶可以形成第一接触点，机芯模组11与用户脸颊可以形成第二接触点。其中，在用户根据自己的头部大小佩戴好耳机10之后，以及在头梁组件12为机芯模组11提供的压紧力的作用下，耳机10可以分别在第一接触点和第二接触点处施加指向用户头部的压紧力。基于此，在低头状态下，机芯模组11因与用户脸颊接触而在摩擦力的作用下产生一阻力矩，头梁组件12因与用户头顶接触而在摩擦力的作用下产生另一阻力矩，前述两个阻力矩的合力矩可以大于或者等于耳机10的重力相对于机芯模组11的重力矩，也即在低头状态下克服耳机10的重力矩，从而有利于避免耳机10滑落或者以机芯模组11为转轴相对于用户头部转动。
进一步地，在佩戴状态下，除了头梁组件12与用户头顶形成第一接触点和机芯模组与用户脸颊形成第二接触点之外，头梁组件12还可以与用户头部形成第三接触点(例如图49中CP3所示)，第三接触点在人体垂直轴所在方向上介于前述第一接触与前述第二接触点之间。其中，在用户根据自己的头部大小佩戴好耳机10之后，以及在头梁组件12为机芯模组11提供的压紧力的作用下，耳机10可以分别在第一接触点、第二接触点和第三接触点处施加指向用户头部的压紧力。基于此，在低头状态下，机芯模组11因与用户脸颊接触而在摩擦力的作用下产生一阻力矩，头梁组件12因与用户头顶接触而在摩擦力的作用下产生另一阻力矩，头梁组件12因与用户头顶之外的其他地方接触而在摩擦力的作用下产生又一阻力矩，前述三个阻力矩的合力矩可以大于上述两个阻力矩的合力矩，使之更易于在低头状态下克服耳机10的重力矩，从而改善耳机10在佩戴方面的可靠性。
需要说明的是：结合图12，头梁组件12的两端分可以别连接一个机芯模组11，每一个机芯模组11可以分别与用户脸颊形成第二接触点；相应地，头梁组件12与用户头部的两侧也可以分别形成第三接触点。换言之，耳机10与用户的头部实际上可以形成一个第一接触点、两个第二接触点和两个第三接触点，简称“五点式佩戴”。其中，对于用户的头部一侧的第三接触点而言，由于头梁组件12的长度较长或者用户的头部因不同人群而存在差异，使得第三接触点的数量可以为多个。进一步地，头梁组件12与用户头部形成第三接触点时，头梁组件12在第一接触点与第二接触点之间存在至少部分与用户头部不接触，也即头梁组件12不是全部与用户的头部接触并形成相应的压紧力，以便于维持机芯模组11处的压紧力大小变化不大。
结合图49，下面就上述三点式佩戴和五点式佩戴的受力分析进行示例性的说明。其中，图49中(a)是三点式佩戴情况下用户不低头时沿人体矢状轴所在方向观察的力学模型示意图，图49中(b)是三点式佩戴情况下用户低头时沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察的力学模型示意图，图49中(c)是五点式佩戴情况下用户不低头时沿人体矢状轴所在方向观察的力学模型示意图，图49中(d)是五点式佩戴情况下用户低头时沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察的力学模型示意图。
上述三点式佩戴和五点式佩戴的情况下，假设：用户的头部大小保持不变，耳机10的佩戴状态保持不变，使得第一接触点相对于两个机芯模组11的参考连线的距离H保持 不变，头梁组件12对用户头顶施加的压紧力F1保持不变，以及耳机10的重量G及其等效重心与前述参考连线之间的距离L保持不变；机芯模组11与用户脸颊接触的面积保持不变，使得机芯模组11作用于用户脸颊时等效力臂r保持不变；机芯模组11与用户脸颊之间的摩擦系数μ1和头梁组件12与用户头部的摩擦系数μ2保持不变。其中，对于上述五点式佩戴，第三接触点相对于前述参考连线的距离为h，h＜H。
进一步假设：头梁组件12在两种情况下提供的压紧力F2保持不变，那么，对于上述三点式佩戴，头梁组件12提供的压紧力主要是作用于第二接触点，使得机芯模组11对用户脸颊的压紧力为F2；对于上述五点式佩戴，头梁组件12提供的压紧力不仅作用于第二接触点，还作用于第三接触点，使得机芯模组11对用户脸颊的压紧力小于F2，其中假设头梁组件12在第三接触点处对用户头部的压紧力为F3，则机芯模组11对用户脸颊的压紧力为(F2-F3)。
对于上述三点式佩戴，在低头状态下，例如用户的头部前倾一角度β，机芯模组11因与用户脸颊接触而在摩擦力的作用下产生一阻力矩，头梁组件12因与用户头顶接触而在摩擦力的作用下产生另一阻力矩，前述两个阻力矩的合力矩可以为M1；对于上述五点式佩戴，在低头状态下，例如用户的头部同样前倾一角度β，机芯模组11因与用户脸颊接触而在摩擦力的作用下产生一阻力矩，头梁组件12因与用户头顶接触而在摩擦力的作用下产生另一阻力矩，头梁组件12因与用户头顶之外的其他地方(例如第三接触点)接触而在摩擦力的作用下产生又一阻力矩，前述三个阻力矩的合力矩可以为M2，并可以大于上述两个阻力矩的合力矩M1。其中，合力矩M1、合力矩M2和重力矩G·L·sinβ之间满足如下关系式：
M1≥G·L·sinβ
M2≥G·L·sinβ
M1＝μ1·F2·r+μ2·F1·H
M2＝μ1·(F2-F3)·r+μ2·F3·h+μ2·F1·H
M2-M1＝μ2·F3·h-μ1·F3·r
式中，由于距离h较等效力臂r要大得多，且摩擦系数μ1、μ2之间的差异小于距离h与等效力臂r之间的差异，也即h/r>μ1/μ2或者μ2·h-μ1·r>0，使得M2-M1＞0。换言之，在同等条件，相较于三点式佩戴，五点式佩戴更有利于在低头状态下维持耳机10的佩戴状态。
本申请的发明人在长期的研究中发现：对于上述五点式佩戴，第二接触点处的压紧力可以介于0.2N与2N之间，第三接触点处的压紧力可以介于0.3N与2N之间，以便于用户获得良好的佩戴稳定性和舒适度，以及耳机10表现出良好的音质。其中，如果第二接触点的压紧力太小，容易导致机芯模组11传递至用户的机械振动变少，进而影响耳机10的听音效果；如果第二接触点的压紧力太大，容易导致用户佩戴不舒服。进一步地，如果第三接触点的压紧力太小，不利于改善耳机10在佩戴方面的可靠性；如果第三接触点的压紧力太大，容易导致第二接触点处的压紧力不足。
结合图50至图52，头梁组件12可以包括与弧形头梁件121连接的辅助件125，例如辅助件125与后文中提及的内盖体1214连接，以在佩戴状态下，两个辅助件125与用户头部的两侧分别形成第三接触点。其中，辅助件125可以一端与弧形头梁件121连接，另一端不与弧形头梁件121，也即构成悬臂梁结构；辅助件125也可以两端分别与弧形头梁件121连接，两端之间的中间局部凸起。为了便于描述，本申请以每一辅助件125相对于弧形头梁件121悬臂设置为例进行示例性的说明。当然，在其他一些实施方式中，第三接触点也可以是弧形头梁件121与用户的头部接触时形成，例如弧形头梁件121局部凸起以 形成第三接触点，也即头梁组件12不包括辅助件125。相应地，弧形头梁件121可以与用户头顶形成第一接触点。
基于上述的详细描述，在低头状态下，第一接触点处的压紧力相对于第二接触点形成第一阻力矩，第三接触点处的压紧力相对于第二接触点形成第二阻力矩，第二接触点处的压紧力相对于机芯模组11与用户脸颊接触的接触面在头梁组件12包括辅助件125时形成第三阻力矩，第二接触点处的压紧力相对于机芯模组11与用户脸颊接触的接触面在头梁组件12不包括辅助件125时形成第四阻力矩。其中，第一阻力矩、第二阻力矩和第三阻力矩形成的合力矩大于第一阻力矩和第四阻力矩形成的合力矩。简而言之，头梁组件12上设置辅助件125，以引入另一阻力矩，有利于在低头状态下克服耳机10的重力矩，从而改善耳机10在佩戴方面的可靠性。
进一步地，辅助件125设置成具有弹性，以在耳机10被具有不同大小头部的用户佩戴时，辅助件125因发生不同程度的弹性形变而使得第二接触点处的压紧力的改变量小于或者等于0.2N。如此，以在不同用户使用耳机10时，既可以使得辅助件125对用户的头部施加一压紧力，以改善耳机10在佩戴方面的稳定性，尤其是低头状态时，也可以使得机芯模组11对用户脸颊的压紧力变化不大，以便于维持耳机10在声学方面的表现力。基于此，当头梁组件12具有转接件122以调节头梁组件12的弧长而更好地适配不同的用户时，辅助件125同样设置成使得上述第二压紧力与上述第一压紧力之差的绝对值介于0与0.1N之间，以使得机芯模组11对用户脸颊的压紧力变化不大。其中，前述第一压紧力和第二压紧力可以分别介于0.4N至0.8N之间。
结合图50及图51，在自然状态下，头梁组件12具有彼此正交的第一参考平面和第二参考平面，两个辅助件125相对于第一参考平面(例如图50及图51中RP1所示)对称设置，第二参考平面(例如纸面所在平面)过弧形头梁件121的最高点和两个端点。其中，将弧形头梁件121和辅助件125投影到第二参考平面，在第二参考平面内，辅助件125的固定端和自由端之间的连线在平行于弧形头梁件121的两个端点的连线的第一参考方向上具有第一投影分量(例如图50及图51中x1所示)，且在垂直于弧形头梁件121的两个端点的连线的第二参考方向上具有第二投影分量(例如图50及图51中y1所示)。基于此，前述第二投影分量与第一投影分量之间的比值(例如y1/x1)可以介于1与5之间；和/或，辅助件125的等效弹性系数可以介于100N/m与180N/m之间。其中，如果前述比值太小，容易导致第三接触点的压紧力太小，不利于改善耳机10在佩戴方面的可靠性；如果前述比值太大，容易导致第三接触点的压紧力太大，进而导致第二接触点处的压紧力不足，例如机芯模组11被辅助件125撑起。类似地，如果辅助件125的等效弹性系数太小，容易导致第三接触点的压紧力太小，不利于改善耳机10在佩戴方面的可靠性；如果辅助件125的等效弹性系数太大，容易导致第三接触点的压紧力太大，进而导致第二接触点处的压紧力不足，例如机芯模组11被辅助件125撑起。
在一些实施方式中，在自然状态下，将弧形头梁件121投影到上述第二参考平面，在第二参考平面内建立直角坐标系，前述直角坐标系以弧形头梁件121的最高点为坐标原点，以过前述坐标原点且平行于弧形头梁件121的两个端点的连线的直线为x轴，以过前述坐标原点且垂直于前述x轴的直线为y轴，弧形头梁件121从任一端点至最高点的曲线可以满足以下关系式：
x＝±(-2.63472525·10 15·y 10+1.41380284·10 12·y 9-3.25586957·10 10·y 8+4.2058788·10 8·y 7-3.34381129·10 6·y 6+1.69016414·10 4·y 5-5.42625713·10 3·y 4+1.07794891·10 1·y 3-1.27679777·y 2+9.70381438·y+2.61)。
基于此，辅助件125的厚度可以小于或者等于4mm，以便于耳机10被头部较大的用户佩戴时辅助件125能够提供相应的压紧力；辅助件125与弧形头梁件121之间的间隙可以大于或者等于10mm，以便于耳机10被头部较小的用户佩戴时辅助件125能够提供相应的压紧力。其中，如果辅助件125的厚度太大，耳机10被头部较大的用户佩戴时辅助件125容易直接与弧形头梁件121抵接，进而导致第二接触点处的压紧力不足，例如机芯模组11被辅助件125撑起；如果辅助件125与弧形头梁件121之间的间隙太小，耳机10被头部较小的用户佩戴时辅助件125可能难以与用户的头部抵接，进而导致第三接触点处的压紧力太小。
在一些实施方式中，每一辅助件125可以分别固定于弧形头梁件121的一端部，弧形头梁件121的任一端点与最高点之间的连线在平行于两个端点的连线的第一参考方向上具有第三投影分量(例如图50及图51中x2所示)，且在垂直于弧形头梁件121的两个端点的连线的第二参考方向上具有第四投影分量(例如图50及图51中y2所示)。基于此，上述第二投影分量与前述第四投影分量之间的比值(例如y1/y2)可以介于0.1与0.5之间。其中，如果前述比值太小，容易导致第三接触点的压紧力太小，不利于改善耳机10在佩戴方面的可靠性；如果前述比值太大，容易导致第二接触点的压紧力不足，例如机芯模组11及弧形头梁件121被辅助件125撑起，同样不利于改善耳机10在佩戴方面的可靠性。
在一些诸如辅助件125不一定固定于弧形头梁件121的端部的实施方式中，辅助件125与弧形头梁件121连接的固定端到与辅助件125相邻的机芯模组11之间的距离在垂直于弧形头梁件121的两个端点的连线的第二参考方向上的投影分量可以介于40mm与120mm之间。其中，如果前述距离太小，容易导致第二接触点处的压紧力不足，例如机芯模组11被辅助件125撑起；如果前述距离太大，容易导致第一接触点处的压紧力不足，例如弧形头梁件121被辅助件125撑起。
作为示例性地，结合图50，辅助件125可以向弧形头梁件121的中间区域延伸。其中，在第二参考平面内，辅助件125与弧形头梁件121连接的固定端在垂直于弧形头梁件121的两个端点的连线的参考方向上与弧形头梁件121的最高点之间具有第一距离(例如图50中y3所示)，机芯模组11与头梁组件12连接的位置在前述参考方向上与前述最高点之间具有第二距离(例如图50中y4所示)。基于此，前述第一距离与第二距离之间的比值(例如y3/y4)可以介于1/3与1/2之间。其中，如果前述比值太小，容易导致第一接触点的压紧力不足，例如弧形头梁件121被辅助件125撑起；如果前述比值太大，容易导致第二接触点的压紧力不足，例如机芯模组11被辅助件125撑起。
作为示例性地，结合图51，辅助件125可以向弧形头梁件121的端部延伸。其中，在第二参考平面内，辅助件125与弧形头梁件121连接的固定端在垂直于弧形头梁件121的两个端点的连线的参考方向上与弧形头梁件121的最高点之间具有第三距离(例如图51中y3所示)，机芯模组11与头梁组件12连接的位置在前述参考方向上与前述最高点之间具有第四距离(例如图51中y4所示)。基于此，前述第三距离与第四距离之间的比值(例如y3/y4)可以介于1/5与1/3之间。其中，如果前述比值太小，容易导致第一接触点的压紧力不足，例如弧形头梁件121被辅助件125撑起；如果前述比值太大，容易导致第二接触点的压紧力不足，例如机芯模组11被辅助件125撑起。
作为示例性地，结合图52，辅助件125可以包括固定部1251、与固定部1251连接的第一延伸部1252和与第一延伸部1252连接的第二延伸部1253，固定部1251可以与弧形头梁件121连接。其中，第一延伸部1252和第二延伸部1253在佩戴状态下位于弧形头梁件121朝向用户头部的一侧，并在自然状态下与弧形头梁件121间隔设置，以便于辅助件125与用户的头部形成第三接触点。基于此，第二延伸部1253的宽度可以大于第一延伸部1252的宽度，第二延伸部1253用于在佩戴状态下与用户头部形成第三接触点。换言之，辅助件125大体设置成T字型结构，相对细长的第一延伸部1252有利于辅助件125发生 形变，相对短宽的第二延伸部1253有利于辅助件125更好地与用户的头部接触。例如：在佩戴状态下，并沿人体垂直轴所在方向观察，两个辅助件125的第二延伸部1253朝向用户头部的后侧彼此靠拢，使之能够在用户头部的后侧钩住头部，有利于改善耳机10在佩戴方面的可靠性，尤其是在低头状态下。
进一步地，在自然状态下，头梁组件12具有彼此正交的第一参考平面和第二参考平面，两个辅助件125相对于第一参考平面对称设置，第二参考平面过弧形头梁件121的最高点和两个端点。其中，在佩戴状态下，前述第一参考平面可以平行于人体矢状面，前述第二参考平面可以平行于人体冠状面。基于此，每一辅助件125的第二延伸部1253的平均法线与前述第二参考平面之间的夹角可以介于5度至10度之间。考虑到第二延伸部1253可能设置成与用户的头部更加贴合的仿形结构，例如为弧面结构，使之法线进一步定义为平均法线。其中，前述平均法线的计算公式可以为：
Figure PCTCN2022120669-appb-000007
式中，
Figure PCTCN2022120669-appb-000008
为上述平均法线；
Figure PCTCN2022120669-appb-000009
为面上任意一点的法线，ds为面元。
进一步地，第二延伸部1253与用户头部接触的面积可以介于2cm 2与8cm 2之间。其中，如果前述面积大小，容易引起佩戴不适；如果前述面积太大，容易导致耳机10在整体上的外观变差。除此之外，如果前述面积大小，也不利于辅助件125产生足够的阻力矩。
进一步地，第二延伸部1253的摩擦系数可以大于第一延伸部1252的摩擦系数，以使得辅助件125主要是通过第二延伸部1253形成相应的阻力矩。
进一步地，辅助件125与弧形头梁件121可以可拆卸连接，以便于更换或者用户根据实际的需求选择是否使用辅助件125。
基于上述的详细描述，由于头梁组件12的长度较长或者用户的头部因不同人群而存在差异，使得头梁组件12在佩戴状态下可能没有与用户头顶形成接触点并产生相应的压紧力。基于此，在佩戴状态下，机芯模组11可以与用户脸颊形成第一接触点，并对用户头部施加第一压紧力；头梁组件12可以与用户头部形成第二接触点，并对用户头部施加第二压紧力。其中，前述第二接触点在人体垂直轴所在方向上相较于前述第一接触更靠近用户头顶。换言之，耳机10与用户的头部实际上可以形成两个第一接触点和两个接触点，简称“四点式佩戴”。其中，对于用户的头部一侧的第二接触点而言，由于头梁组件12的长度较长或者用户的头部因不同人群而存在差异，使得第二接触点的数量可以为多个。进一步地，头梁组件12与用户头部形成第二接触点时，头梁组件12在第二接触点与用户头顶之间存在至少部分与用户头部不接触，也即头梁组件12不是全部与用户的头部接触并形成相应的压紧力，以便于维持机芯模组11处的压紧力大小变化不大。
类似地，对于前述四点式佩戴，在低头状态下，第二压紧力相对于第一接触点形成第一阻力矩，第一接触点处的压紧力相对于机芯模组11与用户脸颊接触的接触面在头梁组件12包括辅助件125时形成第二阻力矩，第一接触点处的压紧力相对于机芯模组11与用户脸颊接触的接触面在头梁组件12不包括辅助件125时形成第三阻力矩。其中，第一阻力矩与第二阻力矩形成的合力矩大于第三阻力矩。简而言之，头梁组件12上设置辅助件125，以引入另一阻力矩，有利于在低头状态下克服耳机10的重力矩，从而改善耳机10在佩戴方面的可靠性。
类似地，对于前述四点式佩戴，第一接触点处的压紧力可以介于0.2N与2N之间，第二接触点处的压紧力可以介于0.3N与2N之间，以便于用户获得良好的佩戴稳定性和舒适度，以及耳机10表现出良好的音质。
类似地，对于前述四点式佩戴，在佩戴状态下，与弧形头梁件121连接的两个辅助件125与用户头部的两侧分别形成第二接触点；辅助件125设置成具有弹性，以在耳机10被具有不同大小头部的用户佩戴时，辅助件125因发生不同程度的弹性形变而使得前述第一压紧力的改变量可以小于或者等于0.2N。如此，以在不同用户使用耳机10时，既可以使得辅助件125对用户的头部施加一压紧力，以改善耳机10在佩戴方面的稳定性，尤其是低头状态时，也可以使得机芯模组11对用户脸颊的压紧力变化不大，以便于维持耳机10在声学方面的表现力。
结合图53及图54，弧形头梁件121可以包括内仓体1211和与内仓体1211连接的外盖体1212，内仓体1211用于与用户头部接触，例如形成上述第一接触点和第三接触点中的至少一者。其中，内仓体1211可以为具有一定深度的槽状结构，外盖体1212可以为具有一定厚度的长条结构，两者配合可以形成一走线通道，以便于耳机10左右两侧的电子元件经由其中相应的导线1271电性连接。进一步地，外盖体1212的结构强度可以较内仓体1211的更大些，以便于头梁组件12为机芯模组11提供所需的压紧力；内仓体1211的材质可以较外盖体1212的更柔软些，以便于头梁组件12更好地与用户头部贴合，增加佩戴的稳定性。其中，由于内仓体1211和外盖体1212在结构强度、材质等方面存在一定的差异，为了便于组装，弧形头梁件121可以包括与内仓体1211连接的补强体1213，内仓体1211通过补强体1213与外盖体1212连接。作为示例性地，补强体1213的材质可以与外盖体1212的相同或者相似；补强体1213和内仓体1211可以通过注塑工艺一体成型，补强体1213和外盖体1212可以通过卡接的方式可拆卸连接。
结合图55、图53及图52，弧形头梁件121可以包括内盖体1214，内盖体1214和内仓体1211分别与外盖体1212的同一侧连接。其中，内仓体1211的端部伸入内盖体1214与外盖体1212之间，且在头梁组件12的两端沿彼此背离的方向被逐渐拉开的过程中，相当于用户佩戴耳机10时头梁组件12的两端会被用户的头部撑开，内仓体1211能够从内盖体1214与外盖体1212之间部分退出。如此，相较于相关技术中内仓体1211的端部与内盖体1214(及外盖体1212)固定连接，本实施例中内仓体1211与内盖体1214设置成能够相对运动，有利于释放内仓体1211在头梁组件12被撑开的过程中的应力，尤其是内仓体1211的端部的，从而避免内仓体1211因形变过大而撕裂。结合图56中(a)，头梁组件12的两端沿彼此背离的方向被拉开之前，内仓体1211的端部伸入内盖体1214与外盖体1212之间；结合图56中(b)，头梁组件12的两端沿彼此背离的方向被拉开一定距离之后，内仓体1211的端部从内盖体1214与外盖体1212之间部分退出。
在一些实施方式中，内盖体1214和外盖体1212可以为两个单独的结构件。此时，内仓体1211的端部可以设有通孔12111，内盖体1214朝向外盖体1212的一侧可以设有伸入通孔12111的立柱12141，立柱12141的径向尺寸小于通孔12111的径向尺寸，以在头梁组件12的两端沿彼此背离的方向被逐渐拉开的过程中，内仓体1211不仅从内盖体1214与外盖体1212之间部分退出，还被立柱12141止挡，以避免内仓体1211的端部从内盖体1214与外盖体1212之间完全退出，也即内仓体1211可以始终部分位于内盖体1214与外盖体1212之间，以便于内仓体1211在头梁组件12回弹的过程中更好地插入内盖体1214与外盖体1212之间。其中，通孔12111可以为长度方向沿弧形头梁件121的延伸方向设置的腰形孔，以为内仓体1211提供相对于内盖体1214运动的行程空间。进一步地，通孔12111和立柱12141的数量均可以为两个，两个通孔12111在垂直于头梁组件12的延伸方向的方向上间隔设置，两个立柱12141可以分别伸入一个通孔12111内。
在一些实施方式中，内盖体1214和外盖体1212可以为一体成型结构件。此时，内仓体1211的端部插入内盖体1214与外盖体1212之间即可。其中，内仓体1211的插入深度可以大于内仓体1211在头梁组件12被撑开的过程中的最大退出距离，也即内仓体1211可以始终部分位于内盖体1214与外盖体1212之间，以便于内仓体1211在头梁组件12回 弹的过程中更好地插入内盖体1214与外盖体1212之间。
进一步地，在头梁组件12包括转接件122，且转接件122在外力作用下能够伸出或者缩回弧形头梁件121的实施方式中，内盖体1214的结构强度可以较内仓体1211的更大些，以便于内盖体1214与外盖体1212一同夹持转接件122。此时，内盖体1214和外盖体1212可以为两个单独的结构件，以便于组装转接件122。在头梁组件12不包括转接件122，或者头梁组件12包括转接件122但转接件122在外力作用下不能伸出或者缩回弧形头梁件121的实施方式中，内盖体1214的结构强度同样可以较内仓体1211的更大些，以便于内盖体1214与外盖体1212形成一容纳内仓体1211的端部的空间。此时，内盖体1214和外盖体1212可以为一体成型结构件，或者内盖体1214、外盖体1212和转接件122可以为一体成型结构件。
在一些实施方式中，弧形头梁件121可以划分为中间段和与中间段的两端分别连接的末段，末段的弧长小于中间段的弧长。其中，在头梁组件12的两端沿彼此背离的方向被逐渐拉开的过程中，两个末段相对于中间段沿彼此背离的方向偏转，有利于释放中间段靠近末段的端部的应力。作为示例性地，前述中间段可以包括内仓体1211，前述末段可以包括内盖体1214，两者可以通过一转轴枢接。其中，内仓体1211和内盖体1214的同一侧设有外盖体1212，以起到支撑的作用。结合图56中(a)，头梁组件12的两端沿彼此背离的方向被拉开之前，内仓体1211的端部伸入内盖体1214与外盖体1212之间，内仓体1211和内盖体1214基本上构成平滑的曲线，两者之间的夹角约等于0°；结合图56中(b)，头梁组件12的两端沿彼此背离的方向被拉开一定距离之后，内仓体1211和内盖体1214之间的夹角大于0°，相当于内仓体1211的端部从内盖体1214与外盖体1212之间部分退出。
基于上述的相关描述，在头梁组件12包括弧形头梁件121和转接件122的实施方式中，转接件122在外力作用下能够伸出或者缩回弧形头梁件121，以调整头梁组件12的弧长。基于此，并结合图55，头梁组件12可以包括阻尼件126，阻尼件126用于在用户调整头梁组件12的弧长的过程中提供阻尼手感，以及在用户调整头梁组件12的弧长至所需弧长之后维持转接件122与弧形头梁件121之间的相对位置，也即维持头梁组件12的弧长。
作为示例性地，结合图55，外盖体1212可以设有用于引导转接件122相对于外盖体1212运动的第一导向槽12121，以使得转接件122在第一导向槽12121的导向下伸出或者缩回弧形头梁件121。进一步地，阻尼件126可以设置在转接件122朝向内盖体1214的一侧，并凸出于第一导向槽12121，阻尼件126进一步与内盖体1214抵接，以在转接件122伸出或者缩回弧形头梁件121的过程中提供阻力，简单可靠。
转接件122靠近内仓体1211的一端可以设有收纳槽，例如收纳槽开设在第一连接段1221远离第二连接段1223的端部，阻尼件126可以设置在转接件122的收纳槽内，并部分凸出转接件122，以便于阻尼件126抵接内盖体1214，进而提供相应的阻力。如此，有利于维持阻尼件126与转接件122之间的相对位置。
转接件122靠近内仓体1211的一端可以设有滑块1227，例如滑块1227设置在第一连接段1221远离第二连接段1223的一端，上述收纳槽可以设于滑块1227。其中，在垂直于转接件122的伸缩方向的方向上，滑块1227的宽度可以大于第一连接段1221的宽度；相应地，外盖体1212在第一导向槽12121远离内仓体1211的一端可以设有止挡部12122，止挡部12122用于止挡滑块1227，以避免转接件122因“过拔”而脱离弧形头梁件121。
内盖体1214可以设有用于在转接件122伸出或者缩回弧形头梁件121的过程中引导阻尼件126的第二导向槽12142，第二导向槽12142与第一导向槽12121共同引导转接件122，使之更加可靠。相应地，阻尼件126可以与第二导向槽12142的底部抵接。
基于本申请的相关描述，头梁组件12的两端可以分别连接一机芯模组11，耳机10 的左右两侧可以分别设置电池14和主板15，以及棍咪组件16和功能组件17等电子元件，他们需要通过相应的导线、柔性电路板等电性连接，例如至少用于电性连接电池14和主板15的导线1271穿设在头梁组件12内，以免导线1271外露。进一步地，头梁组件12可以包括弧形头梁件121和转接件122，转接件122用于连接弧形头梁件121和相应的机芯模组11，且转接件122设置成能够伸出或者缩回弧形头梁件121以调整头梁组件12的弧长，以便于不同大小头部的用户佩戴耳机10。为此，穿设在头梁组件12内的导线1271需要留有一定的余量，例如导线1271的至少一部分折叠在头梁组件12内，以随头梁组件12的伸长而展开，进而避免导线在用户调长头梁组件12的弧长时被扯断。除此之外，当用户调短头梁组件12的弧长时，导线1271也应该尽可能地恢复至原来的形态，例如折叠起来，以便于下次跟随头梁组件12的伸长而再次展开。
作为示例性地，结合图57及图53，连接线组件127可以包括用于导电的导线1271和与导线1271连接的辅助线1272，导线1271在一外力的拉伸作用下发生形变时带动辅助线1272随之发生弹性形变，辅助线1272在外力释放后提供一弹性恢复力，前述弹性恢复力用于带动导线1271恢复至形变前的形态。如此，通过设置与导线1271配合的辅助线1272，导线1271和辅助线1272伸长之后，辅助线1272可以辅助导线1271恢复至伸长之前的形态，以便于导线1271再次伸长。基于此，连接线组件127可以设置在头梁组件12内，例如导线1271和辅助线1272位于内仓体1211与外盖体1212之间且导线1271进一步穿设在转接件122内，以沿弧形头梁件121延伸，并跟随转接件122的伸出而伸长或者转接件122的缩回而回弹，且机芯模组11、电池14和主板15等电子元件可以通过导线1271电性连接。此时，用户调长头梁组件12的弧长时，连接线组件127跟随转接件122的伸出而伸长，以使得导线1271和辅助线1272一起发生形变；用户调短头梁组件12的弧长时，连接线组件127跟随转接件122的缩回而回弹，以使得辅助线1272带着导线1271一起恢复至初始的形态。
在一些实施方式中，导线1271可以划分为伸缩段12711和位于伸缩段12711两端的自然段12712，伸缩段12711的弹性系数介于自然段12712的弹性系数与辅助线1272的弹性系数之间，例如伸缩段12711为导线1271绕至少部分辅助线1272进行螺旋状延伸的部分，再例如伸缩段12711为导线1271沿至少辅助线1272进行折叠状延伸的部分。如此，以使得导线1271在伸缩段12711处具有一定的弹性，以及导线1271具有跟随头梁组件12伸长而伸长的余量。基于此，自然状态下，也即未对导线1271施加外力或者伸缩段12711未发生形变时，伸缩段12711的长度与导线1271的长度之间的比值可以介于0.1与0.5之间。其中，如果前述比值太小，容易导致导线1271跟随头梁组件12伸长而伸长的余量较小；如果前述比值太大，容易导致导线1271被完全拉长之后的长度过大，不利于降低连接线组件127的成本。
在一些实施方式中，导线1271可以划分为伸缩段12711和位于伸缩段12711两端的自然段12712，伸缩段12711的长度大于辅助线1272的长度，同样使得导线1271具有跟随头梁组件12伸长而伸长的余量。此时，伸缩段12711既可以不设置成螺旋状，也可以部设置成折叠状。
作为示例性地，结合图57，辅助线1272可以包括弹性主体12721和位于弹性主体12721两端的套环12722，每一套环12722可以分别套设在对应的自然段12712上，并在伸缩段12711的回弹方向上被自然段12712上的限位结构12713止挡，以便于辅助线1272带着导线1271一起恢复至初始的形态。其中，在伸缩段12711为导线1271绕至少部分辅助线1272进行螺旋状延伸的部分的实施方式中，弹性主体12721可以穿设在螺旋状延伸的伸缩段12711内。进一步地，限位结构12713可以为与导线1271的绝缘层一体连接的凸起，或者为自然段12712打结所形成的绳结。
需要说明的是：在伸缩段12711为导线1271螺旋状延伸的部分的实施方式中，也即 伸缩段12711呈类似于弹簧的螺旋状结构，如果伸缩段12711的弹性系数在导线1271跟随头梁组件12伸长而伸长之后能够恢复至原来的形态，那么也不可以设置辅助线1272。换言之，头梁组件12可以包括头梁件121、转接件122和导线1271，弧形头梁件121用于绕过用户头顶，转接件122与弧形头梁件121连接，并在外力作用下能够伸出或者缩回弧形头梁件121，导线1271设置在头梁组件12内，导线1271的一部分设置成螺旋状结构，且导线1271的端部连接至转接件122，以跟随转接件122的伸出而伸长，导线1271的螺旋状结构允许导线1271跟随转接件122的缩回而回弹。
基于上述的相关描述，当连接线组件127应用于头梁组件12时，自然段12712可以连接至转接件122，以允许导线1271跟随转接件122的伸出而伸长或者转接件122的缩回而回弹。进一步地，由于弧形头梁件121的两端可以分别连接一转接件122，使得连接线组件127也可以一分为二，例如伸缩段12711的中间区域被固定在弧形头梁件121上，以在用户分别伸缩转接件122时伸缩段12711的两部分彼此不受影响。
作为示例性地，结合图53、图57及图54，导线1271可以划分为定位段12714和位于定位段12714两端的自然段12712，定位段12714被固定在弧形头梁件121上，自然段12712被连接至转接件122，导线1271设置成能够跟随转接件122的伸出而伸长或者转接件122的缩回而回弹。如此设置，以在用户分别伸缩弧形头梁件121两端的转接件122时，定位段12714两侧的导线1271彼此不受影响。
进一步地，头梁组件12可以包括与弧形头梁件121卡接的压持件128，压持件128将定位段12714压持在弧形头梁件121上。其中，压持件128可以包括压持部1281和位于压持部1281两端的卡接部1282，每一卡接部1282分别相对于压持部1281弯折，两个卡接部1282朝压持部1281的一侧同向延伸，并在外力作用下能够彼此靠近，压持部1281用于压持定位段12714，卡接部1282用于与弧形头梁件121卡接。例如：压持件128的压持部1281将导线1271的定位段12714压持在弧形头梁件121的外盖体1212上，压持件128的卡接部1282与外盖体1212卡接。当然，在其他一些实施方式中，导线1271的定位段12714还可以被胶水直接胶接在弧形头梁件121的外盖体1212上。
进一步地，导线1271在定位段12714与自然段12712之间可以设有螺旋状或者折叠状延伸的伸缩段12711，或者导线1271在定位段12714与自然段12712之间不设置螺旋状或者折叠状延伸的伸缩段12711但导线1271在定位段12714与自然段12712之间的长度大于或者等于转接件122的伸缩量。其中，当导线1271进一步划分为位于定位段12714与自然段12712之间的伸缩段12711时，伸缩段12711的弹性系数大于定位段12714和自然段12712中任意一者的弹性系数。类似地，导线1271可以在辅助线1272的辅助下形变，也即辅助线1272用于在导线1271被拉伸时提供弹性恢复力。
结合图20及图21，耳机10还可以包括连接机芯模组11与头梁组件12的转接壳体13。其中，机芯壳体111可以相对于转接壳体13绕第一轴线(例如图20中虚线A1所示)转动，转接壳体13可以相对于头梁组件12绕第二轴线(例如图20中虚线A2所示)转动，以增加机芯模组11相对于头梁组件12在三维空间中的自由度。如此，机芯模组11及头梁组件12可以更好地适应用户头部的轮廓，进而增加耳机10佩戴的稳定性和舒适度，机芯模组11也能够更好地与用户皮肤贴合。作为示例性地，机芯壳体111相对于转接壳体13转动的第一轴线与转接壳体13相对于头梁组件12转动的第二轴线在一垂直于换能装置112的振动方向的参考平面上交叉。其中，第一轴线和第二轴线可以彼此正交。例如：在佩戴状态下，第一轴线平行于人体矢状轴；和/或第二轴线平行于人体垂直轴。其中，第一轴线和第二轴线在三维空间中既可以共面也可以异面。
作为示例性地，转接壳体13与转接件122远离弧形头梁件121的一端(例如第二连接段1223)可以转动连接。相应地，第二连接段1223可以沿第二轴线所在方向延伸。
结合图20及图27，转接壳体13上设置有转轴腔131，转接件122沿转轴腔131的轴 向(例如第二轴线所在方向)插入转轴腔131。进一步地，头梁组件12还可以包括锁止件123，锁止件123用于沿转轴腔131的轴向对转接件122进行限位，以使得转接件122保持在转轴腔131内。例如：结合图20、图22及图27，转接件122的自由端(例如第二连接段1223)设置有卡槽1225，在转接件122从转轴腔131的一端插入转轴腔131后，卡槽1225从转轴腔131的另一端外露，锁止件123卡置于卡槽1225内，且锁止件123的径向尺寸大于转轴腔131的径向尺寸，以在转接件122插入转轴腔131的接插方向的反方向进行锁止。进一步地，转接件122(例如第二连接段1223)的外周壁上开设有限位槽1226，转轴腔131的内周壁上设置有限位块132，限位块132嵌入限位槽1226内，以对转接件122相对转轴腔131的旋转角度进行限制。其中，转接壳体13相对于头梁组件12转动的旋转角度可以介于5°至15°之间，这样既便于耳机10适应用户头部的轮廓，又便于用户佩戴。
结合图23及图24，耳机10还可以包括与机芯模组11(具体可以为换能装置112)耦接的电池14和主板15，电池14设置成为主板15供电，主板15设置成控制换能装置112将电信号转换为机械振动。其中，电池14的容量可以大于或者等于200mAh，以增加耳机10的续航能力。进一步地，转接壳体13可以用于设置电池14或者主板15，例如电池14和主板15分别位于耳机10左侧和右侧的转接壳体13内。换言之，电池14与两个机芯模组11中的一个连接，主板15与两个机芯模组11中的另一个连接。如此，既可以减轻机芯模组11的总重，以便于改善耳机10的音质，又可以分担耳机10左右两侧的总重，以便于改善耳机10佩戴的稳定性和舒适度。
作为示例性地，转接壳体13可以包括与转接件122连接的中板133、环绕中板133的筒状侧壁134和与筒状侧壁134扣合的外壳135，以使得外壳135与中板133连接，三者也可以围设形成一容置空间。换言之，转接壳体13可以形成一用于容纳电子元件的容纳空间，该电子元件可以为电池14或者主板15，也可以为开关组件162和/或功能组件17，还可以为其他诸如LED的光源或其导光柱。其中，电池14或者主板15可以由转接壳体13支撑固定，并可以位于转接壳体13朝向换能装置112的一侧，例如电池14或者主板15设置在外壳135与中板133之间。此时，机芯壳体111和外壳135可以分别位于中板133的相背两侧，电池14或者主板15可以在换能装置112的振动方向上与机芯壳体111间隔设置，也即电池14或者主板15与机芯模组11内外堆叠。当然，在其他一些诸如转接壳体13不包括外壳135的实施例中，电池14或者主板15与机芯壳体111可以位于中板133的同一侧。相应地，转轴腔131可以设置在筒状侧壁134及中板133上，转接件122也可以与中板133转动连接；机芯壳体111可以与筒状侧壁134转动连接。
本申请的发明人在长期的研发过程中发现：结合图23及图32，当电池14和换能装置112在换能装置112的振动方向上间隔地设置在一起时，电池14的容量与机芯壳体111和电池14的重量之和之间的比值可以介于11mAh/g与24.5mAh/g之间，有利于在延长耳机10的续航能力的情况下兼顾耳机10在机芯模组11处的重量。进一步地，在耳机10包括与机芯壳体111连接的转接壳体13的实施例中，由于转接壳体13刚性连接至机芯壳体111，使得电池14需要驱动这两个壳体振动，更费电，因此电池14需要更大的容量。基于此，电池14设置在转接壳体13内，电池14的容量与机芯壳体111和转接壳体13的重量之和之间的比值可以介于55mAh/g与220mAh/g之间，有利于在兼顾耳机10在机芯模组11处的重量的情况下延长耳机10的续航能力。其中，电池14的容量可以大于或者等于200mAh，机芯壳体111和电池14的重量之和可以介于9g与20g之间，机芯壳体111和转接壳体13的重量之和可以介于1g与4g之间。进一步地，由于换能装置112主要是通过振动面板114将机械振动传递至用户，当电池14的容量一定时，振动面板114与用户的皮肤接触的面积越大，振动面板114传递机械振动的效率越高，振动面板114的重量也越重，振动面板114与用户的皮肤接触的面积越小，振动面板114传递机械振动的效率 越低，振动面板114的重量也越轻。基于此，电池14的容量与振动面板114与用户的皮肤接触的面积之间的比值可以介于0.37mAh/mm 2与0.73/mm 2之间。其中，振动面板114与用户的皮肤接触的面积可以介于300mm 2与600mm 2之间。
进一步地，结合图34，换能装置112可以与机芯壳体111刚性连接，例如线圈1123与机芯壳体111构成刚性连接，再例如线圈1123与支架1121连接而支架1121与机芯壳体111构成刚性连接，也即换能装置112不是通过第一传振片113与机芯壳体111构成弹性连接。此时，线圈1123驱动机芯壳体111振动，也即机芯壳体111跟随换能装置112振动，进而通过机芯壳体111向用户皮肤传递换能装置112产生的机械振动。相应地，机芯壳体111与转接壳体13构成弹性连接，例如机芯壳体111通过弹性连接件137与筒状侧壁134连接，机芯壳体111或者转接壳体13连接至头梁组件12，以减弱转接壳体13随换能装置112的振动，进而降低耳机10的漏音。其中，转接壳体13沿换能装置112的振动方向与机芯壳体111层叠设置，且位于机芯壳体111背离振动面板114的一侧，转接壳体13在垂直于振动方向的参考平面上具有第一投影面积，例如中板133的面积，机芯壳体111在前述参考平面具有第二投影面积，例如第二端壁1114的面积，第一投影面积与第二投影面积之间的比值可以介于0.2与1.5之间，优选地介于0.2与1之间，更优选地介于0.2与0.5之间，以减弱挡板效应，进而降低耳机10的漏音。进一步地，沿换能装置112的振动方向，机芯壳体111与转接壳体13之间的间隙可以介于1mm与10mm之间，优选地介于2mm与8mm之间，以减弱声腔效应，进而降低耳机10的漏音。其中，当机芯壳体111和转接壳体13中的任意一者为不规则结构，例如机芯壳体111朝向转接壳体13的一侧和转接壳体13朝向机芯壳体111的一侧中的任意一者为非平面结构，亦或者机芯壳体111朝向转接壳体13的一侧和转接壳体13朝向机芯壳体111的一侧为平面结构但两者不平行时，机芯壳体111与转接壳体13之间的间隙可以定义为机芯壳体111与转接壳体13之间的最小间隙。需要说明的是：挡板效应为转接壳体13会改变机芯壳体111背离振动面板114一侧的漏音的传播方向，本申请不希望在佩戴状态下用户正前方具有较大的漏音；声腔效应为转接壳体13与机芯壳体111之间的间隙会形成一声腔，并因该声腔的气导共振而产生漏音，本申请也不希望因此产生较大的漏音。
需要说明的是：在其他一些诸如机芯模组11不相对于头梁组件12转动或者机芯模组11仅绕一个轴线(例如第二轴线A2)转动的实施例中，耳机10也可以不包括转接壳体13，例如转接件122与机芯壳体111固定连接或者转动连接。进一步地，结合图25及图26，电池14或者主板15也可以设置在机芯模组11所在区域之外的其他位置。例如：耳机10还可以包括与头梁组件12连接的支撑件124，电池14或者主板15可以设置在支撑件124内。其中，支撑件124可以作为头梁组件12的一部分结构，当然电池14或者主板15也可以直接设置在头梁组件12(例如弧形头梁件121)内。结合图25，在佩戴状态下，支撑件124与机芯模组11沿人体矢状轴间隔设置，也即电池14或者主板15与机芯模组11前后堆叠，例如机芯模组11相对于支撑件124更加靠近用户头部前侧。结合图26，在佩戴状态下，支撑件124与机芯模组11沿人体垂直轴间隔设置，例如机芯模组11相对于支撑件124更加远离用户头顶。
结合图27至图28及图20至图21，机芯壳体111可以相对于转接壳体13绕第一轴线A1转动，围边116可以与机芯壳体111远离转接壳体13的一端连接，也即围边116可以与机芯壳体111靠近振动面板114的一端连接。其中，围边116可以包括与机芯壳体111连接的连接部1162和与连接部1162连接的凸缘部1163，凸缘部1163至少部分在换能装置112的振动方向上与转接壳体13(例如筒状侧壁134)间隔设置，以允许机芯模组11相对于转接壳体13转动。其中，沿换能装置112的振动方向观察，凸缘部1163位于机芯壳体111的外围，并与转接壳体13(例如筒状侧壁134)重叠。如此，机芯模组11相对于转接壳体13转动的角度可以被限制在一定的角度范围之内，例如介于5°至15°之间， 这样既便于耳机10适应用户头部的轮廓，又便于用户佩戴。进一步地，在非佩戴状态下，以机芯壳体111相对于转接壳体13转动的轴线(例如第一轴线A1)为起点，凸缘部1163与转接壳体13在换能装置112的振动方向上的间隙(例如图27及图28中W所示)沿一参考方向逐渐增大，前述参考方向定义为垂直于前述振动方向和第一轴线所在方向且远离第一轴线的方向。其中，前述参考方向可以平行于第二轴线方向A2。如此，有利于减小机芯模组11与转接壳体13在换能装置112的振动方向上的总尺寸，使得耳机10的结构更加紧凑。
作为示例性地，凸缘部1163与转接壳体13在换能装置112的振动方向上的最大间隙(例如图27中W所示)可以介于2mm与5mm之间，优选地介于2.5mm与4mm之间，最小间隙(例如图28中W所示)可以为零或者接近零，允许机芯壳体111相对于转接壳体13转动即可。
进一步地，沿机芯壳体111相对于转接壳体13转动的轴线(例如第一轴线A1)所在方向观察，凸缘部11朝向转接壳体13的一侧可以呈弧形设置，以增加耳机10的外观品质。其中，凸缘部1163朝向转接壳体13一侧的圆弧半径大于或者等于50mm，以使得凸缘部1163的弯曲程度不是异常的大，也即是凸缘部1163相对平滑的弯曲延伸，进而改善耳机10的外观品质。
作为示例性地，机芯壳体111可以包括第一机芯壳体111a、第二机芯壳体111b和围边116，第二机芯壳体111b和围边116可以分别与第一机芯壳体111a连接。其中，第一机芯壳体111a可以包括内筒壁1112和第一外筒壁1115，内筒壁1112位于换能装置112的外围，第一外筒壁1115位于内筒壁1112的外围，并在垂直于换能装置112的振动方向的方向上与内筒壁1112间隔设置。进一步地，第二机芯壳体111b与内筒壁1112连接，围边116与第一外筒壁1115连接，并围绕振动面板114。此时，安装孔1111可以开设于第二机芯壳体111b。如此，以简化机芯模组11的结构，并简化装配。具体而言，可以先将换能装置112及第一传振片113装设在内筒壁1112内，再将第二机芯壳体111b与内筒壁1112连接，然后通过连接件115将振动面板114与换能装置112连接，最后将围边116与第一外筒壁1115连接。
在一些实施例中，第二机芯壳体111b可以包括第一端壁1113和与第一端壁1113连接的筒状侧壁1116，筒状侧壁1116位于内筒壁1112与第一外筒壁1115之间，并与内筒壁1112卡接。例如：内筒壁1112和筒状侧壁1116中的一者上设有扣槽，另一者上设有与扣槽配合的倒扣，以便于第二机芯壳体111b与第一机芯壳体111a扣合卡接。在其他一些实施例中，第二机芯壳体111b也可以仅包括第一端壁1113，第一端壁1113盖设在内筒壁1112的端面上，两者可以通过热熔柱连接。进一步地，第二机芯壳体111b与第一机芯壳体111a扣合时，还可以将第一传振片113的周边区域压持在内筒壁1112的端面上，当然第一传振片113自身也可以与内筒壁1112卡接或者胶接。
在一些实施例中，连接部1162和第一外筒壁1115中的一者上设有扣槽，另一者上设有与扣槽配合的倒扣，以便于围边116与第一机芯壳体111a扣合卡接。其中，连接部1162可以呈筒状设置，并可以位于第一外筒壁1115的外围；凸缘部1163也相应地位于第一外筒壁1115的外围。
进一步地，振动面板114背离换能装置112的一侧可以包括与皮肤接触区1141连接的边缘区1143，边缘区1143位于皮肤接触区1141的外围，并在换能装置112的振动方向上与皮肤接触区1141间隔设置，例如边缘区1143所在平面平行于皮肤接触区1141所在平面。相应地，围边116还可以包括与连接部1162连接的限位部1164，限位部1164位于振动面板114背离换能装置112的一侧。其中，沿换能装置112的振动方向观察，限位部1164与边缘区1143重叠，并与皮肤接触区114错开。如此，围边116既不影响振动面板114随换能装置112振动，也能够避免振动面板114脱落，增加耳机10的可靠性。相应地， 在非佩戴状态下，皮肤接触区1141在换能装置112的振动方向上可以凸出限位部1164背离换能装置112的一侧。
基于上述的相关描述，并结合图6，振动面板114背离换能装置112的一侧还可以包括气导增强区1142，气导增强区1142可以连接在皮肤接触区1141与边缘区1143之间。其中，由于边缘区1143也可以不与用户的皮肤接触，使得边缘区1143至少未被限位部1164遮挡的部分也可以用作气导增强区1142，进而增加气导增强区1142的大小，以改善气导声对骨导声的增强效果。
作为示例性地，连接件115可以包括与换能装置112连接的第一连接件1151和与振动面板114连接的第二连接件1152，例如第一连接件1151与支架1121为一体成型结构件，例如第二连接件1152与振动面板114连接为一体成型结构件。其中，第一连接件1151和第二连接件1152中的一者可以设置成筒状结构，另一者则可以设置杆状结构，杆状结构嵌入筒状结构内，以使得连接件115连接换能装置112与振动面板114。
进一步地，第一机芯壳体111a还可以包括第二外筒壁1117，第二外筒壁1117位于内筒壁1112的外围，并在垂直于换能装置112的振动方向的方向上与内筒壁1112间隔设置。其中，第二外筒壁1117与第一外筒壁1115反向延伸，以便于两者分别连接转接壳体13和围边116；第二外筒壁1117位于凸缘部1163的内侧，以允许凸缘部1163与筒状侧壁134在换能装置112的振动方向上重叠。相应地，筒状侧壁134可以位于第二外筒壁1117的外围，筒状侧壁134和第二外筒壁1117中的一者可以设有轴孔，另一者则可以设有与轴孔配合的转轴，转轴嵌入轴孔，以允许机芯壳体111相对于转接壳体13转动。考虑到耳机10的外观品质以及筒状侧壁134的壁厚，轴孔优选地开设在第二外筒壁1117上，转轴则相应地设置在筒状侧壁134上。进一步地，为了增加机芯壳体111与转接壳体13转动连接的可靠性，第一机芯壳体111a还可以包括加强柱1118，加强柱1118可以连接第二外筒壁1117与内筒壁1112，进而局部加强第二外筒壁1117，以便于开设轴孔。作为示例性地，筒状侧壁134上设有转轴136，加强柱1118上设有轴孔，转轴136伸入加强柱1118的轴孔内。
基于上述的相关描述，并结合图8及图9，机芯模组11可以设有与容置腔100连通的声学腔，声学腔用于吸收容置腔100内空气随换能装置112振动而形成的声波的声能，该声波可以经安装孔1111输出至耳机10外部形成一气导声。其中，第二外筒壁1117、内筒壁1112和过渡壁1119可以围设形成前述声学腔。基于此，第一机芯壳体111a自身可以围设形成一声学腔，例如亥姆霍兹共振腔200；第一机芯壳体111a也可以与转接壳体13围设形成一声学腔，例如声滤波器300。
作为示例性地，第一机芯壳体111a还可以包括连接在内筒壁1112与第二外筒壁1117之间的过渡壁1119和盖板1120，过渡壁1119和盖板1120在换能装置112的振动方向上间隔设置，以与内筒壁1112和第二外筒壁1117围设形成亥姆霍兹共振腔200。此时，内筒壁1112上可以设有连通亥姆霍兹共振腔200与容置腔100的连通孔。其中，过渡壁1119也可以连接在第一外筒壁1115与内筒壁1112之间，也即第二外筒壁1117与第一外筒壁1115分别位于过渡壁1119的相背两侧，并反向延伸。
进一步地，过渡壁1119与盖板1120可以在换能装置112的振动方向上彼此远离，以增加亥姆霍兹共振腔200的体积，有利于亥姆霍兹共振腔200在更宽的频段内吸收声能，也即频响曲线在更宽的频段内更加平坦，使得耳机10的音质更加均衡。为此，盖板1120可以与第二端壁1114平齐，以在换能装置112的振动方向上增大亥姆霍兹共振腔200；第二外筒壁1117可以位于第一外筒壁1115的外围，以在垂直于换能装置112的振动方向的方向上增大亥姆霍兹共振腔200，以使得机芯模组11的结构更加紧凑。当然，当亥姆霍兹共振腔200满足相应的声学需求时，第二外筒壁1117也可以位于第一外筒壁1115的内侧，或者在换能装置112的振动方向上与第一外筒壁1115重叠。进一步地，结合图32， 过渡壁1119可以包括第一子过渡壁11191和第二子过渡壁11192，第一子过渡壁11191连接内筒壁1112和第一外筒壁1115，第二子过渡壁11192连接第一外筒壁1115和第二外筒壁1117。其中，第二子过渡壁11192与第一子过渡壁11191在换能装置112的振动方向上间隔设置，且第二子过渡壁11192相较于第一子过渡壁11191更加远离中板133，也即更加靠近振动面板114，以充分利用围边116中凸缘部1163所在的外围区域以及围边116和第二壳体111b分别与第一壳体111a卡接的扣合位在换能装置112的振动方向上的高度差，进而在换能装置112的振动方向上进一步增大亥姆霍兹共振腔200。
需要说明的是：在其他一些诸如机芯壳体111不相对于转接壳体13转动的实施例中，第一机芯壳体111a可以不包括盖板1120，亥姆霍兹共振腔200靠近第二端壁1114的一端可以由中板133密封。在其他一些诸如声学腔设置为声滤波器300的实施例中，结合图32，第一机芯壳体111a也可以不包括盖板1120，以允许容置腔100内空气随换能装置112振动而形成的声波经由第二外筒壁1117与筒状侧壁134之间的间隙或者其他途径传输至耳机10外部(如图32中虚线所示的路径)。换言之，本申请所述的声滤波器300可以由第二端壁1114、内筒壁1112、过渡壁1119和第二外筒壁1117与中板133和筒状侧壁134围设形成，声波被声滤波器300吸收后经筒状侧壁134与第二外筒壁1117之间的间隙传输至耳机10的外部。此时，内筒壁1112上可以设有连通声滤波器300与容置腔100的连通孔。相应地，中板133与第二端壁1114在换能装置112的振动方向上的间隙可以大于筒状侧壁134与第二外筒壁1117在垂直于换能装置112的振动方向的方向上的间隙，以使得容置腔100内空气随换能装置112振动而形成的声波经由第二外筒壁1117与筒状侧壁134之间的间隙传输至耳机10外部，并增加声滤波器300的体积，以在更宽的频段内吸收声能。第二外筒壁1117与内筒壁1112在垂直于换能装置112的振动方向的方向上的间隙可以大于中板133与第二端壁1114在换能装置112的振动方向上的间隙，以利用内筒壁1112外围的空间增大声滤波器300的体积。进一步地，在其他一些诸如机芯模组11不设置声学腔或者例如亥姆霍兹共振腔200设置在换能装置112上的实施例中，第一机芯壳体111a也可以不包括盖板1120，过渡壁1119也可以为不连续结构，满足第一外筒壁1115、第二外筒壁1117与内筒壁1112之间的连接即可。此时，第二外筒壁1117也可以位于第一外筒壁1115的内侧，或者在换能装置112的振动方向上与第一外筒壁1115重叠，以使得机芯模组11的结构更加紧凑。
结合图24、图27及图29，耳机10还可以包括与一壳体连接的棍咪组件16，棍咪组件16还可以相对于该壳体转动。其中，当耳机10未设置转接壳体13时，该壳体可以为机芯壳体111；当耳机10设置转接壳体13时，该壳体可以为机芯壳体111也可以为转接壳体13。本实施例以该壳体为外壳135为例进行示例性的说明，也即棍咪组件16与外壳135连接，并可以相对转动。进一步地，棍咪组件16可以包括拾音组件161和开关组件162，开关组件162可以设置在拾音组件161上，以扩展耳机10的功能。
作为示例性地，拾音组件161可以包括枢转连接块1611、连接杆1612以及拾音器1613，枢转连接块1611用于与壳体(例如外壳135)枢轴连接，例如枢转连接块1611部分嵌入外壳135的枢轴孔内，连接杆1612的一端连接枢转连接块1611，例如两者通过锁止件1616锁止，拾音器1613设置于连接杆1612的另一端。其中，拾音器1613的数量既可以为一个，并用于采集用户的语音；也可以为两个，一个用于采集用户的语音，另一个用于降噪。进一步地，枢转连接块1611背离壳体的一侧可以设置有凹陷区域，开关组件162可以设置于凹陷区域内，以使得耳机10在结构上更加紧凑。其中，开关组件162背离壳体的一侧可以与枢转连接块1611(近似)平齐。进一步地，拾音组件161还可以包括一密封圈1614，密封圈1614可以位于外壳135的枢轴孔的外围，并设置在枢转连接块1611朝向外壳135的端面与外壳135朝向枢转连接块1611的端面之间，以在棍咪组件16与外壳135组装连接时，即可压紧密封圈1614，简单可靠。
结合图29，凹陷区域的底部设置有凸台1615，凸台1615的外周壁与凹陷区域的侧壁之间形成一环形凹槽。相应地，开关组件162可以包括开关电路板1621、弹性支撑件1622以及按键1623，开关电路板1621与主板15耦接，并可以设置于凸台1615的顶部，弹性支撑件1622与枢转连接块1611上凹陷区域的侧壁和/或底部连接，并用于支撑按键1623，按键1623可以在预设的按压方向上与开关电路板1621(例如其上的轻触开关)相对设置，以接收用户施加的按压力并通过弹性支撑件1622触发开关电路板1621。其中，弹性支撑件1622可以包括环形固定部1624以及弹性支撑部1625，环形固定部1624固定于环形凹槽内，弹性支撑部1625与环形固定部1624连接，并可以呈穹顶形设置，以便于弹性支撑部1625在外力作用下相对于环形固定部1624发生形变，进而靠近开关电路板1621产生一位移。此时，按键1623可以设置于弹性支撑部1625上。其中，按键1623可以包括键帽和与键帽连接的键杆，键帽支撑在弹性支撑部1625上，键杆嵌入弹性支撑部1625预设的盲孔内。然而，本申请的发明人在长期的研发过程中发现：在图29所示的实施方式中，由于按键1623的键杆较高，也即键杆嵌入弹性支撑部1625内较深，容易导致用户按压按键1623的键帽的边缘时因杠杆作用出现按键1623与枢转连接块1611的内壁卡死的技术问题；另外，由于弹性支撑部1625的厚度较厚，容易导致用户按压按键1623后的回弹效果较差。为此，结合图62，按键1623可以包括键帽16231、键杆16232和环状凸缘16233，键杆16232和环状凸缘16233连接在键帽16231的同一侧，环状凸缘16233环绕键杆16232。其中，键杆16232和环状凸缘16233嵌入弹性支撑部1625内，例如各自分别嵌入弹性支撑部1625预设的盲孔内；键杆16232沿按键1623的按压方向正投影至开关电路板1621时与开关电路板1621上凸起的开关元件重叠，以便于用户按压按键1623时触发开关电路板1621。如此，在环状凸缘16233的限制下，有利于削弱键帽16231的边缘相对于键杆16232的杠杆效应，从而改善按键1623与枢转连接块1611的内壁卡死的技术问题。其中，环状凸缘16233的凸起高度和键杆16232的凸起高度相等，以避免环状凸缘16233太矮而难以起到相应的作用。进一步地，键杆16232的凸起高度小于或者等于开关电路板1621上开关元件的凸起高度，这样有利于减小弹性支撑部1625的厚度，从而增加用户按压按键1623后的回弹效果。
环形固定部1624和弹性支撑部1625可以为一体设置，例如硅胶件。此时，开关组件162还可以包括加强环1626，加强环1626沿环形固定部1624的周向衬设于环形固定部1624上，并与枢转连接块1611固定连接。例如：加强环1626套设于环形固定部1624的外围，且加强环1626的外周壁与凹陷区域的侧壁固定连接(例如卡接)。如此，以在用户按压开关组件162时，弹性支撑部1625的四周能够均匀地相对于环形固定部1624发生形变，进而增加开关组件162的可靠性以及按压手感。其中，加强环1626可以为金属件，也可以为硬质塑胶件。除此之外，由于枢转连接块1611上凹陷区域的容积有限，使得环形凹槽底部的面积也随之有限，弹性支撑件1622通过加强环1626同时在侧向与枢转连接块1611连接，有利于改善两者连接的可靠性。当然，如果枢转连接块1611上凹陷区域的容积足够大，使得环形凹槽底部的面积也随之足够大，弹性支撑件1622也可以与环形凹槽的底部直接，而无需加强环1626。
需要说明的是：在其他一些诸如耳机10未设置棍咪组件16的实施例中，开关组件162也可以直接设置在耳机10的一壳体(例如机芯壳体111或者外壳135)上。
进一步地，开关组件162还可以包括与弹性支撑件1622连接的硬质垫片1627，例如硬质垫片1627为PET等硬质塑胶件并与弹性支撑部1625连接，以使得弹性支撑件1622通过硬质垫片1627触发轻触开关，进而避免开关电路板1621上的轻触开关刺穿弹性支撑件1622，以增加开关组件162的可靠性。
本申请的发明人在长期的研发过程中发现：换能装置112产生机械振动的过程中会带动与壳体(例如机芯壳体111或者外壳135)连接的弹性支撑件1622振动，进而带动与 之连接的按键1623和硬质垫片1627等随之一起振动，一般包括上下振动、摇摆振动等多种振动模式。其中，上下振动时，硬质垫片1627可能会直接与开关电路板1621上轻触开关碰撞而产生杂音；而摇摆振动时，硬质垫片1627可能会与开关电路板1621上轻触开关发生相对滑动摩擦，进而引发上下振动，产生与换能装置112的振动频率为整数倍关系的谐频声音，也即杂音。为此，本申请提出如下实施例以改善耳机10的杂音问题。
在一些实施例中，结合图30，在非按压状态下，硬质垫片1627与开关电路板1621上轻触开关在按压方向上的间隙(例如图30中W所示)可以大于按键组件跟随换能装置112振动的振幅，以避免硬质垫片1627与轻触开关碰撞而产生杂音，进而增加耳机10的可靠性。其中，本申请所述的按键组件可以包括弹性支撑件1622及与之连接的硬质垫片1627，还可以包括与之连接的按键1623。进一步地，硬质垫片1627与轻触开关在按压方向上的间隙可以大于或者等于0.1mm，当然也可以介于0.05mm与0.1mm之间。
在其他一些实施例中，结合图31，在非按压状态下，并在按键组件跟随换能装置112振动的过程中，开关电路板1621上的轻触开关与按键组件保持随动，也即硬质垫片1627与轻触开关难以发生相对滑动摩擦，以避免按键组件因摇摆振动而产生杂音，进而增加耳机10的可靠性。其中，开关电路板1621上的轻触开关可以部分伸入硬质垫片1627预设的盲孔内，以阻碍硬质垫片1627与轻触开关发生相对滑动摩擦。进一步地，盲孔的内表面可以设置成粗糙面；和/或，轻触开关与盲孔的内表面接触的外表面也可以设置成粗糙面，以增加静摩擦力或者动摩擦力，同样可以改善杂音。
进一步地，沿开关组件162的按压方向观察，按键组件可以设置成非圆形结构，以避免按键组件随换能装置112出现摇摆振动。
基于上述的相关描述，耳机10可以包括拾音组件161，拾音组件161可以设置成相对于诸如转接壳体13(具体可以为外壳135)或者机芯壳体111的壳体转动，以在佩戴状态下调整拾音组件161相对于用户的诸如嘴部等生理特征的位置，这样有利于改善拾音组件161的拾音效果。基于此，并结合图58，耳机10可以包括设置在拾音组件161与前述壳体之间的阻尼件163，阻尼件163用于在用户调整拾音组件161的位置的过程中提供阻尼手感，以及在用户调整拾音组件161的位置至所需位置之后维持拾音组件161与前述壳体之间的相对位置。
作为示例性地，结合图58，枢转连接块1611和壳体(例如外壳135)中的一者形成枢轴孔，另一者形成伸入枢轴孔的枢轴，也即两者枢轴连接，以便于拾音组件161相对于前述壳体转动。例如：前述壳体形成枢轴孔1354，枢转连接块1611朝向前述壳体的一侧形成伸入枢轴孔1354的枢轴16111。基于此，阻尼件163可以位于枢转连接块1611与前述壳体在枢轴孔1354的轴向上重叠的区域内，阻尼件163与枢转连接块1611和前述壳体中的一者连接，并与枢转连接块1611和前述壳体中的另一者抵接，以在拾音组件161相对于前述壳体转动的过程中提供阻力。例如：阻尼件163设置在前述壳体的容置槽内，并凸出于前述容置槽，以与枢转连接块1611抵接。换言之，阻尼件163可以在枢轴孔1354的轴向上位于前述壳体朝向枢转连接块1611的端面上。除此之外，阻尼件163也可以在枢轴孔1354的周向上位于前述壳体朝向枢轴16111的侧面上。
在一些实施方式中，沿枢轴孔1354的轴向观察，阻尼件163可以呈弧形，并可以与枢轴孔1354同心设置，以使得拾音组件161转动更加平稳。
在一些实施方式中，阻尼件163的数量可以为多个，多个阻尼件163绕枢轴孔1354间隔设置，以使得阻尼件163提供的阻力更加均匀，拾音组件161转动更加平稳。
基于上述的相关描述，拾音组件161端部设置有拾音器1613，使得拾音器1613需要通过导线164与诸如主板15的电路板电性连接，例如导线164延伸经过枢转连接块1611和连接杆1612的内部以电性连接至拾音器1613，以避免导线164外露。除此之外，由于拾音组件161需要转动，导线164在一定程度上存在被磨损的风险。
作为示例性地，结合图58至图60，耳机10包括固定在诸如转接壳体13(具体可以为外壳135)或者机芯壳体111的壳体内的隔板165，隔板165使得枢转连接块1611(具体可以为枢轴16111)和导线164保持间隔，以避免导线164在拾音组件161转动的过程中被磨损，进而增加导线164的可靠性。例如：隔板165在枢轴孔1354的周向上覆盖枢转连接块1611(具体可以为枢轴16111)的一部分，并部分伸入枢轴孔1354内，以更好地将导线164与枢轴16111隔开。
进一步地，枢转连接块1611可以设置成在拾音组件161相对于上述壳体转动一角度之后被隔板165止挡。其中，前述角度可以介于90°与180°之间。例如：结合图12至图17，拾音组件161的初始位置和终了位置中的一者可以为连接杆1612与头梁组件12大体平行，另一者则可以为拾音器1613指向用户的嘴部。
在一些实施方式中，枢转连接块1611可以包括位于枢轴孔1354内的枢轴16111，以及与枢轴16111的两端分别连接的倒钩部16112和操作部16113，倒钩部16112和操作部16113位于上述壳体的相背两侧，以在枢轴孔1354的轴向上锁止枢转连接块1611和前述壳体。相应地，连接杆1612与操作部16113连接。
在一些实施方式中，隔板165可以包括与上述壳体连接的固定部1651和与固定部1651连接的弧形延伸部1652，固定部1651可以覆盖倒钩部16112的一部分，并在枢轴孔1354的轴向上与倒钩部16112间隔设置，弧形延伸部1652可以伸入枢轴16111，并在枢轴孔1354的径向上与枢轴16111间隔设置，以允许枢转连接块1611相对于前述壳体及与之连接的隔板165转动。此时，导线164在穿过枢轴孔1354时可以搭设在弧形延伸部1652和固定部1651上，从而将导线164与枢转连接块1611隔开。相应地，倒钩部16112在拾音组件161相对于前述壳体转动一角度之后可以被固定部1651止挡。
进一步地，耳机10可以包括固定在上述壳体内的电路板166，拾音器1613可以通过导线164与电路板166电性连接，例如导线164远离拾音器1613的一端焊接在电路板166上，电路板166与主板15可以通过板对板连接的方式扣接。其中，前述壳体(例如外壳135)上可以设有热熔柱1355，固定部1651和电路板166套设在热熔柱1355上，简单可靠。
需要说明的是：枢转连接块1611背离壳体的一侧设置有凹陷区域，也即前述凹陷区域设置在操作部16113上，耳机10还可以包括设置在前述凹陷区内的开关组件162，在此不再赘述。进一步地，当耳机10包括开关组件162时，由于开关组件162和拾音组件161设置在一起以构成棍咪组件16，棍咪组件16当然也可以包括其他电子元件，使得导线164还可以用于实现开关组件162及其他电子元件与主板15之间的电性连接，同样可以被隔板165隔开，在此亦不再赘述。
结合图23、图32及图33，耳机10还可以包括一与壳体连接的功能组件17，用户可以通过功能组件17控制耳机10。其中，当耳机10未设置转接壳体13时，该壳体可以为机芯壳体111；当耳机10设置转接壳体13时，该壳体可以为机芯壳体111也可以为转接壳体13。本实施例以该壳体为外壳135为例进行示例性的说明，功能组件17可以装设在外壳135的凹槽区域内。
作为示例性地，功能组件17可以包括第一电路板171、第二电路板172、编码器173、轻触开关174和功能键175，第一电路板171与第二电路板172层叠设置，并分别与主板15耦接，编码器173设置在第一电路板171上，轻触开关174设置在第二电路板172上，并位于第二电路板172朝向第一电路板171的一侧，功能键175可以包括键帽1751和与键帽1751连接的键杆1752，键帽1751位于第一电路板171背离第二电路板172的一侧，键杆1752远离键帽1751的自由端与轻触开关174正对设置，编码器173套设在键杆1752上。其中，在用户通过键帽1751旋转键杆1752时，键杆1752带动编码器173生成第一输入信号；而在用户通过键帽1751按压键杆1752时，键杆1752触发轻触开关174 生成第二输入信号。如此，用户通过一个功能键即可进行旋转和按压两种操作，进而对耳机10进行两种控制，这样既可以扩展耳机10的功能，又可以简化耳机10的结构。进一步地，第一输入信号用于控制耳机10的音量加/减；和/或，第二输入信号用于控制耳机10的播放/暂停、切歌、配对设备、开机/关机中的任意一种。
结合图33，壳体(例如外壳135)可以包括第一筒体1351，第一电路板171与第二电路板172沿第一筒体1351的轴向(平行于功能键175预设的按压方向)层叠设置于第一筒体1351内。其中，键帽1751背离键杆1752的一侧可以与第一筒体1351(近似)平齐。进一步地，功能组件17还可以包括套接在第一筒体1351外围的转接环176，转接环176沿第一筒体1351的轴向被限位，并能够绕第一筒体1351的轴向转动。此时，键帽1751可以固定设置于转接环176上，键杆1752可以沿第一筒体1351的轴向插入第一筒体1351，以便于功能键175实现旋转和按压两种操作。
需要说明的是：第一筒体1351的底部可以设有多个沿功能键175的旋转方向(也即绕功能键175的按压方向)间隔设置的限位柱，第一电路板171和第二电路板172依次间隔套设在限位柱上，以避免用户通过键帽1751旋转键杆1752进而带动编码器173旋转时进一步带动第一电路板171旋转，也即保持第一电路板171在功能键175的旋转方向上的相对静止。进一步地，限位柱可以包括一体连接的第一限位段和第二限位段，第一限位段相较于第二限位段更远离第一筒体1351的底部，且第一限位段的径向尺寸小于第二限位段的径向尺寸，以使得限位柱上形成一承载面，第一电路板171支撑在该承载面上，以避免用户通过键帽1751按压键杆1752时带动第一电路板171朝向第二电路板172运动，也即保持第一电路板171在功能键175的按压方向上的相对静止，进而维持第一电路板171和第二电路板172在功能键175的按压方向上的间距。
进一步地，第一筒体1351的外周壁上设置有第一卡扣1352，转接环176可以包括第二筒体1761，第二筒体1761的内周壁上设置有第二卡扣1762，第一卡扣1352和第二卡扣1762彼此卡接，以限制转接环176沿键杆1752相对第一筒体1351的插入方向的反方向移动，进而避免转接环176从第一筒体1351上脱落，增加耳机10的可靠性。
需要说明的是：第一筒体1351及其上的第一卡扣1352在第一筒体1351的周向方向上是不连续的，表现为图32及图33中第一筒体1351一部分有剖面线而另一部分及与之相连的第一卡扣1352没有剖面线，以在转接环176与外壳135卡接时，第一卡扣1352朝向第一筒体1351的中心聚拢，以允许第二卡扣1762与第一卡扣1352彼此越过，进而卡接。
进一步地，第一筒体1351的外周壁上还可以设置有第一凸缘1353，第二筒体1761的外周壁上还可以设置有第二凸缘1763，第一凸缘1353用于支撑第二凸缘1763，以限制转接环176沿键杆1752相对第一筒体1351的插入方向移动，也即控制用户通过键帽1751按压键杆1752的行程，进而避免键杆1752将轻触开关174压坏，增加耳机10的可靠性。
进一步地，键帽1751可以包括第三筒体1753和与第三筒体1753连接的端板1754。其中，第三筒体1753可以套设于第二筒体1761的外围，第三筒体1753的一端支撑于第二凸缘1763背离第一凸缘1353的一侧，以增加键帽1751与转接环176连接的可靠性。此时，端板1754设置于第三筒体1753的另一端，键杆1752设置于端板1754上。
基于耳机10的等效模型，结合图36，耳机10的振动方程可以表示为：
Figure PCTCN2022120669-appb-000010
式中，m d表示机芯壳体111的质量，m 02表示线圈1123与支架1121的质量之和m 0 与振动面板114的质量m 2之和，m 1表示磁路系统(例如包括导磁罩1124和与导磁罩1124的底部连接的磁体1125)的质量；r 5表示支撑组件的阻尼，r d表示第一传振片113的阻尼，r 1表示第二传振片1122的阻尼；k 5表示支撑组件(例如头梁组件12)的刚度，k d表示第一传振片113的刚度，k 1表示第二传振片1122的刚度；x d表示机芯壳体111的位移，x 02表示线圈1123、支架1121和振动面板114作为一个整体的位移，x 1表示磁路系统的位移；F表示换能装置112产生的驱动力。
进一步地，基于上述振动方程，可以得到耳机10的频响曲线，从而设计、优化耳机10中相关的结构参数等，以改善耳机10的声学表现力。当然，对于实际的产品，还可以在非佩戴状态下基于激光三角测量法测量振动面板114的振动位移(也即振幅)，振动面板114的振动位移可以换算成振动面板114的加速度，进而换算成振动面板114的振动大小，以便于得到振动面板114振动的频响曲线(例如图37所示)。因此，振动面板114的频响曲线可以用于表征振动面板114振动大小与频率之间的变化关系。其中，图37至图41所示的实施方式中，所述频响曲线的横轴可以表示频率，其单位为Hz；纵轴可以表示振动面板114的振动大小，其单位为dB。进一步地，对于某一频响曲线而言，频响曲线上谐振峰或者谐振谷所对应的峰值谐振频率、峰值谐振强度会在一定程度上影响耳机10的声学表现力。对于诸如语音的音频信号，一般会倾向于频响曲线在300Hz至3.4kHz的频段范围更平坦；而对于诸如音乐的音频信号，一般会倾向于频响曲线在20Hz至20kHz的频段范围均平坦，以使得耳机10具有良好的声学表现力。
需要说明的是：本申请所述的非佩戴状态可以定义为耳机10没有被用户佩戴，例如耳机10没有被佩戴至用户的头部；支撑组件被固定，例如头梁组件12被固定在激光测振仪的固定台上，且机芯模组11相对于支撑组件的固定点呈悬臂状态。此时，振动面板114除了与机芯模组11自身的结构连接或者接触之外不与其他的介质(例如用户的皮肤)接触。在前述非佩戴状态下，本申请可以基于激光三角测量法测量振动面板114的振动位移，进而得到振动面板114振动的频响曲线。作为示例性地，激光测振仪可以向振动面板114上诸如质心、几何中心的测试点发射第一激光信号，第一激光信号可以包括由失真分析仪产生的频率范围在20-20000Hz的扫频信号，第一激光信号可以以第一角度(例如90°)聚焦于前述测试点；激光测振仪可以以第二角度对前述测试点上形成的激光光斑进行成像，也即第一激光信号经振动面板114反射或者散射后形成的第二激光信号可以被诸如CCD的激光接收器采集。其中，相较于非振动的自然状态，前述测试点在振动面板114振动过程中的相对位置会发生变化，也即激光光斑的相对位置发生变化，使得第二角度随之改变，激光光斑在激光接收器上的成像位置随之变化，并计算得到振动面板114在不同时刻的振动位移，进而得到振动面板114振动的频响曲线。
结合图36及图1，振动面板114可以在换能装置112的驱动下振动，以在佩戴状态下将换能装置112产生的机械振动传递至用户。结合图37，在非佩戴状态下，振动面板114振动的频响曲线可以具有至少一个由第一传振片113和第二传振片1122共同产生的谐振峰，例如两个谐振峰。此时，为了便于描述，两个谐振峰还可以进一步定义为第一谐振峰P1和第二谐振峰P2，且第二谐振峰P2的峰值谐振频率大于第一谐振峰P1的峰值谐振频率。当然，在其他一些实施例中，通过调节机芯模组11中各个结构的质量、刚度等参数，前述频响曲线也可以只具有一个由第一传振片113和第二传振片1122共同产生的谐振峰。
进一步地，在某一频率下，机芯壳体111会与第一传振片113谐振，使得机芯壳体111发生大振幅的振动，导致振动面板114几乎不振动。结合图37，在非佩戴状态下，振动面板114振动的频响曲线在200Hz至1kHz的频段范围内会出现一由第一传振片113产生的谐振谷V0(可以称作“中频谷”)，例如中频谷出现在300Hz附近。此时，振动面板114在中频谷所对应的频率下几乎不振动(可以称作“中频缺失”)，这对于耳机10的声 学表现力来说是致命的，例如用户不能有效地听到声音。因为，对于诸如语音的音频信号而言，中频缺失会在一定程度上影响通话质量；而对于诸如音乐的音频信号而言，中频缺失同样会在一定程度上影响播放质量。因此，本申请的一个发明初衷可以是改善耳机10的中频缺失。为此，本申请的发明构思可以包括如下两个：其一，将中频谷偏移至频率更低或者更高的频段，使之不在特定的频段范围内，例如诸如语音的音频信号的中频谷不在300Hz至3.4kHz的频段范围内；其二，弱化中频谷，例如减小中频谷所对应的幅值(也即峰值谐振强度)，再例如减小中频谷所对应的半幅宽度。
本申请的发明人在长期的研发工作中发现：基于上述振动方程，第一谐振峰P1的峰值谐振频率与第二传振片1122的刚度强相关，第二谐振峰P2的峰值谐振频率与第一传振片113的刚度强相关，谐振谷V0的峰值谐振频率与第一传振片113的刚度和机芯壳体111的质量强相关。其中，本申请所述的强相关可以指第一传振片113的刚度改变时，例如在满足第一传振片113连接换能装置112和机芯壳体111的情况下破坏或者打断第一传振片113自身的局部结构，第二谐振峰P2和谐振谷V0的峰值谐振频率明显变大或者变小；第二传振片1122的刚度改变时，例如在满足第二传振片1122连接磁路系统和支架1121的情况下破坏或者打断第二传振片1122自身的局部结构，第一谐振峰P1的峰值谐振频率明显变大或者变小；机芯壳体111的质量改变时，例如在机芯壳体111上涂抹并固化胶水，谐振谷V0的峰值谐振频率明显变大或者变小。例如：第一传振片113的刚度改变时，第二谐振峰P2的峰值谐振频率的偏移量的绝对值大于第一谐振峰P1的峰值谐振频率的偏移量的绝对值；第二传振片1122的刚度改变时，第一谐振峰P1的峰值谐振频率的偏移量的绝对值大于第二谐振峰P2的峰值谐振频率的偏移量的绝对值。然而，这并不意味着第一谐振峰P1和第二谐振峰P2的峰值谐振频率分别仅与第二传振片1122和第一传振片113的刚度有关，例如第一谐振峰P1的峰值谐振频率还与第一传振片113的刚度、磁路系统的质量等参数有关，再例如第二谐振峰P2的峰值谐振频率还与第二传振片1122的刚度、磁路系统的质量、机芯壳体111的质量等参数有关。
结合图38，在非佩戴状态下，振动面板114振动的频响曲线在不同的第一传振片113的刚度下存在较大差异。其中，附图标记K1-2、K1-1、K1_0、K1+1和K1+2分别表示第一传振片113的刚度，且数值依次增大。进一步地，相较于参考刚度(例如K1_0)，随着第一传振片113的刚度逐渐变大(例如K1_0→K1+1→K1+2)，第一谐振峰P1的峰值谐振频率基本不变，第二谐振峰P2和谐振谷V0的峰值谐振频率明显变大，也即第二谐振峰P2和谐振谷V0往频率较高的频段偏移；而随着第一传振片113的刚度逐渐变小(例如K1_0→K1-1→K1-2)，第一谐振峰P1的峰值谐振频率略微变小，第二谐振峰P2和谐振谷V0的峰值谐振频率明显变小，也即第二谐振峰P2和谐振谷V0往频率较低的频段偏移。简而言之，相较于第一谐振峰P1的峰值谐振频率，第二谐振峰P2和谐振谷V0的峰值谐振频率随第一传振片113的刚度的改变而明显变化。
除此之外，相较于参考刚度(例如K1_0)，随着第一传振片113的刚度逐渐变大(例如K1_0→K1+1→K1+2)，第一谐振峰P1、第二谐振峰P2和谐振谷V0的峰值谐振强度基本不变；而随着第一传振片113的刚度逐渐变小(例如K1_0→K1-1→K1-2)，第二谐振峰P2和谐振谷V0的峰值谐振强度明显变小，第一谐振峰P1的峰值谐振强度先基本不变后明显变小。
结合图39，在非佩戴状态下，振动面板114振动的频响曲线在不同的第二传振片1122的刚度下存在较大差异。其中，附图标记K2-2、K2-1、K2_0、K2+1和K2+2分别表示第二传振片1122的刚度，且数值依次增大。进一步地，相较于参考刚度(例如K2_0)，随着第二传振片1122的刚度逐渐变大(例如K2_0→K2+1→K2+2)，谐振谷V0的峰值谐振频率基本不变，第一谐振峰P1和第二谐振峰P2的峰值谐振频率明显变大，也即第一谐振峰P1和第二谐振峰P2往频率较高的频段偏移；而随着第二传振片1122的刚度逐渐 变小(例如K2_0→K2-1→K2-2)，第一谐振峰P1的峰值谐振频率明显变小，也即第一谐振峰P1往频率较低的频段偏移，第二谐振峰P2和谐振谷V0的峰值谐振频率基本不变。简而言之，相较于谐振谷V0的峰值谐振频率，第一谐振峰P1的峰值谐振频率随第二传振片1122的刚度的改变而明显变化，第二谐振峰P2的峰值谐振频率也随第二传振片1122的刚度的改变而变化，但变化量有限。
除此之外，相较于参考刚度(例如K2_0)，随着第二传振片1122的刚度逐渐变大(例如K2_0→K2+1→K2+2)，第一谐振峰P1的峰值谐振强度先基本不变后明显变小，第二谐振峰P2的峰值谐振强度略微变大，谐振谷V0的峰值谐振强度基本不变；而随着第二传振片1122的刚度逐渐变小(例如K2_0→K2-1→K2-2)，第一谐振峰P1、第二谐振峰P2和谐振谷V0的峰值谐振强度基本不变。
结合图40，在非佩戴状态下，振动面板114振动的频响曲线在不同的机芯壳体111的质量下存在较大差异。其中，附图标记M1-2、M1-1、M1_0、M1+1和M1+2分别表示机芯壳体111的质量，且数值依次增大。进一步地，相较于参考质量(例如M1_0)，随着机芯壳体111的质量逐渐变大(例如M1_0→M1+1→M1+2)，第一谐振峰P1和第二谐振峰P2的峰值谐振频率略微变小，谐振谷V0的峰值谐振频率明显变小，也即谐振谷V0往频率较低的频段偏移；而随着机芯壳体111的质量逐渐变小(例如M1_0→M1-1→M1-2)，第一谐振峰P1的峰值谐振频率略微变大，第二谐振峰P2和谐振谷V0的峰值谐振频率明显变大，也即谐振谷V0往频率较高的频段偏移。简而言之，相较于第一谐振峰P1和第二谐振峰P2的峰值谐振频率，谐振谷V0的峰值谐振频率随机芯壳体111的质量的改变而明显变化。
除此之外，相较于参考质量(例如M1_0)，随着机芯壳体111的质量逐渐变大(例如M1_0→M1+1→M1+2)，第一谐振峰P1的峰值谐振强度明显变小，第二谐振峰P2的峰值谐振强度基本不变，谐振谷V0的峰值谐振强度明显变大；而随着机芯壳体111的质量逐渐变小(例如M1_0→M1-1→M1-2)，第一谐振峰P1的峰值谐振强度基本不变，第二谐振峰P2的峰值谐振强度先基本不变后明显变小，谐振谷V0的峰值谐振强度明显变小。
进一步地，结合图1及图36，第一传振片113需要将换能装置112、振动面板114等结构悬挂在机芯壳体111内，第二传振片1122需要将换能装置112的磁路系统等结构悬挂在机芯壳体111内。显然，第一传振片113所要承载的总重量比第二传振片1122所要承载的总重量大。基于此，第一传振片113的刚度一般会大于第二传振片1122的刚度，使之分别满足相应的悬挂需求。换言之，当所要承载的总重量更大时，本领域的技术人员倾向于选择刚度更大的传振片；而当所要承载的总重量更小时，本领域的技术人员倾向于选择刚度更小的传振片。与之不同的是：本申请在满足悬挂需求的情况下，第一传振片113的刚度可以减小，第二传振片1122的刚度也可以增大，以调节频响曲线上谐振峰或者谐振谷所对应的峰值谐振频率、峰值谐振强度，使得频响曲线在人耳可听的频段范围内尽可能的平坦。作为示例性地，第二传振片1122的刚度可以大于第一传振片113的刚度。
结合图41，在非佩戴状态下，振动面板114振动的频响曲线在不同的第一传振片113的刚度和第二传振片1122的刚度下存在较大差异。其中，相较于参考刚度(K1_0&K2_0)，随着不断优化第一传振片113的刚度和/或第二传振片1122的刚度，例如第一传振片113的刚度逐渐减小而第二传振片1122的刚度逐渐增大，谐振谷V0的峰值谐振频率可以逐渐变小，也即谐振谷V0可以往频率较低的频段偏移，有利于改善中频缺失。不仅如此，谐振谷V0的峰值谐振强度也可以逐渐变小，有利于消除中频谷，使得频响曲线更加平坦，有利于改善耳机10的声学表现力。值得注意的是：第一传振片113和第二传振片1122共同产生的谐振峰及第一传振片113产生的谐振谷，在图37至图40 所示的频响曲线上绝大多数情况下表现为“峰-谷-峰”(也即P1-V0-P2)的排列方式，且谐振谷V0的峰值谐振强度较大；而在图41所示的频响曲线上则表现为“谷-峰-峰”(也即V0-P1-P2)的排列方式，且谐振谷V0的峰值谐振强度较小。换言之，相较于单独改变第一传振片113的刚度和第二传振片1122的刚度中的一者，同时减小第一传振片113的刚度和增大第二传振片1122的刚度，不仅使得谐振谷V0往频率较低的频段偏移更加高效，还有利于弱化谐振谷V0。
在一些实施例中，机芯壳体111的质量可以大于或者等于1g，第一传振片113的刚度可以小于或者等于7000N/m，以减小谐振谷V0的峰值谐振频率，例如谐振谷V0的峰值谐振频率小于或者等于400Hz，使得谐振谷V0往频率较低的频段偏移，有利于改善中频缺失。优选地，机芯壳体111的质量可以大于或者等于1g，第一传振片113的刚度可以小于或者等于7000N/m；更优选地，机芯壳体111的质量可以大于或者等于1.2g，第一传振片113的刚度可以小于或者等于5000N/m，以更多地减小谐振谷V0的峰值谐振频率，例如谐振谷V0的峰值谐振频率小于或者等于200Hz，使得谐振谷V0更多地往频率较低的频段偏移，有利于改善中频缺失。除此之外，谐振谷V0偏移至频率更低的频段，以使得振动面板114在低频段的振动减弱，还有利于减轻低频段的麻痒感。
基于上述的相关描述，增大机芯壳体111的质量和减小第一传振片113的刚度均有利于减小谐振谷V0的峰值谐振频率，也即有利于使得谐振谷V0往频率较低的频段偏移。因此，机芯壳体111的质量与第一传振片113的刚度之间的比值可以大于或者等于0.15s 2；优选地，机芯壳体111的质量与第一传振片113的刚度之间的比值可以大于或者等于0.2s 2。如此，以在机芯壳体111的质量和第一传振片113的刚度中的一者确定时，确定或者优化机芯壳体111的质量和第一传振片113的刚度中的另一者，从而使得谐振谷V0的峰值谐振频率尽可能地往频率较低的频段偏移，进而改善中频缺失。
可选地，在非佩戴状态下，除了谐振谷V0，振动面板114振动的频响曲线在200Hz至2kHz的频段范围内还可以具有至少一个由第一传振片113和第二传振片1122共同产生的谐振峰，例如第一谐振峰P1和第二谐振峰P2。其中，第一谐振峰P1的峰值谐振频率可以介于200Hz与400Hz之间，第二谐振峰P2的峰值谐振频率大于第一谐振峰P1的峰值谐振频率。如此，耳机10至少能够在中低频段获得一个较高的灵敏度，也即中低频的音量不至于过低，以改善耳机10的声学表现力。当然，在其他一些实施例中，频响曲线在200Hz至2kHz的频段范围内也可以仅具有一个谐振峰，例如第二谐振峰P2。
可选地，第二传振片1122的刚度可以大于或者等于1000N/m，以减小第一谐振峰P1的峰值谐振强度，进而弱化第一谐振峰P1，使得频响曲线整体上更加平坦。与此同时，第一谐振峰P1的峰值谐振频率也会略微增大，也即第一谐振峰P1略微往频率较高的频段偏移；而谐振谷V0又往频率较低的频段偏移，使得第一谐振峰P1的峰值谐振频率可以大于谐振谷V0的峰值谐振频率。如此，耳机10至少能够在中高频段获得一个较高的灵敏度，也即中高频段的音量不至于过低，以改善耳机10的声学表现力。
在一些实施例中，机芯壳体111的质量可以小于或者等于0.5g，第一传振片113的刚度可以大于或者等于80000N/m，以增大谐振谷V0的峰值谐振频率，例如谐振谷V0的峰值谐振频率大于或者等于2kHz，使得谐振谷V0往频率较高的频段偏移，有利于改善中频缺失。优选地，机芯壳体111的质量可以小于或者等于0.5g，第一传振片113的刚度可以大于或者等于160000N/m，以更多地增大谐振谷V0的峰值谐振频率，例如谐振谷V0的峰值谐振频率大于或者等于4kHz，使得谐振谷V0更多地往频率较高的频段偏移，有利于改善中频缺失。
可选地，在非佩戴状态下，除了谐振谷V0，振动面板114振动的频响曲线还可以具有至少一个由第一传振片113和第二传振片1122共同产生的谐振峰，例如第一谐振峰P1和第二谐振峰P2。其中，第一谐振峰P1的峰值谐振频率小于谐振谷V0的峰值谐振频率， 例如第一谐振峰P1的峰值谐振频率介于200Hz与400Hz之间；第二谐振峰P2的峰值谐振频率大于谐振谷V0的峰值谐振频率，例如第二谐振峰P2的峰值谐振频率大于或者等于4kHz。如此，耳机10至少能够在中低频段获得一个较高的灵敏度，也即中低频的音量不至于过低，频响曲线整体上也更加平坦，以改善耳机10的声学表现力。
在一些实施例中，机芯模组11可以设置成使得在非佩戴状态下振动面板114振动的频响曲线在400Hz至2kHz的频段范围内无有效谐振谷，以改善中频缺失。其中，本申请所述的有效谐振谷定义为平行于前述频响曲线的横轴的参考线段与前述频响曲线有两个交点，前述参考线段所对应的强度减前述有效谐振谷的峰值谐振强度等于6dB，前述参考线段的两端点所对应的频率之差小于或者等于4个倍频程。例如：在非佩戴状态下，借助激光三角测量法测量得到振动面板114的振动位移，然后选取频响曲线上某一疑似有效谐振谷的频率响应点(一般为频响曲线上下陷的位置)并读取该频率响应点的峰值谐振强度，该峰值谐振强度减6dB得到一参考点，再过该参考点划一条平行于频响曲线的横轴的参考线，若该参考线与频响曲线有两个交点，则进一步计算并判断两个交点的频率之差是否小于或者等于4个倍频程，若该频率之差小于或者等于4个倍频程，则该频率响应点为本申请所定义的有效谐振谷。因此，相较于前述有效谐振谷，即使频响曲线在某一频段内出现局部微小的上凸(例如本申请所述的谐振峰)或者下陷(例如本申请所述的谐振谷)，使得相应的频响曲线看起来似乎不够平坦，但只要这种局部微小的上凸或者下陷对耳机10的声学表现力没有实质性的不良影响，我们依旧允许这种谐振峰或者谐振谷的存在，以兼顾机芯模组11的成本。简而言之，本申请所述的谐振谷和有效谐振谷是两个不同的评估频响曲线的平坦度的标准，两者主要针对频响曲线上下陷的位置，其中有效谐振谷是谐振谷的一种，但谐振谷不一定满足本申请对有效谐振谷的定义。
基于上述的相关描述，有效谐振谷的峰值谐振频率与第一传振片113的刚度和机芯壳体111的质量等参数有关。作为示例性地，机芯壳体111的质量和/或第一传振片113的刚度可以设置成使得频响曲线在400Hz至2kHz的频段范围内无有效谐振谷，以改善中频缺失。其中，频响曲线在400Hz至2kHz的频段范围内无有效谐振谷可以指频响曲线上诸如谐振谷的下陷位置不满足本申请对有效谐振谷的定义，也可以指频响曲线上诸如谐振谷的下陷位置满足本申请对有效谐振谷的定义但其峰值谐振频率不在400Hz至2kHz的频段范围内。
进一步地，在非佩戴状态下，除了有效谐振谷，振动面板114振动的频响曲线在200Hz至2kHz的频段范围内可以具有至少一个由第一传振片113和第二传振片1122共同产生的谐振峰，以使得中频段的音量不至于过低，有利于改善耳机10的声学表现力。在一些实施方式中，机芯壳体111的质量可以大于或者等于1g，第一传振片113的刚度可以小于或者等于2500N/m，第二传振片1122的刚度可以小于或者等于100000N/m。在其他一些实施方式中，机芯壳体111的质量可以小于或者等于0.5g，第一传振片113的刚度可以大于或者等于80000N/m，第二传振片1122的刚度可以介于1000N/m与500000N/m之间。
可选地，机芯壳体111的质量和/或第一传振片113的刚度可以设置成使得频响曲线在200Hz至2kHz的频段范围内无有效谐振谷，以在更宽的频段范围内改善中频缺失。其中，频响曲线在200Hz至2kHz的频段范围内无有效谐振谷可以指频响曲线上诸如谐振谷的下陷位置不满足本申请对有效谐振谷的定义，也可以指频响曲线上诸如谐振谷的下陷位置满足本申请对有效谐振谷的定义但其峰值谐振频率不在200Hz至2kHz的频段范围内。在一些实施方式中，机芯壳体111的质量可以大于或者等于1g，第一传振片113的刚度可以小于或者等于2500N/m，以更多地减小有效谐振谷的峰值谐振频率，例如有效谐振谷的峰值谐振频率小于或者等于200Hz，使得有效谐振谷更多地往频率较低的频段偏移，有利于改善中频缺失。在其他一些实施方式中，机芯壳体111的质量可以小于或者等于 0.5g，第一传振片113的刚度可以大于或者等于80000N/m，以增大有效谐振谷的峰值谐振频率，例如有效谐振谷的峰值谐振频率大于或者等于2kHz，使得有效谐振谷往频率较高的频段偏移，有利于改善中频缺失。
进一步地，机芯壳体111的质量和/或第一传振片113的刚度可以设置成使得频响曲线在200Hz至4kHz的频段范围内无有效谐振谷，以在更宽的频段范围内改善中频缺失。其中，频响曲线在200Hz至4kHz的频段范围内无有效谐振谷可以指频响曲线上诸如谐振谷的下陷位置不满足本申请对有效谐振谷的定义，也可以指频响曲线上诸如谐振谷的下陷位置满足本申请对有效谐振谷的定义但其峰值谐振频率不在200Hz至4kHz的频段范围内。在一些实施方式中，机芯壳体111的质量可以大于或者等于1g，第一传振片113的刚度可以小于或者等于2500N/m，以更多地减小有效谐振谷的峰值谐振频率，例如有效谐振谷的峰值谐振频率小于或者等于200Hz，使得有效谐振谷更多地往频率较低的频段偏移，有利于改善中频缺失。在其他一些实施方式中，机芯壳体111的质量可以小于或者等于0.5g，第一传振片113的刚度可以大于或者等于160000N/m，以增大有效谐振谷的峰值谐振频率，例如有效谐振谷的峰值谐振频率大于或者等于4kHz，使得有效谐振谷往频率较高的频段偏移，有利于改善中频缺失。
可选地，机芯壳体111的质量和/或第一传振片113的刚度可以设置成使得频响曲线在200Hz至400Hz的频段范围内具有有效谐振谷，有利于避免有效谐振谷出现在中频段，进而改善中频缺失。作为示例性地，机芯壳体111的质量可以大于或者等于1g，第一传振片113的刚度可以小于或者等于7000N/m，以减小有效谐振谷的峰值谐振频率，例如有效谐振谷的峰值谐振频率小于或者等于400Hz，使得有效谐振谷往频率较低的频段偏移，有利于改善中频缺失。除此之外，有效谐振谷偏移至频率更低的频段，以使得振动板在低频段的振动减弱，还有利于减轻低频段的麻痒感。进一步地，在非佩戴状态下，除了有效谐振谷，振动面板114振动的频响曲线在400Hz至2kHz的频段范围内可以具有两个由第一传振片113和第二传振片1122共同产生的谐振峰，也即两个谐振峰的峰值谐振频率可以分别大于有效谐振谷的峰值谐振频率。作为示例性地，第二传振片1122的刚度可以大于或者等于1000N/m，以减小第一谐振峰的峰值谐振强度，进而弱化第一谐振峰，使得频响曲线整体上更加平坦。与此同时，第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率也会略微增大，也即第一谐振峰略微往频率较高的频段偏移；而有效谐振谷又往频率较低的频段偏移，使得第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率可以大于有效谐振谷的峰值谐振强度。如此，耳机10至少能够在中低频段获得一个较高的灵敏度，也即中低频的音量不至于过低，以改善耳机10的声学表现力。
可选地，机芯壳体111的质量和/或第一传振片113的刚度可以设置成使得频响曲线在2kHz至20kHz的频段范围内具有有效谐振谷，有利于避免有效谐振谷出现在中频段，进而改善中频缺失。作为示例性地，机芯壳体111的质量可以小于或者等于0.5g，第一传振片113的刚度可以大于或者等于80000N/m，以增大有效谐振谷的峰值谐振频率，例如有效谐振谷的峰值谐振频率大于或者等于2kHz，使得有效谐振谷往频率较高的频段偏移，有利于改善中频缺失。
在一些实施例中，在非佩戴状态下，振动面板114振动的频响曲线可以具有由第一传振片113和第二传振片1122共同产生的第一谐振峰和第二谐振峰，第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率小于第二谐振峰的峰值谐振频率，且第一谐振峰和第二谐振峰之间无有效谐振谷。如此，不仅有利于增加频响曲线在两个谐振峰之间的平坦度，还有利于避免频响曲线在两个谐振峰之间出现某个频点或者频段缺失的问题。其中，第一谐振峰和第二谐振峰之间无有效谐振谷可以指频响曲线上诸如谐振谷的下陷位置不满足本申请对有效谐振谷的定义，也可以指频响曲线上诸如谐振谷的下陷位置满足本申请对有效谐振谷的定义但其峰值谐振频率不在第一谐振峰和第二谐振峰之间。进一步地，第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频 率可以介于80Hz与400Hz之间，第二谐振峰的峰值谐振频率可以介于100Hz与2kHz之间。优选地，第一谐振峰的峰值谐振频率可以介于200Hz与400Hz之间，第二谐振峰的峰值谐振频率可以介于400Hz与2kHz之间。
基于上述的相关描述，机芯壳体111的质量可以大于或者等于1g，第一传振片113的刚度可以小于或者等于7000N/m，第二传振片1122的刚度可以大于或者等于1000N/m。优选地，机芯壳体111的质量可以大于或者等于1.2g，第一传振片113的刚度可以小于或者等于5000N/m，第二传振片1122的刚度可以大于或者等于3000N/m。
在一些实施例中，在非佩戴状态下，振动面板114振动的频响曲线可以具有一由第一传振片113产生的谐振谷V0，以及由第一传振片113和第二传振片1122共同产生的第一谐振峰P1和第二谐振峰P2，谐振谷V0的峰值谐振频率小于第一谐振峰P1的峰值谐振频率，第一谐振峰P1的峰值谐振频率小于第二谐振峰P2的峰值谐振频率。如此，不仅有利于避免频响曲线在两个谐振峰之间出现某个频点或者频段缺失的问题，还有利于增加频响曲线在两个谐振峰之间的平坦度。在一些实施方式中，谐振谷V0的峰值谐振频率可以大于或者等于400Hz。作为示例性地，机芯壳体111的质量可以小于或者等于1g，第一传振片113的刚度可以大于或者等于7000N/m，第二传振片1122的刚度可以大于或者等于1000N/m。在其他一些实施方式中，第二谐振峰P2的峰值谐振频率可以小于或者等于1kHz。作为示例性地，机芯壳体111的质量可以小于或者等于1g，第一传振片113的刚度可以大于或者等于7000N/m，第二传振片1122的刚度可以介于20000N/m与50000N/m之间。
在一些实施例中，结合图37，在非佩戴状态下，振动面板114振动的频响曲线还可以具有一与支架1121的刚度强相关的谐振峰，该谐振峰可以定义为第三谐振峰P3。其中，支架1121的刚度可以大于或者等于100000N/m，以使得第三谐振峰P3的峰值谐振频率大于或者等于4kHz，进而使得频响曲线的中高频段及以上频段尽可能的平坦，这样有利于改善耳机10的声学表现力。在一些实施方式中，支架1121的材质可以为聚碳酸酯、尼龙、塑胶钛等高分子材料中的任意一种，以使得支架1121具有足够的刚度，进而使得第三谐振峰P3尽可能往频率较高的频段偏移。在其他一些实施方式中，支架1121可以包括基体和增强体，基体的材质可以为聚碳酸酯、尼龙、塑胶钛等高分子材料中的任意一种，增强体可以为掺杂在基体内的玻璃纤维或者碳纤维，或者增强体可以为通过套啤工艺成型在基体上的铝合金或者不锈钢，以进一步增加支架1121的刚度，使得第三谐振峰P3尽可能往频率较高的频段偏移。进一步地，支架1121的平均厚度与支架1121的面积之间的比值可以大于或者等于0.01mm -1，以增加支架1121的刚度，使得第三谐振峰P3尽可能往频率较高的频段偏移。其中，支架1121的面积可以定义为支架1121沿换能装置112的振动方向的正投影的面积，支架1121的平均厚度可以定义为支架1121的体积除以支架1121的面积；而支架1121的面积和体积均可以测量得到。
需要说明的是：本申请所述的第一传振片113的刚度可以通过如下方式测量得到：先将第一传振片113的边缘固定在诸如克力计的测试仪的固定台上，再将克力计的探头对准第一传振片113上诸如质心、几何中心的测试点，然后在克力计的控制面板上输入多个位移的数值，并记录探头的受力、位移等参数之间的对应关系，以绘制成位移-受力曲线(其横轴和纵轴分别表示位移和力)，最后计算曲线中倾斜直线段的斜率，以得到第一传振片113的刚度。其中，每一位移可以表示探头移动的距离，探头移动可以引起第一传振片113产生一形变量，且每一位移所引起的第一传振片113的形变量可以不超过第一传振片113的最大形变量。进一步地，由于第一传振片113的形变滞后于探头的移动，使得位移-受力曲线会有一段几乎平行于横轴的曲线段，这段平行于横轴的曲线段在计算第一传振片113的刚度时可以不考虑。显然，第二传振片1122、支架1121等结构的刚度也可以采用相同或者相似的方式测量得到，在此不再赘述。
以上所述仅为本申请的部分实施例，并非因此限制本申请的保护范围，凡是利用本申请说明书及附图内容所作的等效装置或等效流程变换，或直接或间接运用在其他相关的技术领域，均同理包括在本申请的专利保护范围内。

Claims (116)

  1. 一种耳机，其特征在于，所述耳机包括机芯模组，以及与所述机芯模组耦接的电池和主板，所述机芯模组包括机芯壳体和设置在所述机芯壳体的容置腔内的换能装置，并以骨传导的方式传递所述换能装置产生的机械振动，所述电池设置成为所述主板供电，所述主板设置成控制所述换能装置将电信号转换为机械振动。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述机芯模组还包括第一传振片和振动面板，所述换能装置通过所述第一传振片悬挂在所述容置腔内，所述振动面板与所述换能装置连接，并用于与用户的皮肤接触。
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述耳机进一步包括头梁组件和转接壳体，所述头梁组件用于绕过用户头顶，并使得所述机芯模组整体位于用户耳部的前侧，所述转接壳体形成有用于容纳电子元件的容纳空间，所述机芯壳体与所述转接壳体构成弹性连接，所述机芯壳体或所述转接壳体连接至所述头梁组件。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述换能装置包括磁路系统和线圈，所述线圈与所述机芯壳体构成刚性连接，以使得所述线圈驱动所述机芯壳体振动。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述换能装置还包括支架和第二传振片，所述支架与所述机芯壳体刚性连接，所述第二传振片连接所述支架与所述磁路系统，以将所述磁路系统悬挂在所述容置腔内，所述线圈与所述支架连接，并沿所述振动方向伸入所述磁路系统的磁间隙内。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述机芯壳体背离所述转接壳体的一侧形成用于与用户的皮肤接触的接触面。
  7. 根据权利要求3所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述转接壳体沿所述换能装置的振动方向与所述机芯壳体层叠设置，且位于所述机芯壳体背离所述振动面板的一侧；
    其中，所述转接壳体在垂直于所述振动方向的参考平面上具有第一投影面积，所述机芯壳体在所述参考平面具有第二投影面积，所述第一投影面积与所述第二投影面积之间的比值介于0.2与1.5之间；
    和/或，沿所述换能装置的振动方向，所述机芯壳体与所述转接壳体之间的间隙介于1mm与10mm之间。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述电池或所述主板由所述转接壳体支撑固定，并位于所述转接壳体朝向所述换能装置的一侧。
  9. 根据权利要求1所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述耳机进一步包括头梁组件，所述头梁组件用于绕过用户头顶，并使得所述机芯模组整体位于用户耳部的前侧，所述头梁组件施加介于0.4N至0.8N之间的压紧力将所述机芯模组压持于用户脸颊。
  10. 根据权利要求1所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述耳机还包括头梁组件和与所述头梁组件连接的支撑件，所述头梁组件用于绕过用户头顶，并使得所述机芯模组整体位于用户耳部的前侧，所述电池或者所述主板设置在所述支撑件内。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的耳机，其特征在于，在佩戴状态下，所述支撑件与所述机芯模组沿人体矢状轴间隔设置。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述机芯模组相对于所述支撑件更加靠近用户头部前侧。
  13. 根据权利要求10所述的耳机，其特征在于，在佩戴状态下，所述支撑件与所述机芯模组沿人体垂直轴间隔设置，所述机芯模组相对于所述支撑件更加远离用户头顶。
  14. 根据权利要求1所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述机芯模组包括机芯壳体、换能装置、第一传振片和振动面板，所述换能装置通过所述第一传振片悬挂在所述机芯壳体的容置腔内，所述振动面板与所述换能装置连接，并用于与用户的皮肤接触；其中，所述 耳机还包括与所述换能装置电性连接的电池，所述电池在所述换能装置的振动方向上与所述换能装置间隔设置，所述电池的容量与所述机芯壳体和所述电池的重量之和之间的比值介于11mAh/g与24.5mAh/g之间。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述耳机包括与机芯壳体连接的转接壳体，所述电池设置在所述转接壳体内，所述电池的容量与所述机芯壳体和所述转接壳体的重量之和之间的比值介于55mAh/g与220mAh/g之间。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述电池的容量大于或者等于200mAh，所述机芯壳体和所述转接壳体的重量之和介于1g与4g之间。
  17. 根据权利要求14所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述电池的容量与所述振动面板与用户的皮肤接触的面积之间的比值介于0.37mAh/mm 2与0.73/mm 2之间。
  18. 根据权利要求14所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述耳机还包括与所述机芯模组连接的头梁组件，所述头梁组件用于绕过用户头顶，并使得所述机芯模组位于用户耳部的前侧；其中，在佩戴状态下，所述头梁组件与用户头顶形成第一接触点，所述机芯模组与用户脸颊形成第二接触点，所述第二接触点与所述第一接触点在人体矢状轴所在方向上的间距介于20mm与30mm之间。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述头梁组件包括弧形头梁件和转接件，所述弧形头梁件用于绕过用户头顶，所述转接件包括第一连接段、中间过渡段和第二连接段，所述中间过渡段连接所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段，所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段分别相对于所述中间过渡段弯折并反向延伸，所述第一连接段与所述弧形头梁件连接，所述第二连接段与所述机芯模组连接；其中，沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，所述中间过渡段相对于人体垂直轴倾斜。
  20. 根据权利要求14所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述机芯壳体包括内筒壁以及与所述内筒壁的一端连接的第一端壁和第二端壁，所述第一端壁和所述第二端壁在所述振动方向上分别位于所述换能装置的相背两侧，并与所述内筒壁围设形成所述容置腔，所述第一端壁设有安装孔，所述振动面板位于所述机芯壳体外，并用于与用户的皮肤接触，所述机芯模组还包括连接件，所述连接件的一端与所述振动面板连接，另一端经由所述安装孔伸入所述机芯壳体内，并与所述换能装置连接；其中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述振动面板的面积大于所述安装孔的面积，所述安装孔的面积大于所述连接件的面积。
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述容置腔仅通过一通道与所述耳机的外部连通，所述通道为所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙；
    或者，所述容置腔仅通过第一通道和第二通道与所述耳机的外部连通，所述第一通道为所述连接件与所述安装孔的壁面之间的间隙，所述第二通道经一声滤波器与所述耳机的外部连通。
  22. 根据权利要求20所述的耳机，其特征在于，沿所述振动方向观察，所述安装孔的面积与所述第一端壁的面积之间的比值小于或者等于0.6。
  23. 根据权利要求20所述的耳机，其特征在于，沿所述振动方向观察，所述安装孔的面积和所述连接件的面积之差与所述安装孔的面积之间的比值大于0且小于或者等于0.5。
  24. 根据权利要求1所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述耳机包括头梁组件，所述头梁组件用于绕过用户头顶，并使得所述机芯模组位于用户耳部的前侧；其中，在佩戴状态下，所述头梁组件与用户头顶形成第一接触点，所述机芯模组与用户脸颊形成第二接触点，所述第二接触点与所述第一接触点在人体矢状轴所在方向上的间距介于20mm与30mm之间。
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的耳机，其特征在于，沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，所述头梁组件至少部分相对于人体垂直轴倾斜。
  26. 根据权利要求24所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述头梁组件包括弧形头梁件和转接件，所述弧形头梁件用于绕过用户头顶，所述转接件包括第一连接段、中间过渡段和第二连接段，所述中间过渡段连接所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段，所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段分别相对于所述中间过渡段弯折并反向延伸，所述第一连接段与所述弧形头梁件连接，所述第二连接段与所述机芯模组连接；其中，沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，所述中间过渡段相对于人体垂直轴倾斜。
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述第一连接段相对于所述中间过渡段的弯折角度大于或者等于90°且小于180°；和/或，所述第二连接段相对于所述中间过渡段的弯折角度大于或者等于90°且小于180°。
  28. 根据权利要求26所述的耳机，其特征在于，在佩戴状态下，并沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，所述第一连接段与所述第二连接段平行，且所述第一连接段与所述第二连接段之间的间距介于20mm与30mm之间。
  29. 根据权利要求26所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段分别设有走线腔，所述中间过渡段设有开槽，所述开槽用于连通所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段的所述走线腔，以允许所述耳机的走线由所述机芯模组经所述转接件延伸至所述弧形头梁件，所述头梁组件还包括嵌入所述开槽的密封件，所述密封件覆盖所述走线。
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述转接件的材质为金属，所述弧形头梁件的材质为塑料。
  31. 根据权利要求26所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述第一连接段在外力作用下能够伸出或者缩回所述弧形头梁件。
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述弧形头梁件的两端均设有所述转接件和所述机芯模组，所述头梁组件在第一使用状态时为所述机芯模组提供第一压紧力，且在第二使用状态时为所述机芯模组提供第二压紧力，所述第二压紧力与所述第一压紧力之差的绝对值介于0与0.1N之间；
    其中，所述第一使用状态定义为每一所述转接件相对于所述弧形头梁件具有第一伸出量，且两个所述机芯模组之间具有第一间距的使用状态，所述第二使用状态定义为每一所述转接件相对于所述弧形头梁件具有第二伸出量，且两个所述机芯模组之间具有第二间距的使用状态，所述第二伸出量大于所述第一伸出量，所述第二间距大于所述第一间距。
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述机芯模组对用户脸颊的压紧力介于0.4N至0.8N之间。
  34. 根据权利要求1所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述耳机包括转接壳体，所述机芯壳体包括与所述转接壳体连接的第一机芯壳体，所述第一机芯壳体包括内筒壁、外筒壁和过渡壁，所述内筒壁位于所述换能装置的外围，所述外筒壁位于所述内筒壁的外围，并在垂直于所述换能装置的振动方向的方向上与所述内筒壁间隔设置，所述过渡壁连接在所述内筒壁与外筒壁之间，所述外筒壁、所述内筒壁和所述过渡壁围设形成一声学腔，所述声学腔与所述容置腔连通，以吸收所述容置腔内空气随所述换能装置振动而形成的声波的声能。
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述声波的频响曲线具有一谐振峰，所述声学腔为一亥姆霍兹共振腔，以减弱所述谐振峰的峰值谐振强度。
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述谐振峰的峰值谐振频率介于500Hz与4kHz之间，所述亥姆霍兹共振腔与所述容置腔连通的开口处于打开状态时的所述谐振峰的峰值谐振强度与所述亥姆霍兹共振腔与所述容置腔连通的开口处于关闭状态时的所述谐振峰的峰值谐振强度之间的差值大于或者等于3dB。
  37. 根据权利要求35所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述第一机芯壳体还包括连接在所述内筒壁与外筒壁之间的盖板，所述盖板与所述过渡壁在所述振动方向上间隔设置，并与所述外筒壁、所述内筒壁和所述过渡壁围设形成所述亥姆霍兹共振腔。
  38. 根据权利要求34所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述声学腔为一声滤波器，所述声滤波器的截止频率小于或者等于5kHz。
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述第一壳体还包括端壁，所述端壁与所述内筒壁的一端连接，并围设形成所述容置腔，所述转接壳体包括中板和与所述中板连接的筒状侧壁，所述中板位于所述端壁背离所述容置腔的一侧，所述筒状侧壁位于所述外筒壁的外围，所述端壁、所述内筒壁、所述过渡壁和所述外筒壁与所述中板和所述筒状侧壁围设形成所述声滤波器，所述声波被所述声滤波器吸收后经所述筒状侧壁与所述外筒壁之间的间隙传输至所述耳机的外部。
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述过渡壁与所述中板在所述振动方向上的间隙和所述内筒壁与所述外筒壁在垂直于所述振动方向的方向上的间隙均大于所述筒状侧壁与所述外筒壁在垂直于所述振动方向的方向上的间隙。
  41. 根据权利要求39所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述第一机芯壳体还包括加强柱，所述加强柱连接所述内筒壁和所述外筒壁，所述加强柱和所述筒状侧壁中的一者设有轴孔，另一者设有与所述轴孔配合的转轴，所述转轴嵌入所述轴孔，以允许所述机芯壳体相对于所述转接壳体转动。
  42. 根据权利要求34所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述耳机还包括与所述机芯模组连接的头梁组件，所述头梁组件用于绕过用户头顶，并使得所述机芯模组与用户脸颊接触，所述头梁组件包括弧形头梁件和转接件，所述弧形头梁件用于绕过用户头顶，所述转接件包括依次连接的第一连接段、中间过渡段和第二连接段，所述第一连接段与所述弧形头梁件连接，所述第二连接段与所述转接壳体连接，所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段分别相对于所述中间过渡段弯折并反向延伸，以在佩戴状态下，并沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，所述弧形头梁件位于用户耳部的上方，所述机芯模组位于用户耳部的前侧。
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述第一连接段相对于所述中间过渡段的弯折角度大于或者等于90°且小于180°；和/或，所述第二连接段相对于所述中间过渡段的弯折角度大于或者等于90°且小于180°。
  44. 根据权利要求42所述的耳机，其特征在于，在佩戴状态下，并沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，所述第一连接段与所述第二连接段平行，且所述第一连接段与所述第二连接段之间的间距介于20mm与30mm之间。
  45. 根据权利要求1所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述耳机包括第一电路板、第二电路板、编码器、轻触开关和功能键，所述第一电路板与所述第二电路板层叠设置，所述编码器设置在所述第一电路板上，所述轻触开关设置在所述第二电路板上，并位于所述第二电路板朝向所述第一电路板的一侧，所述功能键包括键帽和与所述键帽连接的键杆，所述键帽位于所述第一电路板背离所述第二电路板的一侧，所述键杆远离所述键帽的自由端与所述轻触开关正对设置，所述编码器套设在所述键杆上；其中，在用户通过所述键帽旋转所述键杆时，所述键杆带动所述编码器生成第一输入信号，在用户通过所述键帽按压所述键杆时，所述键杆触发所述轻触开关生成第二输入信号。
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述第一输入信号用于控制所述耳机的音量加/减；和/或，所述第二输入信号用于控制所述耳机的播放/暂停、切歌、配对设备、开机/关机中的任意一种。
  47. 根据权利要求45所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述耳机进一步包括壳体和转接环，所述壳体包括第一筒体，所述第一电路板与所述第二电路板沿所述第一筒体的轴向层叠设置于所述第一筒体内，所述转接环套接于所述第一筒体的外围，所述转接环沿所述第 一筒体的轴向被限位，并能够绕所述第一筒体的轴向转动，所述键帽固定设置于所述转接环上，所述键杆沿所述第一筒体的轴向插入所述第一筒体。
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述第一筒体的外周壁上设置有第一卡扣，所述转接环包括第二筒体，所述第二筒体的内周壁上设置有第二卡扣，所述第一卡扣和第二卡扣彼此卡接，以限制所述转接环沿所述键杆相对所述第一筒体的插入方向的反方向移动。
  49. 根据权利要求47所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述第一筒体的外周壁上进一步设置有第一凸缘，所述第二筒体的外周壁上进一步设置有第二凸缘，所述第一凸缘用于支撑所述第二凸缘，以限制所述转接环沿所述键杆相对所述第一筒体的插入方向移动。
  50. 根据权利要求49所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述键帽包括第三筒体和端板，所述第三筒体套设于所述第二筒体的外围，并所述第三筒体的一端支撑于所述第二凸缘背离所述第一凸缘的一侧，所述端板设置于所述第三筒体的另一端，所述键杆设置于所述端板上。
  51. 根据权利要求47所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述功能键的材质为塑料，所述转接环的材质为金属。
  52. 根据权利要求45所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述耳机还包括头梁组件所述头梁组件用于绕过用户头顶，并使得所述机芯模组位于用户耳部的前侧；其中，在佩戴状态下，所述头梁组件与用户头顶形成第一接触点，所述机芯模组与用户脸颊形成第二接触点，所述第二接触点与所述第一接触点在人体矢状轴所在方向上的间距介于20mm与30mm之间。
  53. 根据权利要求52所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述头梁组件包括弧形头梁件和转接件，所述弧形头梁件用于绕过用户头顶，所述转接件包括第一连接段、中间过渡段和第二连接段，所述中间过渡段连接所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段，所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段分别相对于所述中间过渡段弯折并反向延伸，所述第一连接段与所述弧形头梁件连接，所述第二连接段与所述机芯模组连接；其中，沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，所述中间过渡段相对于人体垂直轴倾斜。
  54. 根据权利要求52所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述机芯模组包括第一传振片、振动面板和连接件，所述机芯壳体与所述头梁组件连接，所述换能装置通过所述第一传振片悬挂在所述机芯壳体的容置腔内，所述机芯壳体包括内筒壁以及与所述内筒壁的两端分别连接的第一端壁和第二端壁，所述第一端壁和所述第二端壁在所述换能装置的振动方向上分别位于所述换能装置的相背两侧，并与所述内筒壁围设形成所述容置腔，所述第一端壁设有安装孔，所述振动面板位于所述机芯壳体外，并用于与用户的皮肤接触，所述连接件的一端与所述振动面板连接，另一端经由所述安装孔伸入所述机芯壳体内，并与所述换能装置连接；其中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述振动面板的面积大于所述安装孔的面积，所述安装孔的面积大于所述连接件的面积。
  55. 根据权利要求1所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述耳机包括壳体、拾音组件和开关组件，所述拾音组件包括枢转连接块、连接杆以及拾音器，所述枢转连接块用于与所述壳体枢轴连接，所述连接杆的一端连接所述枢转连接块，所述拾音器设置于所述连接杆的另一端，其中所述枢转连接块背离所述壳体的一侧设置有凹陷区域；所述开关组件设置于所述凹陷区域内。
  56. 根据权利要求55所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述凹陷区域的底部设置有凸台，所述凸台的外周壁与所述凹陷区域的侧壁之间形成一环形凹槽，所述开关组件包括开关电路板、弹性支撑件以及按键，所述开关电路板设置于所述凸台的顶部，所述弹性支撑件包括环形固定部以及弹性支撑部，其中所述环形固定部固定于所述环形凹槽内，所述弹性支撑部呈穹顶形设置，并与所述环形固定部连接，所述按键设置于所述弹性支撑部 上。
  57. 根据权利要求56所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述环形固定部和弹性支撑部一体设置，所述耳机进一步包括加强环，所述加强环沿所述环形固定部的周向衬设于所述环形固定部上，并与所述枢转连接块连接。
  58. 根据权利要求57所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述加强环套设于所述环形固定部的外围，且所述加强环的外周壁与所述凹陷区域的侧壁固定连接。
  59. 根据权利要求57所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述加强环为金属件。
  60. 根据权利要求56所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述按键包括键帽、键杆和环状凸缘，所述键杆和所述环状凸缘连接在所述键帽的同一侧，所述环状凸缘环绕所述键杆，所述键杆和所述环状凸缘嵌入所述弹性支撑部内，所述键杆沿所述按键的按压方向正投影至所述开关电路板时与所述开关电路板上凸起的开关元件重叠。
  61. 根据权利要求60所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述环状凸缘的凸起高度和所述键杆的凸起高度相等。
  62. 根据权利要求55所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述耳机还包括头梁组件，所述头梁组件用于绕过用户头顶，并使得所述机芯模组位于用户耳部的前侧；其中，在佩戴状态下，所述头梁组件与用户头顶形成第一接触点，所述机芯模组与用户脸颊形成第二接触点，所述第二接触点与所述第一接触点在人体矢状轴所在方向上的间距介于20mm与30mm之间。
  63. 根据权利要求62所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述头梁组件包括弧形头梁件和转接件，所述弧形头梁件用于绕过用户头顶，所述转接件包括第一连接段、中间过渡段和第二连接段，所述中间过渡段连接所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段，所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段分别相对于所述中间过渡段弯折并反向延伸，所述第一连接段与所述弧形头梁件连接，所述第二连接段与所述机芯模组连接；其中，沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，所述中间过渡段相对于人体垂直轴倾斜。
  64. 根据权利要求62所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述机芯模组包括第一传振片、振动面板和连接件，所述机芯壳体与所述头梁组件连接，所述换能装置通过所述第一传振片悬挂在所述机芯壳体的容置腔内，所述机芯壳体包括内筒壁以及与所述内筒壁的两端分别连接的第一端壁和第二端壁，所述第一端壁和所述第二端壁在所述换能装置的振动方向上分别位于所述换能装置的相背两侧，并与所述内筒壁围设形成所述容置腔，所述第一端壁设有安装孔，所述振动面板位于所述机芯壳体外，并用于与用户的皮肤接触，所述连接件的一端与所述振动面板连接，另一端经由所述安装孔伸入所述机芯壳体内，并与所述换能装置连接；其中，沿所述振动方向观察，所述振动面板的面积大于所述安装孔的面积，所述安装孔的面积大于所述连接件的面积。
  65. 根据权利要求1所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述耳机包括头梁组件，所述头梁组件包括弧形头梁件、转接件和连接线组件，所述弧形头梁件用于绕过用户头顶，所述转接件与所述弧形头梁件连接，并在外力作用下能够伸出或者缩回所述弧形头梁件，所述连接线组件包括沿所述弧形头梁件延伸的导线，所述导线划分为定位段和位于所述定位段两端的自然段，所述定位段被固定于所述弧形头梁件，所述自然段连接至所述弧形头梁件，以允许所述导线跟随所述转接件的伸出而伸长或者所述转接件的缩回而回弹。
  66. 根据权利要求65所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述头梁组件还包括与所述弧形头梁件卡接的压持件，所述压持件将所述定位段压持在所述弧形头梁件上。
  67. 根据权利要求66所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述压持件包括压持部和位于所述压持部两端的卡接部，每一所述卡接部分别相对于所述压持部弯折，两个所述卡接部朝所述压持部的一侧同向延伸，并在外力作用下能够彼此靠近，所述压持部用于压持所述定位段，所述卡接部用于与所述弧形头梁件卡接。
  68. 根据权利要求66所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述弧形头梁件包括内仓体和与所述内仓体连接的外盖体，所述内仓体用于与用户头部接触，所述导线位于所述内仓体与所述外盖体之间，所述压持件与所述外盖体卡接。
  69. 根据权利要求68所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述弧形头梁件还包括内盖体，所述内盖体和所述内仓体与所述外盖体的同一侧连接，所述内盖体和所述外盖体夹持所述转接件。
  70. 根据权利要求65所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述导线进一步划分为位于所述定位段与所述自然段之间的伸缩段，所述伸缩段的弹性系数大于所述定位段和所述自然段中任意一者的弹性系数。
  71. 根据权利要求70所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述连接线组件还包括与两段所述自然段连接的辅助线，所述辅助线的弹性系数大于所述伸缩段的弹性系数，以用于在所述导线被拉伸时提供弹性恢复力。
  72. 根据权利要求71所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述辅助线包括弹性主体和位于所述弹性主体两端的套环，每一所述套环分别套设在对应的所述自然段上，并在所述伸缩段的回弹方向上被所述自然段上的限位结构止挡。
  73. 根据权利要求72所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述限位结构为与所述导线的绝缘层一体连接的凸起，或者为所述自然段打结所形成的绳结。
  74. 根据权利要求65所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述弧形头梁件的两端分别通过一所述转接件连接一所述机芯模组，所述电池与两个所述机芯模组中的一个连接，所述主板与两个所述机芯模组中的另一个连接，所述电池和所述主板通过所述导线电性连接。
  75. 根据权利要求1所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述耳机包括头梁组件，所述头梁组件包括弧形头梁件、转接件和阻尼件，所述弧形头梁件用于绕过用户头顶，并包括内仓体、内盖体和外盖体，所述内仓体用于与用户头部接触，所述内盖体和所述内仓体与所述外盖体的同一侧连接，所述内盖体和所述外盖体夹持所述转接件，所述外盖体设有用于引导所述转接件相对于所述外盖体运动的第一导向槽，所述阻尼件设置在所述转接件朝向所述内盖体的一侧，并凸出于所述第一导向槽，所述阻尼件进一步与所述内盖体抵接，以在所述转接件伸出或者缩回所述弧形头梁件的过程中提供阻力。
  76. 根据权利要求75所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述转接件靠近所述内仓体的一端设有收纳槽，所述阻尼件设置在所述收纳槽内，并部分凸出所述转接件。
  77. 根据权利要求76所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述转接件靠近所述内仓体的一端设有滑块，所述外盖体在所述第一导向槽远离所述内仓体的一端设有止挡部，所述止挡部用于止挡所述滑块，所述收纳槽设于所述滑块。
  78. 根据权利要求77所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述内盖体设有用于在所述转接件伸出或者缩回所述弧形头梁件的过程中引导所述阻尼件的第二导向槽。
  79. 根据权利要求77所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述耳机还包括设置在所述内仓体与所述外盖体之间的连接线组件，所述连接线组件包括导线，所述转接件包括第一连接段、中间过渡段和第二连接段，所述中间过渡段连接所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段，所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段分别相对于所述中间过渡段弯折并反向延伸，所述滑块设置在所述第一连接段，所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段分别设有走线腔，所述中间过渡段设有开槽，所述开槽用于连通所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段的所述走线腔，以允许所述导线进一步穿设在所述转接件内。
  80. 根据权利要求79所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述导线划分为伸缩段和位于所述伸缩段两端的自然段，所述伸缩段的弹性系数大于所述自然段的弹性系数，所述自然段连接至所述转接件，以允许所述导线跟随所述转接件的伸出而伸长或者所述转接件的缩回而回弹。
  81. 根据权利要求80所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述连接线组件还包括与两段所述自然段连接的辅助线，所述辅助线的弹性系数大于所述伸缩段的弹性系数，以用于在所述导线被拉伸时提供弹性恢复力。
  82. 根据权利要求81所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述辅助线包括弹性主体和位于所述弹性主体两端的套环，每一所述套环分别套设在对应的所述自然段上，并在所述伸缩段的回弹方向上被所述自然段上的限位结构止挡。
  83. 根据权利要求82所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述限位结构为与所述导线的绝缘层一体连接的凸起，或者为所述自然段打结所形成的绳结。
  84. 根据权利要求77所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述弧形头梁件的两端分别通过一所述转接件连接一所述机芯模组，所述电池与两个所述机芯模组中的一个连接，所述主板与两个所述机芯模组中的另一个连接，所述电池和所述主板通过所述导线电性连接。
  85. 根据权利要求1所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述耳机包括头梁组件，所述头梁组件包括用于绕过用户头顶的弧形头梁件，所述弧形头梁件包括内仓体、内盖体和外盖体，所述内仓体具有弹性，并用于与用户头部接触，所述内盖体和所述内仓体分别与所述外盖体的同一侧连接，所述内仓体的端部伸入所述内盖体与所述外盖体之间，且在所述头梁组件的两端沿彼此背离的方向被逐渐拉开的过程中，所述内仓体能够从所述内盖体与所述外盖体之间部分退出。
  86. 根据权利要求85所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述内盖体和所述外盖体为一体成型结构件。
  87. 根据权利要求85所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述内仓体的端部设有通孔，所述内盖体朝向所述外盖体的一侧设有伸入所述通孔的立柱，所述立柱的径向尺寸小于所述通孔的径向尺寸，以在所述头梁组件的两端沿彼此背离的方向被逐渐拉开的过程中，所述内仓体从所述内盖体与所述外盖体之间部分退出，并被所述立柱止挡。
  88. 根据权利要求87所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述通孔为长度方向沿所述弧形头梁件的延伸方向设置的腰形孔。
  89. 根据权利要求88所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述通孔和所述立柱的数量均为两个，两个所述通孔在垂直于所述头梁组件的延伸方向的方向上间隔设置，两个所述立柱分别伸入一个所述通孔内。
  90. 根据权利要求85所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述头梁组件还包括转接件，所述内盖体和所述外盖体夹持所述转接件，所述转接件在外力作用下能够伸出或者缩回所述弧形头梁件。
  91. 根据权利要求90所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述耳机还包括设置在所述内仓体与所述外盖体之间的连接线组件，所述连接线组件包括导线，所述转接件包括第一连接段、中间过渡段和第二连接段，所述中间过渡段连接所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段，所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段分别相对于所述中间过渡段弯折并反向延伸，所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段分别设有走线腔，所述中间过渡段设有开槽，所述开槽用于连通所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段的所述走线腔，以允许所述导线进一步穿设在所述转接件内。
  92. 根据权利要求91所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述导线划分为伸缩段和位于所述伸缩段两端的自然段，所述伸缩段的弹性系数大于所述自然段的弹性系数，所述自然段连接至所述转接件，以允许所述导线跟随所述转接件的伸出而伸长或者所述转接件的缩回而回弹。
  93. 根据权利要求92所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述连接线组件还包括与两段所述自然段连接的辅助线，所述辅助线的弹性系数大于所述伸缩段的弹性系数，以用于在所述导线被拉伸时提供弹性恢复力。
  94. 根据权利要求93所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述辅助线包括弹性主体和位于所述弹性主体两端的套环，每一所述套环分别套设在对应的所述自然段上，并在所述伸缩段的回弹方向上被所述自然段上的限位结构止挡，所述限位结构为与所述导线的绝缘层一体连接的凸起，或者所述限位结构为所述自然段打结所形成的绳结。
  95. 根据权利要求91所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述弧形头梁件的两端分别通过一所述转接件连接一所述机芯模组，所述电池与两个所述机芯模组中的一个连接，所述主板与两个所述机芯模组中的另一个连接，所述电池和所述主板通过所述导线电性连接。
  96. 根据权利要求1所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述耳机包括头梁组件，所述头梁组件包括用于绕过用户头顶的弧形头梁件，所述弧形头梁件划分为中间段和与所述中间段的两端分别连接的末段，所述末段的弧长小于所述中间段的弧长；其中，在所述头梁组件的两端沿彼此背离的方向被逐渐拉开的过程中，两个所述末段相对于所述中间段沿彼此背离的方向偏转。
  97. 根据权利要求1所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述耳机包括壳体、拾音组件和阻尼件，所述拾音组件包括枢转连接块、连接杆以及拾音器，所述枢转连接块和所述壳体中的一者形成枢轴孔，另一者形成伸入所述枢轴孔的枢轴，所述连接杆的一端连接至所述枢转连接块，所述拾音器设置于所述连接杆的另一端，所述阻尼件位于所述枢转连接块与所述壳体在所述枢轴孔的轴向上重叠的区域内，所述阻尼件与所述枢转连接块和所述壳体中的一者连接，并与所述枢转连接块和所述壳体中的另一者抵接，以在所述拾音组件相对于所述壳体转动的过程中提供阻力。
  98. 根据权利要求97所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述阻尼件设置在所述壳体的容置槽内，并凸出于所述容置槽。
  99. 根据权利要求98所述的耳机，其特征在于，沿所述枢轴孔的轴向观察，所述阻尼件呈弧形，并与所述枢轴孔同心设置。
  100. 根据权利要求98所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述阻尼件的数量为多个，多个所述阻尼件绕所述枢轴孔间隔设置。
  101. 根据权利要求97所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述枢转连接块朝向所述壳体的一侧形成所述枢轴，所述枢转连接块背离所述壳体的一侧设置有凹陷区域，所述耳机还包括设置在所述凹陷区内的开关组件。
  102. 根据权利要求101所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述凹陷区域的底部设置有凸台，所述凸台的外周壁与所述凹陷区域的侧壁之间形成一环形凹槽，所述开关组件包括开关电路板、弹性支撑件以及按键，所述开关电路板设置于所述凸台的顶部，所述弹性支撑件包括环形固定部以及弹性支撑部，其中所述环形固定部固定于所述环形凹槽内，所述弹性支撑部呈穹顶形设置，并与所述环形固定部连接，所述按键设置于所述弹性支撑部上。
  103. 根据权利要求102所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述环形固定部和弹性支撑部一体设置，所述耳机进一步包括加强环，所述加强环沿所述环形固定部的周向衬设于所述环形固定部上，并与所述枢转连接块连接。
  104. 根据权利要求103所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述加强环套设于所述环形固定部的外围，且所述加强环的外周壁与所述凹陷区域的侧壁固定连接。
  105. 根据权利要求97所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述耳机还包括头梁组件，所述机芯模组通过所述壳体与所述头梁组件连接，所述头梁组件用于绕过用户头顶，并使得所述机芯模组位于用户耳部的前侧；其中，在佩戴状态下，所述头梁组件与用户头顶形成第一接触点，所述机芯模组与用户脸颊形成第二接触点，所述第二接触点与所述第一接触点在人体矢状轴所在方向上的间距介于20mm与30mm之间。
  106. 根据权利要求105所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述头梁组件包括弧形头梁件和 转接件，所述弧形头梁件用于绕过用户头顶，所述转接件包括第一连接段、中间过渡段和第二连接段，所述中间过渡段连接所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段，所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段分别相对于所述中间过渡段弯折并反向延伸，所述第一连接段与所述弧形头梁件连接，所述第二连接段与所述机芯模组连接；其中，沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，所述中间过渡段相对于人体垂直轴倾斜。
  107. 根据权利要求1所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述耳机包括壳体、拾音组件、导线和隔板，所述拾音组件包括枢转连接块、连接杆以及拾音器，所述枢转连接块伸入所述壳体的枢轴孔内，并允许所述拾音组件相对于所述壳体转动，所述连接杆的一端连接至所述枢转连接块，所述拾音器设置于所述连接杆的另一端，所述导线延伸经过所述枢转连接块和所述连接杆的内部以电性连接至所述拾音器，所述隔板固定在所述壳体内，并使得所述枢转连接块和所述导线保持间隔。
  108. 根据权利要求107所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述隔板在所述枢轴孔的周向上覆盖所述枢转连接块的一部分，并部分伸入所述枢轴孔内。
  109. 根据权利要求108所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述枢转连接块设置成在所述拾音组件相对于所述壳体转动一角度之后被所述隔板止挡。
  110. 根据权利要求109所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述枢转连接块包括枢轴，以及与所述枢轴的两端分别连接的倒钩部和操作部，所述枢轴位于所述枢轴孔内，所述倒钩部和所述操作部位于所述壳体的相背两侧，以在所述枢轴孔的轴向上锁止所述枢转连接块和所述壳体，所述连接杆与所述操作部连接，所述隔板包括与所述壳体连接的固定部和与所述固定部连接的弧形延伸部，所述固定部覆盖所述倒钩部的一部分，并在所述枢轴孔的轴向上与所述倒钩部间隔设置，所述弧形延伸部伸入所述枢轴，并在所述枢轴孔的径向上与所述枢轴间隔设置，所述导线在穿过所述枢轴孔时搭设在所述弧形延伸部和所述固定部上，所述倒钩部在所述拾音组件相对于所述壳体转动一角度之后被所述固定部止挡。
  111. 根据权利要求110所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述耳机还包括固定在所述壳体内的电路板，所述壳体上设有热熔柱，所述固定部和所述电路板套设在所述热熔柱上，所述拾音器通过所述导线与所述电路板电性连接。
  112. 根据权利要求107所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述枢转连接块背离所述壳体的一侧设置有凹陷区域，所述耳机还包括设置在所述凹陷区内的开关组件。
  113. 根据权利要求112所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述凹陷区域的底部设置有凸台，所述凸台的外周壁与所述凹陷区域的侧壁之间形成一环形凹槽，所述开关组件包括开关电路板、弹性支撑件以及按键，所述开关电路板设置于所述凸台的顶部，所述弹性支撑件包括环形固定部以及弹性支撑部，其中所述环形固定部固定于所述环形凹槽内，所述弹性支撑部呈穹顶形设置，并与所述环形固定部连接，所述按键设置于所述弹性支撑部上。
  114. 根据权利要求113所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述环形固定部和弹性支撑部一体设置，所述耳机进一步包括加强环，所述加强环沿所述环形固定部的周向衬设于所述环形固定部上，并与所述枢转连接块连接。
  115. 根据权利要求107所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述耳机还包括头梁组件，所述机芯模组通过所述壳体与所述头梁组件连接，所述头梁组件用于绕过用户头顶，并使得所述机芯模组位于用户耳部的前侧；其中，在佩戴状态下，所述头梁组件与用户头顶形成第一接触点，所述机芯模组与用户脸颊形成第二接触点，所述第二接触点与所述第一接触点在人体矢状轴所在方向上的间距介于20mm与30mm之间。
  116. 根据权利要求115所述的耳机，其特征在于，所述头梁组件包括弧形头梁件和转接件，所述弧形头梁件用于绕过用户头顶，所述转接件包括第一连接段、中间过渡段 和第二连接段，所述中间过渡段连接所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段，所述第一连接段和所述第二连接段分别相对于所述中间过渡段弯折并反向延伸，所述第一连接段与所述弧形头梁件连接，所述第二连接段与所述机芯模组连接；其中，沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，所述中间过渡段相对于人体垂直轴倾斜。
PCT/CN2022/120669 2021-10-22 2022-09-22 一种耳机 WO2023065959A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP22882570.9A EP4373130A4 (en) 2021-10-22 2022-09-22 EARPHONES
JP2024524005A JP2024537457A (ja) 2021-10-22 2022-09-22 イヤホン
KR1020247012131A KR20240069756A (ko) 2021-10-22 2022-09-22 이어폰
CN202290000217.0U CN221598095U (zh) 2021-10-22 2022-09-22 一种耳机
US18/389,720 US20240137681A1 (en) 2021-10-22 2023-12-19 Headphones

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202111232608.3 2021-10-22
CN202111232608 2021-10-22

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/389,720 Continuation US20240137681A1 (en) 2021-10-22 2023-12-19 Headphones

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023065959A1 true WO2023065959A1 (zh) 2023-04-27

Family

ID=85944611

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/120667 WO2023065958A1 (zh) 2021-10-22 2022-09-22 一种耳机
PCT/CN2022/120669 WO2023065959A1 (zh) 2021-10-22 2022-09-22 一种耳机

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/120667 WO2023065958A1 (zh) 2021-10-22 2022-09-22 一种耳机

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (10) US20240137690A1 (zh)
EP (6) EP4415386A2 (zh)
JP (4) JP2024537457A (zh)
KR (6) KR20240116861A (zh)
CN (6) CN221598095U (zh)
WO (2) WO2023065958A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN117412212B (zh) * 2023-08-28 2024-07-30 东莞市惟动智能科技有限公司 一种耳屏内侧混合传导耳机装置及其设计方法

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2008131470A (ja) * 2006-11-22 2008-06-05 Cosmo Gear Kk 骨伝導イヤホン
JP2018186571A (ja) * 2015-08-13 2018-11-22 シェンヂェン ボクステック カンパニー リミテッドＳｈｅｎｚｈｅｎ Ｖｏｘｔｅｃｈ Ｃｏ．， Ｌｔｄ 骨伝導スピーカーのためのシステム
CN109511043A (zh) * 2019-01-05 2019-03-22 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种骨传导扬声器以及骨传导发声装置
CN212086435U (zh) * 2020-04-30 2020-12-04 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种骨传导耳机
CN214125513U (zh) * 2021-01-26 2021-09-03 深圳市艾诺士科技有限公司 骨传导耳机
CN214177558U (zh) * 2020-12-31 2021-09-10 深圳市亿音科技有限公司 一种骨传导振子扬声器及骨传导耳机

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20070053536A1 (en) * 2005-08-24 2007-03-08 Patrik Westerkull Hearing aid system
KR100958486B1 (ko) * 2008-01-29 2010-05-17 김성호 이중프레임 및 이중마그네트 구조의 골전도 스피커
US20100316235A1 (en) * 2009-06-12 2010-12-16 Eui Bong Park Bone conduction speaker with vibration prevention function
US11540066B2 (en) * 2011-12-23 2022-12-27 Shenzhen Shokz Co., Ltd. Bone conduction speaker and compound vibration device thereof
CN106954153B (zh) * 2015-08-13 2020-04-14 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 骨传导扬声器
DK3337185T3 (da) * 2015-08-13 2021-08-23 Shenzhen Voxtech Co Ltd Knogleledningshøjtaler
CA3103582C (en) * 2018-06-15 2023-06-13 Shenzhen Voxtech Co., Ltd. Bone conduction speaker and testing method therefor

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2008131470A (ja) * 2006-11-22 2008-06-05 Cosmo Gear Kk 骨伝導イヤホン
JP2018186571A (ja) * 2015-08-13 2018-11-22 シェンヂェン ボクステック カンパニー リミテッドＳｈｅｎｚｈｅｎ Ｖｏｘｔｅｃｈ Ｃｏ．， Ｌｔｄ 骨伝導スピーカーのためのシステム
CN109511043A (zh) * 2019-01-05 2019-03-22 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种骨传导扬声器以及骨传导发声装置
CN212086435U (zh) * 2020-04-30 2020-12-04 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种骨传导耳机
CN214177558U (zh) * 2020-12-31 2021-09-10 深圳市亿音科技有限公司 一种骨传导振子扬声器及骨传导耳机
CN214125513U (zh) * 2021-01-26 2021-09-03 深圳市艾诺士科技有限公司 骨传导耳机

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4373130A4 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4373130A1 (en) 2024-05-22
KR20240116863A (ko) 2024-07-30
CN218888677U (zh) 2023-04-18
CN221598095U (zh) 2024-08-23
EP4373130A4 (en) 2024-10-23
US20240147134A1 (en) 2024-05-02
US20240137687A1 (en) 2024-04-25
EP4373137A1 (en) 2024-05-22
EP4415388A2 (en) 2024-08-14
US20240137690A1 (en) 2024-04-25
KR20240116861A (ko) 2024-07-30
CN116636236A (zh) 2023-08-22
US20240137682A1 (en) 2024-04-25
US20240137681A1 (en) 2024-04-25
WO2023065958A1 (zh) 2023-04-27
KR20240118186A (ko) 2024-08-02
CN219248015U (zh) 2023-06-23
CN116208881A (zh) 2023-06-02
KR20240069755A (ko) 2024-05-20
EP4373137A4 (en) 2024-10-23
EP4415386A2 (en) 2024-08-14
US20240137684A1 (en) 2024-04-25
CN116017226A (zh) 2023-04-25
KR20240069756A (ko) 2024-05-20
US20240137683A1 (en) 2024-04-25
EP4415387A2 (en) 2024-08-14
US20240137692A1 (en) 2024-04-25
JP2024138530A (ja) 2024-10-08
US20240137693A1 (en) 2024-04-25
EP4415389A2 (en) 2024-08-14
JP2024537456A (ja) 2024-10-10
KR20240116862A (ko) 2024-07-30
JP2024138529A (ja) 2024-10-08
US20240137689A1 (en) 2024-04-25
JP2024537457A (ja) 2024-10-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20240137690A1 (en) Headphones
CN219960817U (zh) 一种耳机
CN116916210A (zh) 一种耳机

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22882570

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2022882570

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022882570

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20240213

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20247012131

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2024524005

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE